2002 -- H 7725 SUBSTITUTE A

=======

LC01782/SUB A

=======

STATE OF RHODE ISLAND

IN GENERAL ASSEMBLY

JANUARY SESSION, A.D. 2002

____________

AN ACT

RELATING TO STATUTES AND STATUTORY CONSTRUCTION

     

     

     Introduced By: Representatives Carter, Fox, and San Bento

     Date Introduced: February 13, 2002

     Referred To: House Corporations

It is enacted by the General Assembly as follows:

1-1

      SECTION 1. Section 5-40.1-13 of the General Laws in Chapter 5-40.1 entitled

1-2

“Occupational Therapy” is hereby amended to read as follows:

1-3

      5-40.1-13. Fees. -- When an application is submitted to the division of

1-4

professional regulation for a license to practice occupational therapy in Rhode Island, the

1-5

applicant pays shall pay a non-refundable fee of sixty-two dollars and fifty cents ($62.50)

1-6

to the general treasurer. A licensee shall submit a biennial renewal fee of sixty-two

1-7

dollars and fifty cents ($62.50) is submitted with a renewal application on or before the

1-8

first thirty-first (31st) day of March of each even year pursuant to the requirements of §

1-9

5-40.1-12(1)(a)(3), and any person who allows his or her license to lapse by failing to

1-10

renew it in the manner prescribed pays shall pay an additional fee of twenty-five dollars

1-11

($25.00) as referred to in § 5-40.1-12(1)

1-12

     (a)(6).

1-13

      SECTION 2. Section 23-17-44 of the General Laws in Chapter 23-17 entitled “Licensing

1-14

of Health Care Facilities” is hereby amended to read as follows:

1-15

      23-17-44. Moratorium on new initial nursing facility licensed beds and on

1-16

increases to the licensed capacity of existing nursing facility licenses. -- (a) The

2-1

licensing agency shall issue no new initial licenses for nursing facilities prior to July 1,

2-2

2004; provided, however, that:

2-3

     (1) Any person holding a previously issued and valid certificate of need as of August 21,

2-4

1996 shall be permitted to effect a prior certificate from the licensing agency consistent with any

2-5

other statutory and regulatory provisions which may further apply;

2-6

     (2) Any person holding a nursing facility license may undertake activities to construct

2-7

and operate a replacement nursing facility with the same or lower bed capacity as is presently

2-8

licensed provided that the replacement facility may only be licensed upon the otherwise

2-9

unconditional cessation of operation of the previously licensed nursing facility;

2-10

     (3) Any certificate of need application under active review before the state agency as of

2-11

     January 10, 1996, which application seeks approval of a proposal to establish a new nursing

2-12

facility or seeks to increase the licensed bed capacity of an existing nursing facility shall continue

2-13

to be reviewed under all the statutory and regulatory requirements in effect at the time the

2-14

application was accepted for review by the state agency; and

2-15

     (4) On July 1, 1999, if the statewide occupancy rate of licensed nursing facility beds

2-16

exceeds ninety-two percent (92%) for the preceding calendar year, as determined by the

2-17

department of human services, an assisted living residence licensed pursuant to chapter 17.4 of

2-18

this title may propose to seek nursing facility licensure by conversion of assisted living residence

2-19

rooms within its existing physical plant; provided however, that:

2-20

     (i) The number of nursing facility beds to be licensed does not exceed the lesser of twenty

2-21

(20) beds or ten percent (10%) of the licensed bed capacity of the assisted living residence;

2-22

     (ii) The capital expenditures associated with the implementation of the nursing facility

2-23

beds does not exceed five hundred thousand dollars ($500,000);

2-24

     (iii) The nursing facility shall be limited in taking residents to those persons who are

2-25

transferring from residency at the assisted living residence;

2-26

     (iv) The assisted living residence must participate in the Medicaid program;

2-27

     (v) The application must be submitted to the health services council on or before October

2-28

1, 1999;

2-29

     (vi) The facility must comply with all requirements of the Health Care Certificate of

2-30

Need Act, chapter 15 of title 23.

2-31

     (b) Prior to July 1, 2004, the licensing agency shall not increase the licensed bed capacity

2-32

of any existing licensed nursing facility, including any nursing facility approved for change in

2-33

ownership pursuant to § 23-17-14 §§23-17-14.3 and 23-17-14.4, except for the greater of ten (10)

2-34

beds or ten percent (10%) of the facility's licensed capacity. Any person holding a previously

3-1

issued and valid certificate of need as of the date of passage of this section or who shall

3-2

subsequently be granted a certificate of need pursuant to subsection (a) shall be permitted to

3-3

effect a prior certificate from the licensing agency consistent with any other statutory and

3-4

regulatory provisions which may further apply.

3-5

     SECTION 3. Sections 25-2-14, 25-2-18.1, 25-2-25, and 25-2-19 of the General Laws in

3-6

Chapter 25-2 entitled “Days of Special Observance” are hereby amended to read as follows:

3-7

     25-2-14. White Ccane Ssafety Dday - Proclamation. -- Each year the governor shall

3-8

take suitable public notice of October 15 as “Wwhite Ccane Ssafety Dday.” The governor shall

3-9

issue a proclamation in which he or she:

3-10

     (1) Comments upon the significance of the white cane;

3-11

     (2) Calls upon the citizens of the state to observe the provisions of the white cane law and

3-12

to take precautions necessary to the safety of the people who are disabled;

3-13

     (3) Reminds the citizens of the state of the policies with respect to people who are

3-14

disabled herein as declared in § 25-2-13 and urges the citizens to cooperate in giving effect to

3-15

them; and

3-16

     (4) Emphasizes the need of the citizens to be aware of the presence of people who are

3-17

disabled in the community and to keep safe and functional for people who are disabled the streets,

3-18

highways, sidewalks, walkways, public buildings, public facilities, other public places, places of

3-19

public accommodation, amusement, and resort, and other places to which the public is invited,

3-20

and to offer assistance to people who are disabled upon appropriate occasions.

3-21

     25-2-18.1. Martin Luther King, Jr. State Holiday Commission. [Effective until

3-22

January 7, 2003.] -- (a) There is hereby created a permanent commission to be known as the

3-23

Martin Luther King, Jr. State Holiday Commission to consist of thirteen (13) members, three (3)

3-24

of whom shall be from the house of representatives, not more than two (2) from the same political

3-25

party, to be appointed by the speaker; three (3) of whom shall be from the senate, not more than

3-26

two (2) from the same political party to be appointed by the senate majority leader; three (3) of

3-27

whom shall be representatives of the general public, to be appointed by the speaker; two (2) of

3-28

whom shall be representatives of the general public to be appointed by the senate majority leader;

3-29

one of whom shall be a representative of the governor’s office, to be appointed by the governor;

3-30

and one of whom shall be the lieutenant governor, all of the foregoing to be known as

3-31

commission members. The commission shall appoint not more than sixteen (16) representatives

3-32

from organizations and groups generally identified with and thought to epitomize the ideals of Dr.

3-33

Martin Luther King, Jr., all of whom shall be known as non-voting affiliate members, to serve for

3-34

two (2) year terms.

4-1

     (b) The purpose of the commission shall be to plan, supervise, and administer, in

4-2

conjunction with the federal Martin Luther King Day Commission and the Martin Luther King

4-3

Center for Non-Violent Social Change, an appropriate celebration to commemorate the birthday

4-4

of Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr., and the annual observance of Dr. Martin Luther King Day, which

4-5

will be observed on the third Monday in January each year. The commission shall not limit its

4-6

activities to the annual celebration, but shall endeavor to promote educational efforts throughout

4-7

the year, as well as to promote seminar events during the annual celebration that will be of

4-8

informative value to all segments of the Rhode Island community.

4-9

     (c) Forthwith upon the passage of this section, The members of the commission shall

4-10

meet at the call of the speaker and shall, in February of each odd-numbered year, elect from

4-11

among themselves a chairperson, who shall be a legislator, and a vice-chairperson, who shall not

4-12

be a government official or employee. Vacancies in the commission shall be filled in like manner

4-13

as the original appointment.

4-14

     (d) The commission is empowered to appoint committees to study specialized areas of

4-15

concern and to report their findings and recommendations to the commission; provided, however,

4-16

that one of these committees shall be an education committee.

4-17

     (e) The commission is empowered to establish a Martin Luther King Scholarship Fund

4-18

and to award scholarships therefrom from the fund. Decisions concerning scholarship awards

4-19

shall be made by the education committee of the commission in conjunction with the higher

4-20

education assistance authority.

4-21

     (f) The commission is empowered to apply for and receive grants, appropriations, or gifts

4-22

from any federal, state, or local agency, from any public or private foundation, and from any

4-23

person, firm, or corporation in order to carry out the purposes of this chapter. The allocation of

4-24

any funds received shall be decided by a majority vote of voting members in attendance at a

4-25

meeting duly convened for the conduct of business by the commission.

4-26

     Seven (7) members of the commission shall constitute a quorum.

4-27

     (g) The commission shall meet at least four (4) times per year.

4-28

     (h) On or before October 1, 1996, The commission shall adopt policies concerning the

4-29

responsibilities of its voting members and non-voting affiliate members, including attendance at

4-30

commission meetings.

4-31

     (i) All departments and agencies of the state shall furnish advice and information,

4-32

documentary and otherwise, to the commission and its agents as may be necessary or desirable to

4-33

facilitate the purposes of this chapter.

5-1

     (j) The speaker is hereby authorized and directed to provide suitable quarters for the

5-2

commission.

5-3

     (k) The commission shall file a report with the general assembly outlining its plans for

5-4

the celebration on or before December 15th each year prior to the celebration.

5-5

     25-2-18.1. Martin Luther King, Jr. State Holiday Commission. [Effective January 7,

5-6

2003.] -- (a) There is hereby created a permanent commission to be known as the Martin Luther

5-7

King, Jr. State Holiday Commission to consist of thirteen (13) members, three (3) of whom shall

5-8

be from the house of representatives, not more than two (2) from the same political party, to be

5-9

appointed by the speaker; three (3) of whom shall be from the senate, not more than two (2) from

5-10

the same political party to be appointed by the president of the senate; three (3) of whom shall be

5-11

representatives of the general public, to be appointed by the speaker; two (2) of whom shall be

5-12

representatives of the general public to be appointed by the president of the senate; one of whom

5-13

shall be a representative of the governor’s office, to be appointed by the governor; and one of

5-14

whom shall be the lieutenant governor, all of the foregoing to be known as commission members.

5-15

The commission shall appoint not more than sixteen (16) representatives from organizations and

5-16

groups generally identified with and thought to epitomize the ideals of Dr. Martin Luther King,

5-17

Jr., all of whom shall be known as non-voting affiliate members, to serve for two (2) year terms.

5-18

     (b) The purpose of the commission shall be to plan, supervise, and administer, in

5-19

conjunction with the federal Martin Luther King Day Commission and the Martin Luther King

5-20

Center for Non-Violent Social Change, an appropriate celebration to commemorate the birthday

5-21

of Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr., and the annual observance of Dr. Martin Luther King Day, which

5-22

will be observed on the third Monday in January each year. The commission shall not limit its

5-23

activities to the annual celebration, but shall endeavor to promote educational efforts throughout

5-24

the year, as well as to promote seminar events during the annual celebration that will be of

5-25

informative value to all segments of the Rhode Island community.

5-26

     (c) Forthwith upon the passage of this section, The members of the commission shall

5-27

meet at the call of the speaker and shall, in February of each odd-numbered year, elect from

5-28

among themselves a chairperson, who shall be a legislator, and a vice-chairperson, who shall not

5-29

be a government official or employee. Vacancies in the commission shall be filled in like manner

5-30

as the original appointment.

5-31

     (d) The commission is empowered to appoint committees to study specialized areas of

5-32

concern and to report their findings and recommendations to the commission; provided, however,

5-33

that one of these committees shall be an education committee.

6-1

     (e) The commission is empowered to establish a Martin Luther King Scholarship Fund

6-2

and to award scholarships therefrom from the fund. Decisions concerning scholarship awards

6-3

shall be made by the education committee of the commission in conjunction with the higher

6-4

education assistance authority.

6-5

     (f) The commission is empowered to apply for and receive grants, appropriations, or gifts

6-6

from any federal, state, or local agency, from any public or private foundation, and from any

6-7

person, firm, or corporation in order to carry out the purposes of this chapter. The allocation of

6-8

any funds received shall be decided by a majority vote of voting members in attendance at a

6-9

meeting duly convened for the conduct of business by the commission.

6-10

     Seven (7) members of the commission shall constitute a quorum.

6-11

     (g) The commission shall meet at least four (4) times per year.

6-12

     (h) On or before October 1, 1996, The commission shall adopt policies concerning the

6-13

responsibilities of its voting members and non-voting affiliate members, including attendance at

6-14

commission meetings.

6-15

     (i) All departments and agencies of the state shall furnish advice and information,

6-16

documentary and otherwise, to the commission and its agents as may be necessary or desirable to

6-17

facilitate the purposes of this chapter.

6-18

     (j) The speaker is hereby authorized and directed to provide suitable quarters for the

6-19

commission.

6-20

     (k) The commission shall file a report with the general assembly outlining its plans for

6-21

the celebration on or before December 15th each year prior to the celebration.

6-22

     25-2-25. National Women’s History Week. -- The calendar week containing March

6-23

eighth, “International Women’s dDay,” in each year is hereby designated as “National Women’s

6-24

History Week.” The governor shall annually issue an annual proclamation inviting and urging

6-25

the people of the state to observe the week in schools and other suitable places with appropriate

6-26

exercises and study with an emphasis on the historical accomplishments of Rhode Island women.

6-27

The department of elementary and secondary education, the Rhode Island office of civil rights,

6-28

and the Rhode Island commission on women shall make appropriate information regarding the

6-29

observance available to the people of the state and to schools within the limits of their budgets.

6-30

      25-2-29. Saint Jean-Baptiste Day. -- The twenty-fourth day of June shall

6-31

annually be set aside as a day to be known as “Saint Jean-Baptiste Day” and the governor

6-32

shall annually issue an annual proclamation inviting and urging the people of the state

6-33

to observe this day in suitable places with appropriate ceremonies. Saint Jean-Baptiste

6-34

Day shall commemorate the feast of Saint John the Baptist Jean-Baptiste as an important

7-1

observance and show of appreciation for the significant cultural, economic, and civic

7-2

contributions made by Franco-Americans which that have served to enrich the culture

7-3

and lifestyle of this state.

7-4

      SECTION 4. Sections 25-3-1 and 25-3-3 of the General Laws in Chapter 25-3

7-5

entitled “Work on Holidays and Sundays” are hereby amended to read as follows:

7-6

      25-3-1. Definitions. -- As used in this chapter:

7-7

     (1) “Director” means the director of the department of labor and training;

7-8

     (2) “Economic necessity” means and refers to any case where the director determines

7-9

that:

7-10

     (i) Both the economics and technology of manufacture of the product or a component

7-11

thereof of the product requires continuous conversion or processing of raw materials,

7-12

intermediates, or components without interruption to avoid disproportionate loss of production

7-13

capacity;

7-14

     (ii) The economics and technology of data processing requires the continuous operation

7-15

of data processing equipment to avoid deterioration of equipment or a disproportionate loss of

7-16

computer capacity or where customer requirements are such that data processing equipment must

7-17

be available for input or output on a continuous basis;

7-18

     (iii) Because prevailing industry practice in the manufacturing or processing of the

7-19

product or in the provision of banking or financial services is to operate facilities within that

7-20

industry seven (7) days per week, the failure to operate on one or more Sundays or holidays will

7-21

subject the employer to a competitive hardship within the industry in which the employer

7-22

competes;

7-23

     (iv) Maintenance or improvement of plant or equipment cannot practically or efficiently

7-24

be performed while production is in process;

7-25

     (v) The scheduling of production on Sundays or holidays is necessitated by interrupted or

7-26

allocated energy supplies, or shortages of raw materials or component parts;

7-27

     (vi) An employer has been deprived of its normal production schedule by fire, flood,

7-28

power failure, or other circumstances beyond its control; or

7-29

     (vii) Circumstances, temporary in nature, are such that undue economic hardship would

7-30

result from the inability to operate on one or more Sundays or holidays;

7-31

     (3) “Employee” means any individual employed by an employer, but shall not include:

7-32

     (i) Any individual employed in agriculture or maritime trades, including commercial

7-33

fishing or boat repairs;

8-1

     (ii) Any physician, dentist, attorney at law, or accountant;

8-2

     (iii) Any individual engaged in the provision of health care or maintenance;

8-3

     (iv) Any individual employed in a restaurant, hotel, motel, summer camp, resort, or other

8-4

recreational facility (except health clubs);

8-5

     (v) Any individual employed in the business of offshore petroleum or gas exploration or

8-6

extraction, or in the business of servicing or supplying persons engaged in exploration or

8-7

extraction;

8-8

     (vi) Supervisory employees as defined in 29 U.S.C. § 213(a)(1) and regulations issued

8-9

pursuant thereto to that section;

8-10

     (vii) Any individual employed by an employer holding a license issued pursuant to

8-11

chapter 23 of title 5; or

8-12

     (viii) Any individual employed as part of a telephonic delivery of customer service, sales

8-13

operations, and ancillary services related thereto to those services and operations, except for

8-14

specific employment positions in the telecommunications industry which that are part of any

8-15

collective bargaining agreement or employment contract in effect on July 2, 1998.

8-16

     (4) “Employer” means any natural person, partnership, firm, corporation, or other

8-17

enterprise engaged in industry, transportation, communication, or any other commercial

8-18

occupation involving one or more employees; and

8-19

     (5) “Holidays” means Sunday, New Year’s Day, Memorial Day, July 4th, Victory Day,

8-20

Labor Day, Columbus Day, Veterans’ Day, Thanksgiving, and Christmas; provided, however,

8-21

that as it pertains to all offices of state and municipal government, the term “holiday” includes in

8-22

addition to the foregoing holidays enumerated in this subdivision, Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr.’s

8-23

Birthday, as defined herein. in § 25-2-18.

8-24

      25-3-3. Work on Sundays or holidays. -- (a) Work performed by employees on

8-25

Sundays and holidays must be paid for at least one and one-half (1 1/2) times the normal rate of

8-26

pay for the work performed; provided: (1) that it is not grounds for discharge or other penalty

8-27

upon any employee for refusing to work upon any Sunday or holiday enumerated in this section

8-28

chapter; (2) any manufacturer which operates for seven (7) continuous days per week is exempt

8-29

from the requirement of subdivision (1).

8-30

     (b) Any manufacturer of wall-covering products which operates for seven (7) continuous

8-31

days per week, twenty-four (24) hours per day, and has complied with the provisions of

8-32

subsection (a) is exempt from the requirement that the work be voluntary on Sundays as provided

8-33

in subsection (a); provided, that the manufacturer increases employment by at least ten percent

8-34

(10%), within one year of its conversion to continuous operation from non-continuous operation.

9-1

     (c) Any manufacturer that operates three (3) shifts, or begins its work week on Sundays,

9-2

may begin the shift or start the work week at 11:00 P.M. on Sunday and not be required to pay its

9-3

employees one and one-half (1 1/2) times the normal rate of pay during the one hour period

9-4

between 11:00 P.M. Sunday and 12 midnight.

9-5

     SECTION 5. Sections 27-1-1, 27-1-29, 27-1-38 and 27-1-40 of the General Laws in

9-6

chapter 27-1 entitled “Domestic Insurance Companies” are hereby amended to read as follows:

9-7

     27-1-1. Site of principal office and records. -- (a) Every insurance company organized

9-8

after May 3, 1956, under the laws of this state shall have its principal office and maintain all of its

9-9

records, or duplicates thereof of those records, in this state; provided, however, that the director

9-10

of business regulation may, after a public hearing, allow any insurance company, upon

9-11

application, to locate its principal office and maintain certain original records outside of this state

9-12

if it is determined that it is not inconsistent with the public interest of the people of the state of

9-13

Rhode Island. In determining what is not inconsistent with the public interest of the people of the

9-14

state of Rhode Island, the director shall make findings of fact, reduced to writing and filed with

9-15

the secretary of state, which findings shall include, but are not be limited to the following:

9-16

     (1) (a) The number of full time employees currently located within the state, and the

9-17

number of full time employees anticipated to be located within the state if the petition is granted;

9-18

and

9-19

     (2) (b) That no detriment nor prejudice will inure to any current or anticipated future

9-20

policyholders of the company by granting the application; and

9-21

     (3) (c) That the granting of the application is not inimicable inimical to the ability of

9-22

policyholders to file claims with and against the company, and, in furtherance of this finding, may

9-23

require that the company maintain a toll free number for registering claims, and may require a

9-24

claims office to be located within the state, staffed by a person authorized to issue payment on

9-25

behalf of the company on approved claims; and

9-26

     (4) (d) That a review of the financial records of the company and the records relied upon

9-27

by the director in making the determination have satisfied the director that the company is able to

9-28

meet its obligations to current policyholders. In the event that there is any risk associated with the

9-29

granting the application the director may deny the application or may, in furtherance thereof of

9-30

the application, may require the posting of bonds and/or securities with the general treasurer, in

9-31

an amount to be determined by the director, sufficient to protect the interest of the policyholders

9-32

within the state. ; and

10-1

     (b) (e) The director is authorized to promulgate regulations as provided for by the

10-2

Administrative Procedures Act, chapter 35 of title 42, not inconsistent with the foregoing

10-3

this section, in furtherance of the authority herein granted in this section.

10-4

      27-1-29. Reports of directors, officers, and principal shareholders. -- Every

10-5

person who is directly or indirectly the beneficial owner of more than ten percent (10%)

10-6

of any class of any equity security of a domestic stock insurance company, or who is a

10-7

director or an officer of a domestic stock insurance company, shall file in the office of the

10-8

commissioner on or before the first day of July, 1966, or within ten (10) days after he or

10-9

she becomes the beneficial owner, director, or officer, a statement, in a form as the

10-10

commissioner may prescribe, of the amount of all equity securities of the company of

10-11

which he or she is the beneficial owner. Within ten (10) days after the close of each

10-12

calendar month, thereafter, if there has been a change in ownership during the month, he

10-13

or she shall file in the office of the commissioner a statement, in a form as the

10-14

commissioner may prescribe, indicating his or her ownership at the close of the calendar

10-15

month and any changes in his or her ownership as have occurred during the calendar

10-16

month.

10-17

     27-1-38. Acquisition of minority interests in subsidiary insurers. -- (a) Any parent

10-18

corporation directly or indirectly owning at least ninety-five percent (95%) of the aggregate

10-19

issued and outstanding shares of all classes of voting stock of an insurance company created by

10-20

special act of the general assembly may, pursuant to a plan for acquisition of minority interests in

10-21

the insurance company adopted pursuant to this section, acquire all of the remaining issued and

10-22

outstanding shares of voting stock of the insurance company, by exchange of stock, other

10-23

securities, cash, other consideration, or any combination thereof of these.

10-24

     (b) The board of directors, trustees, or other governing body of the parent corporation

10-25

may adopt a plan for the acquisition of minority interests in a subsidiary insurer. Every plan shall

10-26

set forth:

10-27

     (1) The name of the company whose shares are to be acquired;

10-28

     (2) The total number of issued and outstanding shares of each class of voting stock of the

10-29

company, the number of its shares owned by the parent corporation and, if either of the foregoing

10-30

is subject to change prior to the effective date of acquisition, the manner in which any change

10-31

may occur;

11-1

     (3) The terms and conditions of the plan, including the manner and basis of exchanging

11-2

the shares to be acquired for shares or other securities of the parent corporation, for cash, other

11-3

consideration, or any combination of the foregoing, the proposed effective date of acquisition,

11-4

and a statement clearly describing the rights of dissenting shareholders to demand appraisal;

11-5

     (4) If the parent corporation that has adopted the plan is neither a domestic corporation

11-6

nor an authorized insurer, its consent to the enforcement against it in this state of the rights of

11-7

shareholders pursuant to the plan, and a designation of the insurance commissioner as the agent

11-8

upon whom process may be served against the parent corporation in the same manner as if the

11-9

parent corporation were a foreign insurance company licensed to do business in this state; and

11-10

     (5) The other provisions with respect to the plan that the board of directors, trustees or

11-11

other governing body deems necessary or desirable, or which the director of the department of

11-12

business regulation may prescribe.

11-13

     (c) Upon adoption of the plan, it shall be duly executed by the president and attested by

11-14

the secretary, or the executive officers corresponding thereto to president and secretary, under the

11-15

corporate seal of the parent corporation which has adopted the plan. A certified copy of the plan,

11-16

together with a certificate of its adoption subscribed by the officers and affirmed by them as true

11-17

under the penalties of perjury and under the seal of the parent corporation, shall be submitted to

11-18

the director of business regulation for his or her approval. The director of business regulation

11-19

shall consider the plan and, if satisfied that it complies with this section, is fair and equitable and

11-20

not inconsistent with law, the director of business regulation shall approve the plan. The director

11-21

of business regulation shall approve, modify, or disapprove the plan within sixty (60) days of its

11-22

submission to him or her. If the director of business regulation modifies or disapproves the plan,

11-23

notification of his or her modification or disapproval, assigning the reasons therefor for that

11-24

action, shall be given in writing by him or her to the parent corporation that submitted the plan.

11-25

No plan shall take effect unless the approval of the director of the department of business

11-26

regulation has been obtained.

11-27

     (d) If the director of business regulation approves the plan as submitted or modified, the

11-28

parent corporation which has adopted the plan shall deliver to each person who, as of the date of

11-29

delivery, is a holder of record of stock to be acquired pursuant to the plan, a copy of the plan, or a

11-30

summary of the plan approved by the director of the department of business regulation in person

11-31

or by depositing a copy or a summary of the plan in the post office, postage prepaid, addressed to

11-32

the shareholder at the shareholder’s address of record. On or before the date of acquisition

11-33

proposed in the plan, the parent corporation which has adopted the plan shall file with the director

11-34

of the department of business regulation a certificate, executed by its president and attested by its

12-1

secretary, or the executive officers corresponding thereto to president and secretary, and

12-2

subscribed by the officers and affirmed by them as true under the penalties of perjury and under

12-3

the seal of the parent corporation, attesting to compliance with this subsection.

12-4

     (e) Upon compliance with this section, ownership of the shares to be acquired pursuant

12-5

to the plan shall vest in the parent corporation which has adopted the plan on the date of

12-6

acquisition proposed in the plan whether or not the certificates for the shares have been

12-7

surrendered for exchange. The parent corporation shall be entitled to have new certificates

12-8

registered in its name. Shareholders whose shares have been so acquired shall thereafter retain

12-9

only the right either to receive the consideration to be paid in exchange for their shares pursuant

12-10

to the plan or to demand appraisal pursuant to subsection (g).

12-11

     (f) Neither the right granted by this section nor the exercise of that right by a parent

12-12

corporation shall preclude the exercise by the parent corporation of any other rights it may have

12-13

under any other applicable law.

12-14

     (g)(1) Any shareholder of an insurance company whose shares are to be acquired by a

12-15

parent corporation pursuant to a plan for the acquisition of minority interests adopted under this

12-16

section shall have the right to dissent from the plan.

12-17

     (2) (1) A shareholder may not dissent as to less than all of the shares registered in the

12-18

shareholder’s name which are owned beneficially by the shareholder. A nominee or fiduciary

12-19

may not dissent on behalf of any beneficial owner as to less than all of the shares of the owner

12-20

registered in the name of the nominee or fiduciary.

12-21

     (3) (2) Any shareholder electing to exercise the right of dissent shall file with the parent

12-22

corporation a written demand for payment of the fair value of the shareholder’s shares within

12-23

fifteen (15) days after the plan shall have been mailed to the shareholder.

12-24

     (4) (3) Any shareholder failing to make demand within the fifteen (15) day period shall

12-25

be bound by the terms of the plan. Any shareholder making a demand shall be entitled only to

12-26

payment as in this section provided and shall not be entitled to vote or to exercise any other rights

12-27

of a shareholder.

12-28

     (5) (4) No demand may be withdrawn unless the parent corporation consents. If,

12-29

however, the demand shall be withdrawn upon consent, or if the plan shall be abandoned, or if no

12-30

demand or petition for the determination of fair value by a court shall have been made or filed

12-31

within the time provided in this section, or if a court of competent jurisdiction shall determine

12-32

that the shareholder is not entitled to the relief provided by this section, then the right of the

12-33

shareholder to be paid the fair value of his or her shares shall cease and his or her status as a

13-1

shareholder shall be restored, without prejudice to any corporate proceedings which may have

13-2

been taken during the interim.

13-3

     (6) (5) Within ten (10) days after the effective date of the acquisition under the plan, the

13-4

parent corporation shall make a written offer to each shareholder who has made demand to pay

13-5

for the shares at a specified price deemed by the corporation to be fair value thereof of the shares.

13-6

The notice and offer shall be accompanied by a balance sheet of the insurance company as of the

13-7

latest available date and not more than twelve (12) months prior to the making of the offer, and a

13-8

profit and loss statement of the insurance company for the twelve (12) month period ended on the

13-9

date of the balance sheet.

13-10

     (7) (6) If within thirty (30) days after the effective date of the acquisition under the plan

13-11

the fair value of the shares is agreed upon between any dissenting shareholder and the parent

13-12

corporation, payment therefor for the shares shall be made within ninety (90) days after the

13-13

effective date of the acquisition under the plan upon surrender of the certificate or certificates

13-14

representing the shares. Upon payment of the agreed value, the dissenting shareholder shall cease

13-15

to have any interest in the shares.

13-16

     (8) (7) If, within the period of thirty (30) days, a dissenting shareholder and the parent

13-17

corporation do not so agree as provided in subdivision (g)(7), then the parent corporation shall

13-18

file a petition in any court of competent jurisdiction in the county in this state where the insurance

13-19

company maintains its principal office praying that the fair value of the shares be found and

13-20

determined; provided, that the parent corporation shall have received a written request for the

13-21

filing from any dissenting shareholder given within sixty (60) days after the effective date of the

13-22

acquisition under the plan, and the parent corporation shall file the petition within thirty (30) days

13-23

after receipt of the request. If no request is made, the parent corporation may at its election file a

13-24

petition at any time within sixty (60) days after the effective date of the acquisition date of the

13-25

plan. If the parent corporation shall fail to institute the proceeding, any dissenting shareholder

13-26

may do so in the name of the parent corporation.

13-27

     (9) (8) The subsidiary insurance company shall join as a party petitioner in the

13-28

proceeding, and in the event that the insurance company shall fail to do so, the court upon the

13-29

motion of any party shall join the insurance company as a party petitioner.

13-30

     (10) (9) All dissenting shareholders, wherever residing, shall be made parties to the

13-31

proceeding as an action against their shares quasi in rem. A copy of the petition shall be served on

13-32

each dissenting shareholder who is a resident of this state and shall be served by registered or

13-33

certified mail on each dissenting shareholder who is a nonresident. Service on nonresidents shall

13-34

also be made by publication as provided by law. The jurisdiction of the court shall be plenary and

14-1

exclusive. All shareholders who are parties to the proceeding shall be entitled to judgment against

14-2

the parent corporation and the subsidiary insurance company jointly and severally for the amount

14-3

of the fair value of their shares, and execution shall issue upon the motion of any party respondent

14-4

against either or both of the parent corporation and the subsidiary insurance company and their

14-5

respective assets, and any execution so issued against the insurance company shall have priority

14-6

over the claims of any other shareholder.

14-7

     (11) (10) The court may, if it so elects, appoint one or more persons as appraisers to

14-8

receive evidence and recommend a decision on the question of fair value. The appraisers shall

14-9

have the power and authority specified in the order of their appointment or an amendment of the

14-10

order. The judgment shall be payable only upon and concurrently with the surrender to the parent

14-11

corporation of the certificate or certificates representing the shares. Upon payment of the

14-12

judgment, the dissenting shareholder shall cease to have any interest in the shares.

14-13

     (12) (11) The judgment shall include an allowance for interest at a rate that the court may

14-14

find to be fair and equitable in all the circumstances, from the date of acquisition proposed in the

14-15

plan to the date of payment.

14-16

     (13) (12) The costs and expenses of any proceeding shall be determined by the court and

14-17

shall be assessed against the parent corporation, but all or any part of the costs and expenses may

14-18

be apportioned and assessed as the court may deem equitable against any or all of the dissenting

14-19

shareholders who are parties to the proceeding to whom the parent corporation shall have made

14-20

an offer to pay for the shares, if the court shall find that the action of the shareholders in failing to

14-21

accept the offer was arbitrary or vexatious or not in good faith. The expenses shall include

14-22

reasonable compensation for and reasonable expenses of the counsel for any experts employed by

14-23

any party; but if the fair value of the share as determined materially exceeds the amount which

14-24

the parent corporation offered to pay, or if no offer was made, the court in its discretion may

14-25

award to any shareholder who is a party to the proceeding the sum as the court may determine to

14-26

be reasonable compensation to any expert or experts employed by the shareholder in the

14-27

proceeding.

14-28

     (14) (13) Within twenty (20) days after demanding payment for his or her shares, each

14-29

shareholder demanding payment shall submit the certificate or certificates representing his or her

14-30

shares to the parent corporation for notation thereon on the certificate or certificates that the

14-31

demand has been made. The shareholder’s failure to do so shall, at the option of the parent

14-32

corporation, terminate the shareholder’s rights under this subsection unless a court of competent

14-33

jurisdiction, for good and sufficient cause shown, otherwise directs. If shares represented by a

14-34

certificate on which notation has been so made shall be transferred, each new certificate issued

15-1

shall bear similar notation, together with the name of the original dissenting holder of the shares,

15-2

and a transferee of the shares shall acquire by transfer no rights in the insurance company other

15-3

than those which the original dissenting shareholder had after making demand for payment of the

15-4

fair value thereof of the shares.

15-5

     27-1-40. Conversion to stock form of organization. -- (a) Any mutual insurance

15-6

company created under the laws of this state which meets or exceeds all capital and surplus funds

15-7

required by law for the transaction of business in Rhode Island may convert to and become an

15-8

insurance company with a capital stock form of organization upon adoption of a plan of

15-9

conversion by two-thirds (2/3) vote of the board of directors or other governing body and

15-10

approval of the plan by the director of the department of business regulation and the affirmative

15-11

vote of one half (1/2) of its members or policyholders present in person or by proxy at a meeting

15-12

called by the board of directors or other governing body. Unless otherwise provided in its charter

15-13

or by-laws bylaws or plan of conversion, each member or policyholder shall have one vote, and in

15-14

the case of any policy or contract of group life or other group insurance, the employer or other

15-15

person to whom or in whose name the master policy or contract has been issued shall be deemed

15-16

to be the member or policyholder and shall be entitled to one vote for each policy or contract of

15-17

group insurance irrespective of the number of individuals insured. The plan of conversion shall

15-18

provide that the insurance company shall issue and sell the stock issued in connection with the

15-19

conversion at a price which represents its pro forma market value, as determined by an

15-20

independent appraisal, and shall offer its stock, initially, in a subscription offering to the members

15-21

or policyholders, individuals in the insurance company’s management, and employee groups of

15-22

the insurance company on an eligibility record date established by the board of directors, giving

15-23

the members or policyholders, individuals in the insurance company’s management, and

15-24

employee groups priority rights to purchase the shares over the general public pro rata. The plan

15-25

of conversion may provide for the establishment of accounts for the benefit of members or

15-26

policyholders pursuant to which the converting insurance company shall provide for the

15-27

continued maintenance of its dividend practices required by existing charter, by-laws bylaws, or

15-28

policy provisions relative to its then existing lines of business, but assets in the account will be

15-29

assets of the converting insurance company, subject to liabilities in the same manner and priority

15-30

as all other assets of the company. The plan of conversion may provide for restrictions on the

15-31

amount of stock which any person or entity may purchase in the conversion, or own or control

15-32

thereafter after this, which may also be incorporated into the stock charter or agreement of

15-33

association of the converted entity.

16-1

     (b) In connection with the conversion, the insurance company may form a holding

16-2

company or utilize an existing holding company to hold all the shares of the converted entity, and

16-3

offer to its members or policyholders and the general public, subject to subscription rights in

16-4

favor of members or policyholders as stated above in subsection (a), all of the stock of the

16-5

holding company in lieu of the capital stock of the converting insurance company. The converting

16-6

insurance company may, at the time of the conversion, merge any insurance company subsidiary

16-7

into the capital stock entity resulting from the conversion, or cause the subsidiary to become a

16-8

separate subsidiary of a holding company.

16-9

     (c) The corporate existence of an insurance company converting to the stock form of

16-10

organization shall not terminate, but the converted institution shall be deemed to be a

16-11

continuation of entity of the converted insurance company so converted .

16-12

     (d) The director of the department of business regulation, upon finding that the

16-13

requirements of this section and applicable regulations have been met, that the terms and

16-14

conditions of the plan are fair and equitable, and that the conversion has been completed with the

16-15

sale of all shares offered in the conversion, shall issue a certificate of approval of the conversion

16-16

to the converted entity. Upon the payment of fifty dollars ($50.00), the certificate of approval

16-17

shall be filed in the office of the secretary of state, together with the certificate of the general

16-18

treasurer that the converted entity has paid into the treasury for the use of the state a sum equal to

16-19

one-tenth of one percent (.1%) of the capital stock, but in no event less than ten thousand dollars

16-20

($10,000). Upon the filing of the certificate with the secretary of state and payment of fifty dollars

16-21

($50.00), the secretary of state shall immediately record the certificate of approval and stock

16-22

charter or agreement of association, whereupon then the stock charter or agreement of association

16-23

will become effective.

16-24

     (e) The director of the department of business regulation may employ staff personnel as

16-25

well as and professional consultants and other persons to assist in the review of the plan of

16-26

conversion and may hold public hearings as, in the director’s discretion, are desirable prior to

16-27

granting approval of the plan of conversion. All reasonable costs related to the review of the plan

16-28

of conversion, including the costs attributable to staff personnel and professional consultants,

16-29

shall be borne by the insurance company filing a plan of conversion for approval.

16-30

     (f) The department of business regulation shall issue rules and regulations implementing

16-31

this section, which shall be administered by the director of the department of business regulation.

16-32

     (g) To the extent not inconsistent herewith with this section, each insurance company

16-33

converted into a capital stock insurance company shall have all the powers, privileges, including

16-34

the right to merge, convert, or otherwise restructure its corporate form upon a two-thirds (2/3)

17-1

vote of its stockholders and subject to any regulatory approval as required by law, and duties and

17-2

liabilities imposed upon insurance companies generally under the laws of this state, as applicable.

17-3

Unless otherwise governed by the laws of this state specifically applicable to insurance

17-4

companies, a capital stock entity converted pursuant to this section shall be subject to the general

17-5

provisions of the Rhode Island Business Corporation Act, chapter 1.1 of title 7, with respect to its

17-6

corporate governance.

17-7

     SECTION 6. Section 27-1.1-4 of the General Laws in Chapter 27-1 entitled “Credit for

17-8

Reinsurance Act” is hereby amended to read as follows:

17-9

      27-1.1-4. Rules and regulations. -- The commissioner may adopt reasonable

17-10

rules and regulations implementing the provisions of this law.

17-11

     SECTION 7. Section 27-1.1-8 of the General Laws in chapter 27-1 entitled

17-12

“Credit for Reinsurance Act” is hereby repealed.

17-13

     27-1.1-8. Regulations. -- The commissioner may adopt reasonable rules and regulations

17-14

for the implementation of this chapter.

17-15

     SECTION 8. Section 27-2-25 of the General Laws in Chapter 27-2 entitled “Foreign

17-16

Insurance Companies” is hereby amended to read as follows:

17-17

     27-2-25. Notice of revocation or suspension of license. -- The insurance

17-18

commissioner shall give written notice to the company specifying the date on which any

17-19

revocation or suspension shall be effective, the term of any suspension, and the ground

17-20

for the revocation or suspension; provided, that if the ground for revocation or suspension

17-21

is that the company has violated any provision of law or has failed to comply with its

17-22

charter, the effective date of the revocation or suspension shall be not less than ten (10)

17-23

days from the date of issue of the notice, and the particulars of the violation or failure to

17-24

comply with its charter shall be specified in the notice. The notice shall be served by

17-25

registered or certified mail, sent postage prepaid, and addressed to the company at its last

17-26

home office address, or in the case of a company of a foreign country, sent to its resident

17-27

manager in the United States or at his last address appearing on the records of the

17-28

insurance commissioner. An affidavit of the insurance commissioner in any form as the

17-29

commissioner may prescribe, or of anyone authorized by him or her to give notice,

17-30

appended to a copy thereof of the notice, that the notice has been mailed as provided

17-31

above in this section shall be prima facie evidence that the notice has been duly given.

17-32

The insurance commissioner shall also cause notice of the revocation or suspension to be

18-1

published in any manner as the commissioner may deem necessary for the protection of

18-2

the public.

18-3

     SECTION 9. Section 27-2.1-4 of the General Laws in Chapter 27-2.1 entitled

18-4

“Additional Fees for Foreign Insurance Companies” is hereby amended to read as

18-5

follows:

18-6

      27-2.1-4. Use of fees. -- Any and all fees as prescribed by this section chapter

18-7

shall be paid to the general treasurer of the state of Rhode Island.

18-8

      SECTION 10. Sections 27-2.4-20 of the General Laws in Chapter 27-2.4 entitled

18-9

“Producer Licensing Act” is hereby amended to read as follows:

18-10

     27-2.4-20. Revocation or modification of insurance producer’s contract —

18-11

Procedures. -- (a) No company shall cancel the authority of an insurance producer, if the

18-12

insurance producer is not an employee of the company, and no company shall modify a contract

18-13

with that insurance producer unless the company gives written notice of its intent to cancel that

18-14

insurance producer or its intent to modify the contract at least one hundred eighty (180) days

18-15

before the proposed effective date of any cancellation or at least one hundred eighty (180) days

18-16

before the proposed effective date of any modification. No company shall allow the license of

18-17

that insurance producer to expire unless the company gives written notice of its intent to do so at

18-18

least one hundred eighty (180) days before the proposed effective date of expiration because of

18-19

cancellation. Except as otherwise provided in this section, any insurance producer receiving

18-20

notice of cancellation, modification, or expiration may, within sixty (60) days after receipt of the

18-21

notice, make a written demand for reference to three (3) referees of the question as to whether or

18-22

not the cancellation, modification, or expiration will so affect the renewal, continuation, or

18-23

replacement of any policies placed with the company through the efforts of the insurance

18-24

producer, or the services needed by any policyholder doing business with the company as a result

18-25

of the efforts of the insurance producer, as to justify renewal or continuation of any policies then

18-26

in effect having been placed with the company by that insurance producer. In the event the

18-27

referees find that the cancellation, modification, or expiration will so affect the renewal,

18-28

continuation, or replacement of any policies placed with the company through the efforts of the

18-29

insurance producer, or the services needed by any policyholders doing business with the company

18-30

as a result of the efforts of the insurance producer, then the referees shall order continuance or

18-31

renewal of any policies expiring within a period of twelve (12) months of the issuance of the

18-32

notice, at a rate of compensation to the insurance producer equal to that as provided in the

18-33

agreement expiring or being so cancelled or modified, for one additional policy period equal in

19-1

length to the most recent policy period of the expiring policy, but in no event for more than one

19-2

year. However, the The referees shall not order continuance or renewal of any policies if they find

19-3

that the reason for the cancellation or expiration of the agreement by the company was

19-4

legitimately based upon one of the following grounds:

19-5

     (1) The insurance producer was convicted of a dishonest act related to his or her

19-6

occupation as an insurance agent;

19-7

     (2) The insurance producer’s license to engage as an insurance producer was revoked; or

19-8

     (3) The company surrendered its license to do business in the state.

19-9

     (b) An insurance producer making a written demand for a reference shall accompany the

19-10

written demand with the names and addresses of three (3) persons, whereupon the company shall,

19-11

within fifteen (15) days, notify the insurance producer of its choice of one of the persons to act as

19-12

one of the referees and at the same time submit the names and addresses of three (3) persons to

19-13

the insurance producer, who shall, within fifteen (15) days after receiving these names, notify the

19-14

company in writing of his her choice of one of the persons to act as a second referee. At the same

19-15

time the insurance producer shall notify the commissioner, the notice to be on a form prescribed

19-16

by the commissioner, that both the company and insurance producer have chosen referees. Within

19-17

ten (10) days of the receipt of this notice the commissioner shall appoint a person to serve as third

19-18

referee, and shall notify that person, the insurance producer, and the company in writing of this

19-19

appointment. Each person nominated or appointed as a referee shall be a disinterested person,

19-20

shall be a resident of the state, and shall be willing to act as a referee. Within ten (10) working

19-21

days of the appointment of the third referee, who shall serve as chairperson, the three (3) referees

19-22

shall meet, hear evidence, and reduce their decisions to writing and sign it, and shall deliver a

19-23

copy of the decision to the insurance producer, to the company, and to the commissioner. In the

19-24

event any company receiving a written demand for a reference fails to comply with the provisions

19-25

of this subsection, then the insurance producer shall have the authority to renew or continue any

19-26

policies placed with that company through the efforts of the insurance producer expiring within a

19-27

period of thirteen (13) months from the date of the notice of cancellation, modification, or

19-28

expiration of the agreement, at a rate of compensation to the insurance producer equal to that as

19-29

provided in the agreement expiring or being so cancelled or modified, for one additional policy

19-30

period equal in length to the most recent policy period of the expiring policy, but in no event for

19-31

more than one year.

19-32

     (c) Any insurance company and any insurance producer may by written contract agree to

19-33

modify the provisions of subsections (a) and (b) of this section other than the requirement of a

19-34

one hundred eighty (180) day notice in the event of cancellation or a one hundred eighty (180)

20-1

day notice in the event of modification of a contract or of intent to allow the expiration of a

20-2

license, by provisions presented to and approved by the commissioner which he or she finds after

20-3

due hearing and investigation will adequately protect both the right of the policyholder to a

20-4

continuance of insurance and the services of any insurance producer of his or her own choosing

20-5

and the right of the insurance producer to fair compensation for the insurance placed with a

20-6

company as a result of the insurance producer’s efforts. The commissioner may make reasonable

20-7

rules of general application regarding these modified provisions.

20-8

     (d) The decision of the referees may provide for the renewal or continuance of any or all

20-9

policies expiring within a period of twelve (12) months of the issuance of any notice, at a rate of

20-10

compensation to the insurance producer equal to that as provided in the agreement expiring or

20-11

being so cancelled or modified, for one additional policy period equal in length to the most recent

20-12

policy period of the expiring policy, but in no event for more than one year. The decision of the

20-13

referees may also provide for the continuance of previous contractual provisions, if the referees,

20-14

or a majority of them, find that the decision will best protect the right of a policyholder to a

20-15

continuance of insurance and the services of an insurance producer of his or her own choosing

20-16

and the right of any insurance producer to compensation for the insurance placed with a company

20-17

as a result of his or her efforts, giving due consideration to the possibility the affected insurance

20-18

producer has of obtaining similar coverage for policyholders affected from other companies at

20-19

reasonable compensation. The decisions rendered in accordance with the provisions of this

20-20

section providing for reference shall be binding on all companies and insurance producer affected

20-21

by those decisions. If a decision orders the renewal or continuance of any policies, policyholders

20-22

and the affected insurance producer shall be entitled in all respects to the same services and

20-23

practices as were in effect prior to reference insofar as amounts and types of coverage, credit

20-24

terms, commissions paid to the insurance producer, and insurance producer services are also

20-25

continued.

20-26

     (e) All policies expiring within twelve (12) months of the notice may be renewed for the

20-27

policy periods as provided in subsection (d) of this section above, but no insurance producer or

20-28

company relying on this section shall again refer the same issue to referees. Where other

20-29

provisions of the general laws require notice to policyholders before non -renewal of any

20-30

coverages, the company shall, at the request of the insurance producer who is unable to replace

20-31

any policy which has been renewed for one or more policy periods in accordance with this

20-32

section, comply with those provisions of law.

20-33

     (f) An insurance producer initiating reference under this section and the company

20-34

receiving written demand shall each be liable for the payment of the reasonable charges

21-1

and expenses of his or her nominee for referee and one-half (1/2) of the compensation for

21-2

the reasonable charges and expenses of the third referee. The third referee shall upon the

21-3

execution of the decision furnish the insurance producer and the company with a written

21-4

statement specifying in detail his or her charges for compensation and expenses. The

21-5

insurance producer or the company, if aggrieved by these charges, may petition the

21-6

commissioner for review. The petition shall set forth with particularity the specific item

21-7

or charges in dispute. The commissioner shall, within ten (10) days of receipt of the

21-8

petition, notify the interested parties of the date established for a hearing on the petition

21-9

and, after the hearing, the commissioner shall approve or disapprove the charges in whole

21-10

or in part, his or her findings and decisions shall be final and conclusive.

21-11

     SECTION 11. Sections 27-3.2-5 and 27-3.2-9 of the General Laws in chapter 27-

21-12

3.2 entitled “Continuing Education Requirements” are hereby amended to read as

21-13

follows:

21-14

     27-3.2-5. Continuing education advisory board. -- There shall hereby be is established

21-15

the continuing education advisory board. This board shall consist of two (2) representatives of the

21-16

Rhode Island Life Underwriters Association, three (3) representatives of the Independent

21-17

Insurance Agents of Rhode Island, two (2) representatives of the Chartered Life Underwriters,

21-18

and two (2) representatives of the Chartered Property and Casualty Underwriters. The board

21-19

members shall be appointed by the commissioner and shall serve two (2) year terms. ; provided,

21-20

however, that the initial term of one representative of each of the above organizations shall be one

21-21

year. The board shall meet at least once a year and additionally as required. This board shall

21-22

advise the insurance commissioner on the plans and operations of the continuing education

21-23

program for any person licensed pursuant to this title and not exempt under § 27-3.2-3.

21-24

      27-3.2-9. Fee. -- Notwithstanding any provision of the general laws to the contrary, there

21-25

is hereby established a fee of five dollars ($5.00) per annum, which shall be paid by all persons

21-26

licensed pursuant to chapter 2.3 2.4 of this title, and shall be deposited as general revenues.

21-27

      SECTION 12. Sections 27-4-6, 27-4-13.1, 27-4-17, 27-4-18 and 27-4-22 of the General

21-28

Laws in chapter 27-4 entitled “Life Insurance Policies and Reserves” are hereby amended to read

21-29

as follows:

21-30

     27-4-6. Terms to be stated in policy — Rebates prohibited. -- (a) No life insurance

21-31

corporation doing business in this state, nor any insurance producer thereof of the corporation,

21-32

shall permit, offer, or make any contract of insurance or agreement as to any contract other than

21-33

as plainly expressed in the policy issued thereon on the contract or agreement; nor shall any

22-1

company or any officer, insurance producer, or representative thereof of the company or producer

22-2

pay, allow, or give, or offer to pay, allow, or give, directly or indirectly, as inducement to any

22-3

person to insure, or give, sell, or purchase, or offer to give, sell, or purchase as an inducement or

22-4

in connection with any insurance, any stocks, bonds, or other securities of any insurance company

22-5

or other corporation, association, or partnership, or any dividends or profits accruing thereon on

22-6

the securities, or any valuable consideration or inducement whatever not specified in the policy,

22-7

nor shall any person knowingly receive as an inducement any rebate of premium, or any special

22-8

favor or advantage in the dividends or other benefits, to accrue thereon, or any paid employment

22-9

or contract for services of any kind, or any valuable consideration or inducement whatever, not

22-10

specified in the policy.

22-11

     (b) Provided, however, that Nothing in this section shall be construed as to forbid a

22-12

company transacting industrial insurance on a weekly payment plan from returning to

22-13

policyholders who have made premium payments for a period of at least one year, directly to the

22-14

company at its home or district offices, a percentage of the premium which the company would

22-15

have paid for the weekly collection of the premiums.

22-16

     27-4-13.1. Policy loan interest rates. -- (a) The term “Published monthly average”

22-17

means:

22-18

     (1) Moody’s corporate bond yield average — monthly average corporates, as published

22-19

by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or any successor; thereto; or

22-20

     (2) In the event that the Moody’s corporate bond yield average — monthly average

22-21

corporates is no longer published, a substantially similar average, established by regulation issued

22-22

by the commissioner.

22-23

     (b) (1) Policies issued on or after May 25, 1982, shall provide for policy loan interest

22-24

rates as follows:

22-25

     (i) A provision permitting a maximum interest rate of not more than eight percent (8%)

22-26

per annum; or

22-27

     (ii) A provision permitting an adjustable maximum interest rate established from time to

22-28

time by the life insurer as permitted by law.

22-29

     (2) The rate of interest charged on a policy loan made under subdivision (b)(1)(ii) shall

22-30

not exceed the higher of the following:

22-31

     (i) The published monthly average for the calendar month ending two (2) months before

22-32

the date on which the rate is determined; or

22-33

     (ii) The rate used to compute the cash surrender values under the policy during the

22-34

applicable period plus one percent (1%) per annum.

23-1

     (3) If the maximum rate of interest is determined pursuant to subdivision (b)(1)(ii), the

23-2

policy shall contain a provision setting forth the frequency at which the rate is to be determined

23-3

for that policy.

23-4

     (4) The maximum rate for each policy must be determined at regular intervals at least

23-5

once every twelve (12) months, but not more frequently than once in any three (3) month period.

23-6

At the intervals specified in the policy:

23-7

     (i) The rate being charged may be increased whenever an increase as determined under

23-8

subdivision (b)(2) would increase that rate by one half of one percent (.5%) or more per annum;

23-9

     (ii) The rate being charged must be reduced whenever a reduction as determined under

23-10

subdivision (b)(2) would decrease that rate by one half of one percent (.5%) or more per annum.

23-11

     (5) The life insurer shall:

23-12

     (i) Notify the policy holder policyholder at the time a cash loan is made of the initial rate

23-13

of interest on the loan;

23-14

     (ii) Notify the policy holder policyholder with respect to premium loans of the initial rate

23-15

of interest on the loan as soon as it is reasonably practical to do so after making the initial loan.

23-16

Notice does not need not to be given to the policyholder when a further premium loan is added,

23-17

except as provided in subdivision (b)(5)(iii);

23-18

     (iii) Send to policyholders with loans reasonable advance notice of any increase in the

23-19

rate; and

23-20

     (iv) Include in the notices required above in subdivision (5) of this section the substance

23-21

of the pertinent provisions of subdivisions (b)(1) and (b)(3).

23-22

     (6) No policy shall terminate in a policy year as the sole result of a change in the interest

23-23

rate during that policy year, and the life insurer shall maintain coverage during that policy year

23-24

until the time at which it would otherwise have terminated if there had been no change during that

23-25

policy year.

23-26

     (7) The substance of the pertinent provisions of subdivisions (b)(1) and (b)(3) shall be set

23-27

forth in the policies to which they apply.

23-28

     (8) For purposes of this section:

23-29

     (i) The rate of interest on policy loans permitted under this section includes the interest

23-30

rate charged on the reinstatement of policy loans for the period during and after any lapse of a

23-31

policy;

23-32

     (ii) The term “Policy loan” includes any premium loan made under a policy to pay one or

23-33

more premiums that were not paid to the life insurer as they fell became due;

24-1

     (iii) The term “Policyholder” includes the owner of the policy or the person designated to

24-2

pay premiums as shown on the records of the life insurer; and

24-3

     (iv) The term “Policy” includes certificates issued by a fraternal benefit society and

24-4

annuity contracts which that provide for policy loans.

24-5

     (9) No other provision of law shall apply to policy loan interest rates unless made

24-6

specifically applicable to those rates.

24-7

     (c) The provisions of this section shall not apply to any insurance contract issued before

24-8

May 25, 1982, unless the policyholder agrees in writing to the applicability of this section.

24-9

     27-4-17. Annual valuation of policies and reserves. -- a) The director of business

24-10

regulation shall annually make annual valuations of all outstanding policies, additions thereto to

24-11

policies, unpaid dividends, and all other obligations of every life insurance corporation doing

24-12

business in this state. All valuations made by the director, or by his or her authority, shall be

24-13

made upon the net premium basis. The legal minimum standard for valuation of contracts issued

24-14

before January 1, 1907, shall be the American experience table of mortality with the interest at

24-15

four percent (4%) per annum, and for contracts issued on or after that date the same table of

24-16

mortality with interest at three and one-half percent (3 1/2%) per annum. Any company may

24-17

adopt as a legal minimum standard, for the valuation of life insurance policies issued on or after

24-18

January 1, 1948, the commissioners reserve valuation method, with interest at three and one-half

24-19

percent (3 1/2%) per annum, or in the case of policies issued on or after April 17, 1975, four

24-20

percent (4%) per annum for policies issued prior to April 27, 1979, and four and one-half percent

24-21

(4 1/2%) per annum for policies issued on or after April 27, 1979, and either the commissioners

24-22

1941 standard ordinary mortality table or the commissioners 1958 standard ordinary mortality

24-23

table for ordinary policies, and either the 1941 standard industrial mortality table or the

24-24

commissioners 1961 standard industrial mortality table or any industrial mortality table, adopted

24-25

after 1980 by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners, that is approved by

24-26

regulation promulgated by the commissioner for use in determining the minimum standard of

24-27

valuation for industrial policies, for industrial policies in lieu of the legal minimum standard

24-28

hereinabove allowed by this section.

24-29

     (b) The interest rates used in determining the minimum standard for the valuation of all

24-30

life insurance policies issued in a particular calendar year on or after May 15, 1981, shall be the

24-31

calendar year statutory valuation interest rates as defined in this section.

24-32

     (c) (1) The calendar year statutory valuation interest rates shall be determined as follows

24-33

and the results rounded to the nearer one-quarter of one percent (.25%):

24-34

     For life insurance:

25-1

     I = .03 + W (R1 - .03) + W/2 (R1 - .09); where R1 is the lesser of R and .09, R2 is the greater of

25-2

R and .09, R is the reference interest rate defined in this section, and W is the weighting factor

25-3

defined in this section;

25-4

     (2) However, i If the calendar year statutory valuation interest rate for any life insurance

25-5

policies issued in any calendar year determined without reference to subdivision (c)(1) differs

25-6

from the corresponding actual rate for similar policies issued in the immediately preceding

25-7

calendar year by less than one-half of one percent (.5%), the calendar year statutory valuation

25-8

interest rate for these life insurance policies shall be equal to the corresponding actual rate for the

25-9

immediately preceding calendar year. For the purposes of applying the provisions in this

25-10

subdivision the immediately preceding sentence, the calendar year statutory valuation interest rate

25-11

for life insurance policies issued in a calendar year shall be determined for 1980 using the

25-12

reference interest rate defined for 1979 and shall be determined for each subsequent calendar

25-13

year.

25-14

      (3) The weighting factors referred to in the formula stated above in subdivision (c)(1) are

25-15

given in the following table:

25-16

      Weighting Factors for Life Insurance:

25-17

     Guarantee

25-18

     Duration Weighting

25-19

      (Years) Factors

25-20

     10 or less .50

25-21

     More than 10, but not more than 20 .45

25-22

     More than 20 .35

25-23

      For life insurance, the guarantee duration is the maximum number of years the life insurance

25-24

can remain in force on a basis guaranteed in the policy or under options to convert to plans of life

25-25

insurance with premium rates or non-forfeiture values or both which are guaranteed in the

25-26

original policy.

25-27

     (4) The reference interest rate referred to in subdivision (c)(1) shall be defined as follows:

25-28

     (i) For all life insurance, the lesser of the average over a period of thirty-six (36) months

25-29

and the average over a period of twelve (12) months, ending on June 30 of the calendar year next

25-30

preceding the year of issue, of Moody’s corporate bond yield average — monthly average

25-31

corporates, as published by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., or any successor; thereto; or

25-32

     (ii) In the event that the Moody’s corporate bond yield average — monthly average

25-33

corporates is no longer published by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., or in the event that the

25-34

National Association of Insurance Commissioners determines that the Moody’s corporate bond

26-1

yield average — monthly average corporates, as published by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., is

26-2

no longer appropriate for the determination of the reference interest rate, then an alternative

26-3

method for determination of the references interest rate, which is adopted by the National

26-4

Association of Insurance Commissioners and approved by regulation promulgated by the

26-5

commissioner, may be substituted.

26-6

     (d) The mortality table used in determining the minimum standard for the valuation of

26-7

ordinary life insurance policies issued on or after May 15, 1981, shall be:

26-8

     (1) The commissioners 1980 standard ordinary mortality table;

26-9

     (2) At the election of the company for any one or more specified plans of life insurance,

26-10

the commissioners 1980 standard ordinary mortality table with ten (10) year select mortality

26-11

factors; or

26-12

     (3) Any ordinary mortality table, adopted after 1980 by the National Association of

26-13

Insurance Commissioners, that is approved by regulation promulgated by the commissioner for

26-14

use in determining the minimum standard of valuation for these policies.

26-15

     (e) Reserves for any category of policies or contracts may be calculated, at the option of

26-16

the insurer, according to any standard or standards which produce greater aggregate reserves for

26-17

all policies or contracts than the legal minimum standard or standards.

26-18

      27-4-18. Variance from valuation standards. -- The director of business regulation may

26-19

vary the standards of interest and mortality in the case of corporations from foreign countries as

26-20

to contracts issued by these corporations in countries other than the United States, and in

26-21

particular cases of invalid lives and other extra hazards, and value policies seriatim or in groups,

26-22

use approximate averages for fractions of a year and otherwise, and accept the valuation of the

26-23

department of insurance of any other state or country if made upon the basis of, and according to,

26-24

standards not lower than herein required or authorized by §§ 27-4-17 — 27-4-20, in place of the

26-25

valuation herein required by §§ 27-4-17 — 27-4-20.

26-26

     27-4-22. Assignment of interest under group life insurance. -- Subject to the terms of

26-27

the policy relating to assignment of incidents of ownership thereunder under the policy, a person

26-28

whose life is insured under a policy of group life insurance may assign any or all incidents of

26-29

ownership granted that person under the policy, including but not limited to any right to designate

26-30

a beneficiary, to have an individual policy issued to him or her, and to pay premiums. Any

26-31

assignment by the insured, made either before or after May 7, 1970, shall be valid for the purpose

26-32

of vesting in the assignee, in accordance with any provisions included therein in the policy as to

26-33

the time at which it is to be effective, all of the incident of ownership so assigned, but without

26-34

prejudice to the insurer on account of any payment it may make or individual policy it may issue

27-1

without notice of the assignment. This section shall be construed as being declaratory of the law

27-2

in effect prior to May 7, 1970 and not as modifying, altering, or amending that law.

27-3

     SECTION 13. Section 27-4.2-5 of the General Laws in chapter 27-4.2 entitled “Life and

27-4

health Reinsurance Agreements Act” is hereby repealed.

27-5

     27-4.2-5. Existing agreements. -- Insurers subject to this chapter shall reduce to zero (0)

27-6

by December 31, 1997, any reserve credits or assets established with respect to reinsurance

27-7

agreements entered into prior to the effective date of this law which, under the provisions of this

27-8

law would not be entitled to recognition of the reserve credits or assets; provided, however, that

27-9

the reinsurance agreements shall have been in compliance with laws or regulations in existence

27-10

immediately preceding the effective date of this regulation.

27-11

     SECTION 14. Sections 27-4.3-5 and 27-4.3-8 of the General Laws in Chapter 27-4.3

27-12

entitled “The Standard Nonforfeiture Law for Life Insurance” are hereby amended to read as

27-13

follows:

27-14

     27-4.3-5. Calculations of adjusted premiums by the nonforfeiture net level premium

27-15

method. -- (a) This section shall apply to all policies issued on or after January 1, 1994. Except

27-16

as provided in subsection (g) of this section, the adjusted premiums for any policy shall be

27-17

calculated on an annual basis and shall be a uniform percentage of the respective premiums

27-18

specified in the policy for each policy year, excluding amounts payable as extra premiums to

27-19

cover impairments or special hazards, and also excluding any uniform annual contract charge or

27-20

policy fee specified in the policy in a statement of the method to be used in calculating the cash

27-21

surrender values and paid up nonforfeiture benefits, so that the present value, at the date of issue

27-22

of the policy, of all adjusted premiums shall be equal to the sum of: (1) the then present value of

27-23

the future guaranteed benefits provided for by the policy; (2) one percent (1%) of either the

27-24

amount of insurance, if the insurance be uniform in amount, or the average amount of insurance

27-25

at the beginning of each of the first ten (10) policy years; and (3) one hundred twenty-five percent

27-26

(125%) of the nonforfeiture net level premium as hereinafter defined in subsection (b); provided,

27-27

however, that in applying the percentage specified in (item 3) above subdivision (a)(3), no

27-28

nonforfeiture net level premium shall be deemed to exceed four percent (4%) of either the amount

27-29

of insurance, if the insurance is uniform in amount, or the average amount of insurance at the

27-30

beginning of each of the first ten (10) policy years. The date of issue of a policy for the purpose

27-31

of this section shall be the date as of which the rated age of the insured is determined.

27-32

     (b) The nonforfeiture net level premium shall be equal to the present value, at the date of

27-33

issue of the policy, of the guaranteed benefits provided for by the policy divided by the present

28-1

value, at the date of issue of the policy, of an annuity of one per annum payable on the date of

28-2

issue of the policy and on each anniversary of the policy on which a premium falls due.

28-3

     (c) In the case of policies which cause on a basis guaranteed in the policy unscheduled

28-4

changes in benefits or premiums, or which provide an option for changes in benefits or premiums,

28-5

other than a change to a new policy, the adjusted premiums and present values shall initially be

28-6

calculated on the assumption that future benefits and premiums do not change from those

28-7

stipulated at the date of issue of the policy. At the time of any change in the benefits or premiums

28-8

the future adjusted premiums, nonforfeiture net level premiums, and present values shall be

28-9

recalculated on the assumption that future benefits and premiums do not change from those

28-10

stipulated by the policy immediately after the change.

28-11

     (d) Except as otherwise provided in subsection (g), the recalculated future adjusted

28-12

premiums for any policy shall be a uniform percentage of the respective future premiums

28-13

specified in the policy for each policy year, excluding amounts payable as extra premiums to

28-14

cover impairments and special hazards, and also excluding any uniform annual contract charge or

28-15

policy fee specified in the policy in a statement of the method to be used in calculating the cash

28-16

surrender values and paid up nonforfeiture benefits, so that the present value, at the time of

28-17

change to the newly defined benefits or premiums, of all future adjusted premiums shall be equal

28-18

to the excess of: (1) the sum of: (i) the then present value of the then future guaranteed benefits

28-19

provided for by the policy and (ii) the additional expense allowance, if any, over (2) the then cash

28-20

surrender value, if any, or present value of any paid up nonforfeiture benefit under this policy.

28-21

     (e) The additional expense allowance, at the time of the change to the newly defined

28-22

benefits or premiums, shall be the sum of: (1) one percent (1%) of the excess, if positive, of the

28-23

average amount of insurance at the beginning of each of the first ten (10) policy years subsequent

28-24

to the change over the average amount of insurance prior to the change at the beginning of each

28-25

of the first ten (10) policy years subsequent to the time of the most recent previous change, or, if

28-26

there has been no previous change, the date of issue of the policy; and (2) one hundred twenty-

28-27

five percent (125%) of the increase, if positive, in the nonforfeiture net level premium.

28-28

     (f) The recalculated nonforfeiture net level premium shall be equal to the result obtained

28-29

by dividing subdivision (f)(1) by subdivision (f)(2) where:

28-30

     (1) Equals the sum of:

28-31

     (i) The nonforfeiture net level premium applicable prior to the change multiplied by the

28-32

present value of an annuity of one per annum payable on each anniversary of the policy on or

28-33

subsequent to the date of the change on which a premium would have fallen due had the change

28-34

not occurred, and

29-1

     (ii) The present value of the increase in future guaranteed benefits provided for by the

29-2

policy; and

29-3

     (2) Equals the present value of an annuity of one per annum payable on each anniversary

29-4

of the policy on or subsequent to the date of change on which a premium falls due.

29-5

     (g) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this section to the contrary, in the case of a

29-6

policy issued on a substandard basis which provides reduced graded amounts of insurance so that,

29-7

in each policy year, the policy has the same tabular mortality cost as an otherwise similar policy

29-8

issued on the standard basis which provides for a higher uniform amount of insurance, adjusted

29-9

premiums and present values for the substandard policy may be calculated as if it were issued to

29-10

provide the higher uniform amounts of insurance on the standard basis.

29-11

     (h) All adjusted premiums and present values referred to in this chapter shall for all

29-12

policies of ordinary insurance be calculated on the basis of (1) the commissioners 1980 standard

29-13

ordinary mortality table or, (2) at the election of the insurance company for any one or more

29-14

specified plans of life insurance, the commissioners 1980 standard ordinary mortality table with

29-15

ten (10) year select mortality factors; adjusted premiums and present values shall for all policies

29-16

of industrial insurance be calculated on the basis of the commissioners 1961 standard industrial

29-17

mortality table; and adjusted premiums and present values shall for all policies issued in a

29-18

particular calendar year be calculated on the basis of a rate of interest not exceeding the

29-19

nonforfeiture interest rate as defined in this section, for policies issued in that calendar year;

29-20

provided, however, that:

29-21

     (1) At the option of the insurance company, calculations for all policies issued in a

29-22

particular calendar may be made on the basis of a rate of interest not exceeding the nonforfeiture

29-23

interest rate, as defined in this section, for policies issued in the immediately preceding calendar

29-24

year;

29-25

     (2) Under any paid-up nonforfeiture benefit, including any paid-up dividend additions,

29-26

any cash surrender value available, whether or not required by § 27-4.3-2, shall be calculated on

29-27

the basis of the mortality table and rate of interest used in determining the amount of any paid-up

29-28

nonforfeiture benefit and paid-up dividend additions, if any;

29-29

     (3) An insurance company may calculate the amount of any guaranteed paid-up

29-30

nonforfeiture benefit including any paid-up additions under the policy on the basis of an interest

29-31

rate no lower than that specified in the policy for calculating cash surrender values;

29-32

     (4) In calculating the present value of any paid-up term insurance with accompanying

29-33

pure endowment, if any, offered as a nonforfeiture benefit, the rates of mortality assumed may be

29-34

not more than those shown in the commissioners 1980 extended term insurance table for policies

30-1

of ordinary insurance and not more than the commissioners 1961 industrial extended term

30-2

insurance table for policies of industrial insurance;

30-3

     (5) For insurance issued on a substandard basis, the calculation of any adjusted premiums

30-4

and present values may be based on appropriate modifications of the aforementioned tables

30-5

mentioned in this subsection;

30-6

     (6) Any ordinary mortality tables, adopted after 1980 by the National Association of

30-7

Insurance Commissioners, that are approved by regulation promulgated by the commissioner of

30-8

insurance for use in determining the minimum nonforfeiture standard, may be substituted for the

30-9

commissioners 1980 standard ordinary mortality table with or without ten (10) year select

30-10

mortality factors or for the commissioners 1980 extended term insurance table; and

30-11

     (7) Any industrial mortality tables, adopted after 1980 by the National Association of

30-12

Insurance Commissioners, that are approved by regulation promulgated by the commissioner of

30-13

insurance for use in determining the minimum nonforfeiture standard, may be substituted for the

30-14

commissioners 1961 standard industrial mortality table or the commissioners 1961 industrial

30-15

extended term insurance table.

30-16

     (i) The nonforfeiture interest rate per annum for any policy issued in a particular

30-17

calendar year shall be equal to one hundred and twenty-five percent (125%) of the calendar year

30-18

statutory valuation interest rate for the policy as defined in chapter 4.5 of this title, rounded to the

30-19

nearer one-quarter of one percent (1/4 of 1%) (.25%).

30-20

     (j) Notwithstanding any other provision in this title to the contrary, any refiling of

30-21

nonforfeiture values or their methods of computation for any previously approved policy form

30-22

which involves only a change in the interest rate or mortality table used to compute nonforfeiture

30-23

values shall not require refiling of any other provisions of that policy form.

30-24

     27-4.3-8. Consistency of progression of cash surrender values with increasing policy

30-25

duration. -- (a) This section, in addition to all other applicable sections of this chapter, shall

30-26

apply to all policies issued on or after January 1, 1994. Any cash surrender value available under

30-27

the policy in the event of default in a premium payment due on any policy anniversary shall be in

30-28

an amount which does not differ by more than two tenths of one percent (.2%) of either the

30-29

amount of insurance, if the insurance is uniform in amount, or the average amount of insurance at

30-30

the beginning of each of the first ten (10) policy years, from the sum of: (1) the greater of zero (0)

30-31

and the basic cash value hereinafter specified in subsection (b), and (2) the present value of any

30-32

existing paid up additions less the amount of any indebtedness to the insurance company under

30-33

the policy.

31-1

     (b) The basic cash value shall be equal to the present value, on the anniversary, of the

31-2

future guaranteed benefits which would have been provided for by the policy, excluding any

31-3

existing paid-up additions and before deduction of any indebtedness to the insurance company, if

31-4

there had been no default, less the then present value of the nonforfeiture factors, as defined in

31-5

this section, corresponding to premiums which would have fallen due on and after the

31-6

anniversary; provided, however, that the effects on the basic cash value of supplemental life

31-7

insurance or annuity benefits or of family coverage, as described in § 27-4.3-3 or 27-4.3-5,

31-8

whichever is applicable, shall be the same as are the effects specified in § 27-4.3-3 or 27-4.3-5,

31-9

whichever is applicable, on the cash surrender values defined in that section.

31-10

     (c) The nonforfeiture factor for each policy year shall be an amount equal to a percentage

31-11

of the adjusted premium for the policy year, as defined in § 27-4.3-5. Except as is required by the

31-12

next succeeding sentence of in this subsection, the percentage:

31-13

     (1) Must be the same percentage for each policy year between the second policy

31-14

anniversary and the later of: (i) the fifth policy anniversary, and (ii) the first policy anniversary at

31-15

which there is available under the policy a cash surrender value in an amount, before including

31-16

any paid-up additions and before deducting any indebtedness, of at least two tenths of one percent

31-17

(.2%) of either the amount of insurance, if the insurance is uniform in amount, or the average

31-18

amount of insurance at the beginning of each of the first ten (10) policy years; and

31-19

     (2) Must be such that no percentage after the later of the two policy anniversaries

31-20

specified in subdivision (c)(1) may apply to fewer than five (5) consecutive policy years.

31-21

     (d) No basic cash value may be less than the value which would be obtained if the

31-22

adjusted premiums for the policy, as defined in § 27-4.3-5, were substituted for the nonforfeiture

31-23

factors in the calculation of the basic cash value.

31-24

     (e) All adjusted premiums and present values referred to in this section shall for a

31-25

particular policy be calculated on the same mortality and interest bases as are used in

31-26

demonstrating the policy’s compliance with the other sections of this chapter. The cash surrender

31-27

values referred to in this section shall include any endowment benefits provided for by the policy.

31-28

     (f) Any cash surrender value available other than in the event of default in a premium

31-29

payment due on a policy anniversary, and the amount of any paid up nonforfeiture benefit

31-30

available under the policy in the event of default in a premium payment, shall be determined in

31-31

manners consistent with the manners specified for determining the analogous minimum amounts

31-32

in §§ 27-4.3-2 — 27-4.3-5 and 27-4.3-7. The amounts of any cash surrender values and of any

31-33

paid up nonforfeiture benefits granted in connection with additional benefits such as those listed

32-1

as items subdivisions (1) through (6) in (1) — (6) of § 27-4.3-7 shall conform with the principles

32-2

of this section.

32-3

     SECTION 15. Section 27-4.4-4 of the General Laws in Chapter 27-4.4 entitled “The

32-4

Standard Nonforfeiture Law for Individual Deferred Annuities” is hereby amended to read as

32-5

follows:

32-6

     27-4.4-4. Minimum values. -- (a) The minimum values as specified in §§ 27-4.4-5 —

32-7

27-4.4-8 and 27-4.4-10 of any paid-up annuity, cash surrender, or death benefits available under

32-8

an annuity contract shall be based upon minimum nonforfeiture amounts as defined in this

32-9

section.

32-10

     (b) With respect to In contracts providing for flexible considerations, the minimum

32-11

nonforfeiture amount at any time at or prior to the commencement of any annuity payments shall

32-12

be equal to an accumulation up to that time at a rate of interest of three percent (3%) per annum

32-13

of percentages of the net considerations as defined in this section paid prior to that time,

32-14

decreased by the sum of:

32-15

      (1) Any prior withdrawals from or partial surrenders of the contract accumulated at a rate

32-16

of interest of three percent (3%) per annum; and

32-17

      (2) The amount of any indebtedness to the company on the contract, including interest

32-18

due and accrued, and increased by any existing additional amounts credited by the company to

32-19

the contract.

32-20

      (c) The net considerations for a given contract year used to define the minimum

32-21

nonforfeiture amount shall be an amount not less than zero and shall be equal to the

32-22

corresponding gross considerations credited to the contract during that contract year less an

32-23

annual contract charge of thirty dollars ($30.00) and less a collection charge of one dollar and

32-24

twenty-five cents ($1.25) per consideration credited to the contract during that contract year. The

32-25

percentages of net considerations shall be sixty-five percent (65%) of the net consideration for the

32-26

first contract year and eighty-seven and one-half percent (87 1/2%) (87.5%) of the net

32-27

considerations for the second and later contract years. Notwithstanding the these net

32-28

considerations provisions of the preceding sentence, the percentage shall be sixty-five percent

32-29

(65%) of the portion of the total net considerations for any renewal contract year which that

32-30

exceeds by not more than two (2) times the sum of those portions of the net considerations in all

32-31

prior contract years for which the percentage was sixty-five percent (65%).

32-32

     (d) With respect to In contracts providing for fixed scheduled considerations, minimum

32-33

nonforfeiture amounts shall be calculated on the assumption that considerations are paid annually

33-1

in advance and shall be defined as for contracts with flexible considerations which are paid

33-2

annually with two (2) exceptions:

33-3

     (1) The portion of the net consideration for the first contract year to be accumulated shall

33-4

be the sum of sixty-five percent (65%) of the net consideration for the first contract year plus

33-5

twenty-two and one-half percent (22 1/2%) (22.5%) of the excess of the net consideration for the

33-6

first contract year over the lesser of the net considerations for the second and third contract years;

33-7

and

33-8

     (2) The annual contract charge shall be the lesser of (i) thirty dollars ($30.00) or (ii) ten

33-9

percent (10%) of the gross annual consideration.

33-10

     (e) With respect to In contracts providing for a single consideration, minimum

33-11

nonforfeiture amounts shall be defined as for contracts with flexible considerations except that

33-12

the percentage of net consideration used to determine the minimum nonforfeiture amount shall be

33-13

equal to ninety percent (90%) and the net consideration shall be the gross consideration less a

33-14

contract charge of seventy-five dollars ($75.00).

33-15

     SECTION 16. Sections 27-4.5-3, 27-4.5-4.1, and 27-4.5-5 of the General Laws in

33-16

Chapter 27-4.5 entitled “The Standard Valuation Law” are hereby amended to read as follows:

33-17

     27-4.5-3. Actuarial opinion of reserves. -- (a) This section shall become operative at

33-18

the end of the first full calendar year following the year of enactment.

33-19

     (a) (b) General. Every life insurance company doing business in this state shall annually

33-20

submit the opinion of a qualified actuary as to whether the reserves and related actuarial items

33-21

held in support of the policies and contracts specified by the commissioner of insurance by

33-22

regulation are computed appropriately, are based on assumptions which satisfy contractual

33-23

provisions, are consistent with prior reported amounts, and comply with applicable laws of this

33-24

state. The commissioner of insurance by regulation shall define the specifics of this opinion and

33-25

add any other items deemed to be necessary to its scope.

33-26

     (b) (c) Actuarial analysis of reserves and assets supporting the reserves.

33-27

     (1) Every life insurance company, except as exempted by or pursuant to regulation, shall also

33-28

annually include in the opinion required by subsection (b) (a), an opinion of the same qualified

33-29

actuary as to whether the reserves and related actuarial items held in support of the policies and

33-30

contracts specified by the commissioner of insurance by regulation, when considered in light of

33-31

the assets held by the company with respect to the reserves and related actuarial items, including,

33-32

but not limited to, the investment earnings on the assets and the considerations anticipated to be

33-33

received and retained under the policies and contracts, make adequate provision for the

34-1

company’s obligations under the policies and contracts, including, but not limited to, the benefits

34-2

under and expenses associated with the policies and contracts.

34-3

     (2) The commissioner of insurance may provide by regulation for a transition period for

34-4

establishing any higher reserves which that the qualified actuary may deem necessary in order to

34-5

render the opinion required by this section.

34-6

     (c) (d) Requirement for opinion under subsection (c)(b). Each opinion required by

34-7

subsection (c)(b) shall be governed by the following provisions:

34-8

     (1) A memorandum, in form and substance acceptable to the commissioner of insurance

34-9

as specified by regulation, shall be prepared to support each actuarial opinion; and

34-10

     (2) If the insurance company fails to provide a supporting memorandum at the request of

34-11

the commissioner of insurance within a period specified by regulation or the commissioner of

34-12

insurance determines that the supporting memorandum provided by the insurance company fails

34-13

to meet the standards prescribed by the regulations or is otherwise unacceptable to the

34-14

commissioner of insurance, the commissioner of insurance may engage a qualified actuary for the

34-15

opinion and prepare the supporting memorandum as is required by the commissioner of

34-16

insurance.

34-17

     (d) (e) Requirement for all opinions. Every opinion shall be governed by the following

34-18

provisions:

34-19

     (1) The opinion shall be submitted with the annual statement reflecting the valuation of

34-20

the reserve liabilities for each year ending on or after December 31, 1994;

34-21

     (2) The opinion shall apply to all business in force including individual and group health

34-22

insurance plans, in a form and substance acceptable to the commissioner of insurance as specified

34-23

by regulation;

34-24

     (3) The opinion shall be based on standards adopted from time to time by the actuarial

34-25

standards board and on any additional standards as that commissioner of insurance may by

34-26

regulation prescribe;

34-27

     (4) In the case of an opinion required to be submitted by a foreign or alien company, the

34-28

commissioner of insurance may accept the opinion filed by that company with the insurance

34-29

supervisory official of another state if the commissioner of insurance determines that the opinion

34-30

reasonably meets the requirements applicable to a company domiciled in this state;

34-31

     (5) For the purposes of this section, “qualified actuary” means a member in good

34-32

standing of the American Academy of Actuaries who meets the requirements set forth in the

34-33

regulations;

35-1

     (6) Except in cases of fraud or willful misconduct, the qualified actuary shall not be liable

35-2

for damages to any person, other than the insurance company and the commissioner of insurance,

35-3

for any act, error, omission, decision, or conduct with respect to the actuary’s opinion;

35-4

     (7) Disciplinary action by the commissioner of insurance against the company or the

35-5

qualified actuary shall be defined in regulations by the commissioner of insurance; and

35-6

     (8) Any memorandum in support of the opinion, and any other material provided by the

35-7

company to the commissioner of insurance in connection therewith with the opinion, shall be kept

35-8

confidential by the commissioner of insurance and shall not be made public and shall not be

35-9

subject to subpoena, other than for the purpose of defending an action seeking damages from any

35-10

person by reason of any action required by this section or by regulations promulgated hereunder

35-11

under this section; provided, however, that the memorandum or other material may otherwise be

35-12

released by the commissioner of insurance (i) with the written consent of the company or (ii) to

35-13

the American Academy of Actuaries upon request stating that the memorandum or other material

35-14

is required for the purpose of professional disciplinary proceedings and setting forth procedures

35-15

satisfactory to the commissioner of insurance for preserving the confidentiality of the

35-16

memorandum or other material. Once any portion of the confidential memorandum is cited by the

35-17

company in its marketing or is cited before any governmental agency other than a state insurance

35-18

department or is released by the company to the news media, all portions of the confidential

35-19

memorandum shall be no longer confidential.

35-20

     27-4.5-4.1. Computation of minimum standard by calendar year of issue. -- (a)

35-21

Applicability. of this section. The interest rates used in determining the minimum standards for

35-22

the valuation of: (1) all life insurance policies issued on or after January 1, 1994; (2) all individual

35-23

annuity and pure endowment contracts issued in a particular calendar year on or after January 1,

35-24

1994; (3) all annuities and pure endowments purchased in a particular calendar year on or after

35-25

January 1, 1994, under group annuity and pure endowment contracts; and (4) the net increase, if

35-26

any, in a particular calendar year after January 1, 1994, in amounts held under guaranteed interest

35-27

contracts; shall be the calendar year statutory valuation interest rates as defined in this section.

35-28

     (b) Calendar year statutory valuation interest rates.

35-29

     (1) The calendar year statutory valuation interest rates, “I”, shall be determined as

35-30

follows and the results rounded to the nearer one-quarter of one percent (1/4 of 1%) (.25%),

35-31

where R1 is the lesser of R and .09, R2 is the greater of R and .09, R is the reference interest rate

35-32

as defined in this section, and W is the weighting factor as defined in this section:

35-33

      (i) For life insurance:

35-34

     I = .03 + W(R1 - .03) + W/2(R2 - .09);

36-1

      (ii) For single premium immediate annuities and for annuity benefits involving life

36-2

contingencies arising from other annuities with cash settlement options and from guaranteed

36-3

interest contracts with cash settlement options:

36-4

     I = .03 + W(R1 - .03);

36-5

     (iii) For other annuities with cash settlement options and guaranteed interest contracts

36-6

with cash settlement options, valued on an issued year basis, except as stated in subdivision

36-7

(b)(1)(ii), the formula for life insurance stated in subdivision (b)(1)(i) shall apply to annuities and

36-8

guaranteed interest contracts with guarantee durations in excess of ten (10) years and the formula

36-9

for single premium immediate annuities stated in subdivision (b)(1)(ii) shall apply to annuities

36-10

and guaranteed interest contracts with guarantee duration of ten (10) years or less;

36-11

     (iv) For other annuities with no cash settlement options and for guaranteed interest

36-12

contracts with no cash settlement options, the formula for single premium immediate annuities

36-13

stated in subdivision (b)(1)(ii) shall apply; and

36-14

     (v) For other annuities with cash settlement options and guaranteed interest contracts with

36-15

cash settlement options, valued on a change in fund basis, the formula for single premium

36-16

immediate annuities stated in subdivision (b)(1)(ii) shall apply; and

36-17

     (2) If, however, the calendar year statutory valuation interest rate for any life insurance

36-18

policies issued in any calendar year determined without reference to this subsection differs from

36-19

the corresponding actual rate for similar policies issued in the immediately preceding calendar

36-20

year by less than one-half of one percent (1/2 of 1%) (.5%), the calendar year statutory valuation

36-21

interest rate for those life insurance policies shall be equal to the corresponding actual rate for the

36-22

immediately preceding calendar year. For the purposes of applying the immediately preceding

36-23

sentence, the calendar year statutory valuation interest rate for life insurance policies issued in a

36-24

calendar year shall be determined for 1994 using the reference interest rate defined in 1993 by

36-25

application of the standards specified in § 27-4-17(c)(2) and shall be determined for each

36-26

subsequent calendar year regardless of when § 27-4.3-5 becomes effective.

36-27

     (c) Weighting factors. (1) The weighting factors referred to in the formulas stated in

36-28

subdivisions (b)(1)(i) and (ii) are given in the following tables as follows:

36-29

     Guarantee Duration (Years) Weighting Factors

36-30

     10 or less .50

36-31

     More than 10, but not more than 20 .45

36-32

     More than 20 .35

36-33

     For life insurance, the guarantee duration is the maximum number of years the life

36-34

insurance can remain in force on a basis guaranteed in the policy or under options to convert to

37-1

plans of life insurance with premium rates or nonforfeiture values or both which are guaranteed in

37-2

the original policy;

37-3

     (2) Weighting factor for single premium immediate annuities and for annuity benefits

37-4

involving life contingencies arising from other annuities with cash settlement options and

37-5

guaranteed interest contracts with cash settlement options is .80;

37-6

     (3) Weighting factors for other annuities and for guaranteed interest contracts, except as

37-7

stated in subdivision (c)(2), shall be as specified in tables paragraphs (i), (ii) and (iii) below,

37-8

according to the rules and definitions in paragraphs (iv), (v) and (vi) below:

37-9

     (i) For annuities and guaranteed interest contracts valued on an issue year basis:

37-10

     Guarantee Duration (Years) Weighting Factor for Plan Type

37-11

      A B C

37-12

     5 or less: .80 .60 .50

37-13

     More than 5, but not more than 10: .75 .60 .50

37-14

     More than 10, but not more than 20: .65 .50 .45

37-15

     More than 20: .45 .35 .35

37-16

     (ii) For annuities and guaranteed interest contracts valued on a change in fund basis, the

37-17

factors show in subdivision (c)(3)(i) increased by:

37-18

      Plan Type

37-19

      A B C

37-20

      .15 .25 .05

37-21

     (iii) For annuities and guaranteed interest contracts valued on an issued year basis, other

37-22

than those with no cash settlement options, which do not guarantee interest on considerations

37-23

received more than one year after issue or purchase and for annuities and guaranteed interest

37-24

contracts valued on a change in fund basis which do not guarantee interest rates on consideration

37-25

received more than twelve (12) months beyond the valuation date, the factors shown in

37-26

subdivision (c)(3)(i) or derived in subdivision (c)(3)(ii) increased by:

37-27

      Plan Type

37-28

      A B C

37-29

      .05 .05 .05

37-30

     (iv) For other annuities with cash settlement options and guaranteed interest contracts

37-31

with cash settlement options, the guarantee duration is the number of years for which the contract

37-32

guarantees interest rates in excess of the calendar year statutory valuation interest rate for life

37-33

insurance policies with guarantee durations in excess of twenty (20) years. For other annuities

37-34

with no cash settlement options and for guaranteed interest contracts with no cash settlement

38-1

options, the guaranteed duration is the number of years from the date of issue or date of purchase

38-2

to the date annuity benefits are scheduled to commence;

38-3

     (v) Plan Type as used in the above tables is defined as follows:

38-4

     (A) Plan Type A: At any time the policyholder may withdraw funds only (1)(I) with an

38-5

adjustment to reflect changes in interest rates or asset values since receipt of the funds by the

38-6

insurance company, or (2)(II) without an adjustment but installments over five (5) years or more,

38-7

or (3)(III) as an immediate life annuity, or (4)(IV) no withdrawal permitted;

38-8

     (B) Plan Type B: Before expiration of the interest rate guarantee, the policyholder may

38-9

withdraw funds only (1)(I) with an adjustment to reflect changes in interest rates or asset values

38-10

since receipt of the funds by the insurance company, or (2)(II) without an adjustment but in

38-11

installments over five (5) years or more, or (3)(III) no withdrawal permitted. At the end of the

38-12

interest rate guarantee, funds may be withdrawn without the adjustment in a single sum or

38-13

installments over less than five (5) years; and

38-14

     (C) Plan Type C: The policyholder may withdraw funds before the expiration of interest

38-15

rate guarantee in a single sum or installments over less than five (5) years either (1)(I) without

38-16

adjustment to reflect changes in interest rates or asset values since receipt of the funds by the

38-17

insurance company, or (2)(II) subject only to a fixed surrender charge stipulated in the contract as

38-18

a percentage of the fund; and

38-19

     (vi) A company may elect to value guaranteed interest contracts with cash settlement

38-20

options and annuities with cash settlement options on either an issue year basis or on a change in

38-21

fund basis. Guaranteed interest contracts with no cash settlement options and other annuities with

38-22

no cash settlement options must be valued on an issue year basis. As used in this section, “issue

38-23

year basis of valuation” refers to a valuation basis under which the interest rate used to determine

38-24

the minimum valuation standard for the entire duration of the annuity or guaranteed interest

38-25

contract is the calendar year valuation interest rate for the year of issue or year of purchase of the

38-26

annuity or guaranteed interest contract, and “change in fund basis of valuation” refers to a

38-27

valuation basis under which the interest rate used to determine the minimum valuation standard

38-28

applicable to each change in the fund held under the annuity or guaranteed interest contract is the

38-29

calendar year valuation interest rate for the year of the change in the fund.

38-30

     (d) Reference interest rate. Reference interest rate referred to in subsection (b) shall be

38-31

defined as follows:

38-32

     (1) For all life insurance, the lesser of the average over a period of thirty-six (36) months

38-33

and the average over a period of twelve (12) months, ending on June 30 of the calendar year next

39-1

preceding the year of issue, of the monthly average of the composite yield on seasoned corporate

39-2

bonds, as published by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.;

39-3

     (2) For single premium immediate annuities and for annuity benefits involving life

39-4

contingencies arising from other annuities with cash settlement options and guaranteed interest

39-5

contracts with cash settlement options, the average over a period of twelve (12) months, ending

39-6

on June 30 of the calendar year of issue or year of purchase, of the monthly average of the

39-7

composite yield on seasoned corporate bonds, as published by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.;

39-8

     (3) For other annuities with cash settlement options and guaranteed interest contracts with

39-9

cash settlement options, valued on a year of issue basis, except as stated in subsdivision

39-10

subdivision (d)(2), with guarantee duration in excess of ten (10) years, the lesser of the average

39-11

over a period of thirty-six (36) months and the average over a period of twelve (12) months,

39-12

ending on June 30 of the calendar year of issue or purchase, of the monthly average of the

39-13

composite yield on seasoned corporate bonds, as published by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.;

39-14

     (4) For other annuities with cash settlement options and guaranteed interest contracts with

39-15

cash settlement options, valued on a year of issue basis, except as stated in subdivision (d)(2),

39-16

with guarantee duration of ten (10) years or less, the average over a period of twelve (12) months,

39-17

ending on June 30 of the calendar year of issue or purchase, of the monthly average of the

39-18

composite yield on seasoned corporate bonds, as published by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.;

39-19

     (5) For other annuities with no cash settlement options and for guaranteed interest

39-20

contracts with no cash settlement options, the average over a period of twelve (12) months,

39-21

ending on June 30 of the calendar year of issue or purchase, of the monthly average of the

39-22

composite yield on seasoned corporate bonds, as published by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.;

39-23

and

39-24

     (6) For other annuities with cash settlement options and guaranteed interest contracts with

39-25

cash settlement options, valued on a change in fund basis, except as stated in subdivision (d)(2),

39-26

the average over a period of twelve (12) months, ending on June 30 of the calendar year of the

39-27

change in the fund, of the monthly average of the composite yield on seasoned corporate bonds,

39-28

as published by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.

39-29

     (e) Alternative method for determining reference interest rates. In the event that the

39-30

monthly average of the composite yield on seasoned corporate bonds is no longer published by

39-31

Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., or in the event that the National Association of Insurance

39-32

Commissioners determines that the monthly average of the composite yield on seasoned

39-33

corporate bonds as published by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. is no longer appropriate for the

39-34

determination of the reference interest rate, then an alternative method for determination of the

40-1

reference interest rate, which is adopted by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners

40-2

and approved by regulation promulgated by the commissioner of insurance, may be substituted.

40-3

     27-4.5-5. Reserve valuation method — Life insurance and endowment benefits. -- (a)

40-4

Except as otherwise provided in §§ 27-4.5-5.1, 27-4.5-8 and 27-4.5-10, reserves according to the

40-5

commissioners’ reserve valuation method for the life insurance and endowment benefits of

40-6

policies providing for a uniform amount of insurance and requiring the payment of uniform

40-7

premiums shall be the excess, if any, of the present value, at the date of valuation, of the future

40-8

guaranteed benefits provided for by the policies, over the then present value of any future

40-9

modified net premiums. The modified net premiums for any policy shall be a uniform percentage

40-10

of the contract premiums for the benefits so that the present value, at the date of issue of the

40-11

policy, of all modified net premiums shall be equal to the sum of the then present value of the

40-12

benefits provided for by the policy and the excess of (1) over (2), as follows:

40-13

     (1) A net level annual premium equal to the present value, at the date of issue, of the

40-14

benefits provided for after the first policy year, divided by the present value, at the date of issue,

40-15

of an annuity of one per annum payable on the first and each subsequent anniversary of the policy

40-16

on which a premium falls due; provided, however, that the net level annual premium shall not

40-17

exceed the net level annual premium on the nineteen (19) year premium whole life plan for

40-18

insurance of the same amount at an age one year higher than the age at issue of the policy; and

40-19

     (2) A net one year term premium for the benefits provided for in the first policy year.

40-20

     (b) For any life insurance policy issued on or after January 1, 1994 for which the contract

40-21

premium in the first policy year exceeds that of the second year and for which no comparable

40-22

additional benefit is provided in the first year for the excess, and which provides an endowment

40-23

benefit or a cash surrender value or a combination thereof of them in an amount greater than the

40-24

excess premium, the reserve according to the commissioner’s reserve valuation method as of any

40-25

policy anniversary occurring on or before the assumed ending date, defined herein as the first

40-26

policy anniversary on which the sum of any endowment benefit and any cash surrender value

40-27

then available is greater than the excess premium, shall, except as otherwise provided in § 27-4.5-

40-28

8, be the greater of the reserve as of the policy anniversary calculated as described in subdivision

40-29

subsection (a) and the reserve as of the policy anniversary calculated as described in subdivision

40-30

subsection (a), but with: (1) the value defined in subdivision (a)(1) being reduced by fifteen

40-31

percent (15%) of the amount of the excess first year premium, (2) all present values of benefits

40-32

and premiums being determined without reference to premiums or benefits provided for by the

40-33

policy after the assumed ending date, (3) the policy being assumed to mature on the date as an

40-34

endowment, and (4) the cash surrender value provided on the date being considered as an

41-1

endowment benefit. In making the above comparison contained in this subsection the mortality

41-2

and interest basis stated in §§ 27-4.5-4 and 27-4.5-4.1 shall be used.

41-3

     (c) Reserves according to the commissioner’s reserve valuation method for: (1) life

41-4

insurance policies providing for a varying amount of insurance or requiring the payment of

41-5

varying premiums; (2) group annuity and pure endowment contracts purchased under a retirement

41-6

plan or plan of deferred compensation, established or maintained by an employer including a

41-7

partnership or sole proprietorship or by an employee organization, or by both, other than a plan

41-8

providing individual retirement accounts or individual retirement annuities under 26 U.S.C. §

41-9

408; (3) disability and accidental death benefits in all policies and contracts; and (4) all other

41-10

benefits, except life insurance and endowment benefits in life insurance policies and benefits

41-11

provided by all other annuity and pure endowment contracts; shall be calculated by a method

41-12

consistent with the principles of the preceding subsections (a) and (b) of this section.

41-13

     SECTION 17. Section 27-45.7-15 of the General Laws in chapter 27-4.7 entitled “Risk-

41-14

Based Capital (RBC) for “Health Organizations Act” is hereby repealed.

41-15

      27-4.7-15. Phase-In provision. -- For RBC reports required to be filed by health

41-16

organizations with respect to the years 2000 and 2001, the following requirements shall apply in

41-17

lieu of the provisions of §§ 27-4.7-4, 27-4.7-5, 27-4.7-6, and 27-4.7-7. However, in no event shall

41-18

any of the following requirements preclude any action or limit any powers or duties otherwise

41-19

available to the insurance commissioner under any other state laws or regulation:

41-20

     (1) In the event of a company action level event with respect to a domestic health

41-21

organization, the commissioner shall take no regulatory action under this chapter;

41-22

     (2) In the event of a regulatory action level event under § 27-4.7-5(a)(1), (2), or (3) with

41-23

respect to a domestic health organization, the commissioner shall take the actions required under

41-24

§ 27-4.7-4 with respect to the health organization;

41-25

     (3) In the event of a regulatory action level event under § 27-4.7-5(a)(4), (5), (6), (7), (8),

41-26

or (9) or an authorized control level event, the commissioner shall take the actions required under

41-27

§ 27-4.7-5 with respect to the health organization;

41-28

     (4) In the event of a mandatory control level event with respect to a health organization,

41-29

the commissioner shall take the actions required under § 27-4.7-6 with respect to the health

41-30

organization;

41-31

     (5) In the event the health organization’s total adjusted capital at December 31, 2000, is

41-32

less than the product of twenty-five one hundredths (.25) and its authorized control level RBC,

41-33

the commissioner shall take the actions required under § 27-4.7-7 with respect to the health

41-34

organization; and

42-1

     (6) In the event the health organization’s total adjusted capital at December 31,

42-2

2001, is less than the product of one-half (.5) and its authorized control level RBC, the

42-3

commission shall take the actions required under § 27-4.7-7 with respect to the health

42-4

organization.

42-5

     SECTIONS 18. Section 40-18-2 of the General Laws in Chapter 40-18 entitled

42-6

“Long Term Home Health Care – Alternative to Placement in a Skilled Nursing or

42-7

Intermediate Care Facility” is hereby amended to read as follows:

42-8

      40-18-2. Definitions. -- As used in this chapter, the following words and phrases

42-9

shall have the following meanings unless the context otherwise requires:

42-10

     (1) 'Adult day care service' means a comprehensive supervised program on a regularly

42-11

scheduled basis to adults with disabilities for a substantial part of the day in a single physical

42-12

location for a specified number of participants daily. The adult day care center shall be reviewed

42-13

and approved by the department of elderly affairs or other appropriate state agency. Adult day

42-14

care services may include, but are not limited to, medical supervision, social and educational

42-15

activities, snacks and/or hot lunch, and transportation to and from the day care site. All adult day

42-16

care services must meet the conditions set forth in the rules and regulations of the department of

42-17

elderly affairs and must provide these services as an alternative to twenty-four (24) hour long

42-18

term institutional care.

42-19

     (2) 'Case management services' means the coordination of a plan of care and services

42-20

provided at home to persons with disabilities who are medically eligible for placement in a skilled

42-21

nursing facility or an intermediate care facility upon discharge from a hospital. Such programs

42-22

shall be provided in the person's home or in the home of a responsible relative or other

42-23

responsible adult, but not provided in a skilled nursing facility and/or an intermediate care

42-24

facility.

42-25

     (3) 'Certified home health' means a home care services agency which is licensed by the

42-26

state and which is qualified to participate as home health agency under the provisions of titles

42-27

XVII and XIX of the federal Social Security Act, 42 U.S.C. § 1395x, and shall provide, directly

42-28

or through contract arrangement, a minimum of the following services, which are of a

42-29

preventative, therapeutic, rehabilitative health guidance, and/or supportive nature to persons at

42-30

home: skilled nursing services, physical therapy, occupational therapy, speech therapy, and home

42-31

health aide services.

42-32

     (4) 'Director' means the director of the department of human services.

43-1

     (5) 'Emergency response system' means a twenty-four (24) hour per day monitoring

43-2

service designed for use by elderly adults in the community. The purpose of that system is to

43-3

provide contact between the elderly adult in the community and the appropriate emergency

43-4

response agency.

43-5

     (6) 'Government funds' means funds provided under the provisions of chapter 8 of title

43-6

40.

43-7

     (7) 'Home care services' means those services provided by (i) medicare Medicaid

43-8

certified and state licensed home health agency and (ii) state licensed home health

43-9

aide/homemaker agency.

43-10

     (8) 'Home health aide/homemaker agency', defined in § 23-17.7-2, means: (i) home

43-11

health aide services, at a minimum, includes assistance with personal hygiene, dressing, feeding,

43-12

and household tasks essential to the patient's health and (ii) homemaker services, at a minimum,

43-13

includes light work or household tasks such as cooking, cleaning, shopping, and laundry.

43-14

     (9) 'Hospital' means a hospital as defined in chapter 17 of title 23.

43-15

     SECTION 19. Section 42-66.4-2 of the General Laws in Chapter 42-66.4 entitled “Long-

43-16

Term Health Care – Removal From A Skilled Nursing and/or Intermediate Care Facility” is

43-17

hereby amended to read as follows:

43-18

      42-66.4-2. Definitions. -- As used in this chapter, unless the context otherwise

43-19

requires:

43-20

     (1) 'Adult day care services' means a comprehensive supervised program on a regularly

43-21

scheduled basis to adults with disabilities for a substantial part of the day in a single physical

43-22

location for a specified number of participants daily. The adult day care center shall be reviewed

43-23

and approved by the department of elderly affairs or other appropriate state agency. Adult day

43-24

care services may include, but are not limited to, medical supervision, social and educational

43-25

activities, snacks and/or hot lunch, and transportation to and from the day care site. All adult day

43-26

care services must meet the conditions set forth in the rules and regulations of the department of

43-27

elderly affairs and must provide these services as an alternative to twenty-four (24) hour long

43-28

term institutional care.

43-29

     (2) 'Case management services' means the coordination of a plan of care and services

43-30

provided at home to persons with disabilities who are medically eligible for placement in a skilled

43-31

nursing facility or an intermediate care facility. These programs shall be provided in the person's

43-32

home or in the home of a responsible relative or other responsible adult, but not provided in a

43-33

skilled nursing facility and/or an intermediate care facility.

44-1

     (3) 'Certified home health' means a home care services agency which is licensed by the

44-2

state and which is qualified to participate as a home health agency under the provisions of 42

44-3

U.S.C. § 1395 et seq. and § 1396 et seq., and shall provide, directly or through contract

44-4

arrangement, a minimum of the following services which are of a preventative, therapeutic,

44-5

rehabilitative health guidance and/or supportive nature to persons at home: skilled nursing

44-6

services, physical therapy, occupational therapy, speech therapy, and home health aide services.

44-7

     (4) 'Director' means the director of the department of elderly affairs unless the context

44-8

clearly requires a different meaning.

44-9

     (5) 'Emergency response system' means a twenty-four (24) hour per day monitoring

44-10

service designed for use by elderly adults in the community. The purpose of the system is to

44-11

provide contact between the elderly adult in the community and the appropriate emergency

44-12

response agency.

44-13

      (6) 'Government funds' means funds provided under the provisions of chapter 8 of title

44-14

40.

44-15

     (7) 'Home care services' means those services provided by (a) medicare Medicaid

44-16

certified and state licensed home health agency and (b) state licensed home health

44-17

aide/homemaker agency.

44-18

     (8) 'Home health aide/homemaker agency', defined in § 23-17.7-2, means:

44-19

     (i) Home health aide services, at a minimum, includes assistance with personal hygiene,

44-20

dressing, feeding, and household tasks essential to the patient's health; and

44-21

     (ii) Homemaker services, at a minimum, includes light work or household tasks such as

44-22

cooking, cleaning, shopping, and laundry.

44-23

     (9) 'Skilled nursing facility' and 'intermediate care facility' shall have the same definition

44-24

as set forth in chapter 17 of title 23.

44-25

     SECTION 20. Section 17-4-2 of the General Laws in Chapter 17-4 entitled “Federal

44-26

Elective Officers” is hereby amended to read as follows:

44-27

      17-4-2. Territory in first congressional district -- The first district consists of the

44-28

territory embraced within the towns of Middletown, Portsmouth, Tiverton, Little Compton,

44-29

Jamestown, Barrington, Warren, Bristol, Cumberland, Smithfield, North Smithfield, North

44-30

Providence, Lincoln, and Burrillville and the cities of Newport, East Providence, Pawtucket,

44-31

Central Falls, Woonsocket, and that territory in the city of Providence embraced within a line

44-32

beginning at the point where the center line of Smith Street crosses the Providence-North

44-33

Providence boundary line, thence southeasterly on Smith Street to Eaton Street, thence easterly

44-34

on Eaton Street to Douglas Avenue, thence southeasterly on Douglas Avenue to the intersection

45-1

of I-95, thence southerly on I-95 to the intersection of Smith Street, thence easterly on Smith

45-2

Street to the Moshassuck River, thence southerly through the Moshassuck River to a point on

45-3

Memorial Square where the world war memorial monument now or lately stood, thence

45-4

southeasterly through the Providence River to the Seekonk River, thence easterly and northerly

45-5

through the Seekonk River along the Providence-East Providence boundary line in the Seekonk

45-6

River to the Providence-Pawtucket boundary line, thence westerly, northwesterly, and

45-7

southwesterly along the Providence-Pawtucket boundary line and the Providence-North

45-8

Providence boundary line to the point and place of beginning.

45-9

     Territory in first and second congressional districts. – First district: The first

45-10

congressional district shall consist of all of that part of the towns of: Burrillville; North

45-11

Smithfield; Smithfield; Lincoln; Cumberland; North Providence; Barrington; Warren;

45-12

Bristol; Portsmouth; Tiverton; Little Compton; Middletown; and Jamestown and the

45-13

cities of: Woonsocket; Central Falls; Pawtucket; East Providence; and Newport.

45-14

     The first congressional district shall also consist of all of that part of the city of

45-15

Providence bounded by a line beginning at the intersection of Longwood avenue and the

45-16

Providence-North Providence boundary line; thence northeasterly and southeasterly along

45-17

the Providence-North Providence boundary line to the Providence-Pawtucket boundary

45-18

line; thence southeasterly along the Providence-Pawtucket boundary line to the

45-19

Providence-East Providence boundary line; thence southwesterly along the Providence-

45-20

East Providence boundary line to the Providence River; thence northwesterly through the

45-21

Providence River to Steeple street; thence northeasterly along Steeple street to North

45-22

Main street; thence northerly on North Main street to Hewes street; thence southwesterly

45-23

on Hewes street to Stevens street; thence northwesterly on Stevens street to Charles

45-24

street; thence continuing northwesterly on Charles street to interstate route 95; thence

45-25

southwesterly on interstate route 95 to the former New York New Haven and Hartford

45-26

Railroad (hereinafter simply "New York New Haven and Hartford Railroad"); thence

45-27

southwesterly on New York New Haven and Hartford Railroad to a line extended

45-28

westerly to Francis street; thence westerly along that line (boundary line between census

45-29

blocks 440070008001022 and 440070008001021) to a line extended southwesterly and

45-30

westerly to Promenade street; thence southwesterly and westerly along that line

45-31

(boundary line between census blocks 440070008001025 and 440070008001026) thence

45-32

westerly to Promenade street; thence continuing westerly on Promenade street to

46-1

interstate route 95; thence southerly on interstate route 95 to Providence Place; thence

46-2

westerly on Providence Place to Harris avenue; continuing westerly on Harris avenue to

46-3

Dean street; thence northerly on Dean street to Pleasant Valley parkway; thence

46-4

northwesterly on Pleasant Valley parkway to Raymond street; thence continuing

46-5

northwesterly on Chalkstone avenue; thence westerly on Chalkstone avenue to Samoset

46-6

avenue; thence northerly on Samoset avenue to Alden street; thence westerly on Alden

46-7

street to Victoria street; thence northerly on Victoria street to Galileo avenue; thence

46-8

northeasterly on Galileo avenue to Standish avenue; thence northerly on Standish avenue

46-9

to Metropolitan road; thence westerly on Metropolitan road to Mount Pleasant avenue;

46-10

thence northerly on Mount Pleasant avenue to Old road; thence easterly on Old road to

46-11

Smith street; thence southeasterly on Smith street to Academy avenue; thence northerly

46-12

on Academy avenue to Walton street; thence westerly on Walton street to Enfield

46-13

avenue; thence northerly on Enfield avenue to Isabella avenue; thence westerly on

46-14

Isabella avenue to Modena avenue; thence southerly on Modena avenue to Lotus place;

46-15

thence westerly on Lotus place to Gentian avenue; thence northerly on Gentian avenue to

46-16

Isabella avenue; thence westerly on Isabella avenue to Longwood avenue; thence

46-17

northerly on Longwood avenue to the point of origin.

46-18

     Second district: The second congressional district shall consist of all of the towns

46-19

of: Glocester; Foster; Scituate; Johnston; Coventry; West Warwick; West Greenwich;

46-20

East Greenwich; Exeter; North Kingstown; Narragansett; South Kingstown; Charlestown;

46-21

Richmond; Hopkinton; and Westerly and the cities of: Cranston and Warwick.

46-22

     The second congressional district shall also consist of all of that part of the city of

46-23

Providence not included in the first congressional district.

46-24

     SECTION 21. Section 17-4-3 of the General Laws in Chapter 17-4 entitled

46-25

“Federal Elective Officers” is hereby repealed.

46-26

     17-4-3. Territory in second congressional district. -- The second congressional

46-27

district consists of all of the territory within the state not embraced within the first

46-28

congressional district.

46-29

     SECTION 22. Sections 27-5-3.4 and 27-5-15 of the General Laws in Chapter 27-

46-30

5 entitled “Fire Insurance Policies and Reserves” are hereby amended to read as follows:

47-1

      27-5-3.4. Cancellation or nonrenewal of standard fire insurance policy. -- (a)

47-2

A company issuing any policy of insurance which is subject to cancellation or

47-3

nonrenewal by the company shall effect cancellation or nonrenewal by serving the notice

47-4

thereof of it provided by the policy. That notice shall be delivered in hand to the named

47-5

insured, or be left at his or her last address as shown by the company’s records, or, if its

47-6

records contain no last address, at his or her last business, residence, or other address

47-7

known to the company, or be forwarded to that address by certified mail, return receipt

47-8

requested. A return receipt from the United States postal service showing receipt of the

47-9

notice at the address of the insured stated in the policy shall be sufficient proof of notice.

47-10

If the company does not receive a return receipt from the United States postal service

47-11

within ten (10) days, then the company shall forward the notice by first class mail and

47-12

maintain proof of mailing of the notice to the insured in the ordinary course of the

47-13

insurer’s business, and this proof of mailing shall be sufficient proof of notice.

47-14

     (b) If a policy is made payable to a mortgagee or any person other than the named insured, notice

47-15

shall be given as provided in subsection (a) to the payee as well as and to the named insured.

47-16

     (c) Policies subject to cancellation by the named insured upon giving notice to the

47-17

company may be cancelled by serving notice in the manner herein provided in subsection

47-18

(a) of this section upon the company or upon its insurance producer who issued the

47-19

policy.

47-20

     27-5-15. Power to create guaranty surplus and special reserve funds. -- Any

47-21

insurance company organized under the laws of this state authorized to transact a fire

47-22

insurance business may create the funds herein provided for in §§ 27-5-16 — 27-5-31, to

47-23

be known and designated as the guaranty surplus fund and the special reserve fund, and

47-24

may avail itself of the provisions of this section and §§ 27-5-16 — 27-5-31, upon

47-25

complying with the requirements thereof of those sections.

47-26

     SECTION 23. Sections 27-7.1-12 and 27-7.1-22 of the General Laws in Chapter

47-27

27-7.1 entitled “Workers’ Compensation Insurance” are hereby repealed.

47-28

     27-7.1-12. Procedural rules. -- (a) Subject to the applicable requirements of the

47-29

Administrative Procedures Act, chapter 35 of title 42, the director may adopt rules and

47-30

regulations establishing procedures for:

48-1

     (1) The administration of this chapter, including, but not limited to, procedures governing

48-2

submission of petitions for intervenor status, prefiling of testimony and exhibits, information

48-3

requests, subpoena prehearing conferences, and the conduct of hearings;

48-4

     (2) Use by insurers to record and report to the director their rates;

48-5

     (3) Use by insurers in the recording and reporting of loss and expense experience, in

48-6

order that the experience of all insurers may be made available at least annually in the form and

48-7

detail necessary to aid in determining whether rating systems comply with the standards set forth

48-8

in § 27-7.1-4. The director may designate advisory organizations or other agencies to assist in

48-9

gathering the experience and making compilations of it, and the compilations shall be public

48-10

records; and

48-11

     (4) The interchange of data necessary for the application of rating plans.

48-12

     (b) In order to further the administration of this chapter, the director and every insurer

48-13

and advisory organization may exchange information and experience data with insurance

48-14

supervisory officials, insurers, and advisory organizations in other states and may consult with

48-15

them with respect to the application of rating systems.

48-16

     (c) Cooperation among advisory organizations or among advisory organizations and

48-17

insurers in ratemaking or in other matters within the scope of this chapter is authorized, but the

48-18

filings resulting from that cooperation are subject to all the provisions of this chapter. The

48-19

director may review these cooperative activities and practices and, if after hearing, any activity or

48-20

practice is found to violate the provisions of this chapter, a written order may be issued specifying

48-21

that the activity or practice violates the provisions of this chapter and requiring the discontinuance

48-22

of the activity.

48-23

      27-7.1-22. “Fresh start” provision. -- (a) In order to restore a healthy voluntary

48-24

workers’ compensation insurance market in the state of Rhode Island, and to avert the

48-25

departure of insurers presently providing workers’ compensation insurance in the state,

48-26

the department shall provide for recovery of ninety percent (90%) of any deficits for the

48-27

policy period beginning the first day of the month beginning after passage of this

48-28

legislation through December 31, 1992, and seventy-five percent (75%) of any deficits

48-29

for the policy year January 1, 1993, through December 31, 1993, pursuant to subsections

48-30

(b) through (h).

48-31

     (b) The term “deficits” shall mean the amount by which incurred losses and expenses

48-32

associated with the entire Rhode Island workers’ compensation insurance market exceeds

48-33

premiums collected from risks in that market and investment income allocable to those premiums.

49-1

Any deficits for the covered portion of policy year 1993 shall be initially calculated as of June 30,

49-2

1994, and annually reviewed as of June 30 of each of the subsequent four (4) years.

49-3

     (c) Deficit calculations shall be made by an independent actuarial firm. Selection of this

49-4

firm shall be agreed to by the department, the state compensation insurance fund, and an

49-5

organization representing licensed workers’ compensation insurers. Compliance with NCCI pool

49-6

servicing carrier standards shall be reviewed by the department and shall be considered by the

49-7

actuary in determining the extent of any deficit.

49-8

     (d) Assessments for 1992 deficits shall apply to all policies issued on or after January 1,

49-9

1995, and assessments for 1993 deficits shall apply to all policies issued on or after January 1,

49-10

1996. Deficits shall be assessed against current policy year insureds and collected as a surcharge

49-11

on current policy year premiums.

49-12

     (e) (1) Any deficits determined as of June 30, 1994, shall be amortized over a five (5)

49-13

year period, with twenty percent (20%) of the deficits due when policies for policy year 1995 are

49-14

issued.

49-15

     (2) Any 1992 deficits determined as of June 30, 1995, shall be amortized over a four (4)

49-16

year period, with twenty-five percent (25%) of the deficits due when policies for policy year 1996

49-17

are issued. Subsequent 1992 deficit determination shall be made by each June 30 amortized over

49-18

the remaining period, with a final deficit determination to be made by June 1, 1998.

49-19

     (3) Any 1993 deficits determined as of June 30, 1995, shall be amortized over a five (5)

49-20

year period, with twenty percent (20%) of the deficits due when policies for policy year 1996 are

49-21

issued. Any 1993 deficits determined as of June 30, 1995, shall be amortized over a four (4) year

49-22

period, with twenty-five percent (25%) of the deficits due when policies for policy year 1997 are

49-23

issued. Subsequent 1993 deficit determinations shall be made by each June 30 and amortized over

49-24

the remaining period, with a final deficit determination to be made by June 1, 1999.

49-25

     (f) In no instance shall the deficit surcharge for either policy year 1992 or 1993 exceed

49-26

ten percent (10%) of the policyholder’s current policy year written premium, nor shall the

49-27

combined surcharge for 1992 and 1993 exceed ten percent (10%) of the policyholder’s current

49-28

policy year written premium. Any outstanding balance as a result of this limitation shall be

49-29

assessable at ten percent (10%) of the current policy year written premium per year until all of

49-30

those obligations are fulfilled.

49-31

     (g) The department shall annually notify the state compensation insurance fund and each

49-32

insurance carrier writing workers’ compensation insurance in Rhode Island of the amount of any

49-33

deficit surcharge, as established by the independent actuarial firm, to be charged against policy

49-34

holders.

50-1

     (h) The state compensation insurance fund and each insurance carrier writing workers’

50-2

compensation insurance shall collect deficit surcharges under this section at the time the policy is

50-3

issued. After collection, those surcharges shall be transferred to an interest bearing custodial

50-4

account administered by the director of the department of labor, for the exclusive benefit of the

50-5

workers’ compensation insurance carriers. Monies collected and invested in the account and

50-6

interest earned thereon shall be distributed only to worker’s compensation carriers in accordance

50-7

with a schedule promulgated by the department, based on the report of the independent actuarial

50-8

firm. The monies shall be and remain the property of the workers’ compensation carriers and

50-9

shall not constitute public funds.

50-10

     SECTION 24. Sections 27-7.2-9.1, 27-7.2-20.1 and 27-7.2-20.2 of the General Laws in

50-11

Chapter 27-7.2 entitled “Workers’ Compensation Insurance Fund” are hereby amended to read as

50-12

follows:

50-13

      27-7.2-9.1. Insurance coverage program. -- (a) Provision of workers’ compensation

50-14

coverage. Subject to the limitations set forth in this chapter, the fund shall provide workers’

50-15

compensation insurance against liabilities arising under title 28 for any employer that tenders the

50-16

necessary premium.

50-17

     (b) Applications; provision of coverage.

50-18

     (1) Policy applications. Applicants may apply for coverage by the fund in good faith,

50-19

either directly or through an insurance producer licensed by the state of Rhode Island to procure

50-20

workers’ compensation insurance according to rules adopted by the board under § 27-7.2-17.

50-21

     (2) Denial, cancellation, and nonrenewal. The nonpayment of premium for current or

50-22

prior policies issued by the fund to the applicant, or to another entity for which the fund deems

50-23

the applicant to be a successor in interest, may be a basis for the fund to deny, nonrenew not

50-24

renew or terminate coverage. The failure or refusal by an applicant or insured to fully and

50-25

accurately disclose to the fund information concerning the applicant’s or insured’s ownership,

50-26

change of ownership, operations, or payroll, including allocation of payroll among state and

50-27

federal compensation programs, classification of payroll, and any other information determined

50-28

by the fund to be important in determining proper rates shall be sufficient grounds for the fund to

50-29

deny an application or to nonrenew not renew or cancel an existing policy or to assess a premium

50-30

surcharge against the insured pursuant to subsection (d). The failure or refusal by any insured or

50-31

applicant to comply with the fund’s safety requirements or to permit premises inspections to the

50-32

sole satisfaction of the fund shall be sufficient grounds for having its workers’ compensation

50-33

insurance coverage surcharged, nonrenewed not renewed, or cancelled, or an application for the

50-34

coverage denied.

51-1

     (3) Appeal to director. Any determination of the fund with respect to the denial,

51-2

cancellation, or nonrenewal of any workers’ compensation insurance policy against liabilities

51-3

arising under title 28, with the exception of cancellation for nonpayment of premium, may be

51-4

appealed to the director of the department of business regulation, in writing, within thirty (30)

51-5

days of notice of this action. If the director thereupon determines that the fund has unreasonably

51-6

denied, cancelled, or failed to renew any workers’ compensation insurance policy, the fund shall

51-7

in good faith reconsider issuing, reinstating, or renewing the workers’ compensation insurance

51-8

policy. If the fund has not issued, reinstated, or renewed the workers’ compensation insurance

51-9

policy within thirty (30) days of a determination of the director, the applicant or insured may

51-10

appeal the denial, cancellation, or failure to renew by the fund to the superior court for

51-11

Providence County.

51-12

     (c) Exemptions.

51-13

     (1) Except as otherwise provided in subsection (d), the fund shall be subject to rate

51-14

regulation under chapter 7.1 of this title.

51-15

     (2) Notwithstanding the provisions of this section foregoing, if, at any time, the director

51-16

finds that a rate or filing of the fund is unjust, unreasonable, inadequate, excessive, or unfairly

51-17

discriminatory, he or she shall, after a hearing held upon not less than ten (10) days written

51-18

notice, specifying the matters to be considered at that hearing, issue an order specifying in what

51-19

respects he or she finds that the rate or filing is unjust, unreasonable, inadequate, excessive, or

51-20

unfairly discriminatory and stating when within a reasonable period thereafter after this the rate

51-21

shall no longer be used or the filing shall be deemed no longer effective. That order shall not

51-22

affect any contract or policy made or issued prior to the expiration of the period set forth in the

51-23

order. If, however, the director finds that an unfair discrimination exists in the application of a

51-24

rate or filing to an individual applicant or insured, the director may, after a hearing held on like

51-25

similar notice to the fund, issue an order that the discrimination be removed.

51-26

     (d) Rate regulation.

51-27

     (1) When a filing is not accompanied by the information upon which the fund supports

51-28

that filing, and the director does not have sufficient information to determine whether the filing

51-29

meets the requirements of applicable law, the director may require the fund to furnish the

51-30

information upon which it supports the filing. The information furnished in support of a filing

51-31

may include: (i) the experience or judgment of the fund, (ii) its interpretation of any statistical

51-32

data it relies upon, (iii) the experience of other insurers or rating organizations, or (iv) any other

51-33

relevant factors.

52-1

     (2) Notwithstanding any law to the contrary, the fund and any workers’

52-2

compensation insurance policyholder may mutually consent to modify the rates for that

52-3

policyholder’s workers’ compensation insurance policy, provided the fund files notice of

52-4

the modification with the director of the department of business regulation.

52-5

     (3) Notwithstanding any law to the contrary, the fund may establish and apply a

52-6

premium surcharge protocol. The protocol shall provide for higher premium and

52-7

surcharge payments by insureds who present higher than normal risks within a class,

52-8

including the ability of the fund to assess from time to time a premium surcharge of up to

52-9

three (3) times its otherwise applicable premium rate, as it deems appropriate to further

52-10

the public purposes set forth herein in this chapter. The surcharge may be payable, at the

52-11

option of the fund, upon assessment, over the policy year, or upon renewal. Any premium

52-12

surcharge assessed by the fund may be appealed to the director of the department of

52-13

business regulation within twenty (20) days of notice thereof of the surcharge, and the

52-14

director may modify or rescind the surcharge if the director determines that the surcharge

52-15

is unjust, unreasonable, inadequate, excessive or unfairly discriminatory.

52-16

     (4) Notwithstanding any other provisions of law, immediately upon May 18,

52-17

1992, the fund may issue workers’ compensation insurance policies at an initial rate not

52-18

in excess of the rates then in effect for residual market workers’ compensation insurance

52-19

coverage offered by any other insurers within the state of Rhode Island, subject to the

52-20

discretion of the fund to apply discounts and surcharge multipliers of up to three (3) times

52-21

the premiums that would otherwise be applicable under the rates, with the premium

52-22

surcharge to be payable as provided in subdivision (d)(4). The fund may continue to issue

52-23

workers’ compensation insurance coverage at the initial rates until the effectiveness of

52-24

any revised rates filed pursuant to subdivision (d)(1).

52-25

     27-7.2-20.1. Workers’ compensation capital assessment. -- (a) In order to

52-26

establish the capital reserves and surplus to allow the fund to effect the assumption of

52-27

residual risk market in fulfillment of the public purposes as set forth above in this

52-28

chapter, a workers’ compensation capital assessment shall be assessed and collected by

52-29

the director of the department of labor and training against each insurance company

52-30

deemed by the director of the department of business regulation to have been licensed as

52-31

of January 1, 1991, to write workers’ compensation insurance in Rhode Island. The

53-1

assessment shall be payable quarterly and due within fifteen (15) days following the close

53-2

of each calendar quarter or, at the discretion of the director of the department of labor and

53-3

training, on an annual basis on or before July first of each year. The director of the

53-4

department of labor and training shall have the power to institute suit to collect any

53-5

assessment under this section to the same extent as provided in § 28-37-28.

53-6

     (b) The director of the department of labor and training shall collect all of the capital

53-7

assessment amounts in a separate restricted purpose account and shall promptly transfer all the

53-8

amounts to the fund upon receipt and the amounts shall become the property of the fund pursuant

53-9

to § 27-7.2-14 for capital reserve and surplus purposes in recognition of the fund’s role as carrier

53-10

of last resort. During the transition period, the assessment for this party shall equal three percent

53-11

(3%) of gross premiums received from workers’ compensation insurance or employer’s liability

53-12

insurance written or renewed on risks within the state or subject to the jurisdiction of the state, or

53-13

any other level of gross premiums that the director of the department of business regulation

53-14

deems appropriate to ensure both the solvency of the fund and the fund’s ability to establish a

53-15

surplus reasonably adequate to allow it to complete the assumption of the residual risk market in

53-16

furtherance of the public purposes stated above in this chapter. For the purpose of this chapter,

53-17

“gross premiums” shall be calculated for insurance companies in the same manner as provided in

53-18

§ 28-37-14 for the applicable period. From and after the transition period, the director of the

53-19

department of business regulation shall periodically determine the rate of the assessment at levels

53-20

adequate to allow the fund to service the residual risk market and satisfy the reserve and surplus

53-21

requirements of § 27-7.2-20.2.

53-22

     (c) Each insurance company may pass through the entire capital assessment amount to

53-23

each of its policyholders on a pro rata basis.

53-24

     (d) In the event that any insurance company deemed by the director of the

53-25

department of business regulation to have been licensed on January 1, 1991, to write

53-26

workers’ compensation insurance discontinues the issuance of workers’ compensation

53-27

insurance policies in Rhode Island prior to December 31, 1994, that company shall be

53-28

and remain obligated to pay the capital assessment surcharge through December 31,

53-29

1994, calculated on the basis of the average voluntary and residual risk gross premiums

53-30

received or the average voluntary and residual risk gross losses paid in the thirty six (36)

53-31

month period prior to its departure from the Rhode Island market.

53-32

     (d) (e) The fund shall pay an annual fee to the director of the department of labor and

53-33

training in the amount of two-tenths of one percent (.2%) of the earned premiums of the fund for

54-1

the prior year in recognition of the continuing obligations of the department of labor and training

54-2

under § 27-7.2-20.1 subsections (a) and (b) hereof of this section.

54-3

     27-7.2-20.2. Reserves — Premium to surplus ratio — Insolvency fund. -- (a)

54-4

From and after January 1, 1995, The fund shall maintain a ratio of premiums on policies

54-5

written to surplus of not more than three (3) to one, or any greater or lesser ratio that the

54-6

director of the department of business regulation deems appropriate. In determining the

54-7

ratio, the director may at all times consider the net present value of future capital

54-8

assessment amounts as current surplus. To facilitate the ongoing oversight of the fund,

54-9

the fund shall submit to the department of business regulation quarterly and annual

54-10

statements in the format and scope specified in § 27-12-2.

54-11

     (b) The fund shall not participate in, or be subject to, the insurers’ insolvency fund

54-12

established under § 27-34-6.

54-13

     (c) In the event of the liquidation of the fund pursuant to the Insurers’ Rehabilitation and

54-14

Liquidation Act, R.I. Gen. Laws § 27-14.3 chapter 14.3 of this title, the fund’s policy holders, in

54-15

their capacity as owners of the fund, shall have no distributive claims under § 27-14.3-46(8) to

54-16

the liquidation estate of the fund and, upon satisfaction of any other class 1 through class 7 claims

54-17

under § 27-14.3-46, the insurance commissioner, as receiver, shall distribute the residual, if any,

54-18

of the fund’s liquidation estate to the director of the Rhode Island department of labor and

54-19

training; provided, however, that in no event shall the foregoing affect the validity or priority of:

54-20

(i) (1) any claims arising from and within the coverage of any policies of the fund; or (ii) (2)

54-21

claims of the director of the Rhode Island department of labor and training to repayment of the

54-22

term note of the fund issued pursuant to § 27-7.2-19.

54-23

     SECTION 25. Section 27-9-51 of the General Laws in chapter 27-9 entitled “Casualty

54-24

Insurance Rating” is hereby amended to read as follows:

54-25

     27-9-51. Excess profits for workers’ compensation and employer’s liability

54-26

insurance prohibited. -- (a) Each insurance group shall file with the department prior to July 1

54-27

of each year, on a form prescribed by the department, the following data for workers’

54-28

compensation and employers’ liability insurance:

54-29

     (1) The calendar year earned premium;

54-30

     (2) Accident year incurred losses and loss adjustment expenses;

54-31

     (3) The administrative and selling expenses incurred in Rhode Island or allocated to

54-32

Rhode Island for the calendar year; and

54-33

     (4) Policyholder dividends applicable to the calendar year.

55-1

     (b) (1) Excess profit has been realized if the underwriting gain is greater than the

55-2

anticipated underwriting profit plus five percent (5%) of earned premiums for the three (3) most

55-3

recent calendar years;

55-4

     (2) As used in this section with respect to any three (3) year period, “anticipated

55-5

underwriting profit” means the sum of the dollar amounts obtained by multiplying, for each rate

55-6

filing of the insurance group in effect during that period, the earned premiums applicable to the

55-7

rate filing during that period by the percentage factor included in the rate filing for profit and

55-8

contingencies, the percentage factor having been determined with due recognition to investment

55-9

income from funds generated by Rhode Island business. Separate calculations need not be made

55-10

for consecutive rate filings containing the same percentage factor for profits and contingencies.

55-11

     (c) Each insurance group shall also file a schedule of Rhode Island loss and loss

55-12

adjustment experience for each of the three (3) most recent accident years. The incurred losses

55-13

and loss adjustment expenses shall be valued as of December 31 of the accident year, developed

55-14

to an ultimate basis, and two (2) twelve (12) month intervals thereafter after this, each developed

55-15

to an ultimate basis so that a total of three (3) evaluations will be provided for each accident year.

55-16

The first year to be so reported shall be accident year 1982, so that the reporting of three (3)

55-17

accident years will not take place until accident years 1983 and 1984 have become available. For

55-18

reporting purposes unrelated to determining excessive profits, the loss and loss adjustment

55-19

experience of each accident year shall continue to be reported until each accident year has been

55-20

reported at eight (8) stages of development.

55-21

     (d) Each insurance group’s underwriting gain or loss for each calendar accident year shall

55-22

be computed as follows: The sum of the accident-year incurred losses and loss adjustment

55-23

expenses as of December 31 of the year, developed to an ultimate basis, plus the administrative

55-24

and selling expenses incurred in the calendar year, plus policyholder dividends applicable to the

55-25

calendar year, shall be subtracted from the calendar year earned premium to determine the

55-26

underwriting gain or loss.

55-27

     (e) For the three (3) most recent calendar-accident years, the underwriting gain or loss

55-28

shall be compared to the anticipated underwriting profit.

55-29

     (f) If the insurance group has realized an excess profit, the department shall order a return

55-30

of the excess amounts after affording the insurance group an opportunity for a hearing and

55-31

otherwise complying with the provisions of the Administrative Procedures Act, chapter 35 of title

55-32

42. The excess amounts shall be refunded in all instances unless the insurance group affirmatively

55-33

demonstrates to the department that the refund of the excess amounts will render the insurance

55-34

group insolvent under the provisions of this title.

56-1

     (g) Any excess profit of an insurance group offering workers’ compensation or

56-2

employers’ liability insurance shall be returned to policyholders in the form of a cash refund or be

56-3

returned to policyholders in the form of a credit toward the future purchase of insurance. The

56-4

excess amount shall be refunded on a pro rata basis in relation to the final compilation year

56-5

earned premiums to the workers’ compensation policyholders of record of the insurance group on

56-6

December 31 of the final compilation year.

56-7

     (h) (1) Cash refunds to policyholders may be rounded to the nearest dollar;

56-8

     (2) Data in required reports to the department may be rounded to the nearest dollar;

56-9

     (3) Rounding, if elected by the insurance group, shall be applied consistently.

56-10

     (i) (1) Refunds shall be completed in one of the following ways:

56-11

     (i) If the insurance group elects to make a cash refund, the refund shall be completed

56-12

within sixty (60) days of the entry of a final order indicating that excess profits have been

56-13

realized; or

56-14

     (ii) If the insurance group elects to make refunds in the form of a credit to renewal

56-15

policies, the credits shall be applied to policy renewal premium notices which are forwarded to

56-16

insureds more than sixty (60) calendar days after the entry of a final order indicating that excess

56-17

profits have been realized. If an insurance group has made this election, but an insured thereafter

56-18

after this cancels his or her policy or otherwise allows his or her policy to terminate, the insurance

56-19

group shall make a cash refund not later than sixty (60) days after the termination of the

56-20

coverage;

56-21

     (2) Upon completion of the renewal credits or refund payments, the insurance group shall

56-22

immediately certify to the department that the refunds have been made.

56-23

     (j) Any refund or renewal credit made pursuant to this section, for the purposes of

56-24

reporting under this section for subsequent years,. shall be treated as a policyholder dividend

56-25

applicable to the year in which it is incurred. for the purposes of reporting under this section

56-26

for subsequent years.

56-27

     SECTION 26. Section 27-10.1-4 of the General Laws in Chapter 27-10.1 entitled

56-28

“Motor Vehicle Damage Appraisers” is hereby repealed.

56-29

     27-10.1-4. Applicability of chapter to present appraisers. -- Persons engaged in

56-30

the performance of motor vehicle damage appraisal as of May 15, 1973, shall be entitled,

56-31

upon proof thereof and payment of fees, to be issued a license without examination

56-32

provided they file an application therefor prior to November 1, 1973.

56-33

     SECTION 27. Section 27-11.1-6 of the General Laws in chapter 27-11.1 entitled

56-34

“Investments by Domestic Insurance Companies” is hereby amended to read as follows:

57-1

     27-11.1-6. Applicability. -- This chapter shall apply to all domestic companies

57-2

issued a certificate of compliance subsequent to May 8, 1984. Those domestic companies

57-3

currently in possession of a certificate of compliance shall have three (3) years from May

57-4

8, 1984, to be in conformance with the provisions of this chapter.

57-5

     SECTION 28. Section 27-12-4 of the General Laws in Chapter 27-12 entitled

57-6

“Annual Reports of Insurance Companies” is hereby amended to read as follows:

57-7

     27-12-4. Penalty for refusal to answer interrogatories. -- Every insurance

57-8

producer who shall refuse or neglect to answer any interrogatories required under § 27-

57-9

12-3 for the space of thirty (30) days, and continues to act as an insurance producer, shall

57-10

be liable to the penalty prescribed in § 27-2.3-12 [repealed] 27-2.4-14.

57-11

     SECTION 29. Section 27-13.1-3 of the General Laws in Chapter 27-13.1 entitled

57-12

“Examinations” is hereby amended to read as follows:

57-13

     27-13.1-3. Authority, scope, and scheduling of examinations. -- (a) The director or

57-14

any of his or her examiners may conduct an examination under this chapter of any company as

57-15

often as the director in his or her sole discretion deems appropriate, but shall, at a minimum,

57-16

conduct an examination of every insurer licensed in this state not less frequently than once every

57-17

five (5) years. In scheduling and determining the nature, scope, and frequency of the

57-18

examinations, the director shall consider such matters as the results of financial statement

57-19

analyses and ratios, changes in management or ownership, actuarial opinions, reports of

57-20

independent certified public accountants, and other criteria as set forth in the Examiners’

57-21

Handbook adopted by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners and in effect when

57-22

the director exercises discretion under this section.

57-23

     (b) For the purposes of completing an examination of any company under this chapter,

57-24

the director may examine or investigate any person, or the business of any person, in so far as the

57-25

examination or investigation is, in the sole discretion of the director, necessary or material to the

57-26

examination of the company.

57-27

     (c) In lieu of an examination under this chapter of any foreign or alien insurer licensed in

57-28

this state, the director may accept an examination report on the company as prepared by the

57-29

insurance department for the company’s state of domicile or port of entry state until January 1,

57-30

1994. Thereafter, the reports may only be accepted if:

57-31

     (1) (i) The insurance department was at the time of the examination accredited under the

57-32

National Association of Insurance Commissioners’ financial regulation standards and

57-33

accreditation program; or

58-1

     (2) (ii) The examination is performed under the supervision of an accredited insurance

58-2

department or with the participation of one or more examiners who are employed by an

58-3

accredited state insurance department and who, after a review of the examination work papers

58-4

and report, state under oath that the examination was performed in a manner consistent with the

58-5

standards and procedures required by their insurance department.

58-6

     SECTION 30. Section 27-14.3-7 of the General Laws in Chapter 27-14.3 entitled

58-7

“Insurers’ Rehabilitation and Liquidation Act” is hereby repealed.

58-8

     27-14.3-7. Effective date of chapter and inapplicability to pending

58-9

delinquency proceedings. -- Every proceeding up to the present time commenced under

58-10

the laws in effect before the enactment of this chapter shall not be deemed to have

58-11

commenced under this chapter for the purpose of conducting the proceeding from this

58-12

time forth. The provisions of this chapter shall apply only to those delinquency

58-13

proceedings commenced after July 23, 1993. Nothing contained in this chapter shall be

58-14

construed to create a legal right that is otherwise nonexistent under existing law, and

58-15

nothing in this chapter shall be construed to deprive a person of any prior existing legal

58-16

right. Notwithstanding any other provisions of law, for those delinquency proceedings

58-17

commenced after July 23, 1993, this chapter shall supersede, repeal, and replace all

58-18

provisions of law pertaining to insurance insolvencies and receiverships contained in

58-19

chapters 1 and 14.

58-20

     SECTION 31. Sections 27-16-1.2 and 27-16-5 of the General Laws in Chapter

58-21

27-16 entitled “Unauthorized Insurance Business” are hereby amended to read as

58-22

follows:

58-23

     27-16-1.2. Certificate of compliance — Exceptions. -- (a) It shall be unlawful for any

58-24

insurer to transact insurance business in this state as set forth in subsection (b) of this section

58-25

without a certificate of compliance from the commissioner; provided, however, that this section

58-26

shall not apply to:

58-27

     (1) The lawful transaction of surplus lines insurance;

58-28

     (2) The lawful transaction of reinsurance by insurers;

58-29

     (3) Transactions in this state involving a policy lawfully solicited, written, and delivered

58-30

outside of this state covering only subjects of insurance not resident, located, or expressly to be

58-31

performed in this state at the time of issuance, and which transactions are subsequent to the

58-32

issuance of the policy;

59-1

     (4) Attorneys acting in the ordinary relation of attorney and client in the adjustment of

59-2

claims or losses;

59-3

     (5) Transactions in this state involving group life and group sickness and accident or

59-4

blanket sickness and accident insurance or group annuities where the master policy of the groups

59-5

was lawfully issued and delivered in and pursuant to the laws of a state in which the insurer was

59-6

authorized to do an insurance business, to a group organized for purposes other than the

59-7

procurement of insurance, and where the policyholder is domiciled or otherwise has a bona fide

59-8

situs;

59-9

     (6) Transactions in this state involving any policy of insurance or annuity contract issued

59-10

prior to May 15, 1973;

59-11

     (7) Transactions in this state relative to a policy issued outside of this state involving

59-12

insurance on vessels, craft, or hulls, cargoes, marine protection, and indemnity or other risk,

59-13

including strikes and war risks commonly insured under ocean or wet marine forms of policy;

59-14

     (8) Transactions in this state involving contracts of insurance issued to one or more

59-15

industrial insureds. An industrial insured is defined as an insured:

59-16

     (i) Which procures the insurance of any risk by the use of the services of a full-time

59-17

employee acting as insurance manager or buyer or the services of a regularly and continuously

59-18

retained qualified insurance consultant;

59-19

     (ii) Whose aggregate annual premiums on all risks excluding workers’ compensation and

59-20

group total at least twenty-five thousand dollars ($25,000); and

59-21

     (iii) Which has at least twenty-five (25) full-time employees; and

59-22

     (9) (i) Transactions in this state involving life insurance, health insurance, or annuities

59-23

provided to educational or religious or charitable institutions organized and operated without

59-24

profit to any private shareholder or individual for the benefit of the institutions and individuals

59-25

engaged in the service of the institutions;

59-26

     (ii) But This exemption shall be conditional upon the company complying with the

59-27

following requirements:

59-28

     (A) Payment of an annual registration fee of five hundred dollars ($500);

59-29

     (B) Filing a copy of any policy or contract form, including annuities issued to any Rhode

59-30

Island residents with the commissioner of insurance. Effective January 1, 1997, Each policy and

59-31

contract form, including annuities, shall contain (on its front and declaration page) in at least

59-32

twelve (12) point type the following notice:

59-33

     NOTICE TO RHODE ISLAND RESIDENTS

59-34

     THIS CONTRACT HAS BEEN PLACED WITH AN INSURER NOT LICENSED TO DO

59-35

BUSINESS IN THE STATE OF RHODE ISLAND BUT ELIGIBLE AS AN UNLICENSED

59-36

REGISTERED INSURER PURSUANT TO THE UNAUTHORIZED BUSINESS STATUTE.

60-1

THE INSURER IS NOT A MEMBER OF THE RHODE ISLAND LIFE AND HEALTH

60-2

GUARANTY ASSOCIATION. SHOULD THE INSURER BECOME INSOLVENT, THE

60-3

PROTECTION AND BENEFITS OF THE ASSOCIATION ARE NOT AVAILABLE.

     

60-5

     (C) Filing a copy of its annual statement, prepared pursuant to the laws of its state of

60-6

domicile, as well as and such any other financial material as that may be requested by the

60-7

commissioner; and further,

60-8

     (D) Provided The company agrees to appoint the commissioner of insurance, and his or

60-9

her successors in office, as its attorney to receive service of legal process issued against it in

60-10

Rhode Island. The appointment is to be irrevocable and to bind the commissioner, and any

60-11

successors in interest, and to remain in effect as long as there is in force in this state any contract

60-12

issued by the company or any obligations arising therefrom from a contract.

60-13

     (10) Rental car companies and their employees principally engaged in the rental of motor

60-14

vehicles and which offer in connection with and incidental to the rental of motor vehicles various

60-15

optional insurance coverages during the term of the rental, which shall be no more than forty-five

60-16

(45) days.

60-17

     (11) Transactions that are insurance securitizations or reinsurance transactions entered

60-18

into by a protected cell of a protected cell company organized under the Protected Cell

60-19

Companies Act, chapter 64 of this title, as those terms are defined or utilized in that act chapter.

60-20

     (b) Any of the following acts in this state effected by mail or otherwise, by or on behalf

60-21

of an insurer, is deemed to constitute the transaction of an insurance business in this state. The

60-22

venue of an act committed by mail is at the point where the matter transmitted by mail is

60-23

delivered and takes effect. Unless otherwise indicated, the term “insurer,” as used in this section,

60-24

includes all corporations, associations, partnerships, and individuals engaged as principals in the

60-25

business of insurance and also includes interinsurance exchanges and mutual benefit societies:

60-26

     (1) The making or proposing to make, as an insurer an insurance contract;

60-27

     (2) The making of or proposing to make, as guarantor or surety, any contract of guaranty

60-28

or suretyship as a vocation and not merely incidental to any other legitimate business or activity

60-29

of the guarantor or surety;

60-30

     (3) The taking or receiving of any application for insurance;

60-31

     (4) The receiving or collection of any premium, commission, membership fees,

60-32

assessments, dues, or other consideration for an insurance or any part thereof of an insurance;

60-33

     (5) The issuance or delivery of contracts of insurance to residents of this state or to

60-34

persons authorized to do business in this state;

60-35

     (6) Directly or indirectly acting as an agent or insurance producer for or otherwise

60-36

representing or aiding on behalf of another any person or insurer in the solicitation, negotiation,

61-1

procurement, or effectuation of insurance or renewals thereof of insurance or in the dissemination

61-2

of information as to coverage or rates, forwarding of applications, delivery of policies or

61-3

contracts, inspection of risks, fixing of rates or investigation or adjustment of claims or losses, or

61-4

in the transaction of matters subsequent to effectuation of the contract and arising out of it, or in

61-5

any other manner representing or assisting a person or insurer in the transaction of insurance with

61-6

respect to subjects of insurance, resident, located, or to be performed in this state. The provisions

61-7

of this subsection shall not operate to prohibit full-time salaried employees of a corporate insured

61-8

from acting in the capacity of an insurance manager or buyer in placing insurance in behalf of the

61-9

employer;

61-10

     (7) The transaction of any kind of insurance business specifically recognized as

61-11

transacting an insurance business within the meaning of the statutes relating to insurance; or

61-12

     (8) The transacting or proposing to transact any insurance business in substance

61-13

equivalent to any of the foregoing these in a manner designed to evade the provisions of the

61-14

statutes.

61-15

     (c) The failure of an insurer transacting insurance business in this state to obtain a

61-16

certificate of compliance shall not impair the validity of any act or contract of the insurer and

61-17

shall not prevent the insurer from defending any action at law or suit in equity in any court of this

61-18

state, but no insurer transacting insurance business in this state without a certificate of authority

61-19

shall be permitted to maintain an action in any court of this state to enforce any right, claim, or

61-20

demand arising out of the transaction of insurance business until the insurer shall have obtained a

61-21

certificate of authority.

61-22

     (d) In the event of the failure of any unauthorized insurer to pay any claim or loss

61-23

within the provisions of the insurance contract, any person who assisted or in any manner

61-24

aided directly or indirectly in the procurement of the insurance contract shall be liable to

61-25

the insured for the full amount of the claim or loss in the manner provided by the

61-26

provisions of the insurance contract.

61-27

      27-16-5. Acts constituting appointment of attorney to receive process. -- Any

61-28

of the following acts in this state, effected by mail or otherwise, by an unauthorized

61-29

foreign or alien insurer is equivalent to and shall constitute an appointment by the insurer

61-30

of the insurance commissioner and the commissioner’s successor or successors in office

61-31

to be the insurer’s true and lawful attorney, upon whom may be served all lawful process

61-32

in any action, suit, or proceeding instituted by or on behalf of an insured or beneficiary

61-33

arising out of the contract of insurance, and the act shall be signification of its agreement

62-1

that service of process is of the same legal force and validity as personal service of

62-2

process in this state upon the insurer: (1) the issuance or delivery of contracts of

62-3

insurance or reinsurance to residents of this state or to corporations authorized to do

62-4

business therein in this state; (2) the solicitation of applications for the contracts; (3) the

62-5

collection of premiums, membership fees, assessments or other considerations for the

62-6

contracts; or (4) any other transaction of insurance business; is equivalent to and shall

62-7

constitute an appointment by the insurer of the insurance commissioner and the

62-8

commissioner’s successor or successors in office to be the insurer’s true and lawful

62-9

attorney, upon whom may be served all lawful process in any action, suit, or proceeding

62-10

instituted by or on behalf of an insured or beneficiary arising out of the contract of

62-11

insurance, and the act shall be signification of its agreement that service of process is of

62-12

the same legal force and validity as personal service of process in this state upon the

62-13

insurer.

62-14

     SECTION 32. Sections 27-17-4, 27-17-12, 27-17-14 and 27-17-20 of the General

62-15

Laws in Chapter 27-17 entitled “Reciprocal Exchanges and Interinsurers” are herby

62-16

amended to read as follows:

62-17

      27-17-4. Declaration filed by attorney — Requirements for admission. The

62-18

attorney shall file with the insurance commissioner, herein referred to in this chapter as

62-19

the “commissioner”, a declaration verified by the oath of the attorney, or when the

62-20

attorney is a corporation, by the oath of its president or oaths of its treasurer and secretary

62-21

setting forth:

62-22

     (1) The name of the attorney and the name or designation of the exchange under which

62-23

the contracts are to be issued, which name or designation shall not be so similar to any other

62-24

name or designation theretofore previously adopted by an attorney or by any insurance

62-25

organization in this state so as to confuse or mislead;

62-26

     (2) The kind or kinds of insurance to be effected or exchanged;

62-27

     (3) A copy of the form of policy contract or agreement under or by which the insurance is

62-28

to be effected or exchanged and forms of application therefor for that insurance;

62-29

     (4) A certified copy of the power of attorney or other authorization of the attorney under

62-30

or by which the attorney is to effect or exchange the insurance contracts;

62-31

     (5) The location of the office or offices from which the contracts or agreements are to be

62-32

issued;

63-1

     (6) (i) That, except as to the kinds of insurance hereinafter specifically mentioned in this

63-2

subdivision, applications have been made for insurance upon at least one hundred (100) separate

63-3

risks, the liability to the exchange for premiums due thereon on the risks shall aggregate not less

63-4

than six hundred thousand dollars ($600,000), represented by executed contracts or bona fide

63-5

applications to become concurrently effective, or, in lieu thereof of this amount, the exchange or

63-6

interinsurer is possessed of a surplus of not less than three hundred thousand dollars ($300,000).

63-7

The minimum amount of surplus established as a requirement for the writing of other lines of

63-8

insurance as specified elsewhere in this section shall be in addition to that required by the

63-9

provisions of this subdivision;

63-10

     (ii) In the case of employers’ liability or workers’ compensation insurance, applications

63-11

shall have been made for indemnity upon at least one hundred (100) separate risks having a total

63-12

annual premium of not less than two million five hundred thousand dollars ($2,500,000), as

63-13

represented by executed contracts or bona fide applications to become concurrently effective, or,

63-14

in lieu thereof of this amount, the exchange or interinsurer is possessed of a surplus of not less

63-15

than one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000);

63-16

     (iii) In the case of automobile insurance, applications shall have been made for insurance

63-17

for at least two hundred (200) separate risks, or for insurance the premiums due the exchange

63-18

thereon on the risks shall aggregate not less than two hundred thousand dollars ($200,000)

63-19

represented by executed contracts or bona fide applications to become concurrently effective on

63-20

any or all classes of automobile insurance effected by the subscribers through the attorney, or, in

63-21

lieu thereof of this amount, the exchange or interinsurer is possessed of a surplus of not less than

63-22

one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000);

63-23

     (iv) The surplus as provided above in this subdivision shall not be acceptable unless

63-24

invested in securities of the United States of America, the state of Rhode Island, or any other state

63-25

of the United States or political subdivision thereof of the state;

63-26

     (7) That there shall be maintained at the exchange, available for the payment of losses,

63-27

assets conforming to the requirements of §§ 27-17-7 — 27-17-12;

63-28

     (8) A financial statement under oath in the form prescribed by the commissioner;

63-29

     (9) An instrument authorizing the service of process as provided for in this chapter; and

63-30

     (10) A certificate from the proper official of the state where the principal office is

63-31

maintained, that the subscribers and the attorney have complied with all provisions of law and are

63-32

authorized in that state to transact the classes of business which are sought to be transacted in this

63-33

state.

64-1

      27-17-12. Deficiencies in reserves. -- If at any time the amounts on hand are less

64-2

than the foregoing requirements specified in this chapter, the subscribers, or their attorney

64-3

for them, shall make up the deficiency.

64-4

     27-17-14. Cash premium deposit and contingent liability of subscriber. -- The

64-5

power of attorney under which any contracts of insurance are exchanged pursuant to this

64-6

chapter shall provide for a cash premium deposit and a contingent liability of the

64-7

subscriber during each annual period of the term of each contract of insurance issued to

64-8

the subscriber to be fixed in the power of attorney, but in an amount not less than one nor

64-9

more than ten (10) times the amount of the annual portion of the cash premium deposit

64-10

stated in the contract, except that exchanges which have a required surplus equal to three

64-11

hundred fifty thousand dollars ($350,000) or to the minimum capital, if any, required of a

64-12

stock insurance company transacting the same kind or kinds of business, whichever is

64-13

greater, may issue policies without contingent liability; provided, however, that the

64-14

exchange which shall have issued policies without contingent liability after the

64-15

acquisition of the surplus may continue to do so only so long as it maintains a surplus in

64-16

the above amount required by this section, and no exchange shall issue any non-

64-17

assessable policies, except during a time as it shall continue to maintain the surplus.

64-18

      27-17-20. Application Applicability of insurance producers’ laws. -- The

64-19

provisions of the general insurance laws of this state regarding the appointment,

64-20

licensing, qualification, and regulation of insurance producers shall not apply to an

64-21

exchange or its attorney, or to a traveling salaried employee, or to an executive officer of

64-22

or the attorney if a corporation, but shall apply to any other person, partnership, or

64-23

corporation representing the reciprocal or interinsurance exchange in soliciting,

64-24

negotiating, or effecting of business in this state.

64-25

      SECTION 33. Sections 27-18-3, 27-18-3.3, 27-18-25, 27-18-30, 27-18-31, 27-18-

64-26

33, 27-18-33.1, 27-18-34, 27-18-35, 27-18-36, 27-18-38, 27-18-39, 27-18-40, 27-18-41,

64-27

27-18-48, 27-18-48.1, 27-18-49, 27-18-52, 27-18-52.1, 27-18-57, 27-18-58 and 27-18-59

64-28

of the General Laws in Chapter 27-18 entitled “Accident and Sickness Insurance

64-29

Policies” are hereby amended to read as follows:

64-30

      27-18-3. Required provisions. -- (a) Except as provided in § 27-18-5, each

64-31

policy delivered or issued for delivery to any person in this state shall contain the

65-1

provisions specified in this section in the words in which the provisions appear in this

65-2

section; provided, however, that the insurer may, at its option, substitute, for one or more

65-3

of the provisions, corresponding provisions of different wording approved by the

65-4

commissioner which are in each instance not less favorable in any respect to the insured

65-5

or the beneficiary. The provisions shall be preceded individually by the caption appearing

65-6

in this subsection or, at the option of the insurer, by the appropriate individual or group

65-7

captions or subcaptions as the commissioner may approve:

65-8

     (1) A provision as follows:

65-9

     “ENTIRE CONTRACT; CHANGES: This policy, including the endorsements and the

65-10

attached papers, if any, constitutes the entire contract of insurance. No change in this policy shall

65-11

be valid until approved by an executive officer of the insurer and unless the approval is endorsed

65-12

hereon on the policy or attached hereto to it. No agent has authority to change this policy or to

65-13

waive any of its provisions.”

65-14

     (2) A provision as follows:

65-15

     “TIME LIMIT ON CERTAIN DEFENSES: (a) After three (3) years from the date of

65-16

issue of this policy no misstatements, except fraudulent misstatements, made by the applicant in

65-17

the application for this policy shall be used to void the policy or to deny a claim for loss incurred

65-18

or disability (as defined in the policy) commencing after the expiration of that three-year period.”

65-19

     (The foregoing This policy provision shall not be so construed as to affect any legal requirement

65-20

for avoidance of a policy or denial of a claim during the initial three (3) year period, nor to limit

65-21

the application of § 27-18-4(1), (2), (3), (4) and (5) in the event of a misstatement with respect to

65-22

age or occupation or other insurance.)

65-23

     (A policy which the insured has the right to continue in force subject to its terms by the

65-24

timely payment of premium: (A) (i) until at least age fifty (50); or, (B) (ii) in the case of a policy

65-25

issued after age forty-four (44), for at least five (5) years from its date of issue, may contain in

65-26

lieu of the foregoing this provision the following provision (from which the clause in parentheses

65-27

may be omitted at the insurer’s option) under the caption “INCONTESTABLE”:

65-28

     “After this policy has been in force for a period of three (3) years during the lifetime of

65-29

the insured (excluding any period during which the insured is disabled), it shall become

65-30

incontestable as to the statements contained in the application.”)

65-31

     “(b) No claim for loss incurred or disability (as defined in the policy) commencing after

65-32

three (3) years from the date of issue of this policy shall be reduced or denied on the ground that a

65-33

disease or physical condition not excluded from coverage by name or specific description

65-34

effective on the date of loss had existed prior to the effective date of coverage of this policy.”

66-1

      (3) A provision as follows:

66-2

      “GRACE PERIOD: A grace period of ________” (insert a number not less than “seven”

66-3

(7) for weekly premium policies, “ten” (10) for monthly premium policies and “thirty-one” (31)

66-4

for all other policies) “days will be granted for the payment of each premium falling due after the

66-5

first premium, during which grace period the policy shall continue in force.”

66-6

      (A policy, which contains a cancellation provision may add, at the end of the above this

66-7

provision:,

66-8

      “subject to the right of the insurer to cancel in accordance with the cancellation provision hereof

66-9

of this policy.”)

66-10

      (A policy in which the insurer reserves the right to refuse any renewal shall have, at the

66-11

beginning of the above this provision:,

66-12

      “Unless not less than ten (10) days prior to the premium due date the insurer has

66-13

delivered to the insured or has mailed to his or her last address as shown by the records of the

66-14

insurer written notice of its intention not to renew this policy beyond the period for which the

66-15

premium has been accepted,”)

66-16

      (4) A provision as follows:

66-17

      “REINSTATEMENT: If any renewal premium be is not paid within the time granted the

66-18

insured for payment, a subsequent acceptance of premium by the insurer or by any agent duly

66-19

authorized by the insurer to accept such this premium, without requiring in connection therewith

66-20

with this an application for reinstatement, shall reinstate the policy; provided, however, that if the

66-21

insurer or the agent requires an application for reinstatement and issues a conditional receipt for

66-22

the premium tendered, the policy will be reinstated upon approval of the application by the

66-23

insurer or, lacking approval, upon the forty-fifth(45th)day following the date of the conditional

66-24

receipt unless the insurer has previously notified the insured in writing of its disapproval of the

66-25

application. The reinstated policy shall cover only loss resulting from such an accidental injury as

66-26

may be sustained after the date of reinstatement and loss due to such sickness as may begin more

66-27

than ten (10) days after such this date. In all other respects the insured and insurer shall have the

66-28

same rights thereunder under this policy as they had under the policy immediately before the due

66-29

date of the defaulted premium, subject to any provisions endorsed hereon on this policy or

66-30

attached hereto to it in connection with the reinstatement. Any premium accepted in connection

66-31

with a reinstatement shall be applied to a period for which the premium has not been previously

66-32

paid, but not to any period more than sixty (60) days prior to the date of reinstatement.”

66-33

     (The last sentence of the above this provision may be omitted from any policy which the

67-1

     insured has the right to continue in force subject to its terms by the timely payment of premiums;

67-2

(A) (i) until at least age fifty (50); or, (B) (ii) in the case of a policy issued after age forty-four

67-3

(44), for at least five (5) years from its date of issue.”)

67-4

      (5) A provision as follows:

67-5

      “NOTICE OF CLAIM: Written notice of claim must be given to the insurer within

67-6

twenty (20) days after the occurrence or commencement of any loss covered by the policy, or as

67-7

soon thereafter after this as is reasonably possible. Notice given by or on behalf of the insured or

67-8

the beneficiary to the insurer at ________________________” (insert the location of such the

67-9

office as the insurer may designate for the purpose), “or to any authorized agent of the insurer,

67-10

with information sufficient to identify the insured, shall be deemed notice to the insurer.”

67-11

      (In a policy providing a loss of time benefit which may be payable for at least two (2)

67-12

years, an insurer may at its option insert the following between the first and second sentences of

67-13

the above this provision:

67-14

      “Subject to the qualifications set forth below, if the insured suffers loss of time on

67-15

account of disability for which indemnity may be payable for at least two (2) years, the insured

67-16

shall, at least once in every six (6) months after having given notice of claim, give to the insurer

67-17

notice of continuance of the disability, except in the event of legal incapacity. The period of six

67-18

(6) months following any filing of proof by the insured or any payment by the insurer on account

67-19

of the claim or any denial of liability in whole or in part by the insurer shall be excluded in

67-20

applying this provision. Delay in the giving of notice shall not impair the insured’s right to any

67-21

indemnity which would otherwise have accrued during the period of six (6) months preceding the

67-22

date on which the notice is actually given.”)

67-23

      (6) A provision as follows:

67-24

      “CLAIM FORMS: The insurer, upon receipt of a notice of claim, will furnish to the

67-25

claimant such the forms as that are usually furnished by it for filing proofs of loss. If the forms

67-26

are not furnished within fifteen (15) days after the giving of notice, the claimant shall be deemed

67-27

to have complied with the requirements of this policy as to proof of loss upon submitting, within

67-28

the time fixed in the policy for filing proofs of loss, written proof covering the occurrence, the

67-29

character, and the extent of the loss for which claim is made.”

67-30

      (7) A provision as follows:

67-31

      “PROOFS OF LOSS: Written proof of loss must be furnished to the insurer at its office

67-32

in the case of a claim for loss for which this policy provides any periodic payment contingent

67-33

upon continuing loss within ninety (90) days after the termination of the period for which the

67-34

insurer is liable and in the case of a claim for any other loss within ninety (90) days after the date

68-1

of the loss. Failure to furnish proof within the time required shall not invalidate nor reduce any

68-2

claim if it was not reasonably possible to give proof within such this required time, provided the

68-3

proof is furnished as soon as reasonably possible and in no event, except in the absence of legal

68-4

capacity, later than one year from the time proof is otherwise required.”

68-5

      (8) A provision as follows:

68-6

      “TIME OF PAYMENT OF CLAIMS: Indemnities payable under this policy for any loss

68-7

other than loss for which this policy provides any periodic payment will be paid immediately

68-8

upon receipt of due written proof of such this loss. Subject to due written proof of loss, all

68-9

accrued indemnities for loss for which this policy provides periodic payment will be paid

68-10

________________________” (insert period for payments which must not be less frequently than

68-11

monthly) “and any balance remaining unpaid upon the termination of liability will be paid

68-12

immediately upon receipt of due written proof.”

68-13

      (9) A provision as follows:

68-14

      “PAYMENT OF CLAIMS: Indemnity for loss of life will be payable in accordance with

68-15

the beneficiary designation and the provisions respecting the payment which may be prescribed

68-16

herein and effective at the time of payment. If no such designation or provision is then effective,

68-17

indemnity shall be payable to the estate of the insured. Any other accrued indemnities unpaid at

68-18

the insured’s death may, at the option of the insurer, be paid either to the beneficiary or to such

68-19

the estate. All other indemnities will be payable to the insured.”

68-20

      (The following provisions, or either of them these provisions, may be included with the

68-21

foregoing this provision at the option of the insurer:

68-22

      “If any indemnity of this policy shall be payable to the estate of the insured, or to an

68-23

insured or beneficiary who is a minor or otherwise not competent to give a valid release, the

68-24

insurer may pay the indemnity, up to an amount not exceeding $____________” (insert an

68-25

amount which shall not exceed one thousand dollars ($1,000)), “to any relative by blood or

68-26

connection by marriage of the insured or beneficiary who is deemed by the insurer to be equitably

68-27

entitled thereto to it. Any payment made by the insurer in good faith pursuant to this provision

68-28

shall fully discharge the insurer to the extent of the payment.” “Subject to any written direction of

68-29

the insured in the application or otherwise, all or a portion of any indemnities provided by this

68-30

policy on account of hospital, nursing, medical, or surgical services may, at the insurer’s option

68-31

and unless the insured requests otherwise in writing not later than the time of filing proofs of the

68-32

loss, be paid directly to the hospital or person rendering the services; but it is not required that the

68-33

service be rendered by a particular hospital or person.”)

68-34

     (10) A provision as follows:

69-1

     “PHYSICAL EXAMINATIONS AND AUTOPSY: The insurer at its own expense shall

69-2

have the right and opportunity to examine the person of the insured when and as often as it may

69-3

reasonably require during the pendency of a claim hereunder and to make an autopsy in case of

69-4

death where it is not forbidden by law.”

69-5

     (11) A provision as follows:

69-6

     “LEGAL ACTIONS: No action at law or in equity shall be brought to recover on this

69-7

policy prior to the expiration of sixty (60) days after written proof of loss has been furnished in

69-8

accordance with the requirements of this policy. No action shall be brought after the expiration of

69-9

three (3) years after the time written proof of loss is required to be furnished.”

69-10

     (12) A provision as follows:

69-11

     “CHANGE OF BENEFICIARY: Unless the insured makes an irrevocable designation of

69-12

beneficiary, the right to change of beneficiary is reserved to the insured and the consent of the

69-13

beneficiary or beneficiaries shall not be requisite to surrender or assignment of this policy or to

69-14

any change of beneficiary or beneficiaries, or to any other changes in this policy.”

69-15

     (The first clause of this provision, relating to the irrevocable designation of beneficiary,

69-16

may be omitted at the insurer’s option.)

69-17

     (13) A provision as follows:

69-18

     “’Medical services’ means such those professional services and supplies rendered by or

69-19

under the direction of persons duly licensed under the laws of this state to practice medicine,

69-20

surgery, or podiatry as may be specified by any medical service plan. Medical service shall not be

69-21

construed to include hospital services.”

69-22

     (b) (1) Each policy hereafter issued and/or renewed shall contain a minimum home health

69-23

care benefit as outlined herein below follows:

69-24

     (i) Home health care is defined as a medically necessary program to reduce the length

69-25

of a hospital stay or to delay or eliminate an otherwise a medically necessary hospital admission;

69-26

     (ii) The home health care program shall be formulated and supervised by the subscriber’s

69-27

physician;

69-28

     (iii) The Minimum home health care coverage shall not exceed six (6) home or office

69-29

physician’s visits per month, and shall not exceed three (3) nursing visits per week, home health

69-30

aide visits up to twenty (20) hours per week, and the following services as needed: physical or

69-31

occupational therapy as a rehabilitative service, respiratory service, speech therapy, medical

69-32

social work, nutrition counseling, prescription drugs and medication, medical and surgical

69-33

supplies, such as dressings, bandages, and casts, minor equipment such as commodes and

69-34

walkers, laboratory testing, x-rays and E.E.G. and E.K.G. evaluations; and

70-1

     (iv) Communicable diseases and/or nervous, emotional and mental illness are excluded

70-2

from home health care coverage;

70-3

     (2) The commissioner shall approve the wording in each policy which that in each

70-4

instance shall not be less favorable in any respect to the insured or the beneficiary, as the benefits

70-5

are outlined herein above in subdivision (1) of this subsection. Any accident and sickness

70-6

insurance policy whose benefits are limited to income protection or the furnishing of disability

70-7

income or a limited benefit health coverage are hereby excluded from this subsection.

70-8

Notwithstanding the provisions of § 27-18-19(3), as amended, the minimum home health care

70-9

benefit shall be included in blanket and/or group policies of accident and sickness insurance;.

70-10

     (3) A limited benefit policy, for the purposes of this section, is any accident and

70-11

sickness policy that covers one or more specified risks including, but not limited to, accidental

70-12

death or injury or specified disease. A policy that broadly covers accident and sickness, but which

70-13

contains exclusions and limitations with respect to certain risks or services, is not a limited

70-14

benefit policy;

70-15

     (4) With respect to blanket and/or group policies, the provisions of this subsection

70-16

shall apply only to services provided to residents of Rhode Island or employees of Rhode

70-17

Island employers.

70-18

     27-18-3.3. Penalties. -- In addition to any other penalty provided by law, any

70-19

person, firm, or corporation who violates §§ 27-18-3.1 — 27-18-3.5, after a hearing held

70-20

in accordance with the provisions of § 42-35-9 by the department of business regulation,

70-21

shall be fined civilly not less than one thousand dollars ($1,000) nor more than two

70-22

thousand five hundred dollars ($2,500).

70-23

     27-18-25. Unfair discrimination prohibited. -- Notwithstanding any provision

70-24

of any policy of insurance, certificate, or service contract issued after May 9, 1968 in this

70-25

state, whenever the insurance policy, certificate, or service contract provides for

70-26

reimbursement for any services which may be legally performed by any person licensed

70-27

under the provisions of chapters 29, 30, 35 and 37 of title 5, reimbursement under the

70-28

insurance policy, certificate, or service contract shall not be denied because of race, color,

70-29

or creed, nor shall any insurer make or permit any unfair discrimination against particular

70-30

individuals or persons licensed under chapters 29, 30, 35 and 37 of title 5.

70-31

     27-18-30. Health insurance contracts — Infertility. -- (a) Any health insurance

70-32

contract, plan, or policy delivered or issued for delivery or renewed in this state, on or

71-1

after December 1, 1989, except contracts providing supplemental coverage to Medicare

71-2

or other governmental programs, which includes pregnancy related benefits, shall provide

71-3

coverage for medically necessary expenses of diagnosis and treatment of infertility. To

71-4

the extent that a health insurance contract provides reimbursement for a test or procedure

71-5

used in the diagnosis or treatment of conditions other than infertility, the tests and

71-6

procedures shall not be excluded from reimbursement when provided attendant to the

71-7

diagnosis and treatment of infertility; provided, that a subscriber copayment not to exceed

71-8

twenty percent (20%) may be required for those programs and/or procedures the sole

71-9

purpose of which is the treatment of infertility.

71-10

     (b) For the purpose of this section, “infertility” shall mean means the condition of an

71-11

otherwise presumably healthy married individual who is unable to conceive or produce

71-12

conception during a period of one year.

71-13

     (c) Notwithstanding the provisions of § 27-18-19 or any other provision to the contrary,

71-14

this section shall apply to blanket or group policies of insurance.

71-15

     27-18-31. Insurance coverage for services of licensed midwives. -- (a) For the

71-16

purposes of this section, “licensed midwives” means any midwife licensed under § 23-

71-17

13-9.

71-18

     (b) Every individual or group hospital or medical expense insurance policy or individual

71-19

or group hospital or medical services plan contract delivered, issued for delivery, or renewed in

71-20

this state on or after January 1, 1991, shall provide coverage for the services of licensed midwives

71-21

in accordance with each health insurers’ respective principles and mechanisms of reimbursement

71-22

credentialing and contracting if the services are within the licensed midwives’ area of

71-23

professional competence as defined by regulations promulgated pursuant to § 23-13-9, and are

71-24

currently reimbursed when rendered by any other licensed health care provider. No insurer or

71-25

hospital or medical service corporation may require supervision, signature, or referral by any

71-26

other health care provider as a condition of reimbursement, except when those requirements are

71-27

also applicable to other categories of health care providers. No insurer or hospital or medical

71-28

service corporation or patient may be required to pay for duplicate services actually rendered by

71-29

both a licensed midwife and any other health care provider. Direct payment for licensed

71-30

midwives will be contingent upon services rendered in a licensed health care facility and for

71-31

services rendered in accordance with rules and regulations promulgated by the department of

71-32

health; provided, however, that this provision shall not prohibit payment for services pursuant to

71-33

§ 42-62-26 or for other services reimbursed by third party payors.

72-1

     27-18-33. Drug coverage. -- No group health insurer subject to the provisions of

72-2

this chapter that provides coverage for prescription drugs under a group plan master

72-3

contract delivered, issued for delivery, or renewed in this state on or after July 1, 1991,

72-4

may require any person covered under the contract to obtain prescription drugs from a

72-5

mail order pharmacy as a condition of obtaining benefits for the drugs.

72-6

     27-18-33.1. Insurance coverage for post-partum hospital stays. -- (a) Every

72-7

individual or group hospital or medical services plan contract delivered, issued for

72-8

delivery, as renewed in this state on or after September 1, 1996 which provides maternity

72-9

benefits shall provide coverage for a forty-eight (48) hour time period in a hospital after a

72-10

vaginal birth and ninety-six (96) hours after a Cesarean section for a mother and her

72-11

newly born child. Any decision to shorten these minimum coverages shall be made by the

72-12

attending health care provider in consultation with the mother. The decision shall be

72-13

made in accordance with the standards for guidelines for perinatal care published by the

72-14

American College of Obstetrics and Gynecology and the American Academy of

72-15

Pediatrics. The standards shall be relative to early discharge, defined as less than forty-

72-16

eight (48) hours for a vaginal delivery and ninety-six (96) for a Cesarean delivery. In the

72-17

case of early discharge, post-delivery care shall include:, home visits, parent education,

72-18

assistance and training in breast or bottle feeding and the performance of any necessary

72-19

and appropriate clinical tests or any other tests or services consistent with the above

72-20

guidelines.

72-21

     (b) For the purposes of this section, “attending health care provider” shall include

72-22

includes the attending obstetrician, pediatrician, family practitioner, general practitioner or

72-23

certified nurse midwife attending the mother and newly born child.

72-24

     (c) Any subscriber who is aggrieved by a denial of benefits to be provided under

72-25

this section may appeal the denial in accordance with regulations of the department of

72-26

health, which have been promulgated pursuant to chapter 17.12 of title 23. No policy or

72-27

plan covered under this chapter shall terminate the services, reduce capitation payment,

72-28

or otherwise penalize an attending physician or other health care provider who orders

72-29

care consistent with the provisions of this section.

72-30

     27-18-34. Health insurance contracts — Certified registered nurse

72-31

practitioners and psychiatric and mental health nurse clinical specialists. -- (a) Every

72-32

health insurance contract, plan, or policy delivered, issued for delivery, or renewed in this

73-1

state may, through the period ending January 1, 1995, and thereafter, shall provide

73-2

coverage for the services of a certified registered nurse practitioner and psychiatric and

73-3

mental health nurse clinical specialist practicing collaboration with or in the employ of a

73-4

physician licensed under chapter 37 of title 5 to subscribers, if the services are within the

73-5

certified registered nurse practitioner’s or psychiatric and mental health nurse clinical

73-6

specialist’s area of professional competence as established by education and certification,

73-7

and are currently reimbursed when rendered by any other licensed health care provider.

73-8

No insurer or hospital, medical service corporation, or health maintenance organization

73-9

may require the signature, by any other health care provider as a condition of

73-10

reimbursement. No insurer or hospital, medical service corporation, or health

73-11

maintenance organization may be required to pay for duplicative services actually

73-12

rendered by both a certified registered nurse practitioner and any other health care

73-13

provider.

73-14

     (b) Nothing in this chapter shall preclude the conducting of managed care reviews and

73-15

medical necessity reviews by an insurer or hospital or medical service corporation or health

73-16

maintenance organization.

73-17

     27-18-35. Certified counselors in mental health and therapists in marriage

73-18

and family practice. -- Every health insurance contract plan or policy delivered, issued

73-19

for delivery or renewed in this state, on or after January 1, 1994, except policies which

73-20

only provide coverage for specified diseases, fix indemnity, Medicare supplement long

73-21

term care disability income, or other limited benefit policies, shall provide coverage for

73-22

the services of counselors in mental health licensed pursuant to § 5-63.2-9 and therapists

73-23

in marriage and family practice licensed pursuant to § 5-63.2-10 excluding marital and

73-24

family therapy unless the individual is diagnosed with a mental disorder.

73-25

     27-18-36. New cancer therapies — Under investigation. -- Every individual or

73-26

group hospital or medical expense insurance policy or individual or group hospital or

73-27

medical service plan contract delivered, issued for delivery or renewed in this state, on or

73-28

after January 1, 1995, except policies which only provide coverage for specified diseases

73-29

other than cancer, fixed indemnity, disability income, accident only, long-term care

73-30

Medicare supplement limited benefit health, sickness or bodily injury or death by

73-31

accident or both, or other limited benefit policies, shall provide coverage for new cancer

73-32

therapies still under investigation as outlined in this chapter.

74-1

     27-18-38. Diabetes treatment. -- (a) Every individual or group health insurance

74-2

contract, plan, or policy delivered, issued for delivery or renewed in this state on or after

74-3

January 1, 1997, which provides medical coverage that includes coverage for physician

74-4

services in a physician’s office, and every policy which provides major medical or similar

74-5

comprehensive-type coverage, except for supplemental policies which only provide

74-6

coverage for specified diseases and other supplemental policies, shall include coverage

74-7

for the following equipment and supplies for the treatment of insulin treated diabetes,

74-8

non-insulin treated diabetes, and gestational diabetes, if medically appropriate and

74-9

prescribed by a physician: blood glucose monitors and blood glucose monitors for the

74-10

legally blind, test strips for glucose monitors and/or visual reading, insulin, injection aids,

74-11

cartridges for the legally blind, syringes, insulin pumps and appurtenances thereto to the

74-12

pumps, insulin infusion devices, and oral agents for controlling blood sugar and

74-13

therapeutic/molded shoes for the prevention of amputation.

74-14

     (b) Upon the approval of new or improved diabetes equipment and supplies by the Food

74-15

and Drug Administration, all policies governed by this act section shall guarantee coverage of

74-16

new diabetes equipment and supplies when medically appropriate and prescribed by a physician.

74-17

These policies shall also include coverage, when medically necessary, for diabetes self-

74-18

management education to ensure that persons with diabetes are instructed in the self-management

74-19

and treatment of their diabetes, including information on the nutritional management of diabetes.

74-20

The coverage for self-management education and education relating to medical nutrition therapy

74-21

shall be limited to medically necessary visits upon the diagnosis of diabetes, where a physician

74-22

diagnoses a significant change in the patient’s symptoms or conditions which necessitate changes

74-23

in a patient’s self-management, or where reeducation or refresher training is necessary. This

74-24

education when medically necessary and prescribed by a physician, may be provided only by the

74-25

physician or, upon his/her his or her referral to an appropriately licensed and certified health care

74-26

provider and may be conducted in group settings. Coverage for self-management education and

74-27

education relating to medical nutrition therapy shall also include home visits when medically

74-28

necessary.

74-29

     (c) Benefit plans offered by an insurer may impose copayment and/or deductibles for the

74-30

benefits mandated by this chapter;, however, in no instance shall the copayment or deductible

74-31

amount be greater than the copayment or deductible amount imposed for other supplies,

74-32

equipment or physician office visits. Benefits for services under this act section shall be

75-1

reimbursed in accordance with the respective principles and mechanisms of reimbursement for

75-2

each insurer, hospital, or medical service corporation, or health maintenance organization.

75-3

     27-18-39. Mastectomy treatment. -- (a) Every individual or group health

75-4

insurance contract, plan, or policy delivered, issued for delivery or renewed in this state

75-5

on or after January 1, 1997, which provides medical coverage that includes coverage for

75-6

physician services in a physician’s office, and every policy which provides major medical

75-7

or similar comprehensive-type coverage excluding supplemental policies which only

75-8

provide coverage for specified diseases or other supplemental policies, shall include

75-9

coverage for prosthetic devices and or reconstructive surgery to restore and achieve

75-10

symmetry for the patient incident to a mastectomy. Coverage for prosthetic devices and

75-11

reconstructive surgery shall be subject to the deductible and coinsurance conditions

75-12

applied to the mastectomy and all other terms and conditions applicable to other benefits.

75-13

Any reconstructive surgery under this section must be performed within eighteen (18)

75-14

months of the original mastectomy. As used in this section, “mastectomy” means the

75-15

removal of all or part of the breast to treat breast cancer, tumor, or mass.

75-16

     (b) Any provision in any contract issued, amended, delivered or renewed in this

75-17

state on or after January 1, 1997, which is in conflict with this section shall be of no force

75-18

or effect.

75-19

     (b) (c) As used in this section, “prosthetic devices” means and includes the provision of

75-20

initial and subsequent prosthetic devices pursuant to an order of the patient’s physician or

75-21

surgeon.

75-22

     (c) (d) Nothing in this section shall be construed to require an individual or group policy

75-23

to cover the surgical procedure known as mastectomy or to prevent application of deductible or

75-24

copayment provisions contained in the policy or plan, nor shall this section be construed to

75-25

require that coverage under an individual or group policy be extended to any other procedures.

75-26

     (d) (e) Nothing in this section shall be construed to authorize an insured or plan member

75-27

to receive the coverage required by this section if that coverage is furnished by a nonparticipating

75-28

provider, unless the insured or plan member is referred to that provider by a participating

75-29

physician, nurse practitioner, or certified nurse midwife providing care.

75-30

     (e) Nothing in this section shall preclude the conducting of managed care reviews and

75-31

medical necessity reviews, by an insurer, hospital or medical service corporation or health

75-32

maintenance organization.

76-1

     27-18-40. Insurance coverage for mastectomy hospital stays. -- (a) The Rhode

76-2

Island General Assembly recongnizes recognizes that breast cancer is a unique illness

76-3

with both a physical and emotional impact on patients. Except as otherwise provided,

76-4

every individual or group hospital or medical services plan contract delivered, issued for

76-5

delivery, as renewed in this state on or after September 1, 1997, shall provide coverage

76-6

for a minimum forty-eight (48) hour time period in a hospital after the surgical

76-7

procedures known as a mastectomy, and a minimum twenty-four (24) hours after an

76-8

axilary node dissection.

76-9

     (b) Provided, however, This section shall not apply to insurance coverage providing

76-10

benefits for: (1) hospital confinement indemnity; (2) disablity income; (3) accident only; (4) long

76-11

term care; (5) medicare supplement; (6) limited benefit health; (7) specified disease indemnity;

76-12

(8) sickness or bodily injury or death by accident or both, and (9) other limited benefit policies.

76-13

Any decision to shorten these minimum coverages shall be made by the attending physician in

76-14

consultation with and upon agreement by the patient. If the patient participates in an early

76-15

discharge, defined as in-patient care following a mastectomy that is less than forty-eight (48)

76-16

hours and in-patient care following an axilary node dissection that is less than twenty-four (24)

76-17

hours, coverage shall include a minimum of one home visit conducted by a physician or

76-18

registered nurse.

76-19

     (c) (b) Any subscriber who is aggrieved by a denial of benefits to be provided under this

76-20

section may appeal the denial in accordance with regulations of the department of health, which

76-21

have been promulgated pursuant to chapter 17.12 of title 23. No policy or plan covered under this

76-22

chapter shall terminate the services, reduce capitation payment, or otherwise penalize an

76-23

attending physician or other health care provider who orders care consistent with the provisions

76-24

of this section.

76-25

     (d) (c) Notice. All plans subject to this section shall provide notice to each enrollee:

76-26

     (1) In the next mass mailing made by the plan to the employee; or

76-27

     (2) As part of any informational packet sent to the enrollee.

76-28

     27-18-41. Mammograms and pap smears — Coverage mandated. -- (a) Every

76-29

individual or group hospital or medical expense insurance policy or individual or group

76-30

hospital or medical services plan contract delivered, issued for delivery, or renewed in

76-31

this state on or after January 1, 1996, shall provide coverage for mammograms and pap

76-32

smears, in accordance with guidelines established by the American cancer society.

77-1

     (b) This section shall not apply to insurance coverage providing benefits for: (1) hospital

77-2

confinement indemnity; (2) disability income; (3) accident only; (4) long term care; (5) Medicare

77-3

supplement; (6) limited benefit health; (7) specified disease indemnity; (8) sickness or bodily

77-4

injury or death by accident or both, and (9) other limited benefit policies.

77-5

     27-18-48. Third party reimbursement for services of certain health care

77-6

workers. -- (a) Every individual or group hospital or medical services plan contract

77-7

delivered, issued or renewed by an insurer or nonprofit or for profit health service

77-8

corporation on or after January 1, 1998, which provides benefits to individual subscribers

77-9

and members within the state, or to all group members having a principal place of

77-10

employment within the state, shall provide benefits for services rendered by a certified

77-11

registered nurse anesthetist designated as a certified registered nurse anesthetist by the

77-12

board of nurse registration and nursing education; provided, however, that the following

77-13

conditions are met:

77-14

     (1) The certified registered nurse anesthetist provides certain health care services under

77-15

the supervision of anesthesiologists, licensed physicians or licensed dentists in accordance with §

77-16

5-34.2-2(c), which requires substantial specialized knowledge, judgment and skill related to the

77-17

administration of anesthesia, including pre-operative and post-operative assessment of patients;

77-18

administering anesthetics; monitoring patients during anesthesia; management of fluids in

77-19

intravenous therapy and management of respiratory care; and

77-20

     (2) The policy or contract currently provides benefits for identical services rendered by a

77-21

provider of health care licensed by the state; and

77-22

     (3) The certified registered nurse anesthetist is not a salaried employee of the licensed

77-23

hospital or facility for which the accident and sickness insurer has an alternative contractual

77-24

relationship to fund the services of a certified registered nurse anesthetist.

77-25

     (b) It shall remain within the sole discretion of the health maintenance

77-26

organization as to which certified registered nurse anesthetists it shall contract with.

77-27

Reimbursement shall be provided according to the respective principles and policies of

77-28

the health maintenance organization; provided, however, that no health maintenance

77-29

organization may be required to pay for duplicative services actually rendered by a

77-30

certified registered nurse anesthetist and any other health care provider. Nothing

77-31

contained herein in this section shall preclude the health maintenance organization from

77-32

conducting managed care, medical necessity or utilization review.

78-1

     27-18-48.1. Third party reimbursement for services of registered nurse first

78-2

assistants. -- (a) Every individual or group hospital or medical services plan contract

78-3

delivered, issued or renewed by an insurer or nonprofit health service corporation on or

78-4

after January 1, 2000, which provides benefits to individual subscribers and members

78-5

within the state, or to all group members having a principal place of employment within

78-6

the state, shall provide benefits for services rendered by a registered nurse first assistant

78-7

designated as a registered nurse first assistant provided, however, that the following

78-8

conditions are met:

78-9

     (1) The registered nurse first assistant provides certain health care services under the

78-10

supervision of a licensed physician; is currently licensed as a registered nurse in Rhode Island;

78-11

has successfully completed a course in preparing the registered nurse as a first assistant in

78-12

accordance with the Association of Operating Room Nurses core curriculum guide for the

78-13

registered nurse first assistant and includes a minimum of one academic year in a college or

78-14

university with didactic instruction and clinical internship programs; and is certified in

78-15

perioperative nursing by the Certification Board Perioperative Nursing (minimum of two years

78-16

perioperative experience);

78-17

     (2) The policy or contract, currently provides benefits for identical services rendered by a

78-18

provider of health care licensed by the state; and

78-19

     (3) The registered nurse first assistant is not a salaried employee of the licensed hospital

78-20

or facility for which the accident and sickness insurer has an alternative contractual relationship

78-21

to fund the services of a registered nurse first assistant.

78-22

     (b) It shall remain within the sole discretion of the accident and sicknesses insurer as to

78-23

which registered nurse first assistant it shall contract with. Reimbursement shall be provided

78-24

according to the respective principles and policies of the health maintenance organization;

78-25

provided, however, that no accident and sicknesses insurer may be required to provide direct

78-26

reimbursement, or pay for duplicative services actually rendered by a registered nurse first

78-27

assistant and any other health care provider. Nothing contained herein in this section shall

78-28

preclude the health maintenance organization from conducting managed care, medical necessity

78-29

or utilization review.;

78-30

     (c) provided, however, that This section shall not apply to insurance coverage

78-31

providing benefits for: (1) hospital confinement indemnity, (2) disability income, (3)

78-32

accident only, (4) long term care, (5) Medicare supplement, (6) limited benefit health, (7)

79-1

specified disease indemnity, (8) sickness or bodily injury or death by accident or both,

79-2

and (9)

79-3

     27-18-49. Human leukocyte antigen testing. -- (a) Every individual or group

79-4

hospital or medical services plan contract delivered or renewed in this state on or after

79-5

March 19, 1998, shall include coverage of the cost for human leukocyte antigen testing,

79-6

also referred to as histocompatibility locus antigen testing, for A, B, and DR antigens for

79-7

utilization in bone marrow transplantation. The testing must be performed in a facility

79-8

which is accredited by the American Association of Blood Banks or its successors, and is

79-9

licensed under the Clinical Laboratory Improvement Act, 42 U.S.C. § 263a, as it may be

79-10

from time to time amended. At the time of the testing, the person being tested must

79-11

complete and sign an informed consent form which also authorizes the results of the test

79-12

to be used for participation in the National Marrow Donor Program. The group hospital

79-13

or medical services plan contract may limit each subscriber to one of these testings per

79-14

lifetime.

79-15

     (b) This section shall not apply to insurance coverage providing benefits for: (i)(1)

79-16

hospital confinement indemnity; (ii)(2) disability income; (iii)(3) accident only; (iv)(4) long term

79-17

care; (v)(5) Medicare supplement; (vi)(6) limited benefit health; (vii)(7) specified disease

79-18

indemnity; (viii)(8) sickness or bodily injury or death by accident or both; and (ix)(9) other

79-19

limited benefit policies.

79-20

     27-18-52. Genetic testing. -- (a) Except as provided in chapter 37.3 of title 5,

79-21

insurance administrators, health plans and providers shall be prohibited from releasing

79-22

genetic information without prior written authorization of the individual. Written

79-23

authorization shall be required for each disclosure and include to whom the disclosure is

79-24

being made. An exception shall exist for those participating in research settings governed

79-25

by the Federal Policy for the Protection of Human Research Subjects (also known as

79-26

“The Common Rule”). Tests conducted purely for research are excluded from the

79-27

definition, as are tests for somatic (as opposed to heritable) mutations, and testing for

79-28

forensic purposes.

79-29

     (b) No individual or group health insurance contract, plan, or policy delivered, issued for

79-30

delivery, or renewed in this state on or after January 1, 1999, which provides health insurance

79-31

medical coverage that includes coverage for physician services in a physician’s office, and every

79-32

policy which provides major medical or similar comprehensive-type coverage excluding

80-1

disability income, long term care and insurance supplemental policies which only provide

80-2

coverage for specified diseases or other supplemental policies, shall:

80-3

     (1) Use a genetic test or request for genetic tests or the results of a genetic test to reject,

80-4

deny, limit, cancel, refuse to renew, increase the rates of, affect the terms or conditions of, or

80-5

otherwise affect a group or an individual health insurance policy, contract, or plan;

80-6

      (2) Request or require a genetic test for the purpose of determining whether or not to

80-7

issue or renew an individual’s health benefits coverage, to set reimbursement/co-pay levels or

80-8

determine covered benefits and services;

80-9

     (3) Release the results of a genetic test without the prior written authorization of the

80-10

individual from whom the test was obtained, except in a format whereby individual identifiers are

80-11

removed, encrypted, or encoded so that the identity of the individual is not disclosed. A recipient

80-12

of information pursuant to this section may use or disclose such information solely to carry out

80-13

the purpose for which the information was disclosed. Authorization shall be required for each

80-14

redisclosure; an exception shall exist for participating in research settings governed by the

80-15

Federal Policy for the Protection of Human Research Subjects (also known as “The Common

80-16

Rule”).

80-17

     (4) Request or require information as to whether an individual has ever had a genetic test,

80-18

or participated in genetic testing of any kind, whether for clinical or research purposes.

80-19

     (c) For the purposes of this section, “genetic testing” is the analysis of an

80-20

individual’s DNA, RNA, chromosomes, proteins and certain metabolites in order to

80-21

detect heritable disease-related genotypes, mutations, phenotypes or karyotypes for

80-22

clinical purposes. Such purposes include predicting risk of disease, identifying carriers,

80-23

establishing prenatal and clinical diagnosis or prognosis. Prenatal, newborn and carrier

80-24

screening, as well as testing in high risk families may be included provided there is an

80-25

approved release by a parent or guardian. Tests for metabolites are covered only when

80-26

they are undertaken with high probability that an excess of deficiency of the metabolite

80-27

indicates the presence of heritable mutations in single genes. “Genetic testing” does not

80-28

mean routine physical measurement, a routine chemical, blood, or urine analysis or a test

80-29

for drugs or for HIV infections.

80-30

     27-18-52.1. Genetic information. -- (a) Except as provided in chapter 37.3 of

80-31

title 5, insurance administrators, health plans and providers shall be prohibited from

80-32

releasing genetic information without prior written authorization of the individual.

80-33

Written authorization shall be required for each disclosure and include to whom the

81-1

disclosure is being made. An exception shall exist for those participating in research

81-2

settings governed by the Federal Policy for the Protection of Human Research Subjects

81-3

(also known as “The Common Rule”). Tests conducted purely for research are excluded

81-4

from the definition, as are tests for somatic (as opposed to heritable) mutations, and

81-5

testing for forensic purposes.

81-6

     (b) No individual or group health insurance contract, plan, or policy delivered, issued for

81-7

delivery, or renewed in this state on or after January 1, 2002, which provides medical coverage

81-8

that includes coverage for physician services in a physician’s office, and every policy which

81-9

provides major medical or similar comprehensive-type coverage excluding disability income,

81-10

long term care and insurance supplemental policies which only provide coverage for specified

81-11

diseases or other supplemental policies, shall:

81-12

     (1) Use genetic information or request for genetic information or the results of genetic

81-13

information or other genetic information to reject, deny, limit, cancel, refuse to renew, increase

81-14

the rates of, affect the terms or conditions of, or otherwise affect a group or an individual’s health

81-15

insurance policy, contract, or plan;

81-16

     (2) Request or require genetic information for the purpose of determining whether or not

81-17

to issue or renew an individual’s health benefits coverage, to set reimbursement/co-pay levels or

81-18

determine covered benefits and services;

81-19

     (3) Release the results of genetic information without the prior written authorization of an

81-20

individual from whom the information was obtained, except in a format whereby individual

81-21

identifiers are removed, encrypted, or encoded so that the identity of the individual is not

81-22

disclosed. A recipient of information pursuant to this section may use or disclose such the

81-23

information solely to carry out the purpose for which the information was disclosed.

81-24

Authorization shall be required for each redisclosure. An exception shall exist for participation in

81-25

research settings governed by the Federal Policy for the Protection of Human Research Subjects

81-26

(also known as “The Common Rule”);

81-27

     (4) Request or require information as to whether an individual has genetic information, or

81-28

participated in genetic information of any kind, whether for clinical or research purposes.

81-29

     (c) For the purposes of this section, “genetic information” is information about genes,

81-30

gene product, or inherited characteristics that may derive from the individual or a family member.

81-31

     27-18-57. F.D.A. approved prescription contraceptive drugs and devices. --

81-32

(a) Every individual or group health insurance contract, plan, or policy that provides

81-33

prescription coverage and is delivered, issued for delivery, or renewed in this state on or

82-1

after January 1, 2001, shall provide coverage for F.D.A. approved contraceptive drugs

82-2

and devices requiring a prescription. Provided, however, that nothing in this subsection

82-3

shall be deemed to mandate or require coverage for the prescription drug RU 486.

82-4

     (b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this section, any insurance company may

82-5

issue to a religious employer an individual or group health insurance contract, plan, or policy that

82-6

excludes coverage for prescription contraceptive methods which are contrary to the religious

82-7

employer’s bona fide religious tenets.

82-8

     (c) As used in this section, “religious employer” means an employer that is a “church or

82-9

a qualified church-controlled organization” as defined in 26 U.S.C. § 3121.

82-10

     (d) Provided, however, that This section does not apply to insurance coverage providing

82-11

benefits for: (1) hospital confinement indemnity; (2) disability income; (3) accident only; (4) long

82-12

term care; (5) Medicare supplement; (6) limited benefit health; (7) specified diseased indemnity;

82-13

(8) sickness of bodily injury or death by accident or both; and (9) other limited benefit policies.

82-14

     (e) very religious employer that invokes the exemption provided under this

82-15

section shall provide written notice to prospective enrollees prior to enrollment with the

82-16

plan, listing the contraceptive health care services the employer refuses to cover for

82-17

religious reasons.

82-18

     27-18-58. Prostate and colorectal examinations — Coverage mandated. --

82-19

Every individual or group hospital or medical expense insurance policy or individual or

82-20

group hospital or medical services plan contract delivered, issued for delivery, or

82-21

renewed in this state on or after December 31, 2000, shall provide coverage for prostate

82-22

and colorectal examinations and laboratory tests for cancer for any nonsymptomatic

82-23

person covered under that policy or contract, in accordance with the current American

82-24

Cancer Society guidelines. Provided, however, this section does not apply to insurance

82-25

coverage providing benefits for: (1) hospital confinement indemnity; (2) disability

82-26

income; (3) accident only; (4) long-term care; (5) Medicare supplement; (6) limited

82-27

benefit health; (7) specific disease indemnity; (8) sickness or bodiy bodily injury or death

82-28

by accident or both; and (9) other limited benefit policies.

82-29

     27-18-59. Termination of children’s benefits. -- (a) Every individual or group

82-30

health insurance contract, plan, or policy delivered, issued for delivery, or renewed in this

82-31

state on or after January 1, 2001, which provides medical coverage that includes coverage

82-32

for physician services in a physician’s office, and every policy which provides major

83-1

medical or similar comprehensive type coverage, except for supplemental policies which

83-2

only provide coverage for specified diseases and other supplemental policies, shall

83-3

include a provision that policyholders shall receive no less than thirty (30) days notice

83-4

from the accident and sickness insurer that a child covered as a dependent by the policy

83-5

holder is about to lose his or her coverage as a result of reaching the maximum age for a

83-6

dependent child, and that the child will only continue to be covered upon documentation

83-7

being provided of current college enrollment or that the child may purchase a conversion

83-8

policy if he or she is not a college student. Nothing in this section prohibits an accident

83-9

and sickness insurer from requiring a policyholder to annually provide proof of a child’s

83-10

current college enrollment in order to maintain the child’s coverage. Provided further,

83-11

nothing in this section requires coverage inconsistent with the membership criteria in

83-12

effect under the policyholder’s health benefits coverage.

83-13

     (b) Provided, however, that This section does not apply to insurance coverage

83-14

providing benefits for: (1) hospital confinement indemnity; (2) disability income; (3)

83-15

accident only; (4) long term care; (5) Medicare supplement; (6) limited benefit health; (7)

83-16

specified diseased indemnity; or (8) other limited benefit policies.

83-17

     SECTION 34. Section 27-18.1-2 of the General Laws in Chapter 27-18.2 entitled

83-18

“Compliance of Health Benefit Contracts and Medical Assistance Program with Federal

83-19

Law” is hereby amended to read as follows:

83-20

     27-18.1-3. Exclusions and limitations prohibited. -- No insurance company,

83-21

health maintenance organization, or nonprofit corporation may issue, deliver, or renew

83-22

any contract providing a health benefit or benefits on or after October 1, 1979 which

83-23

contains any provisions excluding or limiting its benefits on account of eligibility for or

83-24

payment of benefits under 42 U.S.C. § 1396 et seq.; provided, however, that the

83-25

application of this section shall not increase the personal liability to health care providers

83-26

of a medical assistance recipient of health services, as those services are defined in § 42-

83-27

62-4.

83-28

     SECTION 35. Section 27-18-22 of the General Laws in Chapter 27-18 entitled

83-29

“Accident and Sickness Insurance Policies” is hereby amended to read as follows:

83-30

      27-18-22. Effect on other law. -- Nothing in this chapter shall be construed to

83-31

repeal the provisions of chapter 13 13.1 of this title.

84-1

     SECTION 36. Sections 27-18.6-1, 27-18.6-3, and 27-18.6-7 of the General Laws

84-2

in Chapter 27-18.6 entitled “Large Group Health Insurance Coverage” are hereby

84-3

amended to read as follows:

84-4

     27-18.6-1. Purpose. -- The purpose of this chapter is to insure compliance of all policies,

84-5

contracts, certificates, and agreements of group health insurance coverage offered or delivered in

84-6

this state with the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (P.L. 104-191).

84-7

     27-18.6-3. Limitation on preexisting condition exclusion. -- (a) (1) Notwithstanding

84-8

any of the provisions of this title to the contrary, a group health plan and a health insurance

84-9

carrier offering group health insurance coverage shall not deny, exclude, or limit benefits with

84-10

respect to a participant or beneficiary because of a preexisting condition exclusion except if:

84-11

     (i) The exclusion relates to a condition (whether physical or mental), regardless of the

84-12

cause of the condition, for which medical advice, diagnosis, care, or treatment was recommended

84-13

or received within the six (6) month period ending on the enrollment date;

84-14

     (ii) The exclusion extends for a period of not more than twelve (12) months (or eighteen

84-15

(18) months in the case of a late enrollee) after the enrollment date; and

84-16

     (iii) The period of the preexisting condition exclusion is reduced by the aggregate of the

84-17

periods of creditable coverage, if any, applicable to the participant or the beneficiary as of the

84-18

enrollment date.

84-19

     (2) For purposes of this section, genetic information shall not be treated as a preexisting

84-20

condition in the absence of a diagnosis of the condition related to that information.

84-21

     (b) With respect to subsection paragraph (a)(1)(iii) of this section, a period of creditable

84-22

coverage shall not be counted, with respect to enrollment of an individual under a group health

84-23

plan, if, after that period and before the enrollment date, there was a sixty-three (63) day period

84-24

during which the individual was not covered under any creditable coverage.

84-25

     (c) Any period that an individual is in a waiting period for any coverage under a group

84-26

health plan or for group health insurance or is in an affiliation period shall not be taken into

84-27

account in determining the continuous period under subsection (b) of this section.

84-28

     (d) Except as otherwise provided in subsection (e) of this section, for purposes of

84-29

applying subsection paragraph (a)(1)(iii) of this section, a group health plan and a health

84-30

insurance carrier offering group health insurance coverage shall count a period of creditable

84-31

coverage without regard to the specific benefits covered during the period.

84-32

     (e) (1) A group health plan or a health insurance carrier offering group health insurance

84-33

may elect to apply subsection paragraph (a)(1)(iii) of this section based on coverage of benefits

84-34

within each of several classes or categories of benefits. Those classes or categories of benefits are

85-1

to be determined by the secretary of the United States Department of Health and Human Services

85-2

pursuant to regulation. The election shall be made on a uniform basis for all participants and

85-3

beneficiaries. Under the election, a group health plan or carrier shall count a period of creditable

85-4

coverage with respect to any class or category of benefits if any level of benefits is covered

85-5

within the class or category.

85-6

     (2) In the case of an election under this subsection with respect to a group health plan

85-7

(whether or not health insurance coverage is provided in connection with that plan), the plan

85-8

shall:

85-9

     (i) Prominently state in any disclosure statements concerning the plan, and state to each

85-10

enrollee under the plan, that the plan has made the election; and

85-11

     (ii) Include in the statements a description of the effect of this election.

85-12

     (3) In the case of an election under this subsection with respect to health insurance

85-13

coverage offered by a carrier in the large group market, the carrier shall:

85-14

     (i) Prominently state in any disclosure statements concerning the coverage, and to each

85-15

employer at the time of the offer or sale of the coverage, that the carrier has made the election;

85-16

and

85-17

     (ii) Include in the statements a description of the effect of the election.

85-18

     (f) (1) A group health plan and a health insurance carrier offering group health insurance

85-19

coverage may not impose any preexisting condition exclusion in the case of an individual who, as

85-20

of the last day of the thirty (30) day period beginning with the date of birth, is covered under

85-21

creditable coverage.

85-22

     (2) Subdivision (1) of this subsection shall no longer apply to an individual after the end

85-23

of the first sixty-three (63) day period during all of which the individual was not covered under

85-24

any creditable coverage. Moreover, any period that an individual is in a waiting period for any

85-25

coverage under a group health plan (or for group health insurance coverage) or is in an affiliation

85-26

period shall not be taken into account in determining the continuous period for purposes of

85-27

determining creditable coverage.

85-28

     (g) (1) A group health plan and a health insurance carrier offering group health insurance

85-29

coverage may not impose any preexisting condition exclusion in the case of a child who is

85-30

adopted or placed for adoption before attaining eighteen (18) years of age and who, as of the last

85-31

day of the thirty (30) day period beginning on the date of the adoption or placement for adoption,

85-32

is covered under creditable coverage. The previous sentence does not apply to coverage before

85-33

the date of the adoption or placement for adoption.

86-1

     (2) Subdivision (1) of this subsection shall no longer apply to an individual after the end

86-2

of the first sixty-three (63) day period during all of which the individual was not covered under

86-3

any creditable coverage. Moreover, any period that an individual is in a waiting period for any

86-4

coverage under a group health plan (or for group health insurance coverage) or is in an affiliation

86-5

period shall not be taken into account in determining the continuous period for purposes of

86-6

determining creditable coverage.

86-7

     (h) A group health plan and a health insurance carrier offering group health insurance

86-8

coverage may not impose any preexisting condition exclusion relating to pregnancy as a

86-9

preexisting condition.

86-10

     (i) (1) Periods of creditable coverage with respect to an individual shall be established

86-11

through presentation of certifications. A group health plan and a health insurance carrier offering

86-12

group health insurance coverage shall provide certifications:

86-13

     (i) At the time an individual ceases to be covered under the plan or otherwise becomes

86-14

covered under a COBRA continuation provision;

86-15

     (ii) In the case of an individual becoming covered under a continuation provision, at the

86-16

time the individual ceases to be covered under that provision; and

86-17

     (iii) On the request of an individual made not later than twenty-four (24) months after the

86-18

date of cessation of the coverage described in subparagraph paragraph (i) or (ii) of this

86-19

subdivision, whichever is later.

86-20

     (2) The certification under this subsection may be provided, to the extent practicable, at a

86-21

time consistent with notices required under any applicable COBRA continuation provision.

86-22

     (3) The certification described in this subsection is a written certification of:

86-23

     (i) The period of creditable coverage of the individual under the plan and the coverage (if

86-24

any) under the COBRA continuation provision; and

86-25

     (ii) The waiting period (if any) (and affiliation period, if applicable) imposed with respect

86-26

to the individual for any coverage under the plan.

86-27

     (4) To the extent that medical care under a group health plan consists of group health

86-28

insurance coverage, the plan is deemed to have satisfied the certification requirement under this

86-29

subsection if the health insurance carrier offering the coverage provides for the certification in

86-30

accordance with this subsection.

86-31

     (5) In the case of an election taken pursuant to subsection (e) of this section by a group

86-32

health plan or a health insurance carrier, if the plan or carrier enrolls an individual for coverage

86-33

under the plan and the individual provides a certification of creditable coverage, upon request of

86-34

the plan or carrier, the entity which issued the certification shall promptly disclose to the

87-1

requisition plan or carrier information on coverage of classes and categories of health benefits

87-2

available under that entity's plan or coverage, and the entity may charge the requesting plan or

87-3

carrier for the reasonable cost of disclosing the information.

87-4

     (6) Failure of an entity to provide information under this subsection with respect to

87-5

previous coverage of an individual so as to adversely affect any subsequent coverage of the

87-6

individual under another group health plan or health insurance coverage, as determined in

87-7

accordance with rules and regulations established by the secretary of the United States

87-8

Department of Health and Human Services, is a violation of this chapter.

87-9

     (j) A group health plan and a health insurance carrier offering group health insurance

87-10

coverage in connection with a group health plan shall permit an employee who is eligible, but not

87-11

enrolled, for coverage under the terms of the plan (or a dependent of an employee if the

87-12

dependent is eligible, but not enrolled, for coverage under the terms) to enroll for coverage under

87-13

the terms of the plan if each of the following conditions are met:

87-14

     (1) The employee or dependent was covered under a group health plan or had health

87-15

insurance coverage at the time coverage was previously offered to the employee or dependent;

87-16

     (2) The employee stated in writing at the time that coverage under a group health plan or

87-17

health insurance coverage was the reason for declining enrollment, but only if the plan sponsor or

87-18

carrier (if applicable) required a statement at the time and provided the employee with notice of

87-19

that requirement (and the consequences of the requirement) at the time;

87-20

     (3) The employee's or dependent's coverage described in subsection (j)(1):

87-21

     (i) Was under a COBRA continuation provision and the coverage under that provision

87-22

was exhausted; or

87-23

     (ii) Was not under a continuation provision and either the coverage was terminated as a

87-24

result of loss of eligibility for the coverage (including as a result of legal separation, divorce,

87-25

death, termination of employment, or reduction in the number of hours of employment) or

87-26

employer contributions towards the coverage were terminated; and

87-27

     (4) Under the terms of the plan, the employee requests enrollment not later than thirty

87-28

(30) days after the date of exhaustion of coverage described in subparagraph paragraph (3)(i) of

87-29

this subsection or termination of coverage or employer contribution described in subparagraph

87-30

paragraph (3)(ii) of this subsection.

87-31

     (k) (1) If a group health plan makes coverage available with respect to a dependent of an

87-32

individual, the individual is a participant under the plan (or has met any waiting period applicable

87-33

to becoming a participant under the plan and is eligible to be enrolled under the plan but for a

87-34

failure to enroll during a previous enrollment period), and a person becomes a dependent of the

88-1

individual through marriage, birth, or adoption or placement through adoption, the group health

88-2

plan shall provide for a dependent special enrollment period during which the person (or, if not

88-3

otherwise enrolled, the individual) may be enrolled under the plan as a dependent of the

88-4

individual, and in the case of the birth or adoption of a child, the spouse of the individual may be

88-5

enrolled as a dependent of the individual if the spouse is otherwise eligible for coverage.

88-6

     (2) A dependent special enrollment period shall be a period of not less than thirty (30)

88-7

days and shall begin on the later of:

88-8

     (i) The date dependent coverage is made available; or

88-9

     (ii) The date of the marriage, birth, or adoption or placement for adoption (as the case

88-10

may be).

88-11

     (3) If an individual seeks to enroll a dependent during the first thirty (30) days of a

88-12

dependent special enrollment period, the coverage of the dependent shall become effective:

88-13

     (i) In the case of marriage, not later than the first day of the first month beginning after

88-14

the date the completed request for enrollment is received;

88-15

     (ii) In the case of a dependent’s birth, as of the date of the birth; or

88-16

     (iii) In the case of a dependent’s adoption or placement for adoption, the date of the

88-17

adoption or placement for adoption.

88-18

     (l) (1) A health maintenance organization which offers health insurance coverage in

88-19

connection with a group health plan and which does not impose any preexisting condition

88-20

exclusion allowed under subsection (a) of this section with respect to any particular coverage

88-21

option may impose an affiliation period for the coverage option, but only if that period is applied

88-22

uniformly without regard to any health status-related factors, and the period does not exceed two

88-23

(2) months (or three (3) months in the case of a late enrollee).

88-24

     (2) For the purposes of this subsection, an affiliation shall begin on the enrollment date.

88-25

     (3) An affiliation period under a plan shall run concurrently with any waiting period

88-26

under the plan.

88-27

     (4) The director may approve alternative methods from those described under this

88-28

subsection to address adverse selection.

88-29

     (m) For the purpose of determining creditable coverage pursuant to this chapter, no

88-30

period before July 1, 1996, shall be taken into account. However, individuals who need to

88-31

establish creditable coverage for periods before July 1, 1996, and who would have the coverage

88-32

credited but for the prohibition in the preceding sentence may be given credit for creditable

88-33

coverage for those periods through the presentation of documents or other means in accordance

89-1

with any rule or regulation that may be established by the secretary of the United States

89-2

Department of Health and Human Services.

89-3

     (n) (1) Subject to subsection (m), subsection (i) applies to events occurring after June 30,

89-4

1996. In no case shall a certification required under subsection (i) of this section be required to be

89-5

provided before June 1, 1997.

89-6

     (2) In the case of an event occurring after June 30, 1996, and before October 1, 1996, a

89-7

certification is not required to be provided under subsection (i) unless an individual (with respect

89-8

to whom the certification is otherwise required to be made) requests the certification in writing.

89-9

     (3) In the case of an individual who seeks to establish creditable coverage for any

89-10

period for which certification is not required because is it relates to an event occurring

89-11

before June 30, 1996, the individual may present other credible evidence of coverage in

89-12

order to establish the period of creditable coverage. The group health plan and a health

89-13

insurance carrier shall not be subject to any penalty or enforcement action with respect to

89-14

the plan’s or carrier’s crediting (or not crediting) the coverage if the plan or carrier has

89-15

sought to comply in good faith with the applicable requirements of this section.

89-16

      27-18.6-7. Collective bargaining agreements. -- (a) Notwithstanding anything

89-17

contained in this chapter to the contrary, except as provided in § 27-18.6-3(n), in the case

89-18

of a group health plan maintained pursuant to one or more collective bargaining

89-19

agreements between employee representatives and one or more employers ratified before

89-20

the date of the enactment of this chapter [July 13, 2000,], this chapter does not apply to

89-21

plan years beginning before the later of:

89-22

     (1) The date on which the last of the collective bargaining agreements relating to the plan

89-23

terminates (determined without regard to any extension of the collective bargaining agreement

89-24

agreed to after the date of the enactment of this chapter [July 13, 2000);]); or

89-25

     (2) July 1, 1997.

89-26

     (b) For purposes of subdivision (a)(1) of this section, any plan amendment made

89-27

pursuant to a collective bargaining agreement relating to the plan which amends the plan solely to

89-28

conform to any requirement of this chapter shall not be treated as a termination of the collective

89-29

bargaining agreement.

89-30

     SECTION 37. sections 27-19-9, 27-19-23, 27-19-23.1, 27-19-26, 27-19-27, 27-19-32,

89-31

27-19-34, 27-19-34.1, 27-19-35, 27-19-40, 27-19-40.1, 27-19-41, 27-19-44.1, 27-19-48, and 27-

89-32

19-50 of the General Laws in Chapter 27-19 entitled “Nonprofit Hospital Service Corporations”

89-33

are hereby amended to read as follows:

90-1

     27-19-9. Examination of affairs of corporations. -- It is the duty of the insurance

90-2

commissioner to make an examination of the financial condition and methods of doing business

90-3

of every nonprofit hospital service corporation. The examination shall be performed, and the

90-4

associated costs borne by the company, in accordance with all of the provisions of § 27-13-1

90-5

chapter 13.1 of this title.

90-6

     27-19-23. Coverage for infertility. -- (a) Any nonprofit hospital service contract, plan,

90-7

or insurance policies here and after delivered, issued for delivery, or renewed in this state, on or

90-8

after December 1, 1989, except contracts providing supplemental coverage to Medicare or other

90-9

governmental programs, which includes pregnancy related benefits shall provide coverage for

90-10

medically necessary expenses of diagnosis and treatment of infertility. To the extent that a

90-11

nonprofit hospital service corporation provides reimbursement for a test or procedure used in the

90-12

diagnosis or treatment of conditions other than infertility, those tests and procedures shall not be

90-13

excluded from reimbursement when provided attendant to the diagnosis and treatment of

90-14

infertility; provided, that a subscriber copayment, not to exceed twenty percent (20%), may be

90-15

required for those programs and/or procedures the sole purpose of which is the treatment of

90-16

infertility.

90-17

     (b) For the purposes of this section, “infertility” shall mean means the condition of an

90-18

otherwise presumably healthy married individual who is unable to conceive or produce

90-19

conception during a period of one year.

90-20

     27-19-23.1. Insurance coverage for post-partum hospital stays. -- (a) Every individual

90-21

or group hospital or medical services plan contract delivered, issued for delivery, as renewed in

90-22

this state on or after September 1, 1996, shall provide coverage for a forty-eight (48) hour time

90-23

period in a hospital after a vaginal birth and ninety-six (96) hours for a Cesarean section for a

90-24

mother and her newly born child. Any decision to shorten these minimum coverages shall be

90-25

made by the attending health care provider in consultation with the mother. The decision shall be

90-26

made in accordance with the standards for guidelines for perinatal care published by the

90-27

American College of Obstetrics and Gynecology and the American Academy of Pediatrics. The

90-28

standards shall be relative to early discharge, defined as less than forty-eight (48) hours for a

90-29

vaginal delivery and ninety-six (96) for a cesarean delivery. In the case of early discharge, post-

90-30

delivery care shall include home visits, parent education, assistance and training in breast or

90-31

bottle feeding and the performance of any necessary and appropriate clinical tests or any other

90-32

tests or services consistent with the above guidelines.

91-1

     (b) For the purposes of this section, “attending health care provider” shall include

91-2

includes the attending obstetrician, pediatrician, family practioner, general practitioner, or

91-3

certified nurse midwife attending the mother and newly born child.

91-4

     (c) Any subscriber who is aggrieved by a denial of benefits to be provided under this

91-5

section may appeal the denial in accordance with regulations of the department of health, which

91-6

have been promulaged promulgated pursuant to chapter 17.12 of title 23. No policy or plan

91-7

covered under this chapter shall terminate the services, reduce capitation payment, or otherwise

91-8

penalize an attending physician or other health care provider who orders care consistent with the

91-9

provisions of this section.

91-10

     27-19-26. Drug coverage. -- No group health insurer subject to the provisions of this

91-11

chapter that provides coverage for prescription drugs under a group plan master contract

91-12

delivered, issued for delivery, or renewed in this state on or after July 1, 1991, may require any

91-13

person covered under the contract to obtain prescription drugs from a mail order pharmacy as a

91-14

condition of obtaining benefits for the drugs.

91-15

     27-19-27. Certified registered nurse practitioners and psychiatric and mental

91-16

health nurse clinical specialists. -- (a) Every individual or group hospital or medical

91-17

expense insurance policy or individual or group hospital or medical service plan contract

91-18

delivered, issued for delivery, or renewed in this state may through the period ending

91-19

January 1, 1995, and thereafter shall provide coverage for the services of the certified

91-20

registered nurse practitioner and psychiatric and mental health nurse clinical specialist

91-21

practicing in collaboration with or in the employ if a physician licensed under chapter 37

91-22

of title 5 to subscribers, if the services are within the certified registered nurse

91-23

practitioner’s or psychiatric and mental health nurse clinical specialist’s area of

91-24

professional competence as established by education and certification, and are currently

91-25

reimbursed when rendered by any other licensed health care provider. No insurer or

91-26

hospital or medical service corporation may require signature by any other health care

91-27

provider as a condition of reimbursement. No insurer or hospital or medical service

91-28

corporation may be required to pay for duplicative services actually rendered by both a

91-29

certified nurse practitioner and any other health care provider.

91-30

     (b) Nothing in this chapter shall preclude the conducting of managed care reviews and

91-31

medical necessity reviews by an insurer or hospital or medical service corporation or health

91-32

maintenance organization.

92-1

     27-19-32. New cancer therapies — Under investigation. -- Every individual or

92-2

group hospital or medical expense insurance policy or individual or group hospital or

92-3

medical service plan contract delivered, issued for delivery or renewed in this state on or

92-4

after January 1, 1995, shall provide coverage for new cancer therapies still under

92-5

investigation as outlined in this chapter.

92-6

     27-19-34. Mastectomy treatment. -- (a) Every individual or group health

92-7

insurance contract, plan, or policy delivered, issued for delivery or renewed in this state

92-8

on or after January 1, 1997, which provides medical coverage that includes coverage for

92-9

physician services in a physician’s office, and every policy which provides major medical

92-10

or similar comprehensive-type coverage, shall include coverage for prosthetic devices

92-11

and/or reconstructive surgery to restore and achieve symmetry for the patient incident to

92-12

a mastectomy. Coverage for prosthetic devices and reconstructive surgery shall be subject

92-13

to the deductible and coinsurance conditions applied to the mastectomy and all other

92-14

terms and conditions applicable to other benefits. Any reconstructive surgery under this

92-15

section must be performed within eighteen (18) months of the original mastectomy. As

92-16

used in this section, “mastectomy” means the removal of all or part of the breast to treat a

92-17

breast cancer, tumor, or mass.

92-18

     (b) Any provision in any contract issued, amended, delivered or renewed in this state on

92-19

or after January 1, 1997, which is in conflict with this section shall be of no force or effect.

92-20

      (c) As used in this section, “prosthetic devices” means and includes the provisions of

92-21

initial and subsequent prosthetic devices pursuant to an order of the patient’s physician or

92-22

surgeon.

92-23

      (d) Nothing in this section shall be construed to require an individual or group policy to

92-24

cover the surgical procedure known as mastectomy or to prevent the application of deductible or

92-25

copayment provisions contained in the policy or plan, nor shall this section be construed to

92-26

require that coverage under an individual or group policy be extended to any other procedures.

92-27

      (e) Nothing in this section shall be construed to authorize an insured or plan member to

92-28

receive the coverage required by this section if that coverage is furnished by a nonparticipating

92-29

provider, unless the insured or plan member is referred to that provider by a participating

92-30

physician, nurse practitioner, or certified nurse midwife providing care.

93-1

      (f) Nothing in this section shall preclude the conducting of managed care reviews

93-2

and medical necessity reviews, by an insurer, hospital or medical service corporation or

93-3

health maintenance organization.

93-4

     27-19-34.1. Insurance coverage for mastectomy hospital stays. -- (a) The

93-5

Rhode Island General Assembly recongnizes recognizes that breast cancer is a unique

93-6

illness with both a physical and emotional impact on patients. Every individual or group

93-7

hospital or medical services plan contract delivered, issued for delivery, as renewed in

93-8

this state on or after September 1, 1997, shall provide coverage for a minimum forty-

93-9

eight (48) hour time period in a hospital after the surgical procedures known as a

93-10

mastectomy, and a minimum twenty-four (24) hours after an axilary node dissection. Any

93-11

decision to shorten these minimum coverages shall be made by the attending physician in

93-12

consultation with and upon agreement by the patient. If the patient participates in an early

93-13

discharge, defined as in-patient care following a mastectomy that is less than forty-eight

93-14

(48) hours and in-patient care following an axilary node dissection that is less than

93-15

twenty-four (24) hours, coverage shall include a minimum of one home visit conducted

93-16

by a physician or registered nurse.

93-17

     (b) Any subscriber who is aggrieved by a denial of benefits to be provided under this

93-18

section may appeal the denial in accordance with regulations of the department of health, which

93-19

have been promulgated pursuant to chapter 17.12 of title 23. No policy or plan covered under this

93-20

chapter shall terminate the services, reduce capitation payment, or otherwise penalize an

93-21

attending physician or other health care provider who orders care consistent with the provisions

93-22

of this section.

93-23

     (c) Notice. All plans subject to this section shall provide notice to each enrollee:

93-24

     (1) In the next mass mailing made by the plan to the employee; or

93-25

     (2) As part of any informational packet sent to the enrollee.

93-26

     27-19-35. Diabetes treatment. -- (a) Every individual or group health insurance

93-27

contract, plan, or policy delivered, issued for delivery or renewed in this state on or after

93-28

January 1, 1997, which provides medical coverage that includes coverage for physician

93-29

services in a physician’s office, and every policy which provides major medical or similar

93-30

comprehensive-type coverage, shall include coverage for the following equipment and

93-31

supplies for the treatment of insulin treated diabetes, non-insulin treated diabetes, and

93-32

gestational diabetes when medically appropriate and prescribed by a physician: blood

94-1

glucose monitors and blood glucose monitors for the legally blind, test strips for glucose

94-2

monitors and/or visual reading, insulin, injection aids, cartridges for the legally blind,

94-3

syringes, insulin pumps and appurtenances thereto to the pumps, insulin infusion devices,

94-4

and oral agents for controlling blood sugar and therapeutic/molded shoes for the

94-5

prevention of amputation. Upon the approval of new or improved diabetes equipment and

94-6

supplies by the Food and Drug Administration, all policies governed by this chapter shall

94-7

guarantee coverage of new diabetes equipment and supplies when medically appropriate

94-8

and prescribed by a physician. The policies shall also include coverage, when medically

94-9

nessary necessary, for diabetes self-management education to ensure that persons with

94-10

diabetes are instructed in the self-management and treatment of their diabetes, including

94-11

information on the nutritional management of diabetes. The coverage for self-

94-12

management education and education relating to medical nutrition therapy shall be

94-13

limited to medically necessary visits upon the diagnoses of diabetes, where a physician

94-14

diagnosis a significant change in the patient’s symptoms or conditions which necessitate

94-15

changes in a patient’s self-management, or where reeducation or refresher training is

94-16

necessary. This education, when medically necessary and prescribed by a physician, may

94-17

be provided only by the physican physician or, upon his/her his or her referral to by an

94-18

appropriately licensed and certified health care provider and may be conducted in group

94-19

settings. Coverage for self-management education and education relating to medical

94-20

nutrition therapy shall also include home visits when medically necessary.

94-21

     (b) Benefit plans offered by a hospital service corporation may impose copayment

94-22

and/or deductibles for the benefits mandated by this chapter, however, in no instance

94-23

shall the copayment or deductible amount be greater than the copayment or deductible

94-24

amount imposed for other supplies, equipment, or physician office visits. Benefits for

94-25

services under this chapter shall be reimbursed in accordance with the respective

94-26

principles and mechanisms of reimbursement for each insurer, hospital, or medical

94-27

service corporation, or health maintenance organization.

94-28

     27-19-40. Third party reimbursement for services of certain health care

94-29

workers. -- (a) Every individual or group health insurance contract, plan or policy

94-30

delivered, issued or renewed by an insurer or nonprofit or for profit health service

94-31

corporation on or after January 1, 1998, which provides benefits to individual subscribers

95-1

and members within the state, or to all group members having a principal place of

95-2

employment within the state, shall provide benefits for services rendered by a certified

95-3

registered nurse anesthetist designated as a certified registered nurse anesthetist by the

95-4

board of nurse registration and nursing education; provided, however, that the following

95-5

conditions are met:

95-6

     (1) The certified registered nurse anesthetist provides certain health care services under

95-7

the supervision of anesthesiologists, licensed physicians or licensed dentists in accordance with §

95-8

5-34.2-2(c), which requires substantial specialized knowledge, judgment and skill related to the

95-9

administration of anesthesia, including pre-operative and post-operative assessment of patients;

95-10

administering anesthetics, monitoring patients during anesthesia; management of fluids in

95-11

intravenous therapy and management of respiratory care; and

95-12

     (2) The policy or contract currently provides benefits for identical services rendered by a

95-13

provider of health care licensed by the state; and

95-14

     (3) The certified registered nurse anesthetist is not a salaried employee of the licensed

95-15

hospital or facility for which the nonprofit hospital service corporation has an alternative

95-16

contractual relationship to fund the services of a certified registered nurse anesthetist.

95-17

     (b) It shall remain within the sole discretion of the nonprofit hospital service corporation

95-18

as to which certified registered nurse anesthetists it shall contract with. Reimbursement shall be

95-19

provided according to the respective principles and policies of the nonprofit hospital service

95-20

corporation; provided, however, that no nonprofit hospital service corporation may be required to

95-21

pay for duplicative services actually rendered by a certified registered nurse anesthetist and any

95-22

other health care provider. Nothing contained herein in this section shall preclude the nonprofit

95-23

hospital service corporation from conducting managed care, medical necessity or utilizaton

95-24

utilization review.

95-25

     27-19-40.1. Third party reimbursement for services of registered nurse first

95-26

assistants. -- (a) Every individual or group health insurance contract, plan or policy

95-27

delivered, issued or renewed by an insurer or nonprofit or for profit health service

95-28

corporation on or after January 1, 2000, which provides benefits to individual subscribers

95-29

and members within the state, or to all group members having a principal place of

95-30

employment within the state, shall provide benefits for services rendered by a registered

95-31

nurse first assistant designated as a registered nurse first assistant provided, however, that

95-32

the following conditions are met:

96-1

     (1) The registered nurse first assistant provides certain health care services under the

96-2

supervision of a licensed physician; is currently licensed as a registered nurse in Rhode Island;

96-3

has successfully completed a course in preparing the registered nurse as a first assistant in

96-4

accordance with the Association of Operating Room Nurses core curriculum guide for the

96-5

registered nurse first assistant and includes a minimum of one academic year in a college or

96-6

university with didactic instruction and clinical internship programs; and is certified in

96-7

perioperative nursing by the Certification Board Perioperative Nursing (minimum of two (2)

96-8

years perioperative experience);

96-9

     (2) The policy or contract currently provides benefits for identical services rendered by a

96-10

provider of health care licensed by the state; and

96-11

     (3) The registered nurse first assistant is not a salaried employee of the licensed hospital

96-12

or facility for which the nonprofit hospital service corporation has an alternative contractual

96-13

relationship to fund the services of a registered nurse first assistant.

96-14

     (b) It shall remain within the sole discretion of the nonprofit hospital service corporation

96-15

as to which registered nurse first assistant it shall contract with. Reimbursement shall be provided

96-16

according to the respective principles and policies of the nonprofit hospital service corporation;

96-17

provided, however, that no nonprofit hospital service corporation may be required to provide

96-18

direct reimbursement, or pay for duplicative services actually rendered by a registered nurse first

96-19

assistant in surgery and any other health care provider. Nothing contained in this section

96-20

precludes the nonprofit hospital service corporations from conducting managed care, medical

96-21

necessity or utilization review.

96-22

     27-19-41. Human leukocyte antigen testing. -- Every individual or group

96-23

hospital or medical services plan contract delivered or renewed in this state on or after

96-24

March 19, 1998, shall include coverage of the cost for human leukocyte antigen testing,

96-25

also referred to as histocompatibility locus antigen testing, for A, B and DR antigens for

96-26

utilization in bone marrow transplantation. The testing must be performed in a facility

96-27

which that is accredited by the American Association of Blood Banks or its successors,

96-28

and is licensed under the Clinical Laboratory Improvement Act, 42 U.S.C. § 263a, as it

96-29

may be from time to time amended. At the time of the testing, the person being tested

96-30

must complete and sign an informed consent form which that also authorizes the results

96-31

of the test to be used for participation in the National Marrow Donor Program. The group

96-32

hospital or medical services plan contract may limit each subscriber to one of these

96-33

testings per lifetime.

97-1

     27-19-44.1. Genetic information. -- (a) Except as provided in chapter 37.3 of

97-2

title 5, insurance administrators, health plans and providers shall be prohibited from

97-3

releasing genetic information without prior written authorization of the individual.

97-4

Written authorization shall be required for each disclosure and include to whom the

97-5

disclosure is being made. An exception shall exist for those participating in research

97-6

settings governed by the federal policy for the protection of human research subjects

97-7

(also known as “The Common Rule”). Tests conducted purely for research are excluded

97-8

from the definition, as are tests for somatic (as opposed to heritable) mutations, and

97-9

testing for forensic purposes.

97-10

     (b) No individual or group health insurance contract, plan, or policy delivered, issued for

97-11

delivery, or renewed in this state on or after January 1, 2002, which provides medical coverage

97-12

that includes coverage for physician services in a physician’s office, and every policy which

97-13

provides major medical or similar comprehensive-type coverage excluding disability income,

97-14

long term care and insurance supplemental policies which only provide coverage for specified

97-15

diseases or other supplemental policies, shall:

97-16

     (1) Use genetic information or request for genetic information or the results of genetic

97-17

information or other genetic information to reject, deny, limit, cancel, refuse to renew, increase

97-18

the rates of, affect the terms or conditions of, or otherwise affect a group or an individual’s health

97-19

insurance policy, contract, or plan;

97-20

      (2) Request or require genetic information for the purpose of determining whether or not

97-21

to issue or renew an individual’s health benefits coverage, to set reimbursement/co-pay levels or

97-22

determine covered benefits and services;

97-23

     (3) Release the results of genetic information without the prior written authorization of

97-24

the individual from whom the information was obtained, except in a format whereby by which

97-25

individual identifiers are removed, encrypted, or encoded so that the identity of the individual is

97-26

not disclosed. A recipient of information pursuant to this section may use or disclose such the

97-27

information solely to carry out the purpose for which the information was disclosed.

97-28

Authorization shall be required for each redisclosure. An exception shall exist for participation in

97-29

research settings governed by the federal policy for the protection of human research subjects

97-30

(also known as “The Common Rule”);

97-31

     (4) Request or require information as to whether an individual has genetic information, or

97-32

participated in genetic information of any kind, whether for clinical or research purposes.

98-1

     (c) For the purposes of this section, “genetic information” is information about genes, gene

98-2

product, or inherited characteristics that may derive from the individual or a family member.

98-3

     27-19-48. F.D.A. approved prescription contraceptive drugs and devices. --

98-4

(a) Every individual or group health insurance contract, plan, or policy that provides

98-5

prescription coverage and is delivered, issued for delivery, or renewed in this state on or

98-6

after January 1, 2001, shall provide coverage for F.D.A. approved contraceptive drugs

98-7

and devices requiring a prescription. Provided, however, that nothing in this subsection

98-8

shall be deemed to mandate or require coverage for the prescription drug RU 486.

98-9

     (b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this section, any hospital service corporation

98-10

may issue to a religious employer an individual or group health insurance contract, plan, or policy

98-11

that excludes coverage for prescription contraceptive methods which are contrary to the religious

98-12

employer’s bona fide religious tenets.

98-13

     (c) As used in this section, “religious employer” means an employer that is a “church or

98-14

a qualified church-controlled organization” as defined in 26 U.S.C. § 3121.

98-15

     (d) Every religious employer that invokes the exemption provided under this

98-16

section shall provide written notice to prospective enrollees prior to enrollment with the

98-17

plan, listing the contraceptive health care services the employer refuses to cover for

98-18

religious reasons.

98-19

     27-19-50. Termination of children’s benefits. -- (a) Every individual or group

98-20

health insurance contract, plan, or policy delivered, issued for delivery, or renewed in this

98-21

state on or after January 1, 2001, which provides medical coverage that includes coverage

98-22

for physician services in a physician’s office, and every policy which provides major

98-23

medical or similar comprehensive type coverage, except for supplemental policies which

98-24

only provide coverage for specified diseases and other supplemental policies, shall

98-25

include a provision that policyholders shall receive no less than thirty (30) days notice

98-26

from the nonprofit hospital service corporation that a child covered as a dependent by the

98-27

policyholder is about to lose his or her coverage as a result of reaching the maximum age

98-28

for a dependent child and that the child will only continue to be covered upon

98-29

documentation being provided of current college enrollment, or that the child may

98-30

purchase a conversion policy if he or she is not a college student.

98-31

     (b) Nothing in this section prohibits a nonprofit hospital service corporation from

98-32

requiring a policyholder to annually provide proof of a child’s current college enrollment in order

99-1

to maintain the child’s coverage. Provided further, nothing in this section requires coverage

99-2

inconsistent with the membership criteria in effect under the policyholder’s health benefits

99-3

coverage.

99-4

     SECTION 38. section 27-19-45 of the General Laws in Chapter 27-19 entitled

99-5

“Nonprofit Hospital Service Corporations” is hereby repealed in its entirety.

99-6

      27-19-45. Conditions of coverage for new cancer therapies. -- As provided in §

99-7

27-19-32, coverage is extended to new cancer therapies still under investigation when the

99-8

following circumstances are present:

99-9

     (1) (a) Treatment is being provided pursuant to a phase II, III or IV clinical trial which

99-10

has been approved by the National Institutes of Health (NIH) in cooperation with the National

99-11

Cancer Institute (NCI), community clinical oncology programs; the Food and Drug

99-12

Administration in the form of an investigational new drug (IND) exemption; the Department of

99-13

Veterans’ Affairs; or a qualified nongovernmental research entity as identified in the guidelines

99-14

for NCI cancer center support grants;

99-15

     (2) (b) The proposed therapy has been reviewed and approved by a qualified institutional

99-16

review board (IRB);

99-17

     (3) (c) The facility and personnel providing the treatment are capable of doing so by

99-18

virtue of their experience, training, and volume of patients treated to maintain expertise;

99-19

     (4) (d) The patients receiving the investigational treatment meet all protocol

99-20

requirements;

99-21

     (5) (e) There is no clearly superior, noninvestigational alternative to the protocol

99-22

treatment;

99-23

     (6) (f) The available clinical or preclinical data provide a reasonable expectation that the

99-24

protocol treatment will be at least as efficacious as the noninvestigational alternative; and

99-25

     (7) (g) The coverage of new cancer therapy treatment provided pursuant to a phase II

99-26

clinical trial is not required for that portion of that treatment that is provided as part of the phase

99-27

II clinical trial and is otherwise funded by a national agency, such as the National Cancer

99-28

Institute, the Veteran’s Administration, the Department of Defense, or funded by commercial

99-29

organizations such as the biotechnical and/or pharmaceutical industry or manufacturers of

99-30

medical devices. Any portions of a phase II trial which are customarily funded by government,

99-31

biotechnical and/or pharmaceutical and/or medical device industry sources in Rhode Island or in

99-32

other states shall continue to be funded in Rhode Island and coverage pursuant to this section

99-33

supplements, does not supplant customary funding.

100-1

     SECTION 39. sections 27-20-5, 27-20-17.1, 27-20-20, 27-20-23, 27-20-29, 27-20-29.1,

100-2

27-20-30, 27-20-35, 27-20-35.1, 27-20-36, 27-20-39.1, 27-20-43, and 27-20-45 of the General

100-3

Laws in Chapter 27-20 entitled “Nonprofit Medical Service Corporations” are hereby amended to

100-4

read as follows:

100-5

      27-20-5. Contracts with subscribers. -- Each nonprofit medical service

100-6

corporation may contract with its subscribers for any medical service as may be from

100-7

time to time provided under any nonprofit medical service plan adopted by the

100-8

corporation; provided, that:

100-9

     (1) If any medical service as may be provided for from time to time shall include service

100-10

which may be lawfully performed or rendered by a podiatrist, the contract shall provide for the

100-11

payment for the service so performed or rendered by a podiatrist;

100-12

     (2) provided further, that If any medical service as may be provided for from time to time

100-13

shall include service which may be lawfully performed or rendered by a certified registered nurse

100-14

practitioner or psychiatric and mental health nurse clinical specialist, the contract will provide for

100-15

the payment for the service so performed or rendered by a certified registered nurse practitioner

100-16

or psychiatric and mental health nurse clinical specialist to subscribers. No nonprofit medical

100-17

service corporation may require supervision, signature, or referral by any other health care

100-18

provider as a condition of reimbursement to a certified registered nurse practitioner; provided,

100-19

that no nonprofit medical service corporation may be required to pay for duplicative services

100-20

actually rendered by both a certified registered nurse practitioner and any other health care

100-21

provider;

100-22

     (3) and further provided, that If any medical service as may be provided for from time to

100-23

time shall include service which may be lawfully performed or rendered by a licensed midwife,

100-24

the contract delivered, issued for delivery, or renewed in this state on or after January 1991 shall

100-25

provide for the payment for the service so performed or rendered by a licensed midwife in

100-26

accordance with each health insurers’ respective principles and mechanisms of reimbursement

100-27

credentialing and contracting if those services are within the licensed midwives’ area of

100-28

professional competence as defined by regulations promulgated pursuant to § 23-13-9, and are

100-29

currently reimbursed when rendered by any other licensed health care provider. No nonprofit

100-30

medical service corporation may require supervision, signature, or referral by any other health

100-31

care provider as a condition of reimbursement except when the requirements are also applicable

100-32

to other categories of health care providers; provided, no insurer or hospital or medical service

100-33

corporation or patient may be required to pay for duplicate services actually rendered by both a

100-34

licensed midwife and any other health care provider. Direct payment for licensed midwives will

101-1

be contingent upon services rendered in a licensed health care facility and for services rendered in

101-2

accordance with rules and regulations promulgated by the department of health; provided,

101-3

however, that this provision shall not prohibit payment for services pursuant to § 42-62-26 or for

101-4

other services reimbursed by third party payors; and

101-5

     (4) provided further, that If any medical service which may be provided for from time to

101-6

time shall include service which may be rendered by a counselor in mental health or a therapist in

101-7

marriage and family practice, excluding marital and family therapy unless there is an individual

101-8

diagnosed with a mental disorder, the contract shall provide for payment for the service so

101-9

performed or rendered when deemed medically necessary by the nonprofit medical service

101-10

corporation in accordance with its standard medical management protocols and within the

101-11

nonprofit medical service corporation’s subscriber contractual limits. In the case of a limited

101-12

provider network, it shall remain within the sole discretion of the nonprofit medical service

101-13

corporation as to which certified counselors in mental health and certified therapists in marriage

101-14

and family practice with which it shall contract. Nothing contained herein in this subdivision shall

101-15

require the nonprofit medical service corporation to provide coverage other than in conjunction

101-16

with a related medical illness.

101-17

     (5) No contract between a nonprofit medical service corporation and a dentist for

101-18

the provisions of services to patients may require that the dentist indemnify or hold

101-19

harmless the nonprofit medical service corporation for any expenses and liabilities,

101-20

including without limitation, judgments, settlements, attorneys’ fees, court costs, and any

101-21

associated charges, incurred in connection with any claim or action brought against the

101-22

nonprofit medical service corporation based on the nonprofit medical service

101-23

corporation’s management decisions, or utilization review provisions for any patient.

101-24

     27-20-17.1. Insurance coverage for post-partum hospital stays. -- (a) Every

101-25

individual or group hospital or medical services plan contract delivered, issued for delivery, or

101-26

renewed in this state on or after September 1, 1996 shall provide coverage for a forty-eight (48)

101-27

hour time period in a hospital after a vaginal birth and ninety-six (96) hours after a Cesarean

101-28

section for a mother and her newly born child. Any decision to shorten these minimum coverages

101-29

shall be made by the attending health care provider in consultation with the mother. The decision

101-30

shall be made in accordance with the standards for guidelines for perinatal care published by the

101-31

American College of Obstetrics and Gynecology and the American Academy of Pediatrics. The

101-32

standards shall be relative to early discharge, defined as less than forth-eight (48) hours for a

101-33

vaginal delivery and ninety-six (96) for a Cesarean delivery. In the case of early discharge, post-

101-34

delivery care shall include, home visits, parent education, assistance and training in breast or

102-1

bottle feeding and the performance of any necessary and appropriate clinical tests or any other

102-2

tests or services consistent with the above guidelines.

102-3

     (b) For the purposes of this section, attending health care provider shall include

102-4

includes the attending obstetrician, pediatrician, family practitioner, general practitioner or

102-5

certified nurse midwife attending the mother and newly born child.

102-6

     (c) Any subscriber who is aggrieved by a denial of benefits to be provided under this

102-7

section may appeal the denial in accordance with regulations of the department of health, which

102-8

have been promulgated pursuant to chapter 17.12 of title 23. No policy or plan covered under this

102-9

chapter shall terminate the services, reduce capitation payment, or otherwise penalize an

102-10

attending physician or other health care provider who orders care consistent with the provisions

102-11

of this section.

102-12

     27-20-20. Coverage for infertility. -- (a) Any nonprofit medical service contract, plan,

102-13

or insurance policies here and after delivered, issued for delivery, or renewed in this state, on or

102-14

after December 1, 1989, except contracts providing supplemental coverage to Medicare or other

102-15

governmental programs, which includes pregnancy related benefits shall provide coverage for the

102-16

medically necessary expenses of diagnosis and treatment of infertility. To the extent that a

102-17

nonprofit medical service corporation provides reimbursement for a test or procedure used in the

102-18

diagnosis or treatment of conditions other than infertility, those tests and procedures shall not be

102-19

excluded from reimbursement when provided attendant to the diagnosis and treatment of

102-20

infertility. Provided that, subscriber copayment, not to exceed twenty percent (20%), may be

102-21

required for those programs and/or procedures the sole purpose of which is the treatment of

102-22

infertility.

102-23

     (b) For the purposes of this section, “infertility” shall mean means the condition of an

102-24

otherwise presumably healthy married individual who is unable to conceive or produce

102-25

conception during a period of one year.

102-26

     27-20-23. Drug coverage. -- No group health insurer subject to the provisions of this

102-27

chapter that provides coverage for prescription drugs under a group plan master contract

102-28

delivered, issued for delivery, or renewed in this state on or after July 1, 1991, may require any

102-29

person covered under the contract to obtain prescription drugs from a mail order pharmacy as a

102-30

condition of obtaining benefits for the drugs.

102-31

     27-20-29. Mastectomy treatment. -- (a) Every individual or group health insurance

102-32

contract, plan or policy delivered, issued for delivery or renewed in this state on or after January

102-33

1, 1997, which provides medical coverage that includes coverage for physician services in a

102-34

physician’s office, and every policy which provides major medical or similar comprehensive-type

103-1

coverage, shall include coverage for prosthetic devices or reconstructive surgery to restore and

103-2

achieve symmetry for the patient incident to a mastectomy. Coverage for prosthetic devices and

103-3

reconstructive surgery shall be subject to the deductible and coinsurance conditions applied to the

103-4

mastectomy and all other terms and conditions applicable to other benefits. Any reconstructive

103-5

surgery under this section must be performed within eighteen (18) months of the original

103-6

mastectomy. As used in this section, “mastectomy” means the removal of all or part of the breast

103-7

to treat a breast cancer, tumor, or mass.

103-8

     (b) Any provision in any contract issued, amended, delivered or renewed in this state on

103-9

or after January 1, 1997, which is in conflict with this section shall be of no force or effect.

103-10

     (c) As used in this section, “prosthetic devices” means and includes the provision of

103-11

initial and subsequent prosthetic devices pursuant to an order of the patient’s physician or

103-12

surgeon.

103-13

      (d) Nothing in this section shall be construed to require an individual or group policy to

103-14

cover the surgical procedure known as mastectomy or to prevent the application of deductible or

103-15

copayment provisions contained in the policy or plan, nor shall this section be construed to

103-16

require that coverage under an individual or group policy be extended to any other procedures.

103-17

      (e) Nothing in this section shall be construed to authorize an insured or plan member to

103-18

receive the coverage required by this section if that coverage is furnished by a nonparticipating

103-19

provider, unless the insured or plan member is referred to that provider by a participating

103-20

physician, nurse practitioner, or certified nurse midwife providing care.

103-21

      (f) Nothing in this section shall preclude the conducting of managed care reviews

103-22

and medical necessity reviews, by an insurer, hospital or medical service corporation or

103-23

health maintenance organization.

103-24

      27-20-29.1. Insurance coverage for mastectomy hospital stays.-- (a) The

103-25

Rhode Island General Assembly recongnizes recognizes that breast cancer is a unique

103-26

illness with both a physical and emotional impact on patients. Every individual or group

103-27

hospital or medical services plan contract delivered, issued for delivery, or renewed in

103-28

this state on or after September 1, 1997, shall provide coverage for a minimum forty-

103-29

eight (48) hour time period in a hospital after the surgical procedures known as a

103-30

mastectomy, and a minimum twenty-four (24) hours after an axilary node dissection. Any

103-31

decision to shorten these minimum coverages shall be made by the attending physician in

103-32

consultation with and upon agreement by the patient. If the patient participates in an early

103-33

discharge, defined as in-patient care following a mastectomy that is less than forty-eight

104-1

hours and in-patient care following an axilary node dissection that is less than twenty-

104-2

four (24) hours, coverage shall include a minimum of one home visit conducted by a

104-3

physician or registered nurse.

104-4

     (b) Any subscriber who is aggrieved by a denial of benefits to be provided under this

104-5

section may appeal the denial in accordance with regulations of the department of health, which

104-6

have been promulgated pursuant to chapter 23 of title 17.12. No policy or plan covered under this

104-7

chapter shall terminate the services, reduce capitation payment, or otherwise penalize an

104-8

attending physician or other health care provider who orders care consistent with the provisions

104-9

of this section.

104-10

     (c) Notice. All plans subject to this section shall provide notice to each enrollee:

104-11

     (1) In the next mass mailing made by the plan to the employee; or

104-12

     (2) As part of any informational packet sent to the enrollee.

104-13

     27-20-30. Diabetes treatment. -- (a) Every individual or group health insurance

104-14

contract, plan, or policy delivered, issued for delivery or renewed in this state on or after January

104-15

1, 1997, which provides medical coverage that includes coverage for physician services in a

104-16

physician’s office, and every policy which provides major medical or similar comprehensive-type

104-17

coverage, shall include coverage for the following equipment and supplies for the treatment of

104-18

insulin treated diabetes, non-insulin treated diabetes, and gestational diabetes when medically

104-19

appropriate and prescribed by a physician: blood glucose monitors and blood glucose monitors

104-20

for the legally blind, test strips for glucose monitors and/or visual reading, insulin, injection aids,

104-21

cartidges cartridges for the legally blind, syringes, insulin pumps, and appurtenances thereto to

104-22

the pumps, insulin infusion devices, and oral agents for controlling blood sugar and

104-23

therapeutic/molded shoes for the prevention of amputation. Upon the approval of new or

104-24

improved diabetes equipment and supplies by the Food and Drug Administration, all policies

104-25

governed by this chapter shall guarantee coverage of new diabetes equipment and supplies when

104-26

medically appropriate and prescribed by a physician. These policies shall also include coverage,

104-27

when medically necessary, for diabetes self-management education to ensure that persons with

104-28

diabetes are instructed in the self-management and treatment of their diabetes, including

104-29

information on the nutritional management of diabetes. The coverage for self-management

104-30

education and education relating to medical nutrition therapy shall be limited to medically

104-31

necessary visits upon the diagnosis of diabetes, where a physician diagnosis a significant change

104-32

in the patient’s symptoms or conditions which necessitate changes in a patient’s self-

104-33

management, or where reeducation or refresher training is necessary. This education, when

104-34

medically necessary and prescribed by a physician, may be provided only by the physican

105-1

physician or, upon his/her his or her referral, to an appropriately licensed and certified health care

105-2

provider, and may be conducted in group settings. Coverage for self-management education and

105-3

education relating to medical nutrition therapy shall also include home visits when medically

105-4

necessary.

105-5

     (b) Benefit plans offered by a hospital service corporation may impose copayment and/or

105-6

deductibles for the benefits mandated by this chapter, however, in no instance shall the

105-7

copayment or deductible amount be greater than the copayment or deductible amount imposed for

105-8

other supplies, equipment, or physician office visits. Benefits for services under this chapter shall

105-9

be reimbursed in accordance with the respective principles and mechanisms of reimbursement for

105-10

each insurer, hospital, or medical service corporation, or health maintenance organization.

105-11

     27-20-35. Third party reimbursement for services of certain health care workers. --

105-12

(a) Every individual or group health insurance contract, plan or policy delivered, issued or

105-13

renewed by an insurer or nonprofit or for profit health service corporation on or after January 1,

105-14

1998, which provides benefits to individual subscribers and members within the state, or to all

105-15

group members having a principal place of employment within the state, shall provide benefits

105-16

for services rendered by a certified registered nurse anesthetist designated as a certified registered

105-17

nurse anesthetist by the board of nurse registration and nursing education; provided, however,

105-18

that the following conditions are met:

105-19

     (1) The certified registered nurse anesthetist provides certain health care services under

105-20

the supervision of anesthesiologists, licensed physicians or licensed dentists in accordance with §

105-21

5-34.2-2(c), which requires substantial specialized knowledge, judgment and skill related to the

105-22

administration of anesthesia, including pre-operative and post-operative assessment of patients;

105-23

administering anesthetics; monitoring patients during anesthesia; management of fluids in

105-24

intravenous therapy and management of respiratory care; and

105-25

     (2) The policy or contract currently provides benefits for identical services rendered by a

105-26

provider of health care licensed by the state; and

105-27

     (3) The certified registered nurse anesthetist is not a salaried employee of the licensed

105-28

hospital or facility for which the nonprofit medical service corporation has an alternative

105-29

contractual relationship to fund the services of a certified registered nurse anesthetist.

105-30

     (b) It shall remain within the sole discretion of the nonprofit medical service

105-31

corporation as to which certified registered nurse anesthetists it shall contract with.

105-32

Reimbursement shall be provided according to the respective principles and policies of

105-33

the nonprofit medical service corporation; provided, however, that no nonprofit medical

105-34

service corporation may be required to pay for duplicative services actually rendered by a

106-1

certified registered nurse anesthetist and any other health care provider. Nothing

106-2

contained herein in this section shall preclude the nonprofit medical service corporation

106-3

from conducting managed care, medical necessity or utilizaton utilization review.

106-4

      `27-20-35.1. Third party reimbursement for services of registered nurse first

106-5

assistants. -- (a) Every individual or group health insurance contract, plan or policy

106-6

delivered, issued or renewed by an insurer or nonprofit or for profit health service

106-7

corporation on or after January 1, 2000, which provides benefits to individual subscribers

106-8

and members within the state, or to all group members having a principal place of

106-9

employment within the state, shall provide benefits for services rendered by a registered

106-10

nurse first assistant, provided, however, that the following conditions are met:

106-11

     (1) The registered nurse first assistant provides certain health care services under the

106-12

supervision of a licensed physician; is currently licensed as a registered nurse in Rhode Island;

106-13

has successfully completed a course in preparing the registered nurse as a first assistant in

106-14

accordance with the Association of Operating Room Nurses core curriculum guide for the

106-15

registered nurse first assistant and includes a minimum of one academic year in a college or

106-16

university with didactic instruction and clinical internship programs; and is certified in

106-17

perioperative nursing by the Certification Board of Perioperative Nursing (minimum of two years

106-18

perioperative experience);

106-19

     (2) The policy or contract currently provides benefits for identical services rendered by a

106-20

provider of health care licensed by the state; and

106-21

     (3) The registered nurse first assistant is not a salaried employee of the licensed hospital

106-22

or facility for which the nonprofit hospital service corporation has an alternative contractual

106-23

relationship to fund the services of a registered nurse first assistant.

106-24

     (b) It remains within the sole discretion of the nonprofit medical service

106-25

corporation as to which registered nurse first assistant in surgery it contracts with.

106-26

Reimbursement is provided according to the respective principles and policies of the

106-27

nonprofit medical service corporation: provided, however, that no nonprofit medical

106-28

service corporation is required to provide direct reimbursement, or pay for duplicative

106-29

services actually rendered by a registered nurse first assistant and any other health care

106-30

provider. Nothing contained in this section precludes the nonprofit medical service

106-31

corporations from conducting managed care, medical necessity or utilization review.

107-1

     27-20-36. Human leukocyte antigen testing. -- Every individual or group

107-2

hospital or medical services plan contract delivered or renewed in this state on or after

107-3

March 19, 1998, shall include coverage of the cost for human leukocyte antigen testing,

107-4

also referred to as histocompatibility locus antigen testing, for A, B, and DR antigens for

107-5

utilization in bone marrow transplantation. The testing must be performed in a facility

107-6

which is accredited by the American Association of Blood Banks or its successors, and is

107-7

licensed under the Clinical Laboratory Improvement Act, 42 U.S.C. § 263a, as it may be

107-8

from time to time amended. At the time of the testing, the person being tested must

107-9

complete and sign an informed consent form which also authorizes the results of the test

107-10

to be used for participation in the National Marrow Donor Program. The group hospital

107-11

or medical services plan contract may limit each subscriber to one of these testings per

107-12

lifetime.

107-13

     27-20-39.1. Genetic information. -- (a) Except as provided in chapter 37.3 of

107-14

title 5, insurance administrators, health plans and providers shall be prohibited from

107-15

releasing genetic information without prior written authorization of the individual.

107-16

Written authorization shall be required for each disclosure and include to whom the

107-17

disclosure is being made. An exception shall exist for those participating in research

107-18

settings governed by the federal policy for the protection of human research subjects

107-19

(also known as “The Common Rule”). Tests conducted purely for research are excluded

107-20

from the definition, as are tests for somatic (as opposed to heritable) mutations, and

107-21

testing for forensic purposes.

107-22

     (b) No individual or group health insurance contract, plan, or policy delivered, issued for

107-23

delivery, or renewed in this state on or after January 1, 2002, which provides medical coverage

107-24

that includes coverage for physician services in a physician’s office, and every policy which

107-25

provides major medical or similar comprehensive-type coverage excluding disability income,

107-26

long term care and insurance supplemental policies which only provide coverage for specified

107-27

diseases or other supplemental policies, shall:

107-28

     (1) Use genetic information or request for genetic information or the results of genetic

107-29

information or other genetic information to reject, deny, limit, cancel, refuse to renew, increase

107-30

the rates of, affect the terms or conditions of, or otherwise affect a group or an individual’s health

107-31

insurance policy, contract, or plan;

108-1

     (2) Request or require genetic information for the purpose of determining whether or not

108-2

to issue or renew a group or individual’s health benefits coverage, to set reimbursement/co-pay

108-3

levels or determine covered benefits and services;

108-4

     (3) Release the results of genetic information without the prior written authorization of

108-5

the individual from whom the information was obtained, except in a format whereby by which

108-6

individual identifiers are removed, encrypted, or encoded so that the identity of the individual is

108-7

not disclosed. A recipient of information pursuant to this section may use or disclose the

108-8

information solely to carry out the purpose for which the information was disclosed.

108-9

Authorization shall be required for each redisclosure. An exception shall exist for participation in

108-10

research settings governed by the federal policy for the protection of human research subjects

108-11

(also known as “The Common Rule”);

108-12

     (4) Request or require information as to whether an individual has genetic information, or

108-13

participated in genetic information of any kind, whether for clinical or research purposes.

108-14

     (c) For the purposes of this section, “genetic information” is information about genes, gene

108-15

product, or inherited characteristics that may derive from the individual or a family member.

108-16

     27-20-43. F.D.A. approved prescription contraceptive drugs and devices. --

108-17

(a) Every individual or group health insurance contract, plan, or policy that provides

108-18

prescription coverage and is delivered, issued for delivery, or renewed in this state on or

108-19

after January 1, 2001, shall provide coverage for F.D.A. approved contraceptive drugs

108-20

and devices requiring a prescription. Provided, however, that nothing in this subsection

108-21

shall be deemed to mandate or require coverage for the prescription drug RU 486.

108-22

     (b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this section, any medical service corporation

108-23

may issue to a religious employer an individual or group health insurance contract, plan, or policy

108-24

that excludes coverage for prescription contraceptive methods which are contrary to the religious

108-25

employer’s bona fide religious tenets.

108-26

     (c) As used in this section, “religious employer” means an employer that is a “church or

108-27

a qualified church-controlled organization” as defined in 26 U.S.C. § 3121.

108-28

     (d) Every religious employer that invokes the exemption provided under this section

108-29

shall provide written notice to prospective enrollees prior to enrollment with the plan, listing the

108-30

contraceptive health care services the employer refuses to cover for religious reasons.

108-31

     27-20-45. Termination of children’s benefits. -- (a) Every individual or group

108-32

health insurance contract, plan, or policy delivered, issued for delivery, or renewed in this

108-33

state on or after January 1, 2001, which provides medical coverage that includes coverage

109-1

for physician services in a physician’s office, and every policy which provides major

109-2

medical or similar comprehensive type coverage, except for supplemental policies which

109-3

only provide coverage for specified diseases and other supplemental policies, shall

109-4

include a provision that policyholders shall receive no less than thirty (30) days notice

109-5

from the nonprofit medical service corporation that a child covered as a dependent by the

109-6

policyholder is about to lose his or her coverage as a result of reaching the maximum age

109-7

for a dependent child and that the child will only continue to be covered upon

109-8

documentation being provided of current college enrollment, or that the child may

109-9

purchase a conversion policy if he or she is not a college student.

109-10

     (b) Nothing in this section prohibits a nonprofit medical service corporation from

109-11

requiring a policyholder to annually provide proof of a child’s current college enrollment in order

109-12

to maintain the child’s coverage. Provided further, nothing in this section requires coverage

109-13

inconsistent with the membership criteria in effect under the policyholder’s health benefits

109-14

coverage.

109-15

     SECTION 40. Section 27-20.1-17 of the General Laws in Chapter 27-20.1 entitled

109-16

“Nonprofit Dental Service Corporations” is hereby amended to read as follows:

109-17

     27-20.1-17. Termination of children’s benefits. -- (a) Every individual or group

109-18

health insurance contract, plan, or policy delivered, issued for delivery, or renewed in this

109-19

state on or after January 1, 2001, which provides medical coverage that includes coverage

109-20

for physician services in a physician’s office, and every policy which provides major

109-21

medical or similar comprehensive type coverage, except for supplemental policies which

109-22

only provide coverage for specified diseases and other supplemental policies, shall

109-23

include a provision that policyholders shall receive no less than thirty (30) days notice

109-24

from the nonprofit dental service corporation that a child covered as a dependent by the

109-25

policyholder is about to lose his or her coverage as a result of reaching the maximum age

109-26

for a dependent child and that the child will only continue to be covered upon

109-27

documentation being provided of current college enrollment, or that the child may

109-28

purchase a conversion policy if he or she is not a college student.

109-29

     (b) Nothing in this section prohibits a nonprofit dental service corporation from requiring

109-30

a policyholder to annually provide proof of a child’s current college enrollment in order to

109-31

maintain the child’s coverage. Provided further, nothing in this section requires coverage

110-1

inconsistent with the membership criteria in effect under the policyholder’s health benefits

110-2

coverage.

110-3

     SECTION 41. Sections 27-20.2-9 and 27-20.2-14 of the General Laws in Chapter 27-

110-4

20.2 entitled “Nonprofit Optometric Service Corporations” are hereby amended to read as

110-5

follows:

110-6

     27-20.2-9. Adoption of chapter by hospital service corporation -- Any

110-7

nonprofit hospital service corporation organized pursuant to the provisions of chapter 19

110-8

of this title, which first obtains authorization to do so by the Rhode Island Optometric

110-9

Association as evidenced by the affidavit of the president and secretary of the society

110-10

association, may amend its articles of association to adopt the provisions of this chapter,

110-11

and thereupon upon that adoption the corporation shall have and exercise all of the

110-12

powers and be subject to all of the duties and responsibilities of a nonprofit optometric

110-13

service corporation to the same extent as though it had been incorporated as a nonprofit

110-14

optometric service corporation.

110-15

     27-20.2-14. Termination of children’s benefits. -- (a) Every individual or group

110-16

health insurance contract, plan, or policy delivered, issued for delivery, or renewed in this

110-17

state on or after January 1, 2001, which provides medical coverage that includes coverage

110-18

for physician services in a physician’s office, and every policy which provides major

110-19

medical or similar comprehensive type coverage, except for supplemental policies which

110-20

only provide coverage for specified diseases and other supplemental policies, shall

110-21

include a provision that policyholders shall receive thirty (30) days notice from the

110-22

nonprofit optometric service corporation that a child covered as a dependent by the

110-23

policyholder is about to lose his or her coverage as a result of reaching the maximum age

110-24

for a dependent child and that the child will only continue to be covered upon

110-25

documentation being provided of current college enrollment, or that the child may

110-26

purchase a conversion policy if he or she is not a college student.

110-27

     (b) Nothing in this section prohibits a nonprofit optometric service corporation from

110-28

requiring a policyholder to annually provide proof of a child’s current college enrollment in order

110-29

to maintain the child’s coverage. Provided further, nothing in this section requires coverage

110-30

inconsistent with the membership criteria in effect under the policyholder’s health benefits

110-31

coverage.

111-1

     SECTION 42. Section 27-20.6-6 of the General Laws in Chapter 27-20.6 entitled “Health

111-2

Care Insurers – Coordination of Benefits” is hereby amended to read as follows:

111-3

     27-20.6-6. Rules and regulations. -- On or before October 1, 1989, The director

111-4

of the department of business regulation shall, upon twenty (20) days prior notice

111-5

published in the Providence Journal, hold a hearing to consider promulgating promulgate

111-6

rules and regulations, using the NAIC coordination of benefits model regulations as a

111-7

guideline, which shall address: (1) the necessity and/or reasonableness of administrative

111-8

penalties by entities subject to this chapter; (2) other procedures which may be necessary

111-9

to carry out the provisions of this chapter.

111-10

     SECTION 43. Section 27-20-40 of the General Laws in Chapter 27-20 entitled

111-11

“Nonprofit Medical Service Corporations” is hereby repealed in its entirety.

111-12

     27-20-40. Conditions of coverage. -- As provided in § 27-20-27, coverage is

111-13

extended to new cancer therapies still under investigation when the following

111-14

circumstances are present:

111-15

     (a) Treatment is being provided pursuant to a phase II, III or IV clinical trial which has been

111-16

approved by the National Institutes of Health (NIH) in cooperation with the National Cancer

111-17

Institute (NCI), community clinical oncology programs; the Food and Drug Administration in the

111-18

form of an investigational new drug (IND) exemption; the Department of Veterans’ Affairs; or a

111-19

qualified nongovernmental research entity as identified in the guidelines for NCI cancer center

111-20

support grants;

111-21

     (b) The proposed therapy has been reviewed and approved by a qualified institutional review

111-22

board (IRB);

111-23

     (c) The facility and personnel providing the treatment are capable of doing so by virtue of their

111-24

experience, training, and volume of patients treated to maintain expertise;

111-25

     (d) The patients receiving the investigational treatment meet all protocol requirements;

111-26

     (e) There is no clearly superior, noninvestigational alternative to the protocol treatment;

111-27

     (f) The available clinical or preclinical data provide a reasonable expectation that the protocol

111-28

treatment will be at least as efficacious as the noninvestigational alternative; and

111-29

     (g) The coverage of new cancer therapy treatment provided pursuant to a phase II clinical trial is

111-30

not required for only that portion of that treatment as is provided as part of the phase II clinical

111-31

trial and is otherwise funded by a national agency, such as the National Cancer Institute, the

111-32

Veteran’s Administration, the Department of Defense, or funded by commercial organizations

111-33

such as the biotechnical and/or pharmaceutical industry or manufacturers of medical devices. Any

112-1

portions of a phase II trial which are customarily funded by government, biotechnical and/or

112-2

pharmaceutical and/or medical device industry sources in Rhode Island or in other states shall

112-3

continue to be funded in Rhode Island and coverage pursuant to this section supplements, does

112-4

not supplant customary funding.

112-5

      SECTION 44. section 27-18-4 of the General Laws in Chapter 27-18 entilted “Accident

112-6

and Sickness Insurance Policies” is hereby amended to read as follows:

112-7

     27-18-4. Optional provisions. -- Except as provided in § 27-18-5, no policy

112-8

delivered or issued for delivery to any person in this state shall contain provisions

112-9

respecting the matters set forth below in this section unless the provisions are in the

112-10

words in which they appear in this section; provided, however, that the insurer may, at its

112-11

option, use in lieu of any provision a corresponding provision of different wording

112-12

approved by the commissioner which is not less favorable in any respect to the insured or

112-13

the beneficiary. The provision contained in the policy shall be preceded individually by

112-14

the appropriate caption appearing in this section or, at the option of the insurer, by any

112-15

appropriate individual or group captions or subcaptions as the commissioner may

112-16

approve:

112-17

     (1) A provision as follows:

112-18

     “CHANGE OF OCCUPATION: If the insured be is injured or contracts sickness after having

112-19

changed his or her occupation to one classified by the insurer as more hazardous than that stated

112-20

in this policy or while doing for compensation anything pertaining to an occupation so classified,

112-21

the insurer will pay only that portion of the indemnities provided in this policy as the premium

112-22

paid would have purchased at the rates and within the limits fixed by the insurer for the more

112-23

hazardous occupation. If the insured changes his or her occupation to one classified by the insurer

112-24

as less hazardous than that stated in this policy, the insurer, upon receipt of proof of the change of

112-25

occupation, will reduce the premium rate accordingly, and will return the excess pro rata

112-26

unearned premium from the date of change of occupation or from the policy anniversary date

112-27

immediately preceding receipt of the proof, whichever is the more recent. In applying this

112-28

provision, the classification of occupational risk and the premium rates shall be such as have been

112-29

last filed by the insurer, prior to the occurrence of the loss for which the insurer is liable or prior

112-30

to the date of proof of change in occupation, with the state official having supervision of

112-31

insurance in the state where the insured resided at the time this policy was issued; but, if the filing

112-32

was not required, then the classification of occupational risk and the premium rates shall be those

113-1

last made effective by the insurer in the state prior to the occurrence of the loss or prior to the date

113-2

of proof of change in occupation.”

113-3

     (2) A provision as follows:

113-4

     “MISSTATEMENT OF AGE: If the age of the insured has been misstated, all amounts payable

113-5

under this policy shall be such as the premium paid would have purchased at the correct age.”

113-6

     (3) A provision as follows:

113-7

     “OTHER INSURANCE IN THIS INSURER: If an accident or sickness or accident and sickness

113-8

policy or policies previously issued by the insurer to the insured be is in force concurrently

113-9

herewith with this policy, making the aggregate indemnity for . . . . . . . . . . .” (insert type of

113-10

coverage or coverages) “in excess of $. . . . . . . .” (insert maximum limit of indemnity or

113-11

indemnities) “the excess insurance shall be void and all premiums paid for the excess shall be

113-12

returned to the insured or to his or her estate,” or, in lieu thereof:

113-13

     “Insurance effective at any one time on the insured under a like policy or policies in this insurer is

113-14

limited to the one such policy elected by the insured, his or her beneficiary or his or her estate, as

113-15

the case may be, and the insurer will return all premiums paid for all other like policies.”

113-16

     (4) A provision as follows:

113-17

     “INSURANCE WITH OTHER INSURERS: If there be is other valid coverage, not with this

113-18

insurer, providing benefits for the same loss on a provision of service basis or on an expense

113-19

incurred basis and of which this insurer has not been given written notice prior to the occurrence

113-20

or commencement of loss, the only liability under any expense incurred coverage of this policy

113-21

shall be for the proportion of the loss as the amount which would otherwise have been payable

113-22

hereunder plus the total of the like amounts under all the other valid coverages for the same loss

113-23

of which this insurer had notice bears to the total like amounts under all valid coverages for the

113-24

loss, and for the return of the portion of the premiums paid as shall exceed the pro rata portion for

113-25

the amount so determined. For the purpose of applying this provision when other coverage is on a

113-26

provision of service basis, the “like amount” of the other coverage shall be taken as the amount

113-27

which the services rendered would have cost in the absence of the coverage.”

113-28

     (If the foregoing this policy provision is included in a policy which also contains the next

113-29

following policy provision, there shall be added to the caption of the foregoing this provision the

113-30

phrase “ — EXPENSE INCURRED BENEFITS.” The insurer may, at its option, include in this

113-31

provision a definition of “other valid coverage”, approved as to form by the commissioner, which

113-32

definition shall be limited in subject matter to coverage provided by organizations subject to

113-33

regulation by insurance law or by insurance authorities of this or any other state of the United

113-34

States or any province of Canada, and by hospital or medical service organizations, and to any

114-1

other coverage the inclusion of which may be approved by the commissioner. In the absence of

114-2

the definition, the term shall not include group insurance, automobile medical payments

114-3

insurance, or coverage provided by hospital or medical service organizations or by union welfare

114-4

plans or employer or employee benefit organizations. For the purpose of applying the foregoing

114-5

this policy provision with respect to any insured, any amount of benefit provided for the insured

114-6

pursuant to any compulsory benefit statute, including any workers’ compensation or employer’s

114-7

liability statute, whether provided by a governmental agency or otherwise, shall in all cases be

114-8

deemed to be “other valid coverage” of which the insurer has had notice. In applying the

114-9

foregoing this policy provision, no third party liability coverage shall be included as “other valid

114-10

coverage”.)

114-11

     (5) A provision as follows:

114-12

     “INSURANCE WITH OTHER INSURERS: If there be is other valid coverage, not with this

114-13

insurer, providing benefits for the same loss on other than an expense incurred basis and of which

114-14

this insurer has not been given written notice prior to the occurrence or commencement of loss,

114-15

the only liability for those benefits under this policy shall be for the proportion of the indemnities

114-16

otherwise provided hereunder for the loss as the like indemnities of which the insurer had notice

114-17

(including the indemnities under this policy) bear to the total amount of all like indemnities for

114-18

the loss, and for the return of the portion of the premium paid as shall exceed the pro rata portion

114-19

for the indemnities thus determined.”

114-20

     (If the foregoing this policy provision is included in a policy which also contains the next

114-21

preceding policy provision, there shall be added to the caption of the foregoing this provision the

114-22

phrase “ — OTHER BENEFITS.” The insurer may, at its option, include in this provision a

114-23

definition of “other valid coverage”, approved as to form by the commissioner, which definition

114-24

shall be limited in subject matter to coverage provided by organizations subject to regulation by

114-25

insurance law or by insurance authorities of this or any other state of the United States or any

114-26

province of Canada, and to any other coverage the inclusion of which may be approved by the

114-27

commissioner. In the absence of the definition, such term shall not include group insurance, or

114-28

benefits provided by union welfare plans or by employer or employee benefit organizations. For

114-29

the purpose of applying the foregoing this policy provision with respect to any insured, any

114-30

amount of benefit provided for the insured pursuant to any compulsory benefit statute, including

114-31

any workers’ compensation or employer’s liability statute, whether provided by a governmental

114-32

agency or otherwise, shall in all cases be deemed to be “other valid coverage” of which the

114-33

insurer has had notice. In applying the foregoing this policy provision, no third party liability

114-34

coverage shall be included as “other valid coverage”.)

115-1

     (6) A provision as follows:

115-2

     “RELATION OF EARNINGS TO INSURANCE: If the total monthly amount of loss of time

115-3

benefits promised for the same loss under all valid loss of time coverage upon the insured,

115-4

whether payable on a weekly or monthly basis, shall exceed the monthly earnings of the insured

115-5

at the time disability commenced or his or her average monthly earnings for the period of two (2)

115-6

years immediately preceding a disability for which claim is made, whichever is the greater, the

115-7

insurer will be liable only for the proportionate amount of the benefits under this policy as the

115-8

amount of the monthly earnings or the average monthly earnings of the insured bears to the total

115-9

amount of monthly benefits for the same loss under all the coverage upon the insured at the time

115-10

the disability commences, and for the return of the part of the premiums paid during the two (2)

115-11

years that exceeds the pro rata amount of the premiums for the benefits actually paid under this

115-12

policy; but this shall not operate to reduce the total monthly amount of benefits payable under all

115-13

the coverage upon the insured below the sum of two hundred dollars ($200) or the sum of the

115-14

monthly benefits specified in the coverages, whichever is the lesser, nor shall it operate to reduce

115-15

benefits other than those payable for loss of time.”

115-16

     (The foregoing This policy provision may be inserted only in a policy which the insured

115-17

has the right to continue in force subject to its terms by the timely payment of premiums: (A) (i)

115-18

until at least age fifty (50); or, (B) (ii) in the case of a policy issued after age forty-four (44), for

115-19

at least five (5) years from its date of issue. The insurer may, at its option, include in this

115-20

provision a definition of “valid loss of time coverage”, approved as to form by the commissioner,

115-21

which definition shall be limited in subject matter to coverage provided by governmental

115-22

agencies or by organizations subject to regulation by insurance law or by insurance authorities of

115-23

this or any other state of the United States or any province of Canada, or to any other coverage

115-24

the inclusion of which may be approved by the commissioner or any combination of those this

115-25

coverages. In the absence of a definition, the term shall not include any coverage provided for the

115-26

insured pursuant to any compulsory benefit statute, including any workers’ compensation or

115-27

employer’s liability statute, or benefits provided by union welfare plans or by employer or

115-28

employee benefit organizations.)

115-29

     (7) A provision as follows:

115-30

     “UNPAID PREMIUM: Upon the payment of a claim under this policy, any premium then due

115-31

and unpaid or covered by any note or written order may be deducted therefrom from the

115-32

payment.”

115-33

     (8) A provision as follows:

116-1

     “CANCELATION CANCELLATION: The insurer may cancel this policy at any time by written

116-2

notice delivered to the insured, or mailed to his or her last address as shown by the records of the

116-3

insurer, stating when, not less than ten (10) days thereafter after this, the cancelation cancellation

116-4

shall be effective; and, after the policy has been continued beyond its original term, the insured

116-5

may cancel this policy at any time by written notice delivered or mailed to the insurer, effective

116-6

upon receipt or on a later date as may be specified in the notice. In the event of cancellation

116-7

cancellation, the insurer will return promptly the unearned portion of any premium paid. If the

116-8

insured cancels, the earned premium shall be computed by the use of the short-rate table last filed

116-9

with the state official having supervision of insurance in the state where the insured resided when

116-10

the policy was issued. If the insurer cancels, the earned premium shall be computed pro rata.

116-11

Cancelation Cancellation shall be without prejudice to any claim originating prior to the effective

116-12

date of cancellation cancellation.”

116-13

     (9) A provision as follows:

116-14

     “CONFORMITY WITH STATE STATUTE: Any provision of this policy which, on its effective

116-15

date, is in conflict with the statutes of the state in which the insured resides on that date, is hereby

116-16

amended to conform to the minimum requirements of those statutes.”

116-17

     (10) A provision as follows:

116-18

     “ILLEGAL OCCUPATION: The insurer shall not be liable for any loss to which a contributing

116-19

cause was the insured’s commission of or attempt to commit a felony or to which a contributing

116-20

cause was the insured’s being engaged in an illegal occupation.”

116-21

     (11) A provision as follows:

116-22

     “INTOXICANTS AND NARCOTICS: The insurer shall not be liable for any loss

116-23

sustained or contracted in consequence of the insured’s being intoxicated or under the

116-24

influence of any narcotic unless administered on the advice of a physician.”

116-25

      SECTION 45. section 21-2-11 of the General Laws in Chapter 21-2 entitled

116-26

“Milk Sanitation Code” is hereby amended to read as follows:

116-27

     21-2-11. Emergency powers. -- (a) In the event of any serious disaster, such as

116-28

conflagration, enemy attack, earthquake, flood, hurricane, tornado, drought, or other emergency,

116-29

which shall result in an unusual nonseasonal shortage in the milk supply in the state of Rhode

116-30

Island, the director shall have power, upon issuance of an order by him or her specifying the

116-31

nature and extent of such the emergency and without notice: (1)(a) to suspend part or all of the

116-32

regulations made under authority of this chapter; (2)(b) to promulgate other or additional

116-33

emergency regulations; and (3)(c) to suspend part or all of the requirements of this chapter

116-34

pertaining to inspection and the obtaining of permits by milk plants located outside the state of

117-1

Rhode Island from which milk is derived for sale in the state of Rhode Island and pertaining to

117-2

inspection of their milk producers and haulers.;

117-3

     (b) and In the case of any such special emergency, the director may issue emergency

117-4

permits for the importation of milk into the state of Rhode Island which has not been inspected at

117-5

the source in accordance with this statute and the regulations thereunder pursuant to this chapter;

117-6

provided, however, that the director shall be satisfied that any such source of milk so admitted by

117-7

emergency permit shall not constitute a threat to the health of the people of Rhode Island, and

117-8

provided that environmental conditions surrounding the production, transportation, and

117-9

processing of the imported milk shall reasonably have been subject to inspection at its source

117-10

under authority of law other than that of the state of Rhode Island.

117-11

     (c) The suspension and emergency regulations shall be for the duration of the emergency

117-12

or forty (40) days, whichever period shall be shorter.

117-13

     (d) The director is further empowered in the event of any contamination or threat of

117-14

contamination of the milk supply, alone to promulgate additional emergency regulations

117-15

pertaining to the treatment and conditions of production, distribution, and sale of milk, the

117-16

regulations to go into effect forthwith immediately without a hearing. The emergency regulations

117-17

shall be in effect forty (40) days or the duration of the emergency, whichever period shall be

117-18

shorter. The director shall promulgate the emergency regulations by filing a copy thereof of them

117-19

in the secretary of state’s office and having copies available for public inspection. As soon as

117-20

practicable, the director shall give notice of the promulgation of the emergency regulations.

117-21

      SECTION 46. section 21-9-13 of the General Laws in Chapter 21-9 entitled

117-22

“Frozen Desserts” is hereby amended to read as follows:

117-23

     21-9-13. Regulations. -- (a) The authority to promulgate regulations for the

117-24

efficient enforcement of this chapter is hereby vested in the director of health, and he or

117-25

she is hereby authorized to promulgate, among others, regulations, definitions, and

117-26

standards which are not inconsistent with the provisions of this chapter to govern the

117-27

manufacture, labeling, transportation, advertising, and sale of frozen desserts and frozen

117-28

dessert mixes, and the employee health standards and the sanitary conditions of the

117-29

buildings, grounds, equipment, containers, and vehicles where such those products are

117-30

handled, manufactured, transported, sold, and/or stored.

117-31

     (b) Whenever such the action will promote honesty and fair dealing in the interest of

117-32

consumers, the director of health shall promulgate regulations fixing and establishing for frozen

117-33

desserts and frozen dessert mixes definitions and standards of identity and quality and reasonable

118-1

standards of fill of containers. In prescribing a definition and standard of identity for frozen

118-2

desserts and frozen dessert mixes in which optional ingredients are permitted, the director of

118-3

health shall, for the purpose of promoting honesty and fair dealing in the interest of consumers,

118-4

designate the optional ingredients which shall be named on the label.

118-5

     (c) The definitions and standards promulgated under the provisions of this chapter shall

118-6

conform as far as practicable to the definitions and standards promulgated under the authority of

118-7

21 U.S.C. § 341. which are in effect as of April 19, 1962.

118-8

     (d) Hearings authorized or required by this chapter shall be conducted by the director of

118-9

health or such any officer, agent, or employee as that the director of health may designate for the

118-10

purpose.

118-11

     (e) The adoption of regulations shall be in accordance with chapter 35 of title 42.

118-12

      SECTION 47. section 21-11-3 of the General Laws in Chapter 21-11 entitled

118-13

“Meats” is hereby amended to read as follows:

118-14

     21-11-3. License required for processing and packing houses. -- No person,

118-15

firm, association, or corporation shall operate within this state any establishment for the

118-16

purpose of slaughtering any animal for human consumption, or for canning, curing,

118-17

smoking, salting, packing, rendering, or otherwise handling the carcass of any animal or

118-18

part thereof of the carcass, or for the manufacturing of any meat product or meat food

118-19

product, until that person, firm, association, or corporation shall have obtained a license

118-20

from the state department of health. This section shall not apply to a retail market

118-21

offering for sale only those primal parts commonly known in the trade as sides, quarters,

118-22

shoulders, hams, backs, bellies, tongues, livers, or similar parts, or meat, meat products,

118-23

or meat food products, which have been obtained from the establishment of a person,

118-24

firm, association, or corporation licensed in accordance with provisions of this section,

118-25

nor to any retail market as heretofore defined wherein where meat processing consists

118-26

solely of grinding meat for sale on the premises.

118-27

      SECTION 48. section 21-16-1 of the General Laws in Chapter 21-16 entitled

118-28

“Kosher Foods” is hereby amended to read as follows:

118-29

     21-16-1. Violations or deception as to religious dietary laws by dealers in

118-30

meats. -- A person, firm, or corporation shall be guilty of a misdemeanor:

118-31

     (1)(a) Who shall knowingly sell or expose for sale any meat or meat preparation, either

118-32

raw or prepared for human consumption, and falsely represent the same it to be kosher or as

119-1

having been prepared under the supervision of a rabbi or as a product or products sanctioned by

119-2

the traditional or orthodox Hebrew religious requirements and dietary laws;, or

119-3

     (2)(b) Who shall falsely represent any food product or the contents of any package or

119-4

container to be so constituted and prepared, by having or permitting to be inscribed thereon the

119-5

word “kosher” in any language;, or

119-6

     (3)(c) Who shall sell or expose for sale in the same place of business both kosher and

119-7

non-kosher meat or meat preparation, either raw or prepared for human consumption, who fails to

119-8

indicate on the window signs and all display advertising, in block letters at least four inches (4’)

119-9

in height, “kosher and non-kosher meat sold here”; or

119-10

     (4)(d) Who shall expose for sale in any show window or place of business both kosher

119-11

and non-kosher meat or meat preparation, either raw or prepared for human consumption, who

119-12

fails to display over each kind of meat or meat preparation so exposed a sign in block letters at

119-13

least four inches (4’) in height reading “kosher meat” or “non-kosher meat,” as the case may be;,

119-14

or

119-15

     (5)(e) Who shall, while dealing or purporting to deal in kosher meat or meat preparations,

119-16

prepare or handle or sell, or cause to be prepared or handled or sold, any food product which,

119-17

when so prepared or handled or sold together with kosher meat or meat preparation, constitutes a

119-18

violation of the traditional or orthodox Hebrew religious requirements and dietary laws, and

119-19

thereby render such by which renders the kosher meat or meat preparation, so prepared or

119-20

handled or sold in conjunction therewith, non-kosher;, or

119-21

     (6)(f) Who shall otherwise in the preparation, handling, or sale of kosher meat or meat

119-22

preparation fail to comply strictly with the religious requirements and dietary laws necessary to

119-23

constitute the meat or meat preparation genuinely kosher;, or

119-24

     (7)(g) Who shall, without complying with such Hebrew religious or dietary laws, issue or

119-25

maintain any sign or advertisement in any language purporting to represent that he or she sells or

119-26

deals in kosher meat or meat preparations;, or

119-27

     (8)(h) Who shall display on his or her window, door, or in his or her place of

119-28

business, words or letters in the Hebrew language, or any sign, emblem, insignia, symbol,

119-29

or mark in simulation of Hebrew words or letters, the display of which might reasonably

119-30

be calculated to deceive or lead a person to believe that a representation, express or

119-31

implied, is being made that the meat or meat preparation exposed for sale is kosher and in

119-32

conformity with the traditional or orthodox Hebrew religious requirements.

120-1

      SECTION 49. Sections 21-23-3 and 21-23-4 of the General Laws in Chapter 21-

120-2

23 entitled “Nonalcoholic Bottled Beverages, Drinks and Juices” are hereby amended to

120-3

read as follows:

120-4

     21-23-3. Suspension or revocation of permits. -- Permits granted under this

120-5

chapter may be suspended or revoked by the department of health for violation of any

120-6

provision of this chapter or the regulations promulgated pursuant thereto to this chapter

120-7

or of chapter 27 of this title or chapter 31 of this title.

120-8

     21-23-4. Adoption of regulations. -- All nonalcoholic beverage, drink, or juice

120-9

regulations and any amendments thereto, to them adopted pursuant to the Federal Food,

120-10

Drug and Cosmetic Act, [21 U.S.C. §§ 301-392], which are in effect on May 8, 1979, or

120-11

which are adopted on or after such date 21 U.S.C. § 301 et seq., are the bottled beverage

120-12

regulations in this state. The department may, by regulation, provide for modification or

120-13

deviation from such those regulations, whether or not such the modifications or

120-14

deviations are in accordance with the regulations adopted pursuant to the Federal Food,

120-15

Drug, and Cosmetic Act.

120-16

     The director of health is further authorized to adopt any other regulations for bottled

120-17

beverages he or she deems necessary in accordance with authority granted under this chapter, §

120-18

21-23-7, chapter 27 of this title and § 23-1-18(5).

120-19

      SECTION 50. Section 21-5-8 of the general Laws in Chapter 21-5 entitled

120-20

“Analysis of Milkfat Content in Milk or Milk Products” is hereby repealed in its entirety.

120-21

     21-5-8. Inspection. -- The director shall inspect, or cause to be inspected, at least

120-22

once each year, each Babcock or other centrifugal machine used within the state of

120-23

Rhode Island for the purpose of analysis or inspection of milk.

120-24

      SECTION 51. Sections 21-24-2 and 21-24-4 of the General Laws in Chapter 21-24

120-25

entitled “Flour and Bread” are hereby amended to read as follows:

120-26

     21-24-2. Regulations. -- All bakery products, cereal flours, and related products

120-27

regulations and any amendments thereto to them adopted by the federal government pursuant to

120-28

the Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, CFR 21, Parts 136, entitled “Bakery Products,” and 137,

120-29

entitled “Cereal Flours and Related Products,” on May 11, 1982, or which are adopted on or after

120-30

that date, are the regulations in this state. The department may by regulation provide for

120-31

modification or deviation from the aforesaid regulation where the interest of Rhode Island

120-32

consumers may warrant, whether or not the modifications or deviations are in accordance with

121-1

the regulations adopted pursuant to the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, [21 U.S.C. §§ 301

121-2

to 392 etseq.;], provided, the amendments do not interfere with interstate commerce. A federal

121-3

regulation automatically adopted pursuant to this chapter takes effect in this state on the date it

121-4

becomes effective as a federal regulation. The director shall publish a notice of the adoption in a

121-5

newspaper having general circulation throughout the state. A person who may be adversely

121-6

affected by a regulation may, within thirty (30) days after a federal regulation is automatically

121-7

adopted, file with the director, in writing, objections and a request for a hearing. The timely filing

121-8

of substantial objections to a federal regulation automatically adopted stays the effect of the

121-9

regulation. If no substantial objections are received and no hearing is requested within thirty (30)

121-10

days after publication of a notice of the adoption of a federal regulation, it shall be effective as of

121-11

the date it was adopted by the federal government. If timely substantial objections are made to a

121-12

federal regulation within thirty (30) days after it is automatically adopted, the director, after

121-13

notice, shall conduct a public hearing in accordance with the provisions of chapter 35 of title 42.

121-14

The director of health is further authorized to adopt any regulations for bakery products, cereal

121-15

flours, and related products that he or she deems necessary in accordance with authority granted

121-16

under this chapter, chapter 31 of this title, chapter 27 of this title, and § 23-1-18(5).

121-17

      ` 21-24-4. Enforcement of provisions. -- Enforcement of this chapter shall be in

121-18

accordance with the provisions of §§ 23-1-20 — 23-1-24.

121-19

      SECTION 52. Section 21-26-1 of the General Laws in Chapter 21-26 entitled “Soda and

121-20

Cream of Tartar” is hereby amended to read as follows:

121-21

     21-26-1. Appointment of municipal inspectors. -- The city council of Providence shall,

121-22

and the town councils of the several cities and towns may, appoint an inspector of saleratus,

121-23

bicarbonate of soda, and cream of tartar for the city cities and towns., respectively.

121-24

      SECTION 53. section 21-27.1-3 (Effective until January 7, 2003) and 21-27.1-3

121-25

(Effective January 7, 2003) of the General Laws in Chapter 21-27 entitled “Plastic Recycline and

121-26

Litter Act” are hereby amended to read as follows:

121-27

     21-27.1-3. Plastic recycling and litter commission. [Effective until January 7, 2003.] -

121-28

- (a) There is hereby created a permanent commission consisting of thirteen (13) members: one

121-29

of whom shall be the director of the department of environmental management or his or her

121-30

designee, who shall act as chairperson of the commission; one of whom shall be the director of

121-31

the solid waste management corporation or his or her designee; one of whom shall be the

121-32

chairperson of the source reduction task force or his or her designee; one of whom shall be a state

121-33

senator appointed by the senate majority leader; one of whom shall be a state representative

121-34

appointed by the speaker; one of whom shall be a representative of the plastic packaging industry,

122-1

appointed by the governor; one of whom shall be a distributor of plastic/foam food service

122-2

products, appointed by the lieutenant governor; one of whom shall be a retailer who sells

122-3

plastic/foam food service products, appointed by the senate majority leader; one of whom shall be

122-4

a fast food service representative or owner, appointed by the speaker; one of whom shall be a

122-5

representative of a hospital or hospital organization, appointed by the governor; two (2) of whom

122-6

shall be representatives of environmental groups involved with litter issues; one of whom shall be

122-7

appointed by the lieutenant governor and the other appointed by the senate majority leader; one of

122-8

whom shall be a representative from an educational institution food service, appointed by the

122-9

speaker.

122-10

     (b) The purpose of the commission shall be to produce a plan which shall be submitted

122-11

to the governor and the general assembly on or before January 1, 1991, which plan will provide

122-12

for the maximum recycling of plastic and foam food service products. For those products which

122-13

cannot be recycled, the commission will develop guidelines for the use of photodegradable and

122-14

biodegradable products wherever feasible. These guidelines would take effect January 1, 1992.

122-15

     (c) The commission shall continue thereafter to monitor the plan and guidelines and

122-16

study and update its findings and recommendations on a continuing basis.

122-17

      21-27.1-3. Plastic recycling and litter commission. [Effective January 7, 2003.] -- (a)

122-18

There is hereby created a permanent commission consisting of thirteen (13) members: one of

122-19

whom shall be the director of the department of environmental management or his or her

122-20

designee, who shall act as chairperson of the commission; one of whom shall be the director of

122-21

the solid waste management corporation or his or her designee; one of whom shall be the

122-22

chairperson of the source reduction task force or his or her designee; one of whom shall be a state

122-23

senator appointed by the president of the senate; one of whom shall be a state representative

122-24

appointed by the speaker; one of whom shall be a representative of the plastic packaging industry,

122-25

appointed by the governor; one of whom shall be a distributor of plastic/foam food service

122-26

products, appointed by the lieutenant governor; one of whom shall be a retailer who sells

122-27

plastic/foam food service products, appointed by the president of the senate; one of whom shall

122-28

be a fast food service representative or owner, appointed by the speaker; one of whom shall be a

122-29

representative of a hospital or hospital organization, appointed by the governor; two (2) of whom

122-30

shall be representatives of environmental groups involved with litter issues; one of whom shall be

122-31

appointed by the lieutenant governor and the other appointed by the president of the senate; one

122-32

of whom shall be a representative from an educational institution food service, appointed by the

122-33

speaker.

123-1

     (b) The purpose of the commission shall be to produce a plan which shall be submitted

123-2

to the governor and the general assembly on or before January 1, 1991, which plan will provide

123-3

for the maximum recycling of plastic and foam food service products. For those products which

123-4

cannot be recycled, the commission will develop guidelines for the use of photodegradable and

123-5

biodegradable products wherever feasible. These guidelines would take effect January 1, 1992.

123-6

     (c) The commission shall continue thereafter to monitor the plan and guidelines and

123-7

study and update its findings and recommendations on a continuing basis.

123-8

      SECTION 54. sections 28-28-2.10, 21-28-3.05, 21-28-3.18, 21-28-4.01, 21-28-4.15, 21-

123-9

28-4.17.1, 21-28-5.04, 21-28-5.05, 21-28-5.07, 21-28-5.07.2, 21-28-5.07.3, 21-28-5.07.4, and 21-

123-10

28-5.07.5 of the General Laws in Chapter 21-28 entitled “Uniform Controlled Substances Act”

123-11

are hereby amended to read as follows:

123-12

     21-28-2.10. Exemption of dextromethorphan. -- Dextromethorphan shall not be

123-13

deemed to be included in any schedule by reason of enactment of this chapter unless

123-14

controlled after the date of such enactment pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this

123-15

article.

123-16

     21-28-3.05. Order to show cause. -- (a) Before denying, suspending, or

123-17

revoking a registration, or refusing a renewal of a registration, the director of health shall

123-18

serve upon the applicant or registrant an order to show cause why the registration should

123-19

not be denied, revoked, or suspended, or why the renewal should not be refused. The

123-20

order to show cause shall contain a statement of the basis thereof of the order and shall

123-21

call upon the applicant or registrant to appear before the director of health at a time and

123-22

place stated in the order but in no event less than thirty (30) days after the date of receipt

123-23

of the order. Proceedings to deny, suspend, or revoke shall be conducted pursuant to this

123-24

section in accordance with chapter 35 of title 42, ( the Administrative Procedures Act.).

123-25

The proceedings shall be independent of, and not in lieu of, criminal prosecution or other

123-26

proceedings under this chapter or any law of the state.

123-27

     (b) The director of health may suspend for a period of ten (10) days any registration

123-28

simultaneously with the institution of proceedings under this section in cases where he or she

123-29

finds that there is an imminent danger to the public health or safety. The suspension shall

123-30

continue in effect until the conclusion of the proceedings, including judicial review thereof of

123-31

them, shall continue in effect until the conclusion, unless sooner withdrawn by the director of

123-32

health or dissolved by a court of competent jurisdiction.

124-1

      21-28-3.18. Prescriptions. -- (a) An apothecary in good faith may sell and dispense

124-2

controlled substances in schedule II to any person upon a written prescription, by a practitioner

124-3

licensed by law to prescribe or administer such those substances, dated and signed by the person

124-4

prescribing on the day when issued and bearing the full name and address of the patient to whom,

124-5

or of the owner of the animal for which the substance is dispensed and the full name, address and

124-6

registration number under the federal law of the person prescribing, if he or she is required by that

124-7

law to be so registered. If the prescription is for an animal, it shall state the species of the animal

124-8

for which the substance is prescribed.

124-9

     (b) The apothecary filling the prescription shall sign his or her full name and shall write

124-10

the date of filling on the face of the prescription.

124-11

     (c) The prescription shall be retained on file by the proprietor of the pharmacy in which

124-12

it was filled for a period of two (2) years so as to be readily accessible for inspection by any

124-13

public officer or employee engaged in the enforcement of this chapter.

124-14

     (d)(1) Prescriptions for controlled substances in schedule II shall be filed separately and

124-15

shall not be refilled. The form of record for prescription slips for controlled substances in

124-16

schedule II shall consist of two (2) parts, an original and a duplicate which are required to be

124-17

presented to the pharmacy by the ultimate user or his or her representative.

124-18

     Pharmacies dispensing controlled substances in schedule II are required to deliver to the director

124-19

of health all duplicate copies of such the prescriptions on or before the fifth day of the month

124-20

following the date of dispensing. The prescription slip shall be a form provided by the director of

124-21

health.

124-22

     (2) The director of health may, after appropriate notice and hearing pursuant to § 42-35-3,

124-23

promulgate rules and regulations for the purpose of adopting a system for electronic data

124-24

transmission of prescriptions for controlled substances in schedule II and III, and needles and

124-25

syringes. Such a This system, when operational, shall negate the necessity to utilize the two-part

124-26

prescription described above in subdivision (1) of this subsection.

124-27

     (e) A prescription for a schedule II narcotic substance to be compounded for the direct

124-28

administration to a patient by parenteral, intravenous, intramuscular, subcutaneous, or intraspinal

124-29

infusion, may be transmitted by the practitioner or practitioner’s agent to the pharmacy by

124-30

facsimile. The facsimile will serve as the original prescription.

124-31

     (f) A prescription written for a schedule II substance for a resident of a long term care

124-32

facility may be transmitted by the practitioner or the practitioner’s agent to the dispensing

124-33

pharmacy by facsimile. The facsimile serves as the original prescription.

125-1

     (g) A prescription for a schedule II narcotic substance for a patient residing in a hospice

125-2

certified by Medicare under title XVII XVIII of the Social Security Act, 42 U.S.C. § 1395 et seq.,

125-3

or licensed by the state, may be transmitted by the practitioner or practitioner’s agent to the

125-4

dispensing pharmacy by facsimile. The practitioner or the practitioner’s agent will note on the

125-5

prescription that the patient is a hospice patient. The facsimile serves as the original written

125-6

prescription.

125-7

     (h) An apothecary, in lieu of a written prescription, may sell and dispense controlled

125-8

substances in schedules III, IV, and V to any person, upon an oral prescription of a practitioner.

125-9

In issuing an oral prescription the prescriber shall furnish the apothecary with the same

125-10

information as is required by subsection (a) of this section in the case of a written prescription for

125-11

controlled substances in schedule II, except for the written signature of the person prescribing,

125-12

and the apothecary who fills the prescription, shall immediately reduce the oral prescription to

125-13

writing and shall inscribe the information on the written record of the prescription made. This

125-14

record shall be filed and preserved by the proprietor of the pharmacy in which it is filled in

125-15

accordance with the provisions of subsection (c) of this section. In no case may a prescription for

125-16

a controlled substance listed in schedules III, IV, or V be filled or refilled more than six (6)

125-17

months after the date on which the prescription was issued and no prescription shall be authorized

125-18

to be refilled more than five (5) times. Each refilling shall be entered on the face or back of the

125-19

prescription and note the date and amount of controlled substance dispensed, and the initials or

125-20

identity of the dispensing apothecary.

125-21

     (i) In the case of an emergency situation as defined in federal law, an apothecary may

125-22

dispense a controlled substance listed in schedule II upon receiving an oral authorization of a

125-23

prescribing practitioner provided that:

125-24

     (1) The quantity prescribed and dispensed is limited to the amount adequate to treat the

125-25

patient during the emergency period and dispensing beyond the emergency period must be

125-26

pursuant to a written prescription signed by the prescribing practitioner.

125-27

     (2) The prescription shall be immediately reduced to writing and shall contain all the

125-28

information required in subsection (a) of this section.

125-29

     (3) The prescription must be dispensed in good faith in the normal course of professional

125-30

practice.

125-31

     (4) Within seven (7) days after authorizing an emergency oral prescription, the

125-32

prescribing practitioner shall cause a written prescription for the emergency quantity prescribed to

125-33

be delivered to the dispensing apothecary. The prescription shall have written on its face

125-34

“Authorization for emergency dispensing” and the date of the oral order. The written prescription

126-1

upon receipt by the apothecary shall be attached to the oral emergency prescription which had

126-2

earlier been reduced to writing.

126-3

     (j) (1) The partial filling of a prescription for a controlled substance listed in schedule II

126-4

is permissible, if the apothecary is unable to supply the full quantity called for in a written

126-5

prescription or emergency oral prescription and he or she makes a notation of the quantity

126-6

supplied on the face of the written prescription or oral emergency prescription which has been

126-7

reduced to writing. The remaining portion of the prescription may be filled within seventy-two

126-8

(72) hours of the first partial filling, however, if the remaining portion is not, or cannot be filled

126-9

within seventy-two (72) hours, the apothecary shall notify the prescribing practitioner. No further

126-10

quantity may be supplied beyond seventy-two (72) hours without a new prescription.

126-11

     (2)(i) A prescription for a schedule II controlled substance written for a patient in a long

126-12

term care facility (LTCF), or for a patient with a medical diagnosis documenting a terminal

126-13

illness, may be filled in partial quantities to include individual dosage units. If there is a question

126-14

whether a patient may be classified as having a terminal illness, the pharmacist must contact the

126-15

practitioner prior to partially filling the prescription. Both the pharmacist and the prescribing

126-16

practitioner have a corresponding responsibility to assure that the controlled substance is for a

126-17

terminally ill patient.

126-18

     (ii)(A) The pharmacist must record on the prescription whether the patient is “terminally

126-19

ill” or an “LTCF patient.” A prescription that is partially filled, and does not contain the notation

126-20

“terminally ill” or “LTCF patient”, shall be deemed to have been filled in violation of the act this

126-21

chapter.

126-22

     (iii)(B) For each partial filling, the dispensing pharmacist shall record on the back of the

126-23

prescription (or on another appropriate record, uniformly maintained, and readily retrievable),

126-24

the:

126-25

     (A)(1) Date of the partial filling;

126-26

     (B)(2) Quantity dispensed;

126-27

     (C)(3) Remaining quantity authorized to be dispensed; and

126-28

     (D)(4) Identification of the dispensing pharmacist.

126-29

     (iv)(C) The total quantity of schedule II controlled substances dispensed in all partial

126-30

fillings, must not exceed the total quantity prescribed.

126-31

     (v)(D) Schedule II prescriptions for patients in a LTCF, or patients with a medical

126-32

diagnosis documenting a terminal illness, are valid for a period not to exceed sixty (60) days from

126-33

the issue date, unless sooner terminated by the discontinuance of medication.

127-1

     (k) Automated data processing systems. As an alternative to the prescription record

127-2

keeping provision of subsection (h) of this section, an automated data processing system may be

127-3

employed for the record keeping system, if the following conditions have been met:

127-4

     (1) The system shall have the capability of producing sight-readable documents of all

127-5

original and refilled prescription information. The term “sight-readable” means that an authorized

127-6

agent shall be able to examine the record and read the information. During the course of an on-

127-7

site inspection, the record may be read from the CRT, microfiche, microfilm, printout, or other

127-8

method acceptable to the director. In the case of administrative proceedings, records must be

127-9

provided in a paper printout form.

127-10

     (2) Such The information shall include, but not be limited to, the prescription

127-11

requirements and records of dispensing as indicated in subsection (h) of this section.

127-12

     (3) The individual pharmacist responsible for completeness and accuracy of the entries to

127-13

the system must provide documentation of the fact that prescription information entered into the

127-14

computer is correct. In documenting this information, the pharmacy shall have the option to

127-15

either:

127-16

     (i)(A) Maintain a bound log book, or separate file, in which each individual pharmacist

127-17

involved in the dispensing shall sign a statement each day, attesting to the fact that the

127-18

prescription information entered into the computer that day has been reviewed and is correct as

127-19

shown. The book or file must be maintained at the pharmacy employing such a that system for a

127-20

period of at least two (2) years after the date of last dispensing; or

127-21

     (ii)(B) Provide a printout of each day’s prescription information. That printout shall be

127-22

verified, dated, and signed by the individual pharmacist verifying that the information indicated is

127-23

correct. The printout must be maintained at least two (2) years from the date of last dispensing.

127-24

     (4) An auxiliary record keeping system shall be established for the documentation of

127-25

refills, if the automated data processing system is inoperative for any reason. The auxiliary

127-26

system shall ensure that all refills are authorized by the original prescription, and that the

127-27

maximum number of refills is not exceeded. When this automated data processing system is

127-28

restored to operation, the information regarding prescriptions filled and refilled during the

127-29

inoperative period, shall be entered into the automated data processing system within ninety-six

127-30

(96) hours.

127-31

     (5) Any pharmacy using an automated data processing system must comply with all

127-32

applicable state and federal laws and regulations.

127-33

     (6) A pharmacy shall make arrangements with the supplier of data processing services or

127-34

materials to ensure that the pharmacy continues to have adequate and complete prescription and

128-1

dispensing records if the relationship with such the supplier terminates for any reason. A

128-2

pharmacy shall ensure continuity in the maintenance of records.

128-3

     (7) The automated data processing system shall contain adequate safeguards for security

128-4

of the records, to maintain the confidentiality and accuracy of the prescription information.

128-5

Safeguards against unauthorized changes in data after the information has been entered and

128-6

verified by the registered pharmacist shall be provided by the system.

128-7

     (l) Prescriptions for controlled substances as found in schedules II, III and IV of § 21-28-

128-8

2.08 will become void unless dispensed within thirty (30) days of the original date of the

128-9

prescription. The prescriptions in schedules III, IV, and V cannot be written for more than one

128-10

hundred (100) dosage units and not more than one hundred (100) dosage units may be dispensed

128-11

at one time. For purposes of this section, a dosage unit shall be defined as a single capsule, tablet

128-12

or suppository, or not more than one (1) teaspoon of an oral liquid.

128-13

     (m) Prescriptions for controlled substances as found in schedule II may be written for up

128-14

to a 30-day supply, with a maximum of two hundred and fifty (250) dosage units, as determined

128-15

by the prescriber’s directions for use of the medication. In no event shall more than a 30-days’

128-16

supply, up to a maximum of two hundred and fifty (250) dosage units, be dispensed at one time.

128-17

      21-28-4.01. Prohibited acts A — Penalties. -- (a)(1) Except as authorized by this

128-18

chapter, it shall be unlawful for any person to manufacture, deliver, or possess with intent to

128-19

manufacture or deliver a controlled substance.

128-20

     (2)(1) Any person who is not a drug dependent person, as defined in § 21-28-1.02(15) 21-

128-21

28-1.02(18), who violates this subsection with respect to a controlled substance classified in

128-22

schedule I or II, except the substance classified as marijuana, is guilty of a crime and upon

128-23

conviction may be imprisoned to a term up to life, or fined not more than five hundred thousand

128-24

dollars ($500,000) nor less than ten thousand dollars ($10,000), or both.

128-25

     (3) Provided, however, that Where the deliverance as prohibited herein in this subsection

128-26

shall be the proximate cause of death to the person to whom the controlled substance is delivered,

128-27

it shall not be a defense that the person delivering the substance was at the time of delivery, a

128-28

drug dependent person as defined in § 21-28-1.02(15) 21-28-1.02(18).

128-29

     (4)(2) Any person, except as provided for in subsection (A)(1) subdivision (2) of this

128-30

subsection, who violates this subsection with respect to:

128-31

     (i)(a) A controlled substance classified in schedule I or II, is guilty of a crime and upon

128-32

conviction may be imprisoned for not more than thirty (30) years, or fined not more than one

128-33

hundred thousand dollars ($100,000) nor less than three thousand dollars ($3,000), or both;

129-1

     (ii)(b) A controlled substance classified in schedule III or IV, is guilty of a crime and

129-2

upon conviction may be imprisoned for not more than twenty (20) years, or fined not more than

129-3

forty thousand dollars ($40,000), or both; provided, however, with respect to a controlled

129-4

substance classified in schedule III(d), upon conviction may be imprisoned for not more than five

129-5

(5) years, or fined not more than twenty thousand dollars ($20,000), or both.

129-6

     (iii)(c) A controlled substance classified in schedule V, is guilty of a crime and upon

129-7

conviction may be imprisoned for not more than one year, or fined not more than ten thousand

129-8

dollars ($10,000), or both.

129-9

     (b)(1) Except as authorized by this chapter, it is unlawful for any person to create,

129-10

deliver, or possess with intent to deliver, a counterfeit substance.

129-11

     (2)(1) Any person who violates this subsection with respect to:

129-12

     (i)(a) A counterfeit substance classified in schedule I or II, is guilty of a crime and upon

129-13

conviction may be imprisoned for not more than thirty (30) years, or fined not more than one

129-14

hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), or both;

129-15

     (ii)(b) A counterfeit substance classified in schedule III or IV, is guilty of a crime and

129-16

upon conviction may be imprisoned for not more than twenty (20) years, or fined not more than

129-17

forty thousand dollars ($40,000), or both; provided, however, with respect to a controlled

129-18

substance classified in schedule III(d), upon conviction may be imprisoned for not more than five

129-19

(5) years, or fined not more than twenty thousand dollars ($20,000) or both.

129-20

     (iii)(c) A counterfeit substance classified in schedule V, is guilty of a crime and upon

129-21

conviction may be imprisoned for not more than one year, or fined not more than ten thousand

129-22

dollars ($10,000), or both.

129-23

     (c)(1) It shall be unlawful for any person knowingly or intentionally to possess a

129-24

controlled substance, unless the substance was obtained directly from or pursuant to, a valid

129-25

prescription or order of a practitioner while acting in the course of his or her professional

129-26

practice, or except as otherwise authorized by this chapter.

129-27

     (2)(1) Any person who violates this subsection with respect to:

129-28

     (i)(a) A controlled substance classified in schedules I, II and III, IV, and V, except the

129-29

substance classified as marijuana, is guilty of a crime and upon conviction may be imprisoned for

129-30

not more than three (3) years or fined not less than five hundred dollars ($500) nor more than five

129-31

thousand dollars ($5,000), or both;

129-32

     (ii)(b) A controlled substance classified in schedule I as marijuana is guilty of a

129-33

misdemeanor and upon conviction may be imprisoned for not more than one year or fined not less

129-34

than two hundred dollars ($200) nor more than five hundred dollars ($500), or both.;

130-1

     (3)(2) Additionally every person convicted or who pleads nolo contendere under

130-2

subsection (C)(1)(a) paragraph (2)(i) of this subsection or convicted or who pleads nolo

130-3

contendere a second or subsequent time under subsection (C)(1)(b) above paragraph (2)(ii) of this

130-4

subsection, who is not sentenced to a term of imprisonment to serve for the offense, shall be

130-5

required to:

130-6

     (i)(a) Perform no less than one hundred (100) hours of community service;

130-7

     (ii)(b) Be referred to Treatment Alternatives to Street Crime (TASC) to determine the

130-8

existence of problems of drug abuse. Should TASC determine the person needs treatment, it will

130-9

arrange for said the treatment to be provided and after completion of said the treatment, the

130-10

person shall perform his or her required community service and attend the drug education

130-11

program;.

130-12

     (iii)(c) Attend and complete a drug counseling and education program as prescribed by

130-13

the director of the department of health and pay the sum of four hundred dollars ($400) to help

130-14

defray the costs of this program which shall be deposited as general revenues. Failure to attend

130-15

may result after hearing by the court in jail sentence up to one year;

130-16

     (iv)(d) The court shall not suspend any part or all of the imposition of the fee required by

130-17

this subsection, unless the court finds an inability to pay;.

130-18

     (v)(e) If the offense involves the use of any automobile to transport the substance or the

130-19

substance is found within an automobile, then a person convicted or who pleads nolo contendere

130-20

under those subsections paragraphs (2)(i) and (ii) of this subsection shall be subject to a loss of

130-21

license for a period of six (6) months for a first offense and one year for each offense thereafter.

130-22

     (4)(3) All fees assessed and collected pursuant to subsection (C)(2)(c) paragraph (3)(iii)

130-23

of this subsection shall be deposited as general revenues and shall be collected from the person

130-24

convicted or who pleads nolo contendere before any other fines authorized by this chapter.

130-25

     (d) It shall be unlawful for any person to manufacture, distribute, or possess with intent

130-26

to manufacture or distribute, an imitation controlled substance. Any person who violates this

130-27

subsection is guilty of a crime, and upon conviction shall be subject to the same term of

130-28

imprisonment and/or fine as provided by this chapter for the manufacture or distribution of the

130-29

controlled substance which the particular imitation controlled substance forming the basis of the

130-30

prosecution was designed to resemble and/or represented to be; but in no case shall the

130-31

imprisonment be for more than five (5) years nor the fine for more than twenty thousand dollars

130-32

($20,000).

130-33

     (e) It shall be unlawful for a practitioner to prescribe, order, distribute, supply, or sell an

130-34

anabolic steroid or human growth hormone for: (1)(i) enhancing performance in an exercise,

131-1

sport, or game, or (2)(ii) hormonal manipulation intended to increase muscle mass, strength, or

131-2

weight without a medical necessity. Any person who violates this subsection is guilty of a

131-3

misdemeanor and upon conviction may be imprisoned for not more than six (6) months or a fine

131-4

of not more than one thousand dollars ($1,000), or both.

131-5

      21-28-4.15. Employment of person under age eighteen (18). -- (a)(1) It shall be

131-6

unlawful for any person eighteen (18) years of age or older to hire, employ or otherwise use any

131-7

person under eighteen (18) years of age who is at least three (3) years his or her junior to

131-8

manufacture, transport, carry, sell, prepare for sale or offer for sale a controlled substance;

131-9

provided, however, that the provisions of this subsection shall not apply to individuals enrolled in

131-10

a pharmacy training program approved by the director.

131-11

     (b)(2) Any person who violates this section with respect to:

131-12

     (1)(a) A controlled substance classified in schedules I and II, except the substance

131-13

classified as marijuana, is guilty of a crime and upon conviction shall be imprisoned for not less

131-14

than fifteen (15) years and may be imprisoned for a term up to life and fined not more than five

131-15

hundred thousand dollars ($500,000). In all such cases, the justice imposing sentence shall

131-16

impose a minimum sentence of fifteen (15) years imprisonment and may only impose a sentence

131-17

less than that minimum if he or she finds that substantial and compelling circumstances exist

131-18

which justify imposition of the alternative sentence. The finding may be based upon the character

131-19

and background of the defendant, the corporation cooperation of the defendant with law

131-20

enforcement authorities, the nature and circumstances of the offense, and/or the nature and

131-21

quality of the evidence presented at trial. If a sentence which is less than imprisonment for a term

131-22

of fifteen (15) years is imposed, the trial justice shall set forth on the record the circumstances

131-23

which he or she found as justification for imposition of the lesser sentence;.

131-24

     (2)(b) A controlled substance classified in schedule III or IV, is guilty of a crime and

131-25

upon conviction may be imprisoned for not more than twenty (20) years or fined not more than

131-26

forty thousand dollars ($40,000) or both;

131-27

     (3)(c) A controlled substance classified in schedule V or marijuana, is guilty of a crime

131-28

and upon conviction may be imprisoned for not more than one year or fined not more than ten

131-29

thousand dollars ($10,000) or both.

131-30

      21-28-4.17.1. Assessment for drug education, counseling and treatment. -- Any

131-31

person convicted of any offense under Article IV of the Uniform Controlled Substances Act this

131-32

article, other than the possession offenses described in § 21-28-4.01(c), shall, in addition to any

131-33

other sentence and/or fine imposed, be assessed four hundred dollars ($400) by the court and the

131-34

assessment shall be collected from the person convicted before any other fines authorized by this

132-1

chapter. The court shall not suspend any part or all of the imposition of the assessment required

132-2

by this subsection, unless the court finds an inability to pay. The assessment shall be deposited in

132-3

the drug education, assessment and treatment account to be used by the department of mental

132-4

health, retardation and hospitals (MHRH) and the department of health for the purposes provided

132-5

for in § 21-28-4.01(C)(3) purpose of administration, drug education, and treatment.

132-6

     21-28-5.04. Forfeiture of property and money. -- (a) Any property, real or

132-7

personal, including, but not limited to, vessels, vehicles, or aircraft, and money or

132-8

negotiable instruments, securities, or other things of value or any property constituting, or

132-9

derived from any proceeds, furnished or intended to be furnished by any person for the

132-10

transportation of or in exchange for a controlled substance and which has been or is being

132-11

used in violation of § 21-28-4.01(a) or (b) or in, upon or by means of which any violation

132-12

of § 21-28-4.01(a) or (b) or § 21-28-4.01.1 or § 21-28-4.01.2 has taken or is taking place,

132-13

and all real property including any right, title, and interest in the whole of any lot or tract

132-14

of land and any appurtenances or improvements, which is used in the commission of a

132-15

violation of § 21-28-4.01(a) or (b) or § 21-28-4.01.1 or § 21-28-4.01.2, or which was

132-16

purchased with funds obtained as a result of the commission of a violation of § 21-28-

132-17

4.01(a) or (b) or § 21-28-4.01.1 or § 21-28-4.01.2, shall be seized and forfeited; provided

132-18

that no property or money, as enumerated above, used by any person shall be forfeited

132-19

under the provisions of this chapter unless it shall appear that the owner of the property or

132-20

money had knowledge, actual or constructive, and was a consenting party to the alleged

132-21

illegal act. All moneys, coin and currency, found in close proximity to forfeitable

132-22

controlled substances, to forfeitable drug manufacturing or distributing paraphernalia, or

132-23

to forfeitable records of the importation, manufacture, or distribution of controlled

132-24

substances, are presumed to be unlawfully furnished in exchange for a controlled

132-25

substance or otherwise used in violation of this chapter. The burden of proof is upon

132-26

claimants of the property to rebut this presumption.

132-27

     (b) Property taken or detained under this section shall not be repleviable, but shall be

132-28

deemed to be in the custody of the law enforcement agency making the seizure and whenever

132-29

property or money is forfeited under this chapter it shall be utilized as follows:

132-30

     (1) Where the seized property is a vessel, vehicle, aircraft, or other personal property it

132-31

may be retained and used by the law enforcement agency that seized the property where the use

132-32

of the property is reasonably related to the law enforcement duties of the seizing agency. If the

133-1

seized property is a motor vehicle which is inappropriate for use by law enforcement agency due

133-2

to style, size, or color, the seizing agency shall be allowed to apply the proceeds of sale or the

133-3

trade in value of the vehicle towards the purchase of an appropriate vehicle for use for activities

133-4

reasonably related to law enforcement duties.

133-5

     (2) The law enforcement agency may sell any forfeited property which is not required by

133-6

this chapter to be destroyed and which is not harmful to the public. The proceeds from the sale

133-7

are to be distributed in accordance with subdivision (3) of this subsection.

133-8

     (3) As to the proceeds from the sale of seized property as referred to above in subsection

133-9

(b)(2) subdivision (2) of this subsection and as to moneys, coin and currency, negotiable

133-10

instruments, securities, or other things of value as referred to in subsection (a) of this section, the

133-11

distribution shall be as follows:

133-12

     (i)(A)(A) (i) All proceeds of the forfeiture of real or personal property shall be distributed

133-13

as follows: All costs of advertising administrative forfeitures shall first be deducted from the

133-14

amount forfeited. Of the remainder, twenty percent (20%) of the proceeds shall be provided to the

133-15

attorney general’s department to be used for further drug-related law enforcement activities

133-16

including, but not limited to, investigations, prosecutions and the administration of this chapter;

133-17

seventy percent (70%) of the proceeds shall be divided among the state and local law

133-18

enforcement agencies proportionately based upon their contribution to the investigation of the

133-19

criminal activity related to the asset being forfeited; and ten percent (10%) of the proceeds shall

133-20

be provided to the department of health for distribution to substance abuse treatment programs.

133-21

     (B)(ii) The law enforcement agencies involved in the investigation with the assistance of

133-22

the attorney general shall by agreement determine the respective proportionate share to be

133-23

received by each such agency. If the agencies are unable to reach agreement, application shall be

133-24

made by one or more of the agencies involved to the presiding justice of the superior court, who

133-25

shall determine the respective proportionate share attributable to each law enforcement agency.

133-26

The proceeds from all forfeitures shall be held by the general treasurer in a separate account until

133-27

such time as an allocation is determined by agreement of the agencies or by the presiding justice.

133-28

It shall be the duty and responsibility of the general treasurer to disburse the allocated funds from

133-29

the separate account to the respective law enforcement agencies.

133-30

     (ii)(B) Each state or local law enforcement agency shall be entitled to keep the forfeited

133-31

money or the proceeds from sales of forfeited property. The funds shall be used for law

133-32

enforcement purposes and investigations of violations of this chapter. The funds received by a

133-33

state law enforcement agency shall be maintained in a separate account by the general treasurer.

134-1

The funds received by a local law enforcement agency shall be maintained in a separate account

134-2

by the local agency’s city or town treasurer.

134-3

     (c)(1) There is hereby established in the state’s treasury a special fund to be known as

134-4

the asset forfeiture fund in which shall be deposited the excess proceeds of forfeitures arising out

134-5

of criminal acts occurring before July 1, 1987. The asset forfeiture fund shall be used to fund

134-6

drug-related law enforcement activity and the treatment and rehabilitation of victims of drug

134-7

abuse. The fund shall be administered through the office of the general treasurer. The presiding

134-8

justice of the superior court shall have the authority to determine the feasibility and amount of

134-9

disbursement to those state or local law enforcement agencies which have made application.

134-10

     (2) Upon the application of any law enforcement agency of the state of Rhode Island

134-11

when a special need exists concerning the enforcement of the provisions of this chapter, the

134-12

attorney general or his or her designee may apply to the presiding justice of the superior court for

134-13

the release from the general treasury sums of money. When the presiding justice upon

134-14

consideration of the reasons set forth by that agency deems them to be reasonable and necessary

134-15

to the accomplishment of a goal within the powers and duties of that law enforcement agency, he

134-16

or she may issue an order ex parte providing for the release of the funds.

134-17

     (d) Each law enforcement agency making any seizure(s) which result(s) in a forfeiture

134-18

pursuant to this section shall certify and file with the state treasurer between January 1 and

134-19

January 30 an annual report detailing the property or money forfeited during the previous

134-20

calendar year and the use or disposition of the property or money. The report shall be made in

134-21

such the form and manner as may be provided or specified by the treasurer and the

134-22

aforementioned annual law enforcement agency reports shall be provided to the local

134-23

governmental body governing the agency and to the house and senate judiciary committees.

134-24

     (e) Any law enforcement agency whose duty it is to enforce the laws of this state relating

134-25

to controlled substances is empowered to authorize designated officers or agents to carry out the

134-26

seizure provisions of this chapter. It shall be the duty of any officer or agent so authorized or

134-27

designated or authorized by law, whenever he or she shall discover any property or monies which

134-28

have been or are being used in violation of any of the provisions of this chapter, or in, upon or by

134-29

means of which any violation of this chapter has taken or is taking place, to seize such the

134-30

property or monies and to place it in the custody of such the person as may be authorized or

134-31

designated for that purpose by the respective law enforcement agency pursuant to those

134-32

provisions.

135-1

      21-28-5.05. Forfeiture of controlled substances, related materials and other

135-2

property, equipment and records. -- (a) The following shall be subject to forfeiture to the state

135-3

and no property right shall exist in them:

135-4

     (1) All controlled substances which have been manufactured, distributed, dispensed, or

135-5

acquired in violation of this chapter.

135-6

     (2) All raw materials, products, and equipment of any kind which are used, or intended

135-7

for use, in manufacturing, compounding, processing, delivering, importing, or exporting any

135-8

controlled substance in violation of this chapter.

135-9

     (3) All property which is used, or intended for use, as a container for property described

135-10

in subsection (a)(1) or (2) subdivision (1) or (2) of this subsection, subject to the limitations of §

135-11

21-28-5.04.

135-12

     (4) All books, records and research, including formulas, microfilm, tapes, and data which

135-13

are used, or intended for use, in violation of this chapter.

135-14

     (5) All imitation controlled substances which have been manufactured, distributed, or acquired in

135-15

violation of this chapter.

135-16

     (b) Property taken or detained under this section shall not be repleviable, but shall be

135-17

deemed to be in the custody of the law enforcement agency making the seizure. Whenever

135-18

property is forfeited under this chapter the law enforcement agency may:

135-19

     (1) Retain the property for official use;

135-20

     (2) Sell any forfeited property which is not required by this chapter to be destroyed and

135-21

which is not harmful to the public, but the proceeds of the sale, after first deducting an amount

135-22

sufficient for all proper expenses of the proceedings for forfeiture and sale, including expenses of

135-23

seizure, maintenance of custody, advertising, and court costs, shall be paid to the general treasurer

135-24

for the use thereof of the state.

135-25

     21-28-5.07. Disposition of controlled substances. -- (a) Any person lawfully in

135-26

possession of excess or undesired controlled substances shall dispose of such the

135-27

controlled substances in a manner established in regulation by the director which shall

135-28

include, but not be limited to, requirements that such the person shall keep a full and

135-29

complete record of all controlled substances received and of all controlled substances

135-30

disposed of, showing: (1) the exact kinds, quantities, and forms of the controlled

135-31

substances; (2) the persons from whom received and to whom delivered;, (3) by whose

135-32

authority received, delivered, and destroyed; and (4) the date of the receipt, disposal or

135-33

destruction, which record shall be open to inspection by all federal or state officers,

136-1

including the director of health and the director’s delegated personnel, charged with the

136-2

enforcement of federal law or of this chapter.

136-3

     (b) [Deleted by P.L. 1997, ch. 30, art. 28, § 5.] Controlled substances and imitation

136-4

controlled substances seized by or in the possession of the Rhode Island state police shall be

136-5

distributed or destroyed as hereinafter provided by regulation. The superintendent of state police

136-6

shall keep a full and complete record of all controlled substances received and of all controlled

136-7

substances disposed of, showing: (1) the exact kinds, quantities, and forms of the controlled

136-8

substances; (2) the persons from whom received and to whom delivered; (3) by whose authority

136-9

received, delivered, and destroyed; and (4) the dates of the receipt, disposal, or destruction, which

136-10

record shall be open to inspection by all federal or state officers charged with the enforcement of

136-11

federal law or of this chapter.

136-12

     (c) Controlled substances and imitation controlled substances seized by or in the

136-13

possession of any municipal or state law enforcement agency other than the Rhode Island state

136-14

police shall be distributed or destroyed as hereinafter provided by regulation. The chief law

136-15

enforcement official of each such agency shall keep a full and complete record of all controlled

136-16

substances received and of all controlled substances disposed of, showing: (1) the exact kinds,

136-17

quantities, and forms of the controlled substances; (2) the persons from whom received and to

136-18

whom delivered; (3) by whose authority received, delivered, and destroyed; and (4) the dates of

136-19

the receipt, disposal, or destruction, which record shall be open to inspection by all federal or

136-20

state officers charged with the enforcement of federal law or of this chapter.

136-21

     (d) The director of health or his or her designee is authorized: (1) to enter any premises

136-22

where controlled substances are brought for disposal pursuant to this section; (2) to inspect any

136-23

and all aspects of the disposal process and related records; and (3) to obtain and test samples of

136-24

any and all controlled substances being processed for disposal for the purpose of determining

136-25

compliance with state and federal law.

136-26

      21-28-5.07.2. Issuance of orders. -- Upon such an application as provided in § 21-28-

136-27

5.07.1 the presiding justice of the superior court, or the senior associate justice of the superior

136-28

court when the presiding justice shall disqualify himself or herself from entering such the order,

136-29

may enter an ex parte order, authorizing the use of controlled substances seized as contraband if

136-30

the justice determines on the basis of the evidence submitted that:

136-31

     (1) There is probable cause to believe that a particular, identified individual is

136-32

committing, has committed or is about to commit a particular designated offense;

136-33

     (2) It has been demonstrated that the use of such the controlled substances will assist law

136-34

enforcement officials in the investigation of felony violations of the uniform controlled

137-1

substances act this chapter or felony violations of other criminal laws of this state and that

137-2

normal investigative procedures have been tried and have failed or reasonably appear to be

137-3

unlikely to succeed if tried or to be too dangerous.

137-4

      21-28-5.07.3. Disclosure. -- Notwithstanding the decision of the justice, any materials

137-5

submitted or testimony offered pursuant to § 21-28-5.07.1 shall be kept under seal and not

137-6

available for inspection, except after hearing by the issuing justice who shall determine, prior to

137-7

their release, that the sealing of the records is no longer necessary for the protection of the

137-8

integrity of the investigation or the protection of any sources of information which contributed to

137-9

the investigation will not be compromised thereby by the release.

137-10

      21-28-5.07.4. Control of controlled substance. -- (a) Any controlled substance which

137-11

has been authorized to be used by the state police, local police or investigator appointed pursuant

137-12

to § 42-9-8.1 designated by the attorney general in investigations of controlled substance

137-13

violations, shall be kept under the physical control of the requesting law enforcement agency until

137-14

the said controlled substance is to be used in an investigation.

137-15

     (b) When used in an investigation, at no time shall any substantial amount of the

137-16

controlled substance be physically delivered to a person unless the police intend to and are able to

137-17

immediately arrest said the person to whom the controlled substance was delivered for

137-18

commission of a felony criminal offense.

137-19

     (c) Upon final disposition of all matters regarding the use of any controlled substances in

137-20

accordance with this section § 21-28-5.07.1, such the controlled substance shall be destroyed in

137-21

accordance with the provisions of § 21-28-5.07.

137-22

      21-28-5.07.5. Rules and regulations. -- The department of attorney general shall

137-23

promulgate rules and regulations in furtherance of the administration of their his or her

137-24

responsibilities pursuant to this chapter and concerning the custody and control of all controlled

137-25

substances utilized pursuant to this section § 21-28-5.07.1 and no application for use of controlled

137-26

substances shall be applied for until the rules and regulations have been formally approved by the

137-27

attorney general.

137-28

      SECTION 55. Sections 21-28-6.01 and 21-28.6-02 of the General Laws in Chapter 21-28

137-29

entitled “Uniform Controlled Substances Act” are hereby repealed in their entirety.

137-30

      21-28-6.01. Pending proceedings. (a) Prosecutions for any violations of law occurring

137-31

prior to July 1, 1974, shall not be affected by these repealers or amendments, or abated by reason

137-32

thereof of them.

138-1

     (b) Civil seizures or forfeitures and injunctive proceedings commenced prior to July 1,

138-2

1974, shall not be affected by these repealers or amendments, or abated by reason thereof of

138-3

them.

138-4

     (c) All administrative proceedings pending before the department on July 1, 1974, shall

138-5

be continued and brought to final determination in accord with laws and regulations in effect

138-6

prior to July 1, 1974. Drugs placed under control prior to July 1, 1974, which are not listed within

138-7

schedules I through V inclusive, shall automatically be controlled and listed in the appropriate

138-8

schedule.

138-9

     (d) The provisions of this chapter shall be applicable to violations of law, seizures and

138-10

forfeiture, injunctive proceedings, administrative proceedings, and investigations which occur

138-11

following July 1, 1974.

138-12

      21-28-6.02. Continuation of regulations. -- Any orders, rules and regulations which

138-13

have been promulgated under any law affected by this chapter and which are in effect on June 30,

138-14

1974 shall continue in effect until notified, superseded, or repealed by the director.

138-15

     21-28-5.04.2. Civil forfeiture procedure.

138-16

     

138-17

      SECTION 56. Section 21-28-5.04.2 of the General Laws in Chapter 21-28

138-18

entitled “Uniform Controlled Substances Act” is hereby amended to read as follows:

138-19

     21-28-5.04.2 Civil forfeiture procedure. -- (a) In addition to or in lieu of the criminal

138-20

forfeiture procedures of this chapter, any property described in § 21-28-5.04 except as designated

138-21

in subsection (b) of this section, is subject to civil forfeiture to the state. Civil forfeiture

138-22

proceedings shall be in the nature of an action in rem and shall be governed by the civil rules for

138-23

in rem proceedings.

138-24

     (b) All property described in § 21-28-5.04 is subject to civil forfeiture except that:

138-25

     (1) No conveyances used by any person as a common carrier in the transaction of

138-26

business as a common carrier shall be forfeited under the provisions of this section unless it

138-27

appears that the owner or other person in charge of the conveyance was a consenting party or

138-28

privy to the covered offense charged;

138-29

     (2) No conveyance shall be forfeited under the provisions of this section by reason of any

138-30

act or omission established by the owner thereof of it to have been committed or omitted by any

138-31

person other than the owner while the conveyance was unlawfully in the possession of a person

138-32

other than the owner in violation of the criminal laws of this state or of the United States; and

138-33

     (3) No property shall be forfeited under this section, to the extent of the interest of an

138-34

owner, by reason of any act or omission established by that owner to have been committed or

138-35

omitted without knowledge or consent of that owner.

139-1

     (c) Property subject to forfeiture under this section may be seized by a law enforcement

139-2

officer:

139-3

     (1) Upon process issued pursuant to the Rules of Civil Procedure applicable to in rem

139-4

proceedings;

139-5

     (2) Upon process issued pursuant to a legally authorized search warrant; or

139-6

     (3) Without such court process when:

139-7

     (i)(A) The seizure is incident to a lawful arrest or search;

139-8

     (ii)(B) The property subject to seizure has been the subject of a prior judgment in favor of

139-9

the state in a controlled substance act;

139-10

     (iii)(C) The law enforcement officer has probable cause to believe that the property is

139-11

directly or indirectly dangerous to health or safety; or

139-12

     (iv)(D) The law enforcement officer has probable cause to believe that the property is

139-13

forfeitable under § 21-28-5.04.

139-14

     (d) In the event of a seizure under § 21-28-5.04 the property shall not be subject to

139-15

sequestration or attachment but is deemed to be in the custody of the law enforcement agency

139-16

making the seizure, subject only to the order of the court. When property is seized under this

139-17

section, pending forfeiture and final disposition, the law enforcement agency making the seizure

139-18

may:

139-19

     (1) Place the property under seal;

139-20

     (2) Remove the property to a storage area for safekeeping;

139-21

     (3) Remove the property to a place designated by the court; or

139-22

     (4) Request another agency authorized by law to take custody of the property and remove

139-23

it to an appropriate location within the jurisdiction of the court.

139-24

     (e) As soon as practicable after seizure, the seizing agency shall conduct an inventory

139-25

upon and cause the appraisal of the property seized.

139-26

     (f) In the event of a seizure under this section, the seizing agency shall within thirty (30)

139-27

days send to the attorney general a written request for forfeiture, which shall include a statement

139-28

of all facts and circumstances including the names of all witnesses then known, the appraised

139-29

value of the property and the statutory provision relied upon for forfeiture.

139-30

     (g) The attorney general shall immediately examine the facts and applicable law of the

139-31

cases referred to him or her pursuant to this section, and if it is probable that the property is

139-32

subject to forfeiture shall forthwith immediately cause the initiation of administrative or judicial

139-33

proceedings against the property. If, upon inquiry and examination, the attorney general

139-34

determines that such those proceedings probably cannot be sustained or that justice does not

140-1

require the institution of such the proceedings, he or she shall make a written report of such those

140-2

findings, transmit a copy to the seizing agency, and forthwith immediately authorize the release

140-3

of the property.

140-4

     (h) If the value of any personal property seized does not exceed twenty thousand dollars

140-5

($20,000), the attorney general may forfeit the property administratively in the following manner:

140-6

     (1) The attorney general shall provide notice of intention to forfeit property

140-7

administratively by publication in a local newspaper of general circulation, one day per week for

140-8

three (3) consecutive weeks.

140-9

     (2) In addition, to the extent practicable, the attorney general shall provide notice by

140-10

registered mail of intent to forfeit the property administratively to all known interested parties and

140-11

all parties whose identity is reasonably subject to discovery who may have an interest in the

140-12

property seized.

140-13

     (3) Notice by publication and by mail shall include:

140-14

     (i)(A) A description of the property;

140-15

     (ii)(B) The appraised value of the property;

140-16

     (iii)(C) The date and place of seizure;

140-17

     (iv)(D) The violation of law alleged against the subject property;

140-18

     (v)(E) The instructions for filing claim and cost bond or a petition for remission or

140-19

mitigation; and

140-20

     (vi)(F) A notice that the property will be forfeited to the state if a petition for remission or

140-21

mitigation or a claim and cost bond has not been timely filed.

140-22

     (4) Persons claiming an interest in the property may file petitions for remission or

140-23

mitigation of forfeiture or a claim and cost bond with the attorney general within thirty (30) days

140-24

of the final notice by publication or receipt of written notice, whichever is earlier.

140-25

     (5) The attorney general shall inquire into the facts and circumstances surrounding

140-26

petitions for remission or mitigation of forfeiture.

140-27

     (6) The attorney general shall provide the seizing agency and the petitioner a written

140-28

decision on each petition for remission or mitigation within sixty (60) days of receipt of the

140-29

petition unless the circumstances of the case require additional time, in which case the attorney

140-30

general shall notify the petitioner in writing and with specificity within the sixty (60) day period

140-31

that the circumstances of the case require additional time and further notify the petitioner of the

140-32

expected decision date.

140-33

     (7) Any person claiming seized property under this subsection may institute de novo

140-34

judicial review of the seizure and proposed forfeiture by timely filing with the attorney general a

141-1

claim and bond to the state in the amount of ten percent (10%) of the appraised value of the

141-2

property or in the penal sum of two hundred fifty dollars ($250), whichever is greater, with

141-3

sureties to be approved by the attorney general, upon condition that in the case of forfeiture the

141-4

claimant shall pay all costs and expenses of the proceedings at the discretion of the court. Upon

141-5

receipt of the claim and bond, or if he or she otherwise so elects, the attorney general shall file

141-6

with the court a complaint in rem in accordance with the procedures set forth in this section. Any

141-7

funds received by the attorney general as cost bonds shall be placed in an escrow account pending

141-8

final disposition of the case.

141-9

     (8) If no petitions or claims with bonds are timely filed, the attorney general shall prepare

141-10

a written declaration of forfeiture of the subject property to the state and dispose of the property

141-11

in accordance with this chapter.

141-12

     (9) If the petition is denied, the attorney general shall prepare a written declaration of

141-13

forfeiture to the state and dispose of the property in accordance with this chapter and the attorney

141-14

general’s regulations, if any, promulgated thereunder pursuant to this chapter.

141-15

     (10) A written declaration of forfeiture signed by the attorney general pursuant to this

141-16

chapter shall be deemed to provide good and sufficient title to the forfeited property.

141-17

     (i) If the value of any personal property seized exceeds twenty thousand dollars

141-18

($20,000), the attorney general shall file a complaint in rem against the property within twenty

141-19

(20) days of the receipt of the report referred to in subsection (f) of this section and thereafter

141-20

provide notice of intention to forfeit by publication in a local newspaper of general circulation for

141-21

a period of at least once per week for three (3) consecutive weeks. The notice shall include:

141-22

     (1)(A) A description of the property;

141-23

     (2)(B) The appraised value of the property;

141-24

     (3)(C) The date and place of seizure;

141-25

     (4)(D) The violation of law alleged against the subject property.;

141-26

     (j)(1) The case may be tried by a jury, if in the superior court, upon the request of either

141-27

party, otherwise by the court, and the cause of forfeiture alleged being proved, the court which

141-28

shall try the case shall enter upon judgment for the forfeiture and disposition of such the property

141-29

according to law.

141-30

     (2)(1) An appeal may be claimed by either party from any judgment of forfeiture

141-31

rendered by the district court, to be taken in like manner as by defendants in criminal cases within

141-32

the jurisdiction of the district court to try and determine, to the superior court for the same county

141-33

in which the division of the district court rendering judgment is situated and like proceedings may

141-34

be had therein as in cases of informations for forfeitures originally filed in that court.

142-1

     (3)(2) The judgment of the superior court shall be final in all cases of such the forfeitures,

142-2

whether originally commenced in that court or brought there by appeal, unless a new trial be

142-3

ordered, for cause shown by the supreme court.

142-4

     (k) The in rem action shall be brought in the district court if the value of the property

142-5

seized is less than two hundred fifty thousand dollars ($250,000), otherwise the in rem action

142-6

shall be brought in the superior court. The attorney general shall also, to the extent practicable,

142-7

provide written notice of the action in rem to all known interested parties and all persons whose

142-8

identity is reasonably subject to discovery who may have an interest in the property.

142-9

     (l) Persons claiming an interest in the property may file claims against the property

142-10

within thirty (30) days of the final notice by publication or receipt of written notice, whichever is

142-11

earlier. The claims shall be filed and adjudicated in the manner set forth for petitions in criminal

142-12

proceedings in § 21-28-5.04.1(f).

142-13

     (m) If the property sought to be forfeited is real property, the attorney general shall file a

142-14

complaint in rem in the superior court against the property. In addition to providing notice as

142-15

required by this chapter, the attorney general shall file a lis pendens with respect to the property

142-16

with the recorder of deeds in the city or town in which the property is located.

142-17

     (n) Upon order of the court forfeiting the subject property to the state, the state shall have

142-18

clear title to the forfeited property, and the attorney general may transfer good and sufficient title

142-19

to any subsequent purchaser or transferee. Title to the forfeited property shall be deemed to have

142-20

vested in the state upon the commission of the act giving rise to the forfeiture under this chapter.

142-21

     (o) Upon entry of judgment for the claimant in any proceeding to forfeit property under

142-22

this chapter, the property shall be returned forthwith immediately to the claimant. If it appears

142-23

that there was reasonable cause for the seizure of or the filing of the complaint, the court shall

142-24

cause a proper certificate thereof of that to be entered, and the claimant shall not, in that case, be

142-25

entitled to costs or damages, nor shall the person or agency who made the seizure, nor the

142-26

attorney general not nor the prosecutor, be liable to suit or judgment on account of the seizure,

142-27

suit, or prosecution.

142-28

     (p) In any action brought under this section, the state shall have the initial burden of

142-29

showing the existence of probable cause for seizure or arrest of the property. Upon such a that

142-30

showing by the state, the claimant shall have the burden of showing by a preponderance of

142-31

evidence that the property was not subject to forfeiture under this section.

142-32

     SECTION 57. Section 31-41.1-4 of the General Laws in Chapter 31-41.1 entitled

142-33

“Adjudication of Traffic Offenses” is hereby amended to read as follows:

143-1

     31-41.1-4. Schedule of violations. -- (a) The penalties for violations of the enumerated

143-2

sections, listed in numerical order, correspond to the fines described; provided, however, those

143-3

offenses for which punishments which may vary according to the severity of the offense, or

143-4

punishment which require the violator to perform a service, shall be heard and decided by the

143-5

traffic tribunal or municipal court. The following violations may be handled administratively

143-6

through the method prescribed in this chapter; provided, however, this list is not exclusive and

143-7

jurisdiction may be conferred on the traffic tribunal with regard to other violations.

143-8

      VIOLATIONS SCHEDULE

143-9

       

143-10

     Section of General Laws   Total Fine

143-11

     08-08.2-02 DOT, DEM, or other agency and department violations $50.00

143-12

     24-10-17 Soliciting rides in motor vehicles 50.00

143-13

     24-10-18 Backing up prohibited 50.00

143-14

     24-10-20 Park and ride lots 50.00

143-15

     31-03-12 Visibility of plates 50.00

143-16

     31-03-18 Display of plates 50.00

143-17

     31-03-32 Driving with expired registration 50.00

143-18

     31-03-34 Failure to notify division of change of address 50.00

143-19

     31-03-35 Notice of change of name 50.00

143-20

     31-03-40 Temporary plates - dealer issued 50.00

143-21

     31-04-03 Temporary registration - twenty (20) day bill of sale 50.00

143-22

     31-07-01 Operating on foreign registration 50.00 up to

143-23

$500.00

143-24

     31-08-01 Operating without evidence of registration 50.00

143-25

     31-10.0-10 Rules as to armed forces license 50.00

143-26

     31-10.0-30 Driving on expired license 50.00

143-27

     31-10.0-32 Notice of change of address 50.00

143-28

     31-10.1-04 No motorcycle helmet (operator) 50.00

143-29

     31-10.1-05 Motorcycle handlebar violation 50.00

143-30

     31-10.1-06 No motorcycle helmet (passenger) 50.00

143-31

     31-10.1-07 Inspection of motorcycle required 50.00

143-32

     31-12-12 Local motor vehicle ordinance 50.00

143-33

     31-13-04 Obedience to devices 50.00

143-34

     31-13-06(3)(i) Eluding traffic light 50.00

143-35

     31-13-09 Flashing signals 50.00

143-36

     31-13-11 Injury to signs or devices 50.00

143-37

     31-14-01 Reasonable and prudent speed 50.00

143-38

     31-14-03 Condition requiring reduced speed 50.00

143-39

     31-14-09 Below minimum speed 50.00

143-40

     31-14-12 Speed limit on bridges and structures 50.00

143-41

     31-15-01 Leaving lane of travel 50.00

143-42

     31-15-02 Slow traffic to right 50.00

143-43

     31-15-03 Operator left of center 50.00

144-1

     31-15-04 Overtaking on left 50.00

144-2

     31-15-05(a) Overtaking on right 50.00

144-3

     31-15-06 Clearance for overtaking 50.00

144-4

     31-15-07 Places where overtaking prohibited 50.00

144-5

     31-15-08 No passing zone 50.00

144-6

     31-15-09 One way highways 50.00

144-7

     31-15-10 Rotary traffic islands 50.00

144-8

     31-15-11 Laned roadway violation 50.00

144-9

     31-15-12 Following too closely 50.00

144-10

     31-15-12.1 Entering intersection 50.00

144-11

     31-15-13 Crossing center section of divided highway 50.00

144-12

     31-15-14 Entering or leaving limited access roadways 50.00

144-13

     31-15-16 Use of emergency break-down lane for travel 50.00

144-14

     31-16-01 Care in starting from stop 50.00

144-15

     31-16-02 Manner of turning at intersection 50.00

144-16

     31-16-04 U turn where prohibited 50.00

144-17

     31-16-05 Turn signal required 50.00

144-18

     31-16-06 Time of signaling turn 50.00

144-19

     31-16-07 Failure to give stop signal 50.00

144-20

     31-16-08 Method of giving signals 50.00

144-21

     31-17-01 Failure to yield right of way 50.00

144-22

     31-17-02 Vehicle turning left 50.00

144-23

     31-17-03 Yield right of way (intersection) 50.00

144-24

     31-17-04 Obedience to stop signs 50.00

144-25

     31-17-05 Entering from private road or driveway 50.00

144-26

     31-17-08 Vehicle within right of way, rotary 50.00

144-27

     31-18-03 Right of way in crosswalks 50.00

144-28

     31-18-05 Crossing other than at crosswalks 50.00

144-29

     31-18-08 Due care by drivers 50.00

144-30

     31-18-12 Hitchhiking 50.00

144-31

     31-18-18 Right of way on sidewalks 50.00

144-32

     31-19.0-03 Traffic laws applied to bicycles 50.00

144-33

     31-19.0-20 Sale of new bicycles 50.00

144-34

     31-19.0-21 Sale of used bicycles 50.00

144-35

     31-19.1-02 Operating motorized bicycle on an interstate highway 50.00

144-36

     31-19.2-02 Operating motorized tricycle on an interstate highway 50.00

144-37

     31-20-01 Failure to stop at railroad crossing 50.00

144-38

     31-20-02 Driving through railroad gate 50.00

144-39

     31-20-09 Obedience to stop sign 50.00

144-40

     31-21-04 Places where parking or stopping prohibited 50.00

144-41

     31-21-14 Opening of vehicle doors 50.00

144-42

     31-22-02 Improper backing up 50.00

144-43

     31-22-04 Overloading vehicle 50.00

144-44

     31-22-05 Violation of safety zone 50.00

144-45

     31-22-06 Coasting 50.00

144-46

     31-22-07 Following fire apparatus 50.00

145-1

     31-22-08 Crossing fire hose 50.00

145-2

     31-22-09 Throwing debris on highway - snow removal 50.00

145-3

     31-22-11.5 Improper use of school bus - not to exceed

145-4

five hundred dollars ($500) for each day of improper use

145-5

     31-22-22(b) No child restraint 50.00

145-6

     31-22-22(c) Child restraint/seat belt but not in back seat 50.00

145-7

     31-22-22(e), (l k) No seat belt - passenger 50.00

145-8

     31-22-22(f) No seat belt operator 50.00

145-9

     31-22-23 (b) Tow trucks - proper identification 50.00 250.00

145-10

     31-22-23 (c) Tow trucks – “limited towing” identification

145-11

     31-22-23 (c) First offense Not more than

145-12

100.00

145-13

     31-22-23 (c) Second offense Not more than

145-14

250.00

145-15

     31-22-23 (c) Third offense Not more than

145-16

500.00

145-17

     31-22-24 Operation of interior lights 50.00

145-18

     31-22-28 (b) Transporting animals - first offense Not more than

145-19

50.00

145-20

     31-22-28 (b) Second and subsequent offenses Not more than

145-21

200.00

145-22

     31-23-01(b) U.S. department of transportation motor carrier safety rules and

145-23

regulations 50.00 not less than 25.00 or more than 500.00

145-24

     31-23-01 (b)(4) Unauthorized removal of “out of service vehicle” sticker 100.00

145-25

     31-23-01 (b)(5) Operation of “out of service vehicle” 100.00

145-26

     31-23-04 Brake equipment required 50.00

145-27

     31-23-08 Horn required 50.00

145-28

     31-23-10 Sirens prohibited 50.00

145-29

     31-23-13 Muffler required 50.00

145-30

     31-23-13.1 Altering height or operating a motor vehicle with an altered height  50.00

145-31

     31-23-14 Prevention of excessive fumes or smoke 50.00

145-32

     31-23-15 Rear view mirror 50.00

145-33

     31-23-16 Windshield and window stickers (visibility) 50.00

145-34

     31-23-17 Windshield wipers 50.00

145-35

     31-23-19 Metal tires prohibited 50.00

145-36

     31-23-20 Protuberances on tires 50.00

145-37

     31-23-26 Fenders and wheel flaps required 50.00

145-38

     31-23-27 Rear wheel flaps on buses, trucks and trailers 50.00

145-39

     31-23-29 Flares or red flag required over four thousand pounds (4,000 lbs.)  50.00

145-40

     31-23-38 Television receivers prohibited 50.00 not more

145-41

than 100.00

145-42

     31-23-40 Approved types of seat belt requirements 50.00

145-43

     31-23-42.1 Special mirror - school bus 50.00

145-44

     31-23-43 Chocks required (1 pair) – over four thousand pounds (4,000 lbs.) 50.00

145-45

     31-23-45 Tire treads - defective tires 50.00

145-46

     31-23-47 Slow moving emblem required 50.00

145-47

     31-23-49 Transportation of gasoline - passenger vehicle 50.00

145-48

     31-23-51 (1) Operating bike or motor vehicle wearing ear phones (first offense) 50.00

145-49

     31-23-51 (2) Second offense 70.00

146-1

     31-23-51 (3) Third and subsequent offenses 140.00

146-2

     31-24-01 through

146-3

     31-24-53 54 Times when lights required

146-4

      50.00

146-5

      Safety lights required on food vending vehicles

146-6

     31-24-05 Headlamp required on motorcycle 50.00

146-7

     31-24-31 Flashing lights - permit required 50.00

146-8

     31-24-34 Failure to dim lights 50.00

146-9

     31-24-45 Red flag required, load projecting four feet (4') rear 50.00

146-10

     31-25-03 Maximum width of one hundred and two inches (102") exceeded 50.00

146-11

     31-25-04 Maximum height of one hundred sixty-two inches (162") exceeded 50.00

146-12

     31-25-06 Maximum number and length of coupled vehicles 500

146-13

     31-25-07 Load extending three feet (3') front, six feet (6') rear exceeded 50.00

146-14

     31-25-09 Leaking load 50.00

146-15

     31-25-10 (d)(1) Fastening of load and covering - first offense 50.00 not more

146-16

than 100.00

146-17

     31-25-10 (d) (1) Second and subsequent offenses Not less than

146-18

100.00 or more than 500.00

146-19

     31-25-11 Connections between coupled vehicles 50.00

146-20

     31-25-12 Towing chain, twelve inch (12") square flag required 50.00

146-21

     31-25-12.1 (b)(1) Tow truck - use of lanes (first offense) 50.00

146-22

     31-25-12.1 (b)(2) Second offense 75.00

146-23

     31-25-12.1 (b)(3) Third offense and subsequent offenses 100.00

146-24

     31-25-13 Axle load limit 150

146-25

     31-25-14(d)(1) Maximum weight and tandem axles 100

146-26

     31-25-14(d)(2) Maximum weight and tandem axles 100

146-27

     31-25-14(d)(3) Maximum weight and tandem axles 100

146-28

     31-25-16(c)(1) Maximum weight shown in registration 30.00 40.00 per

146-29

thousand lbs. overweight or portion thereof

146-30

     31-25-16(c)(2) Maximum weight shown in registration 60.00 80.00 per

146-31

thousand lbs. overweight or portion thereof

146-32

     31-25-16(c)(3) Maximum weight shown in registration 1,000 plus

146-33

$60.00 per thousand pounds overweight or portion therof

146-34

     31-25-17 Identification of trucks and truck-tractors (first offense) 50.00

146-35

     31-25-24 Carrying and inspection of excess load limit 150

146-36

     31-27-02.3 Refusal to take preliminary breath test 50.00

146-37

     31-28-07(bd)(4) Wrongful use of handicapped parking placard 100

146-38

     31-28-07(df) Handicapped parking space violation  

146-39

     31-28-07(f)(1) First offense 75.00

146-40

     31-28-07(f)(2) Second offense 150

146-41

     31-28-07(f)(3) Third offense and subsequent offenses 300

146-42

     31-28-07 (j) Counterfeit handicapped parking placard Up to $500.00

146-43

     31-28-07.1(e) Wrongful use of institutional handicapped parking placard 100

146-44

     31-33-02 Failure to file accident report 50.00

146-45

     31-36.1-17 (a)(1) No fuel tax stamp (out-of-state) - first violation 50.00

146-46

     31-36-17 (a)(2) Second and subsequent violations Not exceeding

146-47

100.00

146-48

     31-38-03 No inspection sticker 50.00

147-1

     31-38-04 Violation of inspection laws 50.00

147-2

     31-45-01 Noise limits 50.00

147-3

     31-45-05 Audio Systems 50.00

147-4

     31-47.2-06 Heavy-duty vehicle emission inspections

147-5

     31-47.2-06 (a)(1) First offense 100

147-6

     31-47.2-06 (a)(2) Second offense 500

147-7

     31-47.2-06 (a)(3) Third offense 1,000

147-8

     37-15-07(a) Littering – first offense Not less than

147-9

50.00 nor more than 500.00

147-10

     37-15-07(b) Littering – second offense Not less than

147-11

three hundred dollars ($300) nor more than five hundred dollars ($500)

147-12

     39-12-26 Public carriers violation 50.00

     

147-14

     SPEEDING Fine

147-15

     (A) One to fifteen miles per hour (1-15 mph) in excess of posted speed limit $50.00

147-16

     (B) Sixteen miles per hour (16 mph) in excess of posted speed limit with a fine of ten

147-17

dollars ($10.00) per mile in excess of speed limit shall be assessed. 160.00

147-18

minimum

     

147-20

      (b) In addition to any other penalties provided by law, a judge may impose the following

147-21

penalties for speeding:

147-22

     (i) For speeds up to and including fifteen miles per hour (15 mph) over the posted speed

147-23

limit on public highways, a fine as provided for in subsection (a) of this section for the first

147-24

offense, ten dollars ($10.00) per mile for each mile in excess of the speed limit for the second

147-25

offense if within twelve (12) months of the first offense, and fifteen dollars ($15.00) per mile for

147-26

each mile in excess of the speed limit for the third and subsequent offense if within twelve (12)

147-27

months of the first offense. In addition, the license may be suspended up to thirty (30) days.

147-28

     (ii) For speeds in excess of fifteen miles per hour (15 mph) over the posted speed limit on

147-29

public highways, a mandatory fine of ten dollars ($10.00) for each mile over the speed limit for

147-30

the first offense, fifteen dollars ($15.00) per mile for each mile in excess of the speed limit for the

147-31

second offense if within twelve (12) months of the first offense, and twenty dollars ($20.00) per

147-32

mile for each mile in excess of the speed limit for the third and subsequent offense if within

147-33

twelve (12) months of the first offense. In addition, the license may be suspended up to sixty (60)

147-34

days.

147-35

     (c) Any person charged with a violation who pays the fine administratively pursuant to

147-36

chapter 8.2 of title 8 is not subject to any additional costs or assessments, including but not

147-37

limited to the hearing fee established in § 8-18-4 or assessment for substance abuse prevention.

147-38

     SECTION 58. sections 27-25-10, 27-25-13, 27-25-19, 27-25-27 and 27-25-44 of the

147-39

General Laws in Chapter 27-25 entitled “Rhode Island Fraternal Code” are hereby amended to

147-40

read as follows:

148-1

     27-25-10. Organization. -- A domestic society organized on or after January 1, 1985,

148-2

shall be formed as follows:

148-3

     (1) Seven (7) or more citizens of the United States, a majority of whom are citizens of

148-4

this state, who desire to form a fraternal benefit society, may make, sign, and acknowledge before

148-5

some officer competent to take acknowledgment of deeds, articles of incorporation, in which

148-6

shall be stated:

148-7

     (i) The proposed corporate name of the society, which shall not so closely resemble the

148-8

name of any society or insurance company as to be misleading or confusing;

148-9

     (ii) The purposes for which it is being formed and the mode in which its corporate powers

148-10

are to be exercised. Those purposes shall not include more liberal powers than are granted by this

148-11

chapter; and

148-12

     (iii) The names and residences of the incorporators and the names, residences, and

148-13

official titles of all the officers, trustees, directors, or other persons who are to have and exercise

148-14

the general control of the management of the affairs and funds of the society for the first year or

148-15

until the ensuing election at which all of the officers shall be elected by the supreme governing

148-16

body, which election shall be held not later than one year from the date of the issuance of the

148-17

permanent certificate of authority;

148-18

     (2) The articles of incorporation, duly certified copies of the society’s bylaws and rules,

148-19

copies of all proposed forms of certificates, applications therefor for them, and circulars to be

148-20

issued by the society and a bond conditioned upon the return to applicants of the advanced

148-21

payments if the organization is not completed within one year, shall be filed with the

148-22

commissioner of insurance, who may require any further information the commissioner deems

148-23

necessary. The bond with sureties approved by the commissioner of insurance shall be in an

148-24

amount, not less than three hundred thousand dollars ($300,000) nor more than one million five

148-25

hundred thousand dollars ($1,500,000), as required by the commissioner of insurance. All

148-26

documents filed are to be in the English language. If the purposes of the society conform to the

148-27

requirements of this chapter and all of the provisions of the law have been complied with, the

148-28

commissioner of insurance shall so certify, retain, and file the articles of incorporation and

148-29

furnish the incorporators with a preliminary certificate of authority authorizing the society to

148-30

solicit members;

148-31

     (3) No preliminary certificate of authority granted under the provisions of this section

148-32

shall be valid after one year from its date or after a further period, not exceeding one year, as may

148-33

be authorized by the commissioner of insurance upon cause shown, unless the five hundred (500)

148-34

applicants have been secured and the organization has been completed as herein provided in this

149-1

section. The articles of incorporation and all other proceedings thereunder under the articles shall

149-2

become null and void in one year from the date of the preliminary certificate of authority, or at

149-3

the expiration of the extended period, unless the society shall have completed its organization and

149-4

received a certificate of authority to do business;

149-5

     (4) Upon receipt of a preliminary certificate of authority from the commissioner of

149-6

insurance, the society may solicit members for the purpose of completing its organization, shall

149-7

collect from each applicant the amount of not less than one regular monthly premium in

149-8

accordance with its table of rates, and shall issue to each applicant a receipt for the amount so

149-9

collected. No society shall incur any liability other than for the return of the advance premium,

149-10

nor issue any certificate, nor pay, allow, or offer or promise to pay or allow, any benefit to any

149-11

person until:

149-12

     (i) Actual bona fide applications for benefits have been secured on not less than five

149-13

hundred (500) applicants, and any necessary evidence of insurability has been furnished to and

149-14

approved by the society;

149-15

     (ii) At least ten (10) subordinate lodges have been established into which the five hundred

149-16

(500) applicants have been admitted;

149-17

     (iii) There has been submitted to the commissioner of insurance, under oath of the

149-18

president or secretary or corresponding officer of the society, a list of the applicants, giving their

149-19

names, addresses, date each was admitted, name and number of the subordinate lodge of which

149-20

each applicant is a member, amount of benefits to be granted and premiums therefor for the

149-21

benefits; and

149-22

     (iv) It shall have been shown to the commissioner of insurance, by sworn statement of the

149-23

treasurer or corresponding officer of the society, that at least five hundred (500) applicants have

149-24

each paid in cash at least one regular monthly premium as herein provided in this section, which

149-25

premiums in the aggregate shall amount to at least one hundred and fifty thousand dollars

149-26

($150,000). The advance premiums shall be held in trust during the period of organization and if

149-27

the society has not qualified for a certificate of authority within one year, the premiums shall be

149-28

returned to the applicant;

149-29

     (5) The commissioner of insurance may make any examination and require any further

149-30

information as the commissioner deems advisable. Upon presentation of satisfactory evidence

149-31

that the society has complied with all of the provisions of law, the commissioner shall issue to the

149-32

society a certificate of authority to that effect and that the society is authorized to transact

149-33

business pursuant to the provisions of this chapter. The certificate of authority shall be prima

149-34

facie evidence of the existence of the society at the date of the certificate. The commissioner of

150-1

insurance shall cause a record of the certificate of authority to be made. A certified copy of the

150-2

record may be given in evidence with like effect as the original certificate of authority; and

150-3

     (6) Any incorporated society authorized to transact business in this state at the time this

150-4

chapter becomes effective shall not be required to reincorporate.

150-5

     27-25-13. Reinsurance. -- (a) A domestic society may, by a reinsurance agreement, cede

150-6

any individual risk or risks in whole or in part to an insurer, other than another fraternal benefit

150-7

society, having the power to make reinsurance and authorized to do business in this state, or, if

150-8

not so authorized, one which is approved by the commissioner of insurance, but no society may

150-9

reinsure substantially all of its insurance in force without the written permission of the

150-10

commissioner of insurance. It may take credit for the reserves on the ceded risks to the extent

150-11

reinsured, but no credit shall be allowed as an admitted asset or as a deduction from liability, to a

150-12

ceding society for reinsurance made, ceded, or renewed, or otherwise becoming effective after

150-13

January 1, 1985, unless the reinsurance is payable by the assuming insurer on the basis of the

150-14

liability of the ceding society under the contract or contracts reinsured without diminution

150-15

because of the insolvency of the ceding society.

150-16

     (b) Notwithstanding the limitation in subsection (a) of this section, a society may reinsure

150-17

the risks of another society in a consolidation or merger approved by the commissioner of

150-18

insurance under § 27-25-14.

150-19

      27-25-19. The benefit contract. -- (a) Every society authorized to do business in this

150-20

state shall issue to each owner of a benefit contract a certificate specifying the amount of benefits

150-21

provided thereby by the contract. The certificate, together with any riders or endorsements

150-22

attached thereto to it, the laws of the society, the application for membership, the application for

150-23

insurance and declaration of insurability, if any, signed by the applicant, and all amendments to

150-24

each, shall constitute the benefit contract, as of the date of issuance, between the society and the

150-25

owner, and the certificate shall so state. A copy of the application for insurance and declaration of

150-26

insurability, if any, shall be endorsed upon or attached to the certificate. All statements on the

150-27

application shall be representations and not warranties. Any waiver of this provision shall be

150-28

void.

150-29

     (b) Any changes, additions, or amendments to the laws of the society duly made or

150-30

enacted subsequent to the issuance of the certificate, shall bind the owner and the beneficiaries,

150-31

and shall govern and control the benefit contract in all respects the same as though those changes,

150-32

additions, or amendments had been made prior to and were in force at the time of the application

150-33

for insurance, except that no change, addition, or amendment shall destroy or diminish benefits

150-34

which the society contracted to give the owner as of the date of issuance.

151-1

      (c) Any person upon whose life a benefit contract is issued prior to attaining the age of

151-2

majority shall be bound by the terms of the application and certificate and by all the laws and

151-3

rules of the society to the same extent as though the age of majority had been attained at the time

151-4

of application.

151-5

     (d) A society shall provide in its laws that if its reserves as to all or any class of

151-6

certificates become impaired its board of directors or corresponding body may require that there

151-7

shall be paid by the owner to the society the amount of the owner’s equitable proportion of the

151-8

deficiency as ascertained by its board, and that if the payment is not made either (1) it shall stand

151-9

as an indebtedness against the certificate and draw interest not to exceed the rate specified for

151-10

certificate loans under the certificates; or (2) in lieu of or in combination with clause subdivision

151-11

(1) of this subsection, the owner may accept a proportionate reduction in benefits under the

151-12

certificate. The society may specify the manner of the election and which alternative is to be

151-13

presumed if no election is made.

151-14

     (e) Copies of any of the documents mentioned in this section, certified by the secretary or

151-15

corresponding officer of the society, shall be received in evidence of the terms and conditions

151-16

thereof of the documents.

151-17

     (f) No certificate shall be delivered or issued for delivery in this state unless a copy of the

151-18

form has been filed with the commissioner of insurance in the manner provided for like policies

151-19

issued by life insurers in this state. Every life, accident, health, or disability insurance certificate

151-20

and every annuity certificate issued on or after January 1, 1986, shall meet the standard contract

151-21

provision requirements not inconsistent with this chapter for like policies issued by life insurers in

151-22

this state, except that a society may provide for a grace period for the payment of premiums of

151-23

one full month in its certificate. The certificate shall also contain a provision stating the amount

151-24

of premiums which are payable under the certificate and a provision reciting or setting forth the

151-25

substance of any sections of the society’s laws or rules in force at the time of issuance of the

151-26

certificate which, if violated, will result in the termination or reduction of benefits payable under

151-27

the certificate. If the laws of the society provide for expulsion or suspension of a member, the

151-28

certificate shall also contain a provision that any member so expelled or suspended, except for

151-29

nonpayment of a premium or within the contestable period for material misrepresentations in the

151-30

application for membership or insurance, shall have the privilege of maintaining the certificate in

151-31

force by continuing payment of the required premium.

151-32

     (g) Benefit contracts issued on the lives of persons below the society’s minimum age for

151-33

adult membership may provide for the transfer of control or ownership to the insured at an age

151-34

specified in the certificate. A society may require approval of an application for membership in

152-1

order to effect this transfer, and may provide in all other respects for the regulation, government,

152-2

and control of the certificates and all of the rights, obligations, and liabilities incident thereto to

152-3

and connected therewith with the certificates. Ownership rights prior to the transfer shall be

152-4

specified in the certificate.

152-5

     (h) A society may specify the terms and conditions on which benefit contracts may be

152-6

assigned.

152-7

     27-25-27. Annual license. -- (a) The authority of existing societies and all societies

152-8

hereafter licensed shall be continuous unless sooner revoked or suspended as provided in this

152-9

chapter. For each license the society shall pay the commissioner of insurance one hundred dollars

152-10

($100). The society shall further pay a license fee of one hundred dollars ($100) annually prior to

152-11

April 30 of each year. A duly certified copy or duplicate of the license shall be prima facie

152-12

evidence that the licensee is a fraternal benefit society within the meaning of this chapter.

152-13

     (b) The commissioner may assess a late fee of ten dollars ($10.00) per day for each day

152-14

the society is late in remitting its annual license fee.

152-15

     27-25-44. Fraternal benefit society assessment. -- (a) Notwithstanding any other

152-16

provisions of law, each domestic fraternal benefit society shall be charged an assessment to

152-17

partially support the activities of the division of insurance in the department of business

152-18

regulation.

152-19

     (b) Commencing in fiscal year 1990-1991, Each society’s assessment shall be determined

152-20

in accordance with the following ratio: (1) by dividing the society’s total direct premiums,

152-21

including annuities, less policyholder dividends by total direct premiums, including annuties

152-22

annuities, less policyholder dividends of all domestic insurance companies plus the total direct

152-23

premiums of domestic companies licensed or regulated pursuant to chapters 19, 20, 20.1, 20.2,

152-24

20.3, 25, and 41 of this title, and chapter 62 of title 42, and then by (2) multiplying the resulting

152-25

ratio times two hundred thousand dollars ($200,000).

152-26

     (c) The minimum assessment charged shall be the greater of the sum determined by

152-27

subsection (b) of this section or one thousand dollars ($1,000).

152-28

     SECTION 59. Section 27-29-11 of the General Laws in Chapter 27-29 entitled “Unfair

152-29

Competition and Practices” is hereby amended to read as follows:

152-30

      27-29-11. Immunity from prosecution. -- If any person shall ask to be excused from

152-31

attending and testifying or from producing any books, papers, records, correspondence or other

152-32

documents at any hearing on the ground that the testimony or evidence required may tend to

152-33

incriminate or subject the person to a penalty or forfeiture, and shall notwithstanding be directed

152-34

to give the testimony or produce the evidence, the person shall nonetheless comply with the

153-1

direction, but shall not thereafter be prosecuted or subjected to any penalty or forfeiture for on

153-2

account of any transaction, matter, or thing concerning on which the person may testify or

153-3

produce evidence, thereto, and no testimony so given or evidence produced shall be received

153-4

against the person upon any criminal action, investigation, or proceeding.; provided, however

153-5

However, that no person so testifying shall be exempt from prosecution or punishment for any

153-6

perjury committed while so testifying and the testimony or evidence so given or produced shall

153-7

be admissible against the person upon any criminal action, investigation, or proceeding

153-8

concerning that perjury, nor shall the person be exempt from the refusal, revocation, or

153-9

suspension of any license, permission, or authority conferred, or to be conferred, pursuant to the

153-10

insurance law of this state. Any person may execute, acknowledge, and file in the office of the

153-11

commissioner a statement expressly waiving this immunity or privilege in respect to any

153-12

transaction, matter, or thing specified in the statement and thereupon the testimony of the person

153-13

or the evidence in relation to the transaction, matter, or thing may be received or produced before

153-14

any judge or justice, court, tribunal, grand jury, or otherwise, and if so received or produced the

153-15

person shall not be entitled to any immunity or privilege on account of any testimony the person

153-16

may so give or evidence so produced.

153-17

     SECTION 60. Section 27-32-8.1 of the General Laws in Chapter 27-32 entitled “Pension,

153-18

Profit Sharing or Annuity Plans” is hereby amended to read as follows:

153-19

     27-32-8.1. Individual variable life insurance. -- Notwithstanding the provisions of § 27-

153-20

32-8, the provisions of §§ 27-4-14 and 27-4-15 shall not apply to a variable life insurance policy;

153-21

provided, however, Any individual variable life insurance contract delivered or issued for

153-22

delivery in this state shall contain nonforfeiture provisions appropriate to this a type of contract as

153-23

approved by the director of business regulation.

153-24

     SECTION 61. Sections 27-34-5, 27-34-7, 27-34-8 and 27-34-9 of the General Laws in

153-25

Chapter 27-34 entitled “Rhode Island Insurers’ Insolvency Fund” are hereby amended to read as

153-26

follows:

153-27

     27-34-5. Definitions. -- As used in this chapter:

153-28

     (1) “Account” means any one of the three (3) accounts created by § 27-34-6;

153-29

     (2) “Affiliate” means a person, who directly or indirectly, through one or more

153-30

intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with an insolvent insurer on

153-31

December 31 of the year next preceding the date the insurer becomes an insolvent insurer;

153-32

     (3) “Claimant” means any insured making a first party claim or any person instituting a

153-33

liability claim; provided that no person who is an affiliate of the insolvent insurer may be a

153-34

claimant;

154-1

     (4) “Commercial lines excess liability insurance” means any commercial lines liability

154-2

insurance written over an underlying policy with policy limits of at least $300,000 or a self-

154-3

insured retention of at least $300,000;

154-4

     (5) “Commercial lines insurance” means any insurance to which this chapter applies

154-5

which is not personal lines insurance;

154-6

     (6) “Commissioner” means the commissioner of insurance;

154-7

     (7) “Control” means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the

154-8

direction of the management and policies of a person, whether through the ownership of voting

154-9

securities, by contract other than a commercial contract for goods or nonmanagement services, or

154-10

otherwise, unless the power is the result of an official position with, or corporate office held by,

154-11

the person. Control shall be presumed to exist if any person, directly or indirectly, owns, controls,

154-12

holds with the power to vote, or holds proxies representing, ten percent (10%) or more of the

154-13

voting securities of any other person. This presumption may be rebutted by a showing that control

154-14

does not exist in fact;

154-15

     (8) “Covered claim” means an unpaid claim, including one for unearned premiums,

154-16

submitted by a claimant, which arises out of and is within the coverage and subject to the

154-17

applicable limits of an insurance policy to which this chapter applies issued by an insurer, if the

154-18

insurer becomes an insolvent insurer on or after July 1, 1988 and:

154-19

     (i) The claimant or insured is a resident of this state at the time of the insured event;

154-20

provided, that for entities other than an individual, the residence of a claimant or insured is the

154-21

state in which its principal place of business is located at the time of the insured event; or

154-22

     (ii) The property from which the claim arises is permanently located in this state.

154-23

“Covered claim” shall not include any amount:

154-24

     (A) Awarded as punitive or exemplary damages;

154-25

     (B) Sought as a return of premium under any retrospective rating plan; or

154-26

     (C) Due any reinsurer, insurer, insurance pool, or underwriting association, as

154-27

subrogation recoveries or otherwise; provided, that a claim for any amount, asserted against a

154-28

person insured under a policy issued by an insurer which has become an insolvent insurer, which,

154-29

if it were not a claim by or for the benefit of a reinsurer, insurer, insurance pool, or underwriting

154-30

association, would be a “covered claim”, may be filed directly with the receiver of the insolvent

154-31

insurer, but in no event may any the claim be asserted against the insured of the insurer;

154-32

     (9) “Fund” means the Rhode Island insurers’ insolvency fund created under § 27-34-6;

154-33

     (10) “Insolvent insurer” means an insurer licensed to transact in this state any of the kinds

154-34

of insurance within the scope of this chapter, either at the time the policy was issued or when the

155-1

insured event occurred, against which an order of liquidation with a finding of insolvency has

155-2

been entered on or after July 1, 1988, by a court of competent jurisdiction in the insurer’s state of

155-3

domicile or in this state under the provision(s) of chapter 14.3 of this title which order of

155-4

liquidation has not been stayed or been the subject of a writ of supersedeas or other comparable

155-5

order;

155-6

     (11) “Member insurer” means any person who:

155-7

     (i) Writes any kind of insurance to which this chapter applies, including the exchange of

155-8

reciprocal or interinsurance contracts; and

155-9

     (ii) Is licensed to transact insurance in this state;

155-10

     (12) “ Net direct written premiums” means direct gross premiums written in this state on

155-11

insurance policies to which this chapter applies, less return premiums thereon on those policies

155-12

and dividends or unabsorbed premiums paid or credited to policyholders on the direct business.

155-13

“Net direct written premiums” does not include premiums on contracts between insurers or

155-14

reinsurers;

155-15

     (13) “Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, association, or voluntary

155-16

organization;

155-17

     (14) “Personal lines insurance” means any insurance to which this chapter applies issued

155-18

for personal, family, or household purposes;

155-19

     (15) “Pleasure craft” means watercraft, other than a seaplane on the water or a houseboat,

155-20

not greater than thirty-five (35) feet in length used solely for pleasure and not used for:

155-21

     (i) Charter or hire; or

155-22

     (ii) To carry persons or property for fee or any commercial use; and

155-23

     (16) “Self-insured retention” means:

155-24

     (i) Any fund or other arrangement to pay claims other than by an insurance company; or

155-25

     (ii) Any arrangement under which an insurance company has no obligation to pay claims

155-26

on behalf of an insured if it is not reimbursed by the insured.

155-27

     27-34-7. Board of directors. -- (a) The board of directors of the fund shall consist of not

155-28

less than five (5) nor more than nine (9) persons serving terms as established in the plan of

155-29

operation. The members of the board shall be selected by member insurers subject to the approval

155-30

of the commissioner. Vacancies on the board shall be filled for the remaining period of the term

155-31

by a majority vote of the remaining board members subject to the approval of the commissioner.

155-32

If no members are selected within sixty (60) days after July 1, 1988, the commissioner may

155-33

appoint the initial members of the board of directors.

156-1

     (b) In approving selections to the board, the commissioner shall consider among other

156-2

things whether all member insurers are fairly represented.

156-3

     (c) Members of the board of directors may be reimbursed from the assets of the fund for

156-4

expenses incurred by them as members of the board of directors.

156-5

     27-34-8. Powers and duties of the fund. -- (a) The fund shall:

156-6

     (1) Be obligated to pay covered claims existing prior to the determination of the

156-7

insolvency of a member insurer or arising within sixty (60) days after the determination of the

156-8

insolvency or before the policy expiration date if less than sixty (60) days after the determination

156-9

of insolvency or before the insured replaces the policy or causes its cancellation if he or she does

156-10

so within sixty (60) days of the determination. The

156-11

     obligations shall be satisfied by paying to the claimant an amount as follows:

156-12

     (i) The full amount of a covered claim for benefits under a workers’ compensation

156-13

insurance coverage;

156-14

     (ii) An amount not exceeding ten thousand dollars ($10,000), per policy for a covered

156-15

claim for the return of unearned premium;

156-16

     (iii) An amount not exceeding three hundred thousand dollars ($300,000), per claimant

156-17

for all other covered claims. In no event shall the fund be obligated to pay a claimant an amount

156-18

in excess of the obligation of the insolvent insurer under the policy or coverage from which the

156-19

claim arises. Notwithstanding any other provision of this chapter, a covered claim shall not

156-20

include any claim filed with the fund after the final date set by the court for the filing of claims

156-21

against the liquidator or receiver of an insolvent insurer. The fund shall pay only that amount of

156-22

each unearned premium, which is in excess of one hundred dollars ($100);

156-23

     (2) Be deemed the insurer to the extent of its obligation on the covered claims and to that

156-24

extent shall have all of the rights, duties and obligations of the insolvent insurer as if the insurer

156-25

had not become insolvent;

156-26

     (3) Allocate claims paid and expenses incurred among the three (3) accounts separately,

156-27

and assess member insurers separately for each account amounts necessary to pay the obligations

156-28

of the fund under subsection (a) subdivision (1) of this subsection subsequent to an insolvency,

156-29

the expenses of handling covered claims subsequent to an insolvency and other expenses

156-30

authorized by this chapter. The assessments of each member insurer shall be in the proportion that

156-31

the net direct written premiums of the member insurer for the calendar year preceding the

156-32

assessment on the kinds of insurance in the account bears to the net direct written premiums of all

156-33

member insurers for the calendar year preceding the assessment on the kinds of insurance in the

156-34

account. Each member insurer shall be notified of the assessment not later than thirty (30) days

157-1

before it is due. No member insurer may be assessed in any one year on any account an amount

157-2

greater than two percent (2%) of that member insurer’s net direct written premiums for the

157-3

calendar year preceding the assessment on the kinds of insurance in the account. If the maximum

157-4

assessment, together with the other assets of the fund in any account, does not provide in any one

157-5

year in any account an amount sufficient to make all necessary payments from that account, each

157-6

member insurer shall be assessed the additional amount that must be obtained to make all

157-7

necessary payments of the underfunded account from the other two accounts, subject to the same

157-8

limitation of two percent (2%) of that member insurer’s net direct written premiums for the

157-9

calendar year preceding the assessment on the kinds of insurance in the account, subject to the

157-10

limitation that the ability to assess from different accounts to make all necessary payments from

157-11

any underfunded account shall lapse on December 31, 1998. The additional assessments shall be

157-12

considered loans by and between the separate accounts. Amounts borrowed under this subsection

157-13

shall be paid back to the separate accounts from which they were borrowed, out of assets,

157-14

including, but not limited to, existing and future assessments in the account receiving the loan. An

157-15

interest charge shall be levied on all amounts borrowed under this subsection based on the

157-16

average prime rate of interest for each year the money remains unpaid. If the amounts borrowed

157-17

remain unpaid on the seventh yearly anniversary as a result of the inability of the borrowing

157-18

account to make repayment, then the amount borrowed and interest which is not repaid, starting

157-19

with the principal and interest of the first year, shall be considered uncollectible. The funds

157-20

available shall be prorated and the unpaid portion shall be paid as soon thereafter as funds

157-21

become available. The fund shall pay claims in any order which it deems reasonable, including

157-22

the payment of claims as they are received from the claimants or in groups or categories of

157-23

claims. The fund may exempt or defer, in whole or in part, the assessment of any member insurer

157-24

if the assessment would cause the member insurer’s financial statement to reflect amounts of

157-25

capital or surplus less than the minimum amounts required for a certificate of authority by any

157-26

jurisdiction in which the member insurer is authorized to transact insurance; provided, however,

157-27

that. However, during the period of deferment, no dividends shall be paid to shareholders or

157-28

policyholders. Deferred assessments shall be paid when the payment will not reduce capital or

157-29

surplus below required minimums. The payments shall be refunded to those companies receiving

157-30

larger assessments by virtue of the deferment, or, at the election of any company, credited against

157-31

future assessments.

157-32

     (4) Investigate claims brought against the fund and adjust, compromise, settle, and pay

157-33

covered claims to the extent of the fund’s obligation and deny all other claims, and may review

158-1

settlements, releases, and judgments to which the insolvent insurer or its insureds were parties, to

158-2

determine the extent to which the settlements, releases, and judgments may be properly contested;

158-3

     (5) Notify the insureds as the commissioner directs under § 27-34-10(b)(1);

158-4

     (6) Handle claims through its employees or through one or more insurers or other persons

158-5

designated as servicing facilities. Designation of a servicing facility is subject to the approval of

158-6

the commissioner, but the designation may be declined by a member insurer;

158-7

     (7) Reimburse each servicing facility for obligations of the fund paid by the facility and

158-8

for expenses incurred by the facility while handling claims on behalf of the fund and shall pay the

158-9

other expenses of the fund authorized by this chapter; and

158-10

     (8) (i) Within thirty (30) days after June 18, 1991 Obtain an irrevocable line of credit

158-11

agreement from each member insurer in an amount not to exceed the member insurer’s maximum

158-12

assessment pursuant to subsection (a) subdivision (3) of this subsection to ensure the immediate

158-13

availability of funds for the purposes of future claims and expenses attributable to an insurer

158-14

insolvency;

158-15

     (ii) Any amount drawn from the fund under any line of credit shall be considered a

158-16

payment toward the member insurer’s assessment provided for in subsection (a) subdivision (3)

158-17

of this subsection;

158-18

     (iii) The member insurer shall provide funding to the fund under the line of credit within

158-19

three (3) business days of receipt of a written request from the fund for a draw-down under the

158-20

line of credit;

158-21

     (iv) The line of credit agreement shall be subject to prior review and approval by the

158-22

commissioner at the time of origination and any subsequent renewal. It shall include any

158-23

commercially reasonable provisions the fund or the commissioner may deem advisable, including

158-24

a provision that the line of credit is irrevocable or for a stated period of time and provides for

158-25

thirty (30) day notice to the fund and the commissioner that the line is being terminated or not

158-26

renewed;

158-27

     (v) If a line of credit is not given as provided for in this section, the member insurer shall

158-28

be responsible for the payment of an assessment of up to the member’s proportionate share of the

158-29

applicable maximum as set forth in this subsection which shall be paid into a pre-insolvency

158-30

assessment fund in each account.

158-31

     (b) The fund may:

158-32

     (1) Employ or retain those persons necessary to handle claims and perform other duties of

158-33

the fund;

159-1

     (2) Borrow funds necessary to effect the purposes of this chapter in accord with the plan

159-2

of operation;

159-3

     (3) Sue or be sued;

159-4

     (4) Negotiate and become a party to any contracts necessary to carry out the purpose of

159-5

this chapter;

159-6

     (5) Perform any other acts necessary or proper to effectuate the purpose of this chapter;

159-7

and

159-8

     (6) Refund to the member insurers in proportion to the contribution of each member

159-9

insurer to that account that amount by which the assets of the account exceed the liabilities, if, at

159-10

the end of any calendar year, the board of directors finds that the assets of the fund in any account

159-11

exceed the liabilities of that account as estimated by the board of directors for the coming year.

159-12

     27-34-9. Plan of operation. -- (a) The fund shall submit to the commissioner a plan of

159-13

operation and any amendments thereto to the plan necesssary necessary or suitable to assure the

159-14

fair, reasonable, and equitable administration of the fund. The plan of operation and any

159-15

amendments thereto to it shall become effective upon approval in writing by the commissioner.

159-16

     (b) If the fund fails to submit a suitable plan of operation within ninety (90) days after

159-17

July 1, 1988, or if at any time thereafter the fund fails to submit suitable amendments to the plan,

159-18

the commissioner shall, after notice and hearing, adopt and promulgate any reasonable rules

159-19

necessary or advisable to effectuate the provisions of this chapter. The rules shall continue in

159-20

force until modified by the commissioner or superseded by a plan or amendments thereto to it

159-21

submitted by the fund and approved by the commissioner.

159-22

     (c) All member insurers shall comply with the plan of operation.

159-23

     (d) The plan of operation shall:

159-24

     (1) Establish the procedures where all of the powers and duties of the fund under § 27-34-

159-25

8 will be performed;

159-26

     (2) Establish the procedures for handling the assets of the fund;

159-27

     (3) Establish the amount and method of reimbursing members of the board of directors

159-28

under § 27-34-7;

159-29

     (4) Establish procedures by which claims may be filed with the fund and establish

159-30

acceptable forms of proof of covered claims. Notice of claims to the receiver or liquidator of the

159-31

insolvent insurer shall be deemed notice to the fund or its agent, and a list of claims shall be

159-32

periodically submitted to the fund or similar organization in another state by the receiver or

159-33

liquidator;

159-34

     (5) Establish regular places and times for meetings of the board of directors;

160-1

     (6) Establish procedures for records to be kept of all financial transactions of the fund, its

160-2

agents, and the board of directors;

160-3

     (7) Provide that any member insurer aggrieved by any final action or decision of the fund

160-4

may appeal to the commissioner within thirty (30) days after the action or decision;

160-5

     (8) Establish the procedures whereby by which selections for the board of directors will

160-6

be submitted to the commissioner; and

160-7

     (9) Contain additional provisions necessary or proper for the execution of the powers and

160-8

duties of the fund.

160-9

     (e) The plan of operation may provide that any or all powers and duties of the fund,

160-10

except those under §§ 27-34-8(a)(3) and 27-34-8(b)(2), may be delegated to a corporation,

160-11

association, or other organization which performs or will perform functions similar to those of the

160-12

fund, or its equivalent, in two or more states. That corporation, association, or organization shall

160-13

be reimbursed as a servicing facility would be reimbursed and shall be paid for its performance of

160-14

any other functions of the fund. A delegation under this subsection shall take effect only with the

160-15

approval of both the board of directors and the commissioner, and may be made only to a

160-16

corporation, association, or organization which extends protection not substantially less favorable

160-17

and effective than that provided by this chapter.

160-18

     SECTION 62. Section 21-28.2-3 of the General Laws in Chpater 21-28.2 entitled “Drug

160-19

Abuse Control” is hereby amended to read as follows:

160-20

     21-28.2-3. Admission of narcotic addict on civil certification. -- A justice of the family

160-21

court or a judge of the district court may certify a narcotic addict to the care and custody of the

160-22

department in the following manner:

160-23

     (1)(a) Except as provided hereafter in this section, whenever any narcotic addict desires

160-24

to obtain treatment for his or her addiction, whenever a related individual has reason to believe

160-25

that any person is a narcotic addict, or whenever the director of health has reason to believe that

160-26

any person is a narcotic addict, the addict, related individual, or director of health may apply for

160-27

an order certifying that person to the care and custody of the department by presenting a verified

160-28

petition setting forth knowledge, information, or belief that the person is a narcotic addict,

160-29

together with a statement of the facts upon which that knowledge, information, or belief is based.

160-30

When such a the petition is presented, the court may examine the petitioner, or any witness, under

160-31

oath and shall determine whether there are reasonable grounds to believe that the person in whose

160-32

behalf the application is made is a narcotic addict. If the court determines that there are

160-33

reasonable grounds to believe that the person is a narcotic addict, and if the person is not also the

160-34

petitioner, it shall issue an order in accordance with subdivision (b) (2) of this section; provided,

161-1

however, that if the court further determines that the person would not comply with any such the

161-2

order the court shall issue, in lieu of an order, a warrant in accordance with subdivision (c) (3) of

161-3

this section. When the alleged addict is the petitioner and the court determines that there are

161-4

reasonable grounds to believe that the person is a narcotic addict, the court shall immediately

161-5

proceed in accordance with subdivision (d) (4) of this section. The state shall be a party in all

161-6

proceedings pursuant to this section and shall act on the relation of the petitioner. The attorney

161-7

general shall represent the state.

161-8

     (2)(b) An order issued pursuant to this section shall direct the alleged narcotic addict to

161-9

appear at a specified time before the court for a determination whether there are reasonable

161-10

grounds to order that person to undergo a medical examination at a facility or by two (2)

161-11

physicians designated by the director. The court shall direct that the order and petition be served

161-12

upon the alleged narcotic addict personally or by registered mail and the court may further direct

161-13

that the order and petition be served personally or by mail upon the husband or wife, father or

161-14

mother, or next of kin of the alleged narcotic addict.

161-15

     (3)(c) A warrant issued pursuant to this section shall be directed to any police officer in

161-16

the state commanding the officer: (i) to take the alleged narcotic addict into custody, and (ii) to

161-17

bring the alleged narcotic addict forthwith immediately before the court for a determination

161-18

whether there are reasonable grounds to order him or her to undergo a medical examination at a

161-19

facility designated by the department. If the court is not then in session, the alleged narcotic

161-20

addict may be held at a facility designated by the department or at any other detention facility

161-21

until the court is in session. In such a case, the head of the facility or a duly appointed

161-22

representative shall advise the alleged addict of the nature of the proceeding, the reason for his or

161-23

her detention, and that he or she will appear before a judge at the next court session in connection

161-24

with the allegation that he or she is a narcotic addict. This person shall also inform the alleged

161-25

addict that he or she has the right to the aid of counsel at every stage of the proceedings, and that

161-26

if the person desires the aid of counsel and is financially unable to obtain counsel, counsel shall

161-27

be assigned by the court, and that he or she is entitled to communicate free of charge, by

161-28

telephone or letter, in order to obtain counsel and in order to inform a relative or friend of the

161-29

proceeding. Such a The warrant may be executed on any day including Saturdays, Sundays, and

161-30

holidays and the alleged narcotic addict shall not be subjected to any more restraint than is

161-31

necessary for the purposes specified in the warrant. The police officer shall exhibit the warrant to

161-32

the alleged narcotic addict, and inform the alleged addict of the purpose for which he or she is

161-33

being taken into custody. The officer shall not break open any outer or inner door or window of a

161-34

building, or any part of the building, or anything therein in a building, to execute the warrant

162-1

unless, if, after notice of the officer’s authority and purpose, he or she is refused admittance. The

162-2

warrant must be executed within thirty (30) days after its date and if not so executed shall be

162-3

void.

162-4

     (4)(d) Upon the appearance of the alleged narcotic addict the court shall provide the

162-5

alleged addict with a copy of any paper not yet served upon him or her and shall explain that, if

162-6

the court finds reasonable grounds to believe that the person is a narcotic addict, it shall order him

162-7

or her to undergo a medical examination at a facility or by two (2) physicians designated by the

162-8

department. The court shall then advise the alleged narcotic addict that if such the medical

162-9

examination is ordered the alleged addict shall appear before the court after such the examination

162-10

as provided in subdivision (e)(1) paragraph (5)(i) of this section, and, if the petition and the report

162-11

of the medical examination set forth reasonable grounds to believe that the person is a narcotic

162-12

addict, he or she may thereafter be certified to the care and custody of the department for an

162-13

indefinite period not exceeding three (3) years and that he or she shall have a right to a hearing

162-14

prior to the certification. If the alleged narcotic addict appears without counsel, the court shall

162-15

advise the person that he or she has the right to the aid of counsel at every stage of the

162-16

proceedings, and that if he or she desires the aid of counsel and is financially unable to obtain

162-17

counsel, then counsel shall be assigned. The court shall allow the alleged narcotic addict a

162-18

reasonable time to send for counsel and shall adjourn the proceedings for that purpose. The court

162-19

shall inform the alleged addict, if the person is being held in custody, that he or she is entitled to

162-20

communicate free of charge, by letter or telephone, in order to obtain counsel and in order to

162-21

inform a relative or friend of the proceeding. If the alleged narcotic addict does not desire the aid

162-22

of counsel the court must determine that the person waived counsel having knowledge of the

162-23

significance of his or her act. If the court is not satisfied that the alleged narcotic addict knows the

162-24

significance of his or her act in waiving counsel, the court shall assign counsel.

162-25

     (5) (i)(e) (1) If the court, after the appearance of the alleged addict, is satisfied that there

162-26

are reasonable grounds to believe that the person is a narcotic addict it shall issue an order

162-27

directing the person to appear on a specified date and place for a medical examination in

162-28

accordance with § 21-28.2-4. of this chapter. A copy of this order shall be given to the person and

162-29

a copy of the order and of any order or warrant issued in accordance with subdivisions (b), (c), or

162-30

(f) (2), (3), or (6) of this section shall be furnished to the department.

162-31

     (ii)(2) If the court has reason to believe that the person will fail to appear for the medical

162-32

examination, the order shall make provision commanding any police officer of the state to take

162-33

the person into custody and deliver him or her forthwith immediately to the place specified for the

162-34

medical examination.

163-1

     (iii)(3) Any order issued pursuant to this paragraph subdivision shall direct the person to

163-2

appear before the court within seven (7) days, exclusive of Saturdays, Sundays, and holidays,

163-3

after the person’s admission for the medical examination.

163-4

     (6)(f) If the alleged narcotic addict fails to appear as directed by an order pursuant to this

163-5

section, and the court is satisfied that timely service has been made or that service cannot be

163-6

effected with due diligence, it may issue a warrant directed to any police officer in the state

163-7

commanding the officer: (i) to take the alleged narcotic addict into custody, and (ii) to bring such

163-8

the alleged addict forthwith immediately to a specified place for a specific purpose, which shall

163-9

be the place and purpose specified in the order. If the warrant commands the officer to bring the

163-10

alleged addict to court and the court is not then in session, the alleged addict may be held at a

163-11

facility designated by the department or at any other detention facility until the court is in session.

163-12

The warrant shall be executed in the same manner and subject to the same restrictions as provided

163-13

in subdivision (c) (3) of this section.

163-14

     SECTION 63. Sections 21-30-6 and 21-30-7 of the General Laws in Chapter 21-30

163-15

entitled “Drugs and Poisons Generally” are hereby amended to read as follows:

163-16

     21-30-6. Labeling of poisons — Registration of sales — Prescriptions. -- No person

163-17

shall hereafter sell, either by wholesale or retail, any of the poisons enumerated in § 21-30-7,

163-18

without distinctly labeling the bottle, box, vessel, or paper and wrapper or cover in which the

163-19

poison is contained with the name of the article, the word “poison,” and the name and place of

163-20

business of the seller; and every registered pharmacist selling or dispensing any of these poisons

163-21

shall first enter in a book, to be kept for that purpose only, and subject always to inspection by the

163-22

board of pharmacy or any officer or agent thereof of the board or other proper authority, and to be

163-23

preserved for at least five (5) years, a record of the sale or dispensing; in accordance with § 21-

163-24

30-8 [Repealed.]; provided, that if any of the poisons form a part of the ingredients of any

163-25

medicine or medicines compounded in accordance with the written prescription of a medical

163-26

practitioner, the medicine need not be labeled with the word “poison”; but all prescriptions,

163-27

whether or not composed in part or in whole of any of these ingredients, shall be carefully kept by

163-28

the pharmacist on a file or in a book used for that purpose only and numbered in the order in

163-29

which they are received or dispensed, and every box, bottle, vial, vessel, or packet containing

163-30

medicines so dispensed shall be labeled with the name and place of business of the registered

163-31

pharmacist so dispensing the medicine, and be numbered with a number corresponding with that

163-32

on the original prescription retained by the pharmacist on the book or file. Such The prescriptions

163-33

shall be preserved at least five (5) years and shall be open to the inspection of the writer thereof

164-1

of them, and a copy shall be furnished free of expense whenever demanded by either the writer or

164-2

the purchaser.

164-3

     21-30-7. Poisons subject to labeling and registration. -- The following

164-4

substances are poisons subject to labeling as provided in § 21-30-6:

164-5

     (1)(a) Arsenic and its preparations.

164-6

     (2)(b) Carbolic acid.

164-7

     (3)(c) Corrosive sublimate.

164-8

     (4)(d) Cotton root and its preparations.

164-9

     (5)(e) Cyanide of potassium.

164-10

     (6)(f) Ergot and its preparations.

164-11

     (7)(g) Hydrocyanic acid.

164-12

     (8)(h) Opium and its preparations, paregoric excepted.

164-13

     (9)(i) Oxalic acid.

164-14

     (10)(j) Savin.

164-15

     (11)(k) Strychnia.

164-16

     (12)(l) Volatile oil of bitter almonds, of pennyroyal, of savin, and of tansy.

164-17

     (13)(m) Proprietary or secret medicines recommended, sold or advertised as

164-18

emmenagogues and parturients.

164-19

     SECTION 64. Sections 21-31-3 and 21-31-15 of the General Laws in Chapter 21-15

164-20

entitled “Rhode Island Food, Drugs, and Cosmetics Act” are hereby amended to read as follows:

164-21

     21-31-3. Prohibited acts. -- The following acts and the causing thereof of those

164-22

acts within the state of Rhode Island are hereby prohibited:

164-23

     (1)(a) The manufacture, sale, or delivery, or holding or offering for sale of any food,

164-24

drug, device, or cosmetic that is adulterated or misbranded.

164-25

     (2)(b) The adulteration or misbranding of any food, drug, device, or cosmetic.

164-26

     (3)(c) The receipt in commerce of any food, drug, device, or cosmetic that is adulterated

164-27

or misbranded, and the delivery or proferred delivery thereof of it for pay or otherwise.

164-28

     (4)(d) The sale, delivery for sale, holding for sale, or offering for sale of any article in

164-29

violation of § 21-31-12 or 21-31-16.

164-30

     (5)(e) The dissemination of any false advertisement.

164-31

     (6)(f) The refusal to permit entry or inspection, or to permit the taking of a sample, as

164-32

authorized by § 21-31-21.

164-33

     (7)(g) The giving of a guaranty of undertaking which guaranty or undertaking is false,

164-34

except by a person who relied on a guaranty or undertaking to the same effect signed by, and

165-1

containing the name and address of, the person residing in the state of Rhode Island from whom

165-2

he received in good faith the food, drug, device, or cosmetic.

165-3

     (8)(h) The removal or disposal of a detained or embargoed article in violation of § 21-31-

165-4

6.

165-5

     (9)(i) The alteration, mutilation, destruction, obliteration, or removal of the whole or any

165-6

part of the labeling of, or the doing of any other act with respect to, a food, drug, device, or

165-7

cosmetic, if that act is done while the article is held for sale and results in the article’s being

165-8

adulterated or misbranded.

165-9

     (10)(j) Forging, counterfeiting, simulating, or falsely representing, or without proper

165-10

authority using, any mark, stamp, tag, label, or other identification device authorized or required

165-11

by regulations promulgated under the provisions of this chapter.

165-12

     (11)(k) The using, on the labeling of any drug or in any advertisement relating to the

165-13

drug, of any representation or suggestion that any application with respect to the drug is effective

165-14

under § 21-31-16, or that the drug complies with the provisions of that section.

165-15

     (12)(i)(l) (1) No person shall possess The possession of any habit-forming, toxic,

165-16

harmful, or new drug subject to § 21-31-15(k)(1) 21-31-15(a)(11)(i) unless the possession of that

165-17

drug has been obtained by a valid prescription of a practitioner licensed by law to administer such

165-18

those drugs; provided, that the provisions of this subdivision shall not be applicable to the

165-19

delivery of such those drugs to persons included in any of the classes named below, or to the

165-20

agents or employees of these persons, for use in the usual course of their official duties, as the

165-21

case may be,; or to the possession of such those drugs by these persons or their agents or

165-22

employees for that use: (A) pharmacists; (B) practitioners; (C) persons who procure such the

165-23

drugs for disposition by or under the supervision of pharmacists or practitioners employed by

165-24

them or for the purpose of lawful research, teaching, or testing, and not for resale; (D) hospitals or

165-25

other institutions which procure such the drugs for lawful administration by practitioners; (E)

165-26

officers or employees of federal, state, or local governments; (F) manufacturers and wholesalers

165-27

lawfully engaged in selling such those drugs to authorized persons; and (G) common carriers and

165-28

warehousemen warehouse operators while engaged in lawfully transporting or storing such the

165-29

drugs for authorized persons.

165-30

     (ii)(2) The possession of a drug under subdivision (l)(1) paragraph (i) of this section

165-31

subdivision not properly labeled to indicate that possession is by a valid prescription of a

165-32

practitioner licensed by law to administer the drug by any person not exempted under this chapter

165-33

shall be prima facie evidence that the possession is unlawful; provided, that the provisions of this

165-34

paragraph shall not be applicable where a portion of the whole amount of a drug lawfully

166-1

obtained under the provisions of this chapter not in excess of an amount sufficient to meet the

166-2

medical requirements of the patient in any twenty-four (24) consecutive hours, as indicated in the

166-3

directions for use by the practitioner prescribing or dispensing the drug, is possessed in a

166-4

container to suit the convenience of the patient.

166-5

     (13)(m) The sale of all unprocessed and/or uncooked fish, shellfish, and scallops by retail

166-6

markets and other retailers without a label indicating whether the fish, shellfish, or scallops have

166-7

ever been frozen.

166-8

     (14)(n) The making, issuing, or uttering of any false or forged prescription.

166-9

     (15)(o) The processing or selling or holding for sale of any “distressed merchandise” in

166-10

this state without a permit from the director of health.

166-11

     (16)(p) The holding, selling, or offering for sale of any food (or drug) which has been

166-12

condemned or voluntarily disposed of by action of the director of health.

166-13

     (17)(q) Use of the term “native” unless used as defined in § 21-31-2. The retail consumer

166-14

has a right to know and the retailer shall provide upon request the origin of nonnative uncooked

166-15

and/or unprocessed shellfish and/or scallops.

166-16

     21-31-15. Misbranded drug or device. -- (a) A drug or device shall be deemed

166-17

to be misbranded:

166-18

     (1)(a) If its labeling is false or misleading in any particular.

166-19

     (2)(b) If in package form unless it bears a label containing: (i)(1) the name and place of

166-20

business of the manufacturer, packer, or distributor; and (ii)(2) an accurate statement of the

166-21

quantity of the contents in terms of weight, measure, or numerical count; provided, that under

166-22

clause (2) paragraph (ii) of this subdivision reasonable variations shall be permitted, and

166-23

exemptions as to small packages shall be established, by regulations prescribed by the director of

166-24

health.

166-25

     (3)(c) If any word, statement, or other information required by or under authority of this

166-26

chapter to appear on the label or labeling is not prominently placed thereon on it with such

166-27

conspicuousness (as compared with other words, statements, designs, or devices in the labeling)

166-28

and in such terms as to render it likely to be read and understood by the ordinary individual under

166-29

customary conditions of purchase and use.

166-30

     (4)(d) If it is for use by humans and contains any quantity of the narcotic or hypnotic

166-31

substance alpha-eucaine, barbituric acid, betaeucaine, bromal, cannabis, carbromal, chloral, coca,

166-32

cocaine, codeine, heroin, marihuana, morphine, opium, paraldehyde, peyote, or sulphonmethane,

166-33

or any chemical derivative of such a substance any of those substances, which derivative has been

166-34

by the director of health after investigation found to be, and by regulations under this chapter

167-1

designated as, habit forming, unless its label bears the name and quantity of the proportion of the

167-2

substance or derivative and in juxtaposition therewith with it the statement “Warning - May be

167-3

habit forming.”

167-4

     (5)(e) If it is a drug and is not designated solely by a name recognized in an official

167-5

compendium unless its label bears: (i)(1) the common or usual name of the drug, if such there be;

167-6

and (ii)(2) in case it is fabricated from two or more ingredients, the common or usual name of

167-7

each active ingredient, including the kind and quantity or proportion of any alcohol, and also

167-8

including, whether active or not, the name and quantity or proportion of any bromides, ether,

167-9

chloroform, acetanilid, acetphenetidin, amidopyrine, anti-pyrine, atropine, hysoeine,

167-10

hyoscyamine, arsenic, digitalis, glucosides, mercury, ouabain, strophanthin, strychnine, thyroid,

167-11

or any derivative or preparation of any such those substances contained therein in it; provided,

167-12

that to the extent that compliance with the requirements of clause (2) paragraph (ii) of this

167-13

subdivision is impracticable, exemptions shall be established by regulations promulgated by the

167-14

director of health.

167-15

     (6)(f) Unless its labeling bears: (i)(1) adequate directions for use; and (ii)(2) such

167-16

adequate warnings against use in those pathological conditions or by children where its use may

167-17

be dangerous to health, or against unsafe dosage or methods or duration of administration or

167-18

application, in such the manner and form as that are necessary for the protection of users;

167-19

provided, that where any requirement of clause (1) paragraph (i) of this subdivision, as applied to

167-20

any drug or device, is not necessary for the protection of the public health, the director of health

167-21

shall promulgate regulations exempting the drug or device from those requirements.

167-22

     (7)(g) If it purports to be a drug the name of which is recognized in an official

167-23

compendium, unless it is packaged and labeled as prescribed therein in the compendium;

167-24

provided, that the method of packing may be modified with the consent of the director of health.

167-25

Whenever a drug is recognized in both the United States Pharmacopoeia and the Homeopathic

167-26

Pharmacopoeia of the United States, it shall be subject to the requirements of the United States

167-27

Pharmacopoeia with respect to packaging and labeling unless it is labeled and offered for sale as a

167-28

homeopathic drug, in which case it shall be subject to the provisions of the Homeopathic

167-29

Pharmacopoeia of the United States, and not to those of the United States Pharmacopoeia.

167-30

     (8)(h) If it has been found by the director of health to be a drug liable to deterioration,

167-31

unless it is packaged in such the form and manner, and its label bears a statement of such the

167-32

precautions, as that the director of health shall by regulations require as necessary for the

167-33

protection of public health. No such regulation shall be established for any drug recognized in an

167-34

official compendium until the director of health shall have informed the appropriate body charged

168-1

with the revision of the compendium of the need for such packaging or labeling requirements and

168-2

that body shall have failed within a reasonable time to prescribe such those requirements.

168-3

     (9)(i) If: (i)(1) If it is a drug and its container is so made, formed, or filled as to be

168-4

misleading; or (ii)(2) if it is an imitation of another drug; or (iii)(3) if it is offered for sale under

168-5

the name of another drug.

168-6

     (10)(j) If it is dangerous to health when used in the dosage, or with the frequency or

168-7

duration prescribed, recommended, or suggested in its labeling.

168-8

     (11)(i)(k) (1) A drug intended for use by humans which: (A) is a habit forming drug to

168-9

which subdivision (d) (a)(4) of this section applies;, or (B) because of its toxicity or the potential

168-10

for harmful effect, or the method of its use, or the collateral measures necessary to its use, is not

168-11

safe for use except under the supervision of a practitioner licensed by law to administer that

168-12

drug;, or (C) is limited by an effective application under § 21-31-16 to use under the professional

168-13

supervision of a practitioner licensed by law to administer that drug shall be dispensed only:

168-14

(I)(1) upon a written prescription of a practitioner licensed by law to administer the drug, or

168-15

(II)(2) upon an oral prescription of the practitioner which is reduced promptly to writing and filed

168-16

by the pharmacist, or (III)(3) by refilling any such written or oral prescription if the refilling is

168-17

authorized by the prescriber either in the original prescription or by oral order which is reduced

168-18

promptly to writing and filed by the pharmacist. The act of dispensing a drug contrary to the

168-19

provisions of this subdivision shall be deemed to be an act which results in the drug being

168-20

misbranded while held for sale.

168-21

     (ii)(2) The director of health may by regulation remove drugs subject to subdivision (d)

168-22

(a)(4) of this section and § 21-31-16 from the requirements of subdivision (k)(1) paragraph (i) of

168-23

this subdivision when such those requirements are not necessary for the protection of the public

168-24

health.

168-25

     (iii)(3) A drug which is subject to subdivision (k)(1) paragraph (i) of this subdivision

168-26

shall be deemed to be misbranded if at any time prior to dispensing its label fails to bear the

168-27

statement “Caution: Federal law prohibits dispensing without prescription.” A drug to which

168-28

subdivision (k)(1) paragraph (i) of this subdivision does not apply shall be deemed to be

168-29

misbranded if at any time prior to dispensing its label bears the caution statement quoted in the

168-30

preceding sentence.

168-31

     (iv)(4) No prescription for any of the drugs described above in this subdivision shall be

168-32

refilled if marked “non-repeat” or “N.R.”

168-33

     (12)(m) If it is a drug and its packaging or labeling is in violation of an applicable

168-34

regulation issued pursuant to § 23-24.1-3 or 23-24.1-4 of the Poison Prevention Packaging Act.

169-1

     (b)(1) (l) (1) Any drug dispensed by filling or refilling a written or oral prescription of a

169-2

practitioner licensed by law to prescribe such the drug, and any drug dispensed to an ultimate user

169-3

by a practitioner, shall be exempt from the requirements of this section except subdivisions (a)(1),

169-4

(9), and (11) of this section, (i), and (k), and the packaging requirements of subdivisions (g), (h),

169-5

and (m) (a)(7), (8), and (12) of this section, if the drug bears a label containing the name and

169-6

address of the dispenser, the serial number and date of the prescription or of its filling, the name

169-7

of the prescriber, and, if stated in the prescription, the name of the patient, and the directions for

169-8

use and cautionary statements, if any, contained in the prescription. When a practitioner

169-9

prescribes a drug by brand name, oral or written, he/she he or she shall, in each prescription,

169-10

authorize a less expensive generic equivalent drug product by signing the prescription. If in the

169-11

professional judgment of the prescribing practitioner the brand name is medically necessary, the

169-12

practitioner shall write in his/her his or her own handwriting in a designated box, “Brand name

169-13

necessary” on the prescription form. This exemption shall not apply to any drug dispensed in

169-14

violation of subdivision (k)(1) paragraph (a)(11)(i) of this section.

169-15

     (2)(A) When dispensing a generic drug product, the word “INTERCHANGE” or the

169-16

letters “IC” must appear on the label followed by the generic name and manufacturer, and/or

169-17

distributor, of the chosen product.

169-18

     (3)(B) The requirements of (A) subdivision (2) of this subsection only apply to single

169-19

entity, multiple-source drugs.

169-20

     (3)(C) When dispensing a single entity, single source drug, the trade name of the

169-21

prescribed drug will also appear on the label, and the generic name of the prescribed drug may

169-22

also appear on the label.

169-23

     (4)(D) When dispensing a fixed combination product, the United States Pharmacopoeia’s

169-24

publication of Pharmacy Equivalent Names (PEN Names) for fixed combination products is the

169-25

official list of abbreviations for such that labeling, and will be the approved abbreviation for

169-26

identifying the combination product dispensed. If no PEN name has been officially issued by the

169-27

USP, the practitioner or pharmacist will label the medication secundum artem.

169-28

     (5)(E) Subsections (A) - (D) Subdivisions (2) — (4) of this subsection apply in all cases

169-29

of dispensing by practitioners or pharmacists.

169-30

     (6)(2) Nothing in this section shall be construed to relieve any person from any

169-31

requirement prescribed by or under authority of law with respect to drugs now included or which

169-32

may hereafter subsequently be included within the classifications stated in chapters 28 and 30 of

169-33

this title.

170-1

     SECTION 65. Section 21-31.1-5 of the General Laws in Chapter 21-31.1 entitled

170-2

“Veterinary Drugs” is hereby amended to read as follows:

170-3

      21-31.1-5. Requirements for permit. -- Any veterinary drug distributor except licensed

170-4

veterinarians intending to operate in the state of Rhode Island after June 2, 1988, shall be required

170-5

to have a permit before commencing operations., except any distributor already operating on June

170-6

2, 1988, shall apply for a permit within 90 days after June 2, 1988. Pending receipt of a permit or

170-7

denial of a permit under § 21-31.1-6 of this chapter such operations may continue.

170-8

     SECTION 66. Section 21-33-5 of the General Laws in Chapter 21-33 entitled “Packaged

170-9

Bakery Products” is hereby amended to read as follows:

170-10

     21-33-5. Construction with other laws. -- Nothing contained in this chapter shall

170-11

be construed to authorize any act heretofore otherwise prohibited under any other chapter

170-12

provision of the general laws.

170-13

     SECTION 67. Section 22-3-12 of the General Laws in Chapter 22-3 entitled

170-14

“Organization of General Assembly” is hereby amended to read as follows:

170-15

      22-3-12. Legislative manual. -- The secretary of state shall prepare in each odd-

170-16

numbered year a legislative manual for the use of the general assembly, containing the rolls of

170-17

membership, the committees, the rules and orders, thereof, and such any other matter as that the

170-18

secretary may think proper. The number of manuals to be printed and bound will be determined

170-19

by the secretary of state. Ten (10) copies shall be distributed to each of the senators and

170-20

representatives of the general assembly; forty (40) copies shall be placed at the disposal of the

170-21

governor; and the remainder shall be placed in the hands of the secretary of state. There shall be

170-22

appropriated in each odd numbered year, an amount sufficient to cover the cost of printing and

170-23

binding of said the manual. The secretary of state is hereby authorized to distribute all remaining

170-24

copies of the 1989-90 Rhode Island Manual to Rhode Island public schools and public libraries at

170-25

no cost.

170-26

      SECTION 68. Section 22-7-1 of the General Laws in Chapter 22-7 entitled “Joint

170-27

Committee on Accounts and Claims” is hereby amended to read as follows:

170-28

      22-7-1. Permanent committee — Composition. [Effective until January 7, 2003.] --

170-29

     The joint committee on accounts and claims, heretofore previously created under joint rules of the

170-30

senate and the house of representatives, shall consist of four (4) members of the senate to be

170-31

appointed by the majority leader of the senate and five (5) members of the house of

170-32

representatives to be appointed by the speaker, and is hereby created a as the permanent joint

170-33

committee on accounts and claims of the general assembly. The members of this joint committee

171-1

on accounts and claims shall serve until their successors shall be duly appointed as provided

171-2

below in this chapter and until the successors shall have been duly qualified.

171-3

      22-7-1. Permanent committee — Composition. [Effective January 7, 2003.] --

171-4

     The joint committee on accounts and claims, heretofore previosuly created under joint rules of the

171-5

senate and the house of representatives, shall consist of four (4) members of the senate to be

171-6

appointed by the president of the senate and five (5) members of the house of representatives to

171-7

be appointed by the speaker, and is hereby created a as the permanent joint committee on

171-8

accounts and claims of the general assembly. The members of this joint committee on accounts

171-9

and claims shall serve until their successors shall be duly appointed as provided below in this

171-10

chapter and until the successors shall have been duly qualified.

171-11

     SECTION 69. Section 22-7.8-1 of the General Laws in Chapter 22-7.8 entitled

171-12

“Permanent Joint Committee on Veterans’ Affairs” is hereby amended to read as follows:

171-13

      22-7.8-1. Permanent committee — Composition. [Effective until January 7, 2003.] --

171-14

There is hereby created a permanent joint committee of the general assembly on veterans’ affairs

171-15

to consist of fifteen (15) members of the general assembly, eight (8) of whom shall be from the

171-16

house of representatives to be appointed by the speaker, not more than five (5) of whom shall be

171-17

from the same political party; seven (7) of whom shall be from the senate to be appointed by the

171-18

majority leader of the senate, not more than five (5) of whom shall be from the same political

171-19

party. Vacancies shall be filled in like manner as the original appointments. The members of the

171-20

joint committee on veterans’ affairs shall serve so long as they shall remain members of the house

171-21

from which they were appointed and until their successors are duly appointed and qualified. The

171-22

initial chairmanship chairpersonship of the committee shall be filled from among the members of

171-23

the house of representatives serving on the committee and thereafter the chairmanship shall

171-24

alternate biennially from the senate to the house.

171-25

      22-7.8-1. Permanent committee -- Composition. [Effective January 7, 2003.] -- There

171-26

is hereby created a permanent joint committee of the general assembly on veterans' affairs to

171-27

consist of fifteen (15) members of the general assembly, eight (8) of whom shall be from the

171-28

house of representatives to be appointed by the speaker, not more than five (5) of whom shall be

171-29

from the same political party; seven (7) of whom shall be from the senate to be appointed by the

171-30

president of the senate, not more than five (5) of whom shall be from the same political party.

171-31

Vacancies shall be filled in like manner as the original appointments. The members of the joint

171-32

committee on veterans' affairs shall serve so long as they shall remain members of the house from

171-33

which they were appointed and until their successors are duly appointed and qualified. The initial

171-34

chairmanship chairpersonship of the committee shall be filled from among the members of the

172-1

house of representatives serving on the committee and thereafter the chairmanship shall alternate

172-2

biennially from the senate to the house.

172-3

      SECTION 70. Section 22-7.9-1 of the General Laws in Chapter 22-7.9 entitled

172-4

“Permanent Joint Committee on Economic Development” is hereby amended to read as follows:

172-5

      22-7.9-1. Permanent committee — Composition. [Effective until January 7, 2003.] --

172-6

There is hereby created a permanent joint committee of the general assembly on economic

172-7

development to consist of eleven (11) members of the general assembly, five (5) of whom shall

172-8

be from the senate to be appointed by the majority leader of the senate not more than three (3) of

172-9

whom shall be from the same political party, and six (6) of whom shall be from the house of

172-10

representatives to be appointed by the speaker of the house of representatives not more than four

172-11

(4) of whom shall be from the same political party. The selection of the chairperson, vice-

172-12

chairperson, and secretary of the committee shall alternate biennially between the majority leader

172-13

of the senate and the speaker of the house as set forth in this chapter.

172-14

     22-7.9-1. Permanent committee — Composition. [Effective January 7, 2003.]

172-15

-- There is hereby created a permanent joint committee of the general assembly on

172-16

economic development to consist of eleven (11) members of the general assembly, five

172-17

(5) of whom shall be from the senate to be appointed by the majority leader president of

172-18

the senate not more than three (3) of whom shall be from the same political party, and six

172-19

(6) of whom shall be from the house of representatives to be appointed by the speaker of

172-20

the house of representatives not more than four (4) of whom shall be from the same

172-21

political party. The selection of the chairperson, vice-chairperson, and secretary of the

172-22

committee shall alternate biennially between the majority leader of the senate and the

172-23

speaker of the house as set forth in this chapter.

172-24

     SECTION 71. Section 22-7.9-2 of the General Laws in Chapter 22-7.9 entitled

172-25

“Permanent Joint Committee on Economic Development” is hereby repealed in its

172-26

entirety.

172-27

     22-7.9-2. Selection of officers. -- The first chairperson and secretary of the

172-28

committee shall be selected by the majority leader of the senate. Thereafter The selection

172-29

of the chairperson and secretary shall be made by the speaker of the house and shall

172-30

alternate biennially between the speaker of the house and the majority leader of the

172-31

senate. The first vice-chairperson of the committee shall be selected by the speaker of the

172-32

house. Thereafter The selection of the vice-chairperson shall be made by the majority

173-1

leader of the senate, and shall alternate biennially between the majority leader of the

173-2

senate and the speaker of the house of representatives.

173-3

     SECTION 72. section 22-11-3.1 of the General Laws in Chapter 22-11 entitled

173-4

“Joint Committee on Legislative Services” is hereby amended to read as follows:

173-5

      22-11-3.1. Rules and regulations. -- (a) The joint committee on legislative services is

173-6

hereby authorized and empowered to adopt such any rules and regulations as that are deemed

173-7

necessary to accomplish the purposes of this chapter, a copy of which rules and regulations shall

173-8

be filed with the secretary of state and available for public inspection; provided, however, that

173-9

each permanent and continuing office or agency within the legislative department, established by

173-10

statute and to which funds are specifically appropriated, will maintain and be responsible for

173-11

exercising its own internal financial and personnel controls. In the formation of these rules and

173-12

regulations, the joint committee shall take into consideration and conform to, where practicable,

173-13

existing policies governing financial and personnel practices within the executive branch of

173-14

government.

173-15

     (b) The joint committee on legislative services is hereby authorized and empowered to

173-16

adopt rules and regulations, consistent with the rules of each house of the general assembly,

173-17

designed to provide electronic services and products to its elected members and, incrementally, to

173-18

make electronic services and products regarding its proceedings available to the citizens of this

173-19

state. commencing with the January Session 1996. The joint committee on legislative services

173-20

shall prioritize general assembly proceedings and legislative information to be made

173-21

incrementally accessible in a timely manner, including:

173-22

     (1) A list of all members of the general assembly with their addresses and telephone

173-23

numbers and all committees of the general assembly and their members;

173-24

     (2) The history and status of every bill introduced and amended in each current legislative

173-25

session;

173-26

     (3) The current calendars of the house and the senate and of all legislative committees;

173-27

     (4) The text of every bill introduced and to be printed in the current legislative session,

173-28

including the amended or substitute form of each bill, and the text of every bill as enacted;

173-29

     (5) The Rhode Island general laws;

173-30

     (6) The Rhode Island Constitution; and

173-31

     (7) The senate and house journals.;

173-32

     (c) It shall be solely and exclusively within the discretion of the joint committee on

173-33

legislative services, when providing access, to include and require, in written contracts for

173-34

electronic services and products, provisions that:

174-1

     (1) Protect the security and integrity of the information system of the general assembly;

174-2

     (2) Limit any potential liability of the general assembly in providing public access to

174-3

electronic services and products;

174-4

     (3) Ensure that access of non-disclosable information is prohibited;

174-5

     (4) Provide protection against intentional or accidental disclosure, modification, or

174-6

destruction of records.

174-7

     SECTION 73. Section 22-13-9 of the General Laws in Chapter 22-13 entitled “Auditor

174-8

General” is hereby amended to read as follows:

174-9

     22-13-9. Access to executive sessions of a public agency — Access to records

174-10

— Disclosure by the auditor general. -- (a) Whenever a public agency goes into

174-11

executive session, the auditor general or his or her designated representative shall be

174-12

permitted to attend the executive session or if the auditor general or his or her designee is

174-13

not in attendance at the executive session, the auditor general or his or her designee, upon

174-14

written request, shall be furnished with copies of all data or materials furnished to the

174-15

members of the public agency at the executive session. If the auditor general or his or her

174-16

designee attends the executive session, the auditor general shall be furnished the same

174-17

data in the same form and at the same time as members of the public agency.

174-18

     (b) Within three (3) working days of a written request by the auditor general, the public

174-19

agency shall furnish a copy, whether approved by the agency or not, of the minutes of any

174-20

meeting, including any executive session of the public agency.

174-21

     (c) The auditor general shall have full and unlimited access to any and all records of any

174-22

public agency, in whatever form or mode the records may be, unless the auditor general’s access

174-23

to such the records is specifically prohibited or limited by federal or state law. In no case shall

174-24

any confidentiality provisions of state law be construed to restrict the auditor general’s access to

174-25

such the records; provided, however, the auditor general’s access to any confidential data shall

174-26

not in any way change the confidential nature of the data obtained. Where an audit or

174-27

investigative finding emanates from confidential data, specific confidential information will not

174-28

be made public. Such The records shall include those in the immediate possession of a public

174-29

agency as well as records which the agency itself has a right to. In the event of a dispute between

174-30

the agency involved and the auditor general as to whether or not the data involved are

174-31

confidential by law, the matter will be referred to the attorney general for resolution.

174-32

     (d)(1) If in the course of an executive session any fact comes to the attention of the

174-33

auditor general or his or her designated representative, which in his or her judgment constitutes an

175-1

impropriety, irregularity, or illegal transaction, or points to the onset of an impropriety or illegal

175-2

transaction, then the auditor general shall disclose that information to the joint committee on

175-3

legislative services, the director of administration, and the chairperson of the public agency

175-4

involved. Where the facts or the data upon which the facts are based are deemed confidential

175-5

pursuant to the provisions of federal or state law, the auditor general’s access to the information

175-6

shall not in any way change the confidential nature of the data obtained.

175-7

     (2) In the event of a dispute between the agency involved and the auditor general as to

175-8

whether or not the data involved are confidential by law, the matter will be referred to the

175-9

attorney general for resolution.

175-10

     (e) The auditor general or his or her designated representative shall be immune from any

175-11

liability to any party for claims arising out of disclosure authorized by this section.

175-12

     (f) For the purposes of this section, the phrase “public agency” shall include the

175-13

following: the Rhode Island industrial building authority, the Rhode Island recreational building

175-14

authority, the Rhode Island port authority and economic development corporation, the Rhode

175-15

Island industrial facilities corporation, the Rhode Island public buildings refunding bond

175-16

authority, the Rhode Island housing and mortgage finance corporation, the Rhode Island solid

175-17

waste management resource recovery corporation, the Rhode Island public transit authority, the

175-18

Rhode Island student loan authority, the Howard development corporation, the water resources

175-19

board, the Rhode Island health and educational building corporation, the Rhode Island higher

175-20

education assistance authority, the Rhode Island turnpike and bridge authority, the Blackstone

175-21

Valley district commission, the Narragansett Bay water quality management district commission,

175-22

Rhode Island public telecommunications authority, the convention center authority, channel 36

175-23

foundation, their successors and assigns, and any other body corporate and politic which has been

175-24

here before or which is hereinafter subsequently created or established within this state.

175-25

     SECTION 74. Sections 22-14-2 and 22-14-11 of the General Laws in Chapter 22-14

175-26

entitled “Legislative Oversight Commission” are hereby amended to read as follows:

175-27

     22-14-2. Quorum — Meetings. -- Six (6) members of the commission shall

175-28

constitute a quorum for the transaction of any business. Meetings of the commission may

175-29

be held at any time or place upon call of any member, after a reasonable notice by mail or

175-30

telegraph to the other members, and shall be held at such the times and places as in the

175-31

judgment of the commission will best serve the convenience of all parties in interest.

175-32

     22-14-11. Legislative action. -- From and after May 13, 1977, Whenever the

175-33

general assembly is about to create or re-create any statutory entity it should, whenever

176-1

possible, request a report from the commission as set forth in § 22-14-7; of this chapter;

176-2

however, no such report is required to be received by the general assembly for any action

176-3

to be taken, and nothing in this chapter shall be construed to prohibit the legislature from

176-4

terminating an entity covered by these provisions at a date earlier than that provided

176-5

herein in this chapter, nor to prohibit the legislature from considering any other

176-6

legislation relative to such an that entity.

176-7

     SECTION 75. Sections 22-14-5.1 and 22-14-9 of the General Laws in Chpater

176-8

22-14 entitled “Legislative Oversight Commission” are hereby repealed in their entirety.

176-9

     22-14-5.1. Termination of statutory entity. -- (a) The legislative authority for

176-10

the existence of the statutory entity listed below as defined in § 22-14-4 shall cease as of

176-11

June 30, 1990:

176-12

     Litter and recycling advisory council created by § 37-15-4.

176-13

     (b) Notwithstanding any other reporting requirements of this chapter, the auditor

176-14

general’s report shall be submitted on or before September 1, 1989 and the commission

176-15

report shall be submitted on or before March 1, 1990.

176-16

     22-14-9. Reestablishment. -- The life of each entity or statute scheduled for

176-17

termination under the provisions of § 22-14-5.1 may be continued or reestablished by

176-18

action of the general assembly.

176-19

     CHAPTER 17

176-20

     COMMISSION ON VEHICLE EMISSIONS

176-21

     

176-22

      SECTION 76. Sections 22-17-1, 22-17-2, 22-17-3, 22-17-4 and 22-17-5 of the General

176-23

Laws in Chapter 22-17 entitled “Commission on Vehicle Emissions” are hereby repealed in their

176-24

entirety.

176-25

     22-17-1. Legislative findings. -- The general assembly hereby finds and declares

176-26

that:

176-27

     (1) Poor air quality has an adverse effect on the health of all Rhode Island residents,

176-28

particularly the elderly and those with respiratory ailments;

176-29

     (2) Poor air quality contributes to acid rain problems and has adverse effects on the water

176-30

and land as well as doing damage to the food chain and aquatic life;

176-31

     (3) Poor air quality exacerbates the deterioration of our buildings, structures, roads,

176-32

bridges and parks;

176-33

     (4) National legislative efforts are being pursued to strengthen requirements to improve

176-34

air quality;

177-1

     (5) Auto emissions account for a substantial amount of air pollution problems in the

177-2

northeastern part of the country;

177-3

     (6) Nationally, as much as thirty percent (30%) of auto emissions systems have been

177-4

tampered with;

177-5

     (7) There is a need to improve Rhode Island’s capabilities in complying with more

177-6

rigorous auto emissions inspections and standards.

177-7

     22-17-2. Establishment — Purpose — Membership. [Effective until January

177-8

7, 2003.] -- (a) There is hereby established a commission on vehicle emissions

177-9

empowered to study and investigate the adverse effect on air quality of vehicle emissions.

177-10

The study and investigation shall include, but not be limited to, the following:

177-11

     (1) The state’s current system of testing auto emissions, including the technical and

177-12

administrative needs for improving that system;

177-13

     (2) The quantity and quality of service stations now performing the testing services;

177-14

     (3) Enforcement efforts under the current testing system;

177-15

     (4) The feasibility of tying motor vehicle registrations to emissions testing;

177-16

     (5) Compensation of service stations performing the testing service;

177-17

     (6) The feasibility of adopting and improving upon the emissions checks systems used in

177-18

other states and the costs thereof of those systems.

177-19

     (b) The commission shall consist of seventeen (17) members all of whom shall be

177-20

citizens and residents of the state; four (4) of whom shall be members of the house of

177-21

representatives, not more than three (3) from the same political party, to be appointed by the

177-22

speaker; three (3) of whom shall be members of the senate, not more than two (2) from the same

177-23

political party, to be appointed by the majority leader; two (2) of whom shall be members of

177-24

nonprofit organizations dealing with air pollution and/or health issues, one to be appointed by the

177-25

speaker of the house and one to be appointed by the senate majority leader; one member of a

177-26

service station organization to be appointed by the speaker of the house; one member of an

177-27

automobile dealers organization to be appointed by the speaker of the house; one person from

177-28

higher education to be appointed by the senate majority leader; the director of the department of

177-29

transportation, or his or her designee; the director of the department of health or his or her

177-30

designee; the director of the department of environmental management, or his or her designee; the

177-31

superintendent of state police, or his or her designee; and the attorney general, or his or her

177-32

designee.

177-33

     (c) The legislative members shall serve so long as they shall remain members of the

177-34

house from which they were appointed and until their successors are appointed and qualified; the

178-1

directors of the department of transportation, health and environmental management, the

178-2

superintendent of state police and the attorney general shall serve so long as they hold office and

178-3

until their successors are appointed and qualified; all other members shall serve at the pleasure of

178-4

the appointing authority and until their successors are appointed and qualified.

178-5

     (d) Any vacancy on the commission shall be filled by the appointing authority in the

178-6

same manner as the original appointment.

178-7

     (e) The members shall annually elect, by majority vote, one of their members as

178-8

chairperson, one of their members as vice-chairperson and one of their members as secretary.

178-9

     22-17-2. Establishment — Purpose — Membership. [Effective January 7, 2003.] (a)

178-10

There is hereby established a commission on vehicle emissions empowered to study and

178-11

investigate the adverse effect on air quality of vehicle emissions. The study and investigation

178-12

shall include, but not be limited to, the following:

178-13

     (1) The state’s current system of testing auto emissions, including the technical and

178-14

administrative needs for improving that system;

178-15

     (2) The quantity and quality of service stations now performing the testing services;

178-16

     (3) Enforcement efforts under the current testing system;

178-17

     (4) The feasibility of tying motor vehicle registrations to emissions testing;

178-18

     (5) Compensation of service stations performing the testing service;

178-19

     (6) The feasibility of adopting and improving upon the emissions checks systems used in

178-20

other states and the costs thereof of those systems.

178-21

     (b) The commission shall consist of seventeen (17) members all of whom shall be

178-22

citizens and residents of the state; four (4) of whom shall be members of the house of

178-23

representatives, not more than three (3) from the same political party, to be appointed by the

178-24

speaker; three (3) of whom shall be members of the senate, not more than two (2) from the same

178-25

political party, to be appointed by the president of the senate; two (2) of whom shall be members

178-26

of nonprofit organizations dealing with air pollution and/or health issues, one to be appointed by

178-27

the speaker of the house and one to be appointed by the president of the senate; one member of a

178-28

service station organization to be appointed by the speaker of the house; one member of an

178-29

automobile dealers organization to be appointed by the speaker of the house; one person from

178-30

higher education to be appointed by the president of the senate; the director of the department of

178-31

transportation, or his or her designee; the director of the department of health or his or her

178-32

designee; the director of the department of environmental management, or his or her designee; the

178-33

superintendent of state police, or his or her designee; and the attorney general, or his or her

178-34

designee.

179-1

     (c) The legislative members shall serve so long as they shall remain members of the

179-2

house from which they were appointed and until their successors are appointed and qualified; the

179-3

directors of the department of transportation, health and environmental management, the

179-4

superintendent of state police and the attorney general shall serve so long as they hold office and

179-5

until their successors are appointed and qualified; all other members shall serve at the pleasure of

179-6

the appointing authority and until their successors are appointed and qualified.

179-7

     (d) Any vacancy on the commission shall be filled by the appointing authority in the

179-8

same manner as the original appointment.

179-9

     (e) The members shall annually elect, by majority vote, one of their members as

179-10

chairperson, one of their members as vice-chairperson and one of their members as secretary.

179-11

     22-17-3. Technical assistance. -- The commission on vehicle emissions shall,

179-12

with the approval of the chairperson of the joint committee on legislative services,

179-13

contract for those technical services it shall require to effectuate its purpose which are

179-14

otherwise unavailable to the commission.

179-15

     All departments and agencies of the state shall furnish such any advice and information,

179-16

documentary and otherwise, to said the commission and its agents as that is deemed necessary or

179-17

desirable by the commission to facilitate the purposes of this chapter.

179-18

      22-17-4. Reports and recommendations. -- The commission on vehicle emission shall

179-19

from time to time and at least annually report to the general assembly and the governor on its

179-20

findings and the result of its studies, and make such any recommendations to the general

179-21

assembly and propose such any legislation or initiate such any studies as that it shall deem

179-22

advisable. The first such report shall be made prior to January 1, 1991. The commission shall

179-23

deliver its final report and shall expire on January 1, 1995.

179-24

     22-17-5. Place of meeting — Quorum. -- The joint committee on legislative

179-25

services shall provide adequate space in the state house for the use of the commission on

179-26

vehicle emissions; provided, however, that the commission on vehicle emissions may

179-27

conduct hearings and hold meetings elsewhere when doing so will better serve its

179-28

purpose. A majority in number of the commission on vehicle emissions shall be

179-29

necessary to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business.

179-30

     SECTION 77. Section 27-34.1-11 of the General Laws in Chapter 27-34.1

179-31

entitled “Rhode Island Life and Health Insurance Guaranty Association Act” is hereby

179-32

amended to read as follows:

180-1

     27-34.1-11. Plan of operation. -- (a) The association shall submit to the commissioner a

180-2

plan of operation and any amendments thereto to the plan necessary or suitable to assure the fair,

180-3

reasonable, and equitable administration of the association. The plan of operation and any

180-4

amendments thereto to it shall become effective upon approval in writing by the commissioner.

180-5

     (b) If the association fails to submit a suitable plan of operation within one hundred and

180-6

eighty (180) days following July 1, 1985, or if at any time thereafter the association fails to

180-7

submit suitable amendments to the plan, the commissioner shall, after notice and hearing, adopt

180-8

and promulgate the reasonable rules that are necessary or advisable to effectuate the provisions of

180-9

this chapter. Those rules shall continue in force until modified by the commissioner or superseded

180-10

by a plan submitted by the association and approved by the commissioner.

180-11

     (c) All member insurers shall comply with the plan of operation.

180-12

     (d) The plan of operation shall, in addition to requirements enumerated elsewhere in this

180-13

chapter:

180-14

     (1) Establish procedures for handling the assets of the association;

180-15

     (2) Establish the amount and method of reimbursing members of the board of directors

180-16

under § 27-34.1-8;

180-17

     (3) Establish regular places and times for meetings of the board of directors;

180-18

     (4) Establish procedures for records to be kept of all financial transactions of the

180-19

association and its agents and board of directors;

180-20

     (5) Establish the procedures whereby by which selections for the board of directors will

180-21

be made and submitted to the commissoner commissioner;

180-22

     (6) Establish any additional procedures for assessments under § 27-34.1-10; and

180-23

     (7) Contain additional provisions necessary or proper for the execution of the powers and

180-24

duties of the association.

180-25

     (e) The plan of operation may provide that any or all powers and duties of the

180-26

association, except those under § 27-34.1-10, are delegated to a corporation, association, or other

180-27

organization which performs or will perform functions similar to those of the association, or its

180-28

equivalent, in two (2) or more states. That a corporation, association, or organization shall be

180-29

reimbursed for any payments made on behalf of the association and shall be paid for its

180-30

performance of any function of the association. A delegation under this subsection shall take

180-31

effect only with the approval of both the board of directors and the commissioner, and may be

180-32

made only to a corporation, association, or organization which extends protection not

180-33

substantially less favorable and effective than that provided by this chapter.

181-1

     SECTION 78. Section 27-34.2-2 of the General Laws in Chapter 27-34.2 entitled “Long

181-2

Term Care Insurance” is hereby amended to read as follows:

181-3

     27-34.2-2. Scope. -- Long term care insurance is deemed to be accident and health

181-4

insurance and is classified as such for the purposes of chapter 34.1 of this title, the Rhode Island

181-5

Life and Health Insurance Guaranty Association Act. The requirements of this chapter apply to

181-6

policies delivered or issued for delivery in this state, except as provided in § 27-34.2-5., on or

181-7

after June 2, 1988. This chapter is not intended to supercede the obligations of entities subject to

181-8

this chapter to comply with the substance of other applicable insurance laws insofar as they do

181-9

not conflict with this chapter. Except to the extent expressly provided in this chapter, nothing in

181-10

any other chapter of this title, or chapter 62 of title 42, regulating the form, content, or provisions

181-11

of accident and health insurance policies, health benefit plans, and Medicare supplement

181-12

insurance policies, or the filing and approval of those policies or plans including premium rates,

181-13

applies to long term care insurance policies written under and subject to the provisions of this

181-14

chapter.

181-15

     SECTION 79. Sections 27-34.3-5 and 27-34.3-12 of the General Laws in Chapter 27-

181-16

34.3 entitled “Rhode Island Life and Health Insurance Guaranty Assocation Act” are hereby

181-17

amended to read as follows:

181-18

     27-34.3-5. Definitions. -- As used in this chapter:

181-19

     (1) “Account” means either of the two accounts created under § 27-34.3-6.

181-20

     (2) “Association” means the Rhode Island life and health insurance guaranty association

181-21

created under § 27-34.3-6.

181-22

     (3) “Commissioner” means the commissioner of insurance within the department of

181-23

business regulation of this state.

181-24

     (4) “Contractual obligation” means any obligation under a policy or contract or certificate

181-25

under a group policy or contract, or portion thereof of a group policy or contract for which

181-26

coverage is provided under § 27-34.3-3.

181-27

     (5) “Covered policy” means any policy or contract within the scope of this chapter under

181-28

§ 27-34.3-3.

181-29

     (6) “Impaired insurer” means a member insurer which, after January 1, 1996, is not an insolvent

181-30

insurer, and:

181-31

     (i) Is deemed by the commissioner to be potentially unable to fulfill its contractual

181-32

obligations; or

181-33

     (ii) Is placed under an order of rehabilitation or conservation by a court of competent

181-34

jurisdiction.

182-1

     (7) “Insolvent insurer” means a member insurer which after the effective date of this

182-2

chapter, is placed under an order of liquidation by a court of competent jurisdiction with a finding

182-3

of insolvency.

182-4

     (8) “Member insurer” means any insurer licensed or which holds a certificate of authority

182-5

to transact in this state any kind of insurance for which coverage is provided under § 27-34.3-3,

182-6

and includes any insurer whose license or certificate of authority in this state may have been

182-7

suspended, revoked, not renewed or voluntarily withdrawn, but does not include:

182-8

     (i) A non-profit hospital or medical service organization;

182-9

     (ii) A health maintenance organization;

182-10

     (iii) A fraternal benefit society;

182-11

     (iv) A mandatory state pooling plan;

182-12

     (v) A mutual assessment company or any entity that operates on an assessment basis;

182-13

     (vi) An insurance exchange; or

182-14

     (vii) Any entity similar to any of the above.

182-15

     (9) “Moody’s corporate bond yield average” means the monthly average corporates as

182-16

published by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., or any successor thereto to it.

182-17

     (10) “Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, association or voluntary

182-18

organization.

182-19

     (11) “Premiums” means amounts received on covered policies or contracts less

182-20

premiums, considerations and deposits returned thereon on the policies or contracts, and less

182-21

dividends and experience credits thereon on them. “Premiums” does not include any amounts

182-22

received for any policies or contracts or for the portions of any policies or contracts for which

182-23

coverage is not provided under § 27-34.3-3(b) except that assessible assessable premium shall not

182-24

be reduced on account of § 27-34.3-3(b)(2)(iii) relating to interest limitations and § 27-34.3-

182-25

3(c)(2) relating to limitations with respect to any one individual, any one participant and any one

182-26

contract holder; provided that “premiums” shall not include any premiums in excess of five

182-27

million dollars ($5,000,000) on any unallocated annuity contract not issued under a governmental

182-28

retirement plan established under § 401, 403(b) or 457 of the United States Internal Revenue

182-29

Code, 26 U.S.C. § 401, 403(b) or 457.

182-30

     (12) “Resident” means any person who resides in this state at the time a member insurer

182-31

is determined to be an impaired or insolvent insurer and to whom a contractual obligation is

182-32

owed. A person may be a resident of only one state, which in the case of a person other than a

182-33

natural person shall be its principal place of business.

183-1

     (13) “Supplemental contract” means any agreement entered into for the distribution of

183-2

policy or contract proceeds.

183-3

     (14) “Unallocated annuity contract” means any annuity contract or group annuity

183-4

certificate which is not issued to and owned by an individual, except to the extent of any annuity

183-5

benefits guaranteed to an individual by an insurer under the contract or certificate.

183-6

      27-34.3-12. Prevention of insolvencies. -- To aid in the detection and prevention of

183-7

insurer insolvencies or impairments:,

183-8

     (1) The commissioner may, in his or her discretion:,

183-9

     (i) Notify the commissioners of all the other states, territories of the United States and the

183-10

District of Columbia when the commissioner takes any of the following actions against a member

183-11

insurer:

183-12

     (A) Revocation of license;

183-13

     (B) Suspension of license; or

183-14

     (C) Makes any formal order that such the company restrict its premium writing, obtain

183-15

additional contributions to surplus, withdraw from the state, reinsure all or any part of its

183-16

business, or increase capital, surplus, or any other account for the security of policyholders or

183-17

creditors.

183-18

     (ii) Report to the board of directors when the commissioner has taken any of the actions

183-19

set forth in paragraph (1) (i) of this subdivision or has received a report from any other

183-20

commissioner indicating that any such action has been taken in another state. The report to the

183-21

board of directors shall contain all significant details of the action taken or the report received

183-22

from another commissioner.

183-23

     (iii) Report to the board of directors when the commissioner has reasonable cause to

183-24

believe from any examination, whether completed or in process, of any member company that the

183-25

company may be an impaired or insolvent insurer.

183-26

     (iv) Furnish to the board of directors the NAIC insurance regulatory information system

183-27

(IRIS) ratios and listings of companies not included in the ratios developed by the National

183-28

Association of Insurance Commissioners, and the board may use the information contained

183-29

therein in the ratios and listings in carrying out its duties and responsibilities under this section.

183-30

The report and the information contained therein in it shall be kept confidential by the board of

183-31

directors until such time as made public by the commissioner or other lawful authority.

183-32

     (2) The commissioner may seek the advice and recommendations of the board of

183-33

directors concerning any matter affecting his duties and responsibilities regarding the financial

184-1

condition of member insurers and companies seeking admission to transact insurance business in

184-2

this state.

184-3

     (3) The board of directors may, upon majority vote, make reports and recommendations

184-4

to the commissioner upon any matter germane to the solvency, liquidation, rehabilitation or

184-5

conservation of any member insurer or germane to the solvency of any company seeking to do an

184-6

insurance business in this state. The reports and recommendations shall not be considered public

184-7

documents.

184-8

     (4) It shall be the duty of the board of directors, upon majority vote, to notify the

184-9

commissioner of any information indicating any member insurer may be an impaired or insolvent

184-10

insurer.

184-11

     (5) The board of directors may, upon majority vote, request that the commissioner order

184-12

an examination of any member insurer which the board in good faith believes may be an impaired

184-13

or insolvent insurer. Within thirty (30) days of the receipt of the request, the commissioner shall

184-14

begin an examination. The examination may be conducted as a national association of insurance

184-15

commissioners examination or may be conducted by persons the commissioner designates. The

184-16

cost of the examination shall be paid by the association and the examination report shall be

184-17

treated as are other examination reports.

184-18

     The commissioner shall notify the board of directors when the examination is completed. The

184-19

request for an examination shall be kept on file by the commissioner, but it shall not be open to

184-20

public inspection prior to the release of the examination report to the public.

184-21

     (6) The board of directors may, upon majority vote, make recommendations to the

184-22

commissioner for the detection and prevention of insurer insolvencies.

184-23

     (7) The board of directors shall, at the conclusion of any insurer insolvency in which the

184-24

association was obligated to pay covered claims, prepare a report to the commissioner containing

184-25

such information as it may have in its possession bearing on the history and causes of the

184-26

insolvency. The board shall cooperate with the boards of directors of guaranty associations in

184-27

other states in preparing a report on the history and causes of insolvency of a particular insurer,

184-28

and may adopt by reference any report prepared by other associations.

184-29

     SECTION 80. Section 27-35-3 of the General Laws in Chapter 27-35 entitled “Insurance

184-30

Holding Company Systems” is hereby amended to read as follows:

184-31

     27-35-3. Registration of insurers. -- (a) Registration. Every insurer that is authorized

184-32

to do business in this state and that is a member of an insurance holding company system shall

184-33

annually register with the commissioner, except a foreign insurer subject to disclosure

184-34

requirements and standards adopted by statute or regulation in the jurisdiction of its domicile

185-1

which are substantially similar to those contained in § 27-35-3, this section and § 27-35-4(a), (b),

185-2

(f) and(g)., 27-35-4(b), 27-35-4(f) and 27-35-4(g). Any insurer that is subject to registration under

185-3

this section shall register within sixty (60) days after July 16, 1971 or fifteen (15) days after it

185-4

becomes subject to registration, whichever is later, unless the commissioner for good cause

185-5

shown extends the time for registration, and then within that extended time. The commissioner

185-6

may require any authorized insurer which is a member of a holding company system which is not

185-7

subject to registration under this section to furnish a copy of the registration statement or other

185-8

information filed by the insurance company with the insurance regulatory authority of domiciliary

185-9

jurisdiction.

185-10

     (b) Information and form required. Every insurer subject to registration shall file a

185-11

registration statement on a form provided by the commissioner, which shall contain current

185-12

information about:

185-13

     (1) The capital structure, general financial condition, ownership, and management of the

185-14

insurer and any person controlling the insurer;

185-15

     (2) The identity of every member of the insurance holding company system;

185-16

     (3) The following agreements in force, relationships subsisting, and transactions currently

185-17

outstanding between the insurer and its affiliates:

185-18

     (i) Loans, other investments or purchases, and sales and exchanges of securities of the

185-19

affiliates by the insurer or of the insurer by its affiliates;

185-20

     (ii) Purchases, sales, or exchanges of assets;

185-21

     (iii) Transactions not in the ordinary course of business;

185-22

     (iv) Guarantees or undertakings for the benefit of an affiliate which result in an actual

185-23

contingent exposure of the insurer’s assets to liability, other than insurance contracts entered into

185-24

in the ordinary course of the insurer’s business;

185-25

     (v) All management service contracts and all cost sharing arrangements; and

185-26

     (vi) Reinsurance agreements;

185-27

     (vii) Dividends and other distributions to shareholder;

185-28

     (viii) Consolidated tax allocation agreements; and

185-29

     (3.1) Any pledge of the insurer’s stock, including stock of any subsidiary or controlling affiliate,

185-30

for a loan made to any member of the insurance holding company system; and

185-31

     (4) Other matters concerning transactions between registered insurers and any affiliates

185-32

as may be included from time to time in any registration forms adopted or approved by the

185-33

commissioner.

186-1

     (c) Materiality. No information need be disclosed on the registration statement filed

186-2

pursuant to subsection (b) of this section if that information is not material for the purposes of this

186-3

section. Unless the commissioner by rule, regulation, or order provides otherwise, sales,

186-4

purchases, exchanges, loans, or extensions of credit or investments involving one-half of one

186-5

percent (.5%) or less of an insurer’s admitted assets as of the thirty-first day of December next

186-6

preceding shall not be deemed material for purposes of this section.

186-7

     (d) Amendments to registration statements. Each registered insurer shall keep current the

186-8

information required to be disclosed in its registration statement by reporting all material changes

186-9

or additions on amendment forms provided by the commissioner within fifteen (15) days after the

186-10

end of the month in which it learns of each change or addition; provided, however, that subject to

186-11

§ 27-35-4(c), each registered insurer shall so report all dividends and other distributions to

186-12

shareholders within two (2) business days following the declaration thereof of the dividend or

186-13

other distribution.

186-14

     (e) Termination of registration. The commissioner shall terminate the registration of any

186-15

insurer that demonstrates that it no longer is a member of an insurance holding company system.

186-16

     (f) Consolidated filing. The commissioner may require or allow two (2) or more

186-17

affiliated insurers subject to registration hereunder under this chapter to file a consolidated

186-18

registration statement or consolidated reports amending their consolidated registration statement

186-19

or their individual registration statements.

186-20

     (g) Alternative registration. The commissioner may allow an insurer that is authorized to

186-21

do business in this state and which is part of an insurance holding company system to register on

186-22

behalf of any affiliated insurer which is required to register under subsection (a) and to file all

186-23

information and material required to be filed under this section.

186-24

     (h) Exemptions. The provisions of this section shall not apply to any insurer,

186-25

information, or transaction if and to the extent that the commissioner by rule, regulation, or order

186-26

shall exempt from the provisions of this section.

186-27

     (i) Disclaimer. Any person may file with commissioner a disclaimer of affiliation with

186-28

any authorized insurer or the disclaimer may be filed by the insurer or any member of an

186-29

insurance holding company system. The disclaimer shall fully disclose all material relationships

186-30

and basis for affiliation between the person and the insurer as well as the basis for disclaiming the

186-31

affiliation. After a disclaimer has been filed, the insurer shall be relieved of any duty to register or

186-32

report under this section which may arise out of the insurer’s relationship with the person unless

186-33

and until the commissioner disallows the disclaimer. The commissioner shall disallow the

187-1

disclaimer only after furnishing all parties in interest with notice and opportunity to be heard and

187-2

after making specific findings of fact to support the disallowance.

187-3

     (j) Violations. The failure to file a registration statement or any amendment thereto to it

187-4

required by this section within the time specified for the filing shall be a violation of this section.

187-5

     (k) Summary of registration statement. All registration statements shall contain a

187-6

summary outlining all items in the current registration statement representing changes from the

187-7

prior registration statement.

187-8

     (l) Information of insurers. Any person within an insurance holding company system

187-9

subject to registration shall be required to provide complete and accurate information to an

187-10

insurer, where the information is reasonably necessary to enable the insurer to comply with the

187-11

provisions of this chapter.

187-12

     SECTION 81. Section 27-37-1 of the General Laws in Chpater 27-37 entitled

187-13

“Cancellation of Group Insurance” is hereby amended to read as follows:

187-14

     27-37-1. Notice of cancellation. -- No policy of group insurance hereafter issued in this

187-15

state shall be cancelled by the insurer unless written notice of cancellation be mailed to the group

187-16

contract holder by certified or registered mail at least thirty (30) days prior to the cancellation

187-17

date in order for the cancellation to be effective.

187-18

     SECTION 82. Sections 27-34.2-11 and 27-34.2-17 of the General Laws in Chapter 27-

187-19

34.2 entitled “Long Term Care Insurance” are hereby repealed in their entirety.

187-20

     27-34.2-11. Previously approved policies. -- All long term care insurance policies

187-21

previously approved by the department of business regulation, that are offered or delivered after

187-22

June 2, 1988, shall be brought into compliance with this chapter on or before January 1, 1991.

187-23

      27-34.2-17. Long term care insurance advisory panel. [Effective until January 7, 2003.] --

187-24

     (a) There is hereby established an advisory panel to the department of business regulation for the

187-25

purpose of examining minimum criteria for Medicaid qualifying long term care insurance

187-26

policies. The panel shall consist of the following:

187-27

     (1) The director of the department of health and human services or the director’s

187-28

designee;

187-29

     (2) A representative of the insurance industry to be appointed by the governor;

187-30

     (3) The director of the department of business regulation or the director’s designee;

187-31

     (4) An attorney whose practice concentrates in elder law, to be appointed by the speaker

187-32

of the house;

187-33

     (5) A member of the American Association of Retired Persons to be appointed by the

187-34

speaker of the house;

188-1

     (6) A representative of the Rhode Island Medical Society;

188-2

     (7) The director of the department of elderly affairs or the director’s designee;

188-3

     (8) A representative of a visiting nurse association;

188-4

     (9) Three (3) members of the house of representatives, no more than two (2) from the majority

188-5

party; and

188-6

     (10) Two (2) members of the senate to be appointed by the majority leader, one from

188-7

each party.

188-8

     (b) The advisory panel shall report to the director of the department of business

188-9

regulation on or before December 31, 1994 regarding recommended basic requirements for long

188-10

term care insurance policies.

188-11

     27-34.2-17. Long term care insurance advisory panel. [Effective January 7, 2003.] --

188-12

     (a) There is hereby established an advisory panel to the department of business regulation for the

188-13

purpose of examining minimum criteria for Medicaid qualifying long term care insurance

188-14

policies. The panel shall consist of the following:

188-15

     (1) The director of the department of health and human services or the director’s

188-16

designee;

188-17

     (2) A representative of the insurance industry to be appointed by the governor;

188-18

     (3) The director of the department of business regulation or the director’s designee;

188-19

     (4) An attorney whose practice concentrates in elder law, to be appointed by the speaker

188-20

of the house;

188-21

     (5) A member of the American Association of Retired Persons to be appointed by the

188-22

speaker of the house;

188-23

     (6) A representative of the Rhode Island Medical Society;

188-24

     (7) The director of the department of elderly affairs or the director’s designee;

188-25

     (8) A representative of a visiting nurse association;

188-26

     (9) Three (3) members of the house of representatives, no more than two (2) from the

188-27

majority party; and

188-28

     (10) Two (2) members of the senate to be appointed by the president of the senate, one

188-29

from each party.

188-30

     (b) The advisory panel shall report to the director of the department of business

188-31

regulation on or before December 31, 1994 regarding recommended basic requirements for long

188-32

term care insurance policies.

189-1

     SECTION 83. Section 27-38.2-1 of the General Laws in Chapter 27-38 entitled

189-2

“Insurance Coverage for Mental Illness and Substance Abuse” is hereby amended to read as

189-3

follows:

189-4

     27-38.2-1. Mental illness coverage. -- Every health care insurer that delivers or issues

189-5

for delivery or renews in this state on or after January 1, 2002, a contract, plan, or policy except

189-6

contracts providing supplemental coverage to Medicare or other governmental programs, shall

189-7

provide coverage for the medical treatment of mental illness and substance abuse under the same

189-8

terms and conditions as such that coverage is provided for other illnesses and diseases. Insurance

189-9

coverage offered pursuant to this statute must include the same durational limits, amount limits,

189-10

deductibles, and co-insurance factors for mental illness as for other illnesses and diseases.

189-11

     SECTION 84. Section 27-40-2 of the General Laws in Chapter 27-40 entitled “Insurance

189-12

Premium Finance Agreements” is hereby amended to read as follows:

189-13

     27-40-2. Definitions. -- As used in this chapter:

189-14

     (1) “Director” means the director of business regulation.

189-15

     (2) “Insurance premium finance agreement”; hereinafter referred to in this chapter as

189-16

“agreement”,; means an agreement by which an insured, or prospective insured, promises to pay

189-17

to an insurance premium finance company the amount advanced or to be advanced, under the

189-18

agreement to an insurer or to an insurance producer, in payment of a premium or premiums on an

189-19

insurance contract or contracts, together with interest and a service charge, as authorized and

189-20

limited by this chapter;

189-21

     (3) “Insurance premium finance company”, hereinafter referred to in this chapter as

189-22

“company”, means a person engaged in the business of entering into insurance premium finance

189-23

agreements, as hereinafter defined, or acquiring insurance premium finance agreements from

189-24

other insurance premium finance companies;

189-25

     (4) “Licensee” means an insurance premium finance company holding a license issued

189-26

and existing by virtue of and pursuant to chapter 25.3 14.1 of title 19; and [similar provisions now

189-27

under 19-14.1]

189-28

     (5) “Person” means an individual, partnership, association, business corporation,

189-29

nonprofit corporation, common law trust, joint stock company; or any other group of individuals

189-30

howsoever lawfully organized.

189-31

     SECTION 85. Sections 27-41-1, 27-41-2, 27-41-9, 27-41-13, 27-41-19, 27-41-26.1, 27-

189-32

41-20.1, 27-41-33, 27-41-34, 27-41-36, 27-41-38, 27-41-39, 27-41-40, 27-41-41, 27-41-43, 27-

189-33

41-43.1, 27-41-44, 27-41-49, 27-41-49.1, 27-41-50, 27-41-53.1, 27-41-54, 27-41-59, and 27-41-

190-1

64 of the General Laws in Chapter 27-41 entitled “Health Maintenance Organizations” are

190-2

hereby amended to read as follows:

190-3

     27-41-1. Short title. -- This chapter may be cited as the “Health Maintenance

190-4

Organization Act.” of 1983”.

190-5

     27-41-2. Definitions. -- (a) “Covered health services” means the services that a health

190-6

maintenance organization contracts with enrollees and enrolled groups to provide or otherwise

190-7

make available to an enrolled participant.

190-8

     (b) “Director” means the director of the department of business regulation or his or her

190-9

duly appointed agents.

190-10

     (c) “Employee” means any person who has entered into the employment of or works

190-11

under a contract of service or apprenticeship with any employer. It shall not include a person who

190-12

has been employed for less than thirty (30) days by his or her employer, nor shall it include a

190-13

person who works less than an average of thirty (30) hours per week. For the purposes of this

190-14

chapter, the term “employee” shall mean a person employed by an “employer” as defined in

190-15

subsection (d) of this section. Except as otherwise provided herein in this chapter the terms

190-16

“employee” and “employer” are to be defined according to the rules and regulations of the

190-17

department of labor and training.

190-18

     (d) “Employer” means any person, partnership, association, trust, estate, or corporation,

190-19

whether foreign or domestic, or the legal representative, trustee in bankruptcy, receiver, or trustee

190-20

thereof of a receiver, or the legal representative of a deceased person, including the state of Rhode

190-21

Island and each city and town therein in the state, which has in its employ one or more

190-22

individuals during any calendar year. after May 17, 1983. For the purposes of this section, the

190-23

term “employer” refers only to an employer with persons employed within the state of Rhode

190-24

Island.

190-25

     (e) “Enrollee” means an individual who has been enrolled in a health maintenance

190-26

organization.

190-27

     (f) “Evidence of coverage” means any certificate, agreement, or contract issued to an

190-28

enrollee setting out the coverage to which the enrollee is entitled.

190-29

     (g) “Health care services” means any services included in the furnishing to any

190-30

individual of medical, podiatric, or dental care, or hospitalization, or incident to the furnishing of

190-31

that care or hospitalization, as well as the furnishing to any person of any and all other services

190-32

for the purpose of preventing, alleviating, curing, or healing human illness, injury, or physical

190-33

disability.

191-1

     (h) “Health maintenance organization” means a single public or private organization

191-2

which:

191-3

     (1) Provides or otherwise makes available to enrolled participants health care services,

191-4

including at least the following basic health care services: usual physician services,

191-5

hospitalization, laboratory, x-ray, emergency, and preventive services, and out of area coverage,

191-6

and the services of licensed midwives;

191-7

     (2) Is compensated, except for copayments, for the provision of the basic health care

191-8

services listed in subsection (h) subdivision (1) of this section subsection to enrolled participants

191-9

on a predetermined periodic rate basis; and

191-10

     (3) (i) Provides physicians’ services primarily:

191-11

     (A) Directly through physicians who are either employees or partners of the organization;

191-12

or

191-13

     (B) Through arrangements with individual physicians or one or more groups of

191-14

physicians organized on a group practice or individual practice basis;

191-15

     (ii) “Health maintenance organization” does not include prepaid plans offered by entities

191-16

regulated under chapter 1, 2, 19, or 20 of this title which do not meet the criteria above and do not

191-17

purport to be health maintenance organizations;

191-18

     (4) Provides the services of licensed midwives primarily:

191-19

     (i) Directly through licensed midwives who are either employees or partners of the

191-20

organization; or

191-21

     (ii) Through arrangements with individual licensed midwives or one or more groups of

191-22

licensed midwives organized on a group practice or individual practice basis.

191-23

     (i) “Licensed midwife” means any midwife licensed pursuant to § 23-13-9.

191-24

     (j) (o) “Material modification” means only systemic changes to the information filed

191-25

under § 27-41-3.

191-26

     (k) (p) “Net worth”, for the purposes of this chapter, means the excess of total admitted

191-27

assets over total liabilities.

191-28

     (l) (j) “Physician” shall include podiatrist as defined in chapter 29 of title 5.

191-29

     (m) (k) “Private organization” means a legal corporation with a policy making and

191-30

governing body.

191-31

     (n) (l) “Provider” means any physician, hospital, licensed midwife, or other person

191-32

which who is licensed or otherwise authorized in this state to furnish health care services.

191-33

     (o) (m) “Public organization” means an instrumentality of government.

192-1

     (p) (q) “Risk based capital (“RBC”) instructions” means the risk based capital report

192-2

including risk based capital instructions adopted by the National Association of Insurance

192-3

Commissioners (“NAIC”), as these risk based capital instructions are amended by the NAIC from

192-4

time to time in accordance with the procedures adopted by the NAIC.

192-5

     (q) (r) “Total adjusted capital” means the sum of:

192-6

     (1) A health maintenance organization’s statutory capital and surplus (i.e. net worth) as

192-7

determined in accordance with the statutory accounting applicable to the annual financial

192-8

statements required to be filed under § 27-41-9; and

192-9

     (2) Any other items, if any, that the RBC instructions provide.

192-10

     (r) (n) “Uncovered expenditures” means the costs of health care services that are covered

192-11

by a health maintenance organization, but that are not guaranteed, insured, or assumed by a

192-12

person or organization other than the health maintenance organization. Expenditures to a provider

192-13

that agrees not to bill enrollees under any circumstances are excluded from this definition.

192-14

     27-41-9. Required reports. -- (a) Every health maintenance organization shall annually,

192-15

on or before the first day of March, file a report verified by at least two (2) principal officers with

192-16

the director, with a copy to the director of health, covering the preceding calendar year.

192-17

(b) The annual report shall be on forms prescribed by the director in consultation with the director

192-18

of health and shall include:

192-19

     (1) A financial statement of the organization, including its balance sheet and receipts and

192-20

disbursements for the preceding year certified by an independent public accountant;

192-21

     (2) Any material changes in the information submitted pursuant to § 27-41-3(c);

192-22

     (3) The number of persons enrolled during the year, the number of enrollees as of the end

192-23

of the year, and the number of enrollments terminated during the year;

192-24

     (4) A summary of information compiled pursuant to § 27-41-4(b)(2)(iv) 27-41-4(a)(2)(iv)

192-25

in the form as required by the director of health; and

192-26

     (5) Any other information relating to the performance of the health maintenance

192-27

organization as is necessary to enable the director to carry out his or her duties under this chapter.

192-28

     (c) In addition to the reports required in subsection (a), every health maintenance

192-29

organization shall on a form prescribed by the director report on or before September 30 of each

192-30

year a filing that shall set forth the amount of uncovered and covered expenses that are payable

192-31

and are more than ninety (90) days past due. That report shall cover the period January 1 through

192-32

July 31 of that year. Further, at the time of the filing of the annual report as required in subsection

192-33

(a), a report shall be filed setting forth the amount of uncovered and covered expenses that are

193-1

payable and are more than ninety (90) days past due; that report shall cover the preceding period

193-2

of August 1 through December 31 of that year.

193-3

     (d) Every health maintenance organization shall also file quarterly statements with the

193-4

insurance commissioner, due on or before forty-five (45) days after the quarter ending in

193-5

accordance with the National Association of Insurance Commissioners’ guidelines and

193-6

procedures, and shall be available for inspection by the public.

193-7

     (e) The insurance commissioner shall also require compliance with chapters 12 and 12.1

193-8

of title 27.

193-9

     27-41-13. Protection against insolvency. -- (a) Unless otherwise provided, each health

193-10

maintenance organization shall deposit with the general treasurer of the state of Rhode Island

193-11

securities having a market value at all times of at least the amount set forth in this section, which

193-12

are to be held for the benefit and protection of all the enrollees of the health maintenance

193-13

organization.

193-14

     (b)(1) The amount for an organization that is applying for initial licensure shall be the

193-15

greater of:

193-16

     (i) Five percent (5%) of its estimated expenditures for health care services for its first

193-17

year of operation;

193-18

     (ii) Twice its estimated average monthly uncovered expenditures for its first year of

193-19

operation; or

193-20

     (iii) One hundred thousand dollars ($100,000);

193-21

     (2) At the beginning of each succeeding year, unless not applicable, that organization

193-22

shall deposit with the general treasurer securities in an amount equal to four percent (4%) of its

193-23

estimated annual uncovered expenditures for that year.

193-24

     (c)(1) An organization that is licensed as a health maintenance organization on May 17,

193-25

1983, shall make a deposit equal to the larger of:

193-26

     (i) One percent (1%) of the preceding twelve (12) months of uncovered expenditures; or

193-27

     (ii) One hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), within six (6) months of May 17, 1983;

193-28

     (2) On the first day of the organization’s first fiscal year beginning six (6) months or

193-29

more after May 17, 1983, the organization shall make an additional deposit equal to two percent

193-30

(2%) of its estimated annual uncovered expenditures. In the second fiscal year, if applicable, the

193-31

additional deposit shall be equal to three percent (3%) of its estimated annual uncovered

193-32

expenditures for that year, and in the third fiscal year and subsequent years, if applicable, the

193-33

additional deposit shall be equal to four percent (4%) of its estimated annual uncovered

194-1

expenditures for each year. Each year’s estimate, after the first year of operation, shall reasonably

194-2

reflect the prior year’s operating experience and delivery arrangements.

194-3

     (d) The director may waive any of the deposit requirements as set forth in subsections (b)

194-4

and (c), of this section whenever satisfied that the organization has sufficient net worth and an

194-5

adequate history of generating net income to assure its financial viability for the next year, or its

194-6

performance and obligations are guaranteed by an organization with sufficient net worth and an

194-7

adequate history of generating net income, or the assets of the organization or its contracts with

194-8

insurers, hospital or medical service corporations, governments, or other organizations are

194-9

sufficient to reasonably assure the performance of its obligations.

194-10

     (e)(1) When an organization has achieved a net worth not including land, buildings, and

194-11

equipment of at least one million dollars ($1,000,000) or has achieved a net worth including plan

194-12

related land, buildings, and equipment of at least five million dollars ($5,000,000), the annual

194-13

deposit requirement shall not apply;

194-14

     (2) The annual deposit requirement shall not apply to an organization if the total amount

194-15

of the deposit of securities is equal to twelve percent (12%) of the HMO’s estimated annual

194-16

uncovered expenditures for the next calendar year, or the capital and surplus requirements for the

194-17

formation and admittance of an accident and health insurer in this state, whichever is less;

194-18

     (3) If the organization has a guaranteeing organization which has been in operation for at

194-19

least five (5) years and has a net worth not including land, buildings, and equipment of at least

194-20

one million dollars ($1,000,000) or which has been in operation for at least ten (10) years and has

194-21

a net worth including plan related land, buildings, and equipment of at least five million dollars

194-22

($5,000,000), the annual deposit requirement shall not apply.; provided, however, that However,

194-23

if the guaranteeing organization is sponsoring more than the one organization, the net worth

194-24

requirement shall be increased by a multiple equal to the number of organizations. This

194-25

requirement to maintain a deposit in excess of the deposit required of an accident and health

194-26

insurer shall not apply during any time that the guaranteeing organization maintains a net worth at

194-27

least equal to the capital and surplus requirements for an accident and health insurer.

194-28

     (f) All income from the deposit with the general treasurer shall belong to the depositing

194-29

organization and shall be paid to it as it becomes available. A health maintenance organization

194-30

that has made a securities deposit with the general treasurer may, at its option, withdraw the

194-31

securities deposit or any part thereof of the deposit, first having deposited, in lieu thereof of it, a

194-32

deposit of securities of equal amount and value to that withdrawn.

194-33

     (g) In any year in which an annual deposit is not required of an organization, at its

194-34

request, the director shall lower its required deposit by one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000)

195-1

for each two hundred fifty thousand dollars ($250,000) of net worth not including land, buildings,

195-2

and equipment, if it, or a guaranteeing organization on its behalf and not for another organization,

195-3

has in excess of one million dollars ($1,000,000) or in excess of five million dollars ($5,000,000)

195-4

of net worth, including only health maintenance organization related land, buildings, and

195-5

equipment contributing to the delivery of health care services; provided, however, that the

195-6

reductions never bring the required deposit below one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000). If the

195-7

net worth of an organization or guaranteeing organization no longer supports a reduction of its

195-8

required deposit, the organization shall immediately redeposit one hundred thousand dollars

195-9

($100,000) for each two hundred fifty thousand dollars ($250,000) of reduction, provided that its

195-10

total deposit does not exceed the maximum required under this section.

195-11

     (h)(1) Before issuing any certificate of authority, the director shall require that the health

195-12

maintenance organization have an initial net worth of one million five hundred thousand dollars

195-13

($1,500,000) and shall thereafter maintain the minimum net worth required under paragraph (2)

195-14

of this subsection.

195-15

     (2) Except as provided in paragraphs subdivisions (3) and (4) of this subsection, every

195-16

health maintenance organization must:

195-17

     (i) (a) Maintain a minimum net worth equal to the greater of:

195-18

     (A) (1) One million dollars ($1,000,000); or

195-19

     (B) (2) Two percent (2%) of annual premium revenues as reported on the most recent

195-20

annual financial statement filed with the director on the first one hundred fifty million dollars

195-21

($150,000,000) of premium and one percent (1%) of annual premium of the premium in excess of

195-22

one hundred fifty million dollars ($150,000,000).

195-23

     (ii) (b) Maintain total adjusted capital at the amount of authorized control level risk based

195-24

capital as determined under the risk based capital formula in accordance with the managed care

195-25

organizations risk based capital instructions adopted by the National Association of Insurance

195-26

Commissioners.

195-27

     (3) A health maintenance organization licensed before July 1, 1999 must maintain a

195-28

minimum net worth and total adjusted capital of:

195-29

      (A) Twenty-five percent (25%) of the amount required by paragraph (2) of this

195-30

subsection by January 1, 2000;

195-31

      (B) Fifty percent (50%) of the amount required by paragraph (2) of this subsection by

195-32

January 1, 2001;

195-33

     (i) (C) Seventy-five percent (75%) of the amount required by paragraph subdivision (2)

195-34

of this subsection by January 1, 2002;

196-1

     (ii) (D) One hundred percent (100%) of the amount required by paragraph subdivision (2)

196-2

of this subsection by January 1, 2003.

196-3

     (4) The director may waive any of the net worth and/or total adjusted capital

196-4

requirements as set forth in this subsection (h) whenever satisfied that the health maintenance

196-5

organization has sufficient net worth and/or total adjusted capital and an adequate history of

196-6

generating net income to assure its financial viability for the next year, or its performance and

196-7

obligations are guaranteed by an organization with sufficient net worth and an adequate history of

196-8

generating net income, or the assets of the health maintenance organization or its contracts with

196-9

insurers, hospital or medical service corporations, governments, or other organizations are

196-10

sufficient to reasonably assure the performance of its obligations; provided, however, that in no

196-11

event shall the net worth requirement be less than one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000).

196-12

     (5)(i) (A) In determining net worth, no debt is considered fully subordinated unless the

196-13

subordination clause is in a form acceptable to the director. Any interest obligation relating to the

196-14

repayment of any subordinated debt must be similarly subordinated.

196-15

     (ii) (B) The interest expenses relating to the repayment of any fully subordinated debt are

196-16

considered covered expenses.

196-17

     (iii) (C) Any debt incurred by a note meeting the requirements of this section, and

196-18

otherwise acceptable to the director, are not considered a liability and are recorded as equity.

196-19

     (i) Each health maintenance organization shall maintain written contracts or other

196-20

arrangements satisfactory to the director with providers of services, insurers, hospital or medical

196-21

service corporations, governments, or other organizations to satisfy the director that in the event

196-22

of insolvency enrollees will not be liable for charges for covered health services received before

196-23

the time of insolvency and those contracts and other arrangements shall assure that:

196-24

     (1) Benefits, including professional services, for all enrollees who are confined at the

196-25

time of insolvency in hospitals, skilled nursing facilities, intermediate care facilities, or home

196-26

health agencies receiving services covered by the health maintenance organization shall continue

196-27

to be paid without interruption until the earlier of discharge or ninety (90) days, or in the

196-28

alternative, for federally qualified health maintenance organizations which are licensed pursuant

196-29

to this chapter, confinement coverage shall be provided which meets federal standards for

196-30

federally qualified health maintenance organization plans;

196-31

     (2) All enrollees will be covered without interruption by the lesser of their current

196-32

coverage or a fully qualified program as defined in § 42-62-10, or its equivalent as approved by

196-33

the director, for a period of thirty (30) days following the insolvency, unless enrollees are

196-34

afforded an opportunity to enroll in another insurance plan as defined in subsection (i)

197-1

subdivision (3) of this subsection without waiting periods or exclusions or limitations based on

197-2

health status; and

197-3

     (3) Enrollees and enrolled groups will be afforded the opportunity within thirty (30) days

197-4

to purchase other health insurance equivalent to the lesser of their current coverage or a fully

197-5

qualified program as defined in § 42-62-10 on a group basis if they are enrolled in the health

197-6

maintenance organization on a group basis and on a direct pay basis otherwise, with full credit for

197-7

all prepaid premiums without waiting periods or exclusions or limitations based on health status.

197-8

In the event that a contract providing for coverage commensurate with the lesser of current

197-9

coverage or a fully qualified program as defined in § 42-62-10 is not reasonably available, the

197-10

health maintenance organization shall maintain the best insolvency conversion insurance

197-11

reasonably available in the market place. The director, upon application of the health maintenance

197-12

organization, must before approving any alternate coverage be satisfied that that alternate

197-13

coverage reasonably protects enrollees and is in the public interest. The term “insurance” as used

197-14

in this section means an insurance policy or a contract of insurance with an entity acceptable to

197-15

the director other than the health maintenance organization, which other entity is available to

197-16

cover the enrollees of the health maintenance organization in the event of its insolvency. If

197-17

insolvency conversion protection commensurate with the lesser of current coverage or a fully

197-18

qualified program as defined in § 42-62-10 becomes available, the lesser shall be obtained by the

197-19

health maintenance organization within a reasonable time.

197-20

     (j) All insurance contracts, and other arrangements to satisfy the conditions herein, shall

197-21

be evidenced by copies of the insurance contracts and arrangements and by a certificate from the

197-22

insurers and other parties to the contracts or arrangements submitted to the director, which

197-23

certificate must contain provisions requiring the insurer, and all other parties to the contracts, to

197-24

notify the director and the health maintenance organization ninety (90) days in advance of any

197-25

revocation or cancellation or of any significant change in status giving the reason thereof of the

197-26

action. All insurance contracts shall remain in full force and effect for at least ninety (90) days

197-27

following written notice by registered mail of cancellation by either party to the director. Each

197-28

health maintenance organization must present the director with evidence of premium payment in

197-29

a form and manner acceptable to the director for each premium payment for any insurance

197-30

arrangement certifying that all premiums are prepaid ninety (90) days in advance and

197-31

subsequently the health maintenance organization must follow up within a time period acceptable

197-32

to the director with other evidence of premium payment satisfactory to the director.

197-33

     27-41-19. Rules and regulations. -- No later than January 1, 1996, The director of

197-34

business regulation and the director of health shall, after notice and hearing, promulgate

198-1

reasonable rules and regulations, as that are necessary or proper to carry out the provisions of this

198-2

chapter. Those rules and regulations shall be subject to review in accordance with the provisions

198-3

of chapter 35 of title 42.

198-4

     27-41-26.1. Patient responsibility — Administrative requirements. -- For health

198-5

benefit contracts issued, renewed, or delivered on or after January 1, 2002, in this state the

198-6

following shall apply:

198-7

     (1) The amount of copayments for physician office visits and hospital emergency room

198-8

visits shall be printed on the subscriber identification cards issued to insureds.

198-9

     (2) A schedule of all applicable copayments, by product or by group, in paper or

198-10

electronic format, or both, shall be published, updated, and distributed to participating providers.

198-11

     (3) On an annual basis, notification shall be provided to subscribers regarding their

198-12

responsibility for copayments and deductibles.

198-13

     27-41-30.1. Post-partum hospital stays. -- (a) Every individual or group hospital or

198-14

medical services plan contract delivered, issued for delivery, or renewed in this state on or after

198-15

September 1, 1996, shall provide coverage for a forty-eight (48) hour time period in a hospital

198-16

after a vaginal birth, and ninety-six (96) hours after a Cesarean section for a mother and her

198-17

newly born child. Any decision to shorten these minimum coverages shall be made by the

198-18

attending health care provider in consultation with the mother. The decision shall be made in

198-19

accordance with the standards for guidelines for perinatal care published by the American

198-20

College of Obstetrics and Gynecology and the American Academy of Pediatrics. The standards

198-21

shall be relative to early discharge, defined as less than forty-eight (48) hours for a vaginal

198-22

delivery and ninety-six (96) for a Cesarean delivery. In the case of early discharge, post-delivery

198-23

care shall include home visits, parent education, assistance and training in breast or bottle feeding

198-24

and the performance of any necessary and appropriate clinical tests or any other tests or services

198-25

consistent with the above guidelines.

198-26

     (b) For the purposes of this section, “attending health care provider” shall include

198-27

includes the attending obstetrician, pediatrician, family practitioner, general practitioner or

198-28

certified nurse midwife attending the mother and newly born child.

198-29

     (c) Any member who is aggrieved by a denial of benefits to be provided under this

198-30

section may appeal the denial in accordance with regulations of the department of health, which

198-31

have been promulgated pursuant to chapter 17.12 of title 23. No policy or plan covered under this

198-32

chapter shall terminate the services, reduce capitation payment, or otherwise penalize an

198-33

attending physician or other health care provider who orders care consistent with the provisions

198-34

of this section.

199-1

     27-41-33. Coverage for infertility. -- (a) Any health maintenance organization service

199-2

contract plan or policy here and after delivered, issued for delivery, or renewed in this state, on or

199-3

after December 1, 1989, except a contract providing supplemental coverage to Medicare or other

199-4

governmental programs, which includes pregnancy related benefits, shall provide coverage for

199-5

medically necessary expenses of diagnosis and treatment of infertility. To the extent that a health

199-6

maintenance organization provides reimbursement for a test or procedure used in the diagnosis or

199-7

treatment of conditions other than infertility, those tests and procedures shall not be excluded

199-8

from reimbursement when provided attendant to the diagnosis and treatment of infertility;

199-9

provided, that subscriber copayment, not to exceed twenty percent (20%), may be required for

199-10

those programs and/or procedures the sole purpose of which is the treatment of infertility.

199-11

     (b) For the purpose of this section, “infertility” shall mean means the condition of an

199-12

otherwise healthy married individual who is unable to conceive or produce conception during a

199-13

period of one year.

199-14

     27-41-34. Health maintenance organizations’ assessment. -- (a) Notwithstanding any

199-15

other provisions of law, each domestic HMO shall be charged an assessment to partially support

199-16

the activities of the division of insurance in the department of business regulation.

199-17

     (b) Commencing in fiscal year 1990-1991 Each domestic HMO assessment shall be

199-18

determined in accordance with the following ratio: (1) (i) by dividing the HMO total direct

199-19

premiums by the total direct premiums, including annuities, less policyholder dividends of all

199-20

domestic insurance companies plus the total direct premiums of domestic companies licensed or

199-21

regulated pursuant to chapters 19, 20, 20.1, 20.2, 20.3, 25, and 41 of this title, and chapter 62 of

199-22

title 42; (2) (ii) and then by multiplying the resulting ratio times two hundred thousand dollars

199-23

($200,000).

199-24

     (c) The minimum assessment charged shall be the greater of the sum determined by

199-25

subsection (b) of this section or one thousand dollars ($1,000).

199-26

     27-41-36. Services of midwives. -- Every health maintenance organization plan contract

199-27

delivered, issued for delivery, or renewed in this state on or after January 1, 1991, shall provide

199-28

coverage for the services of licensed midwives in accordance with each health maintenance

199-29

organization’s respective principles and mechanisms of reimbursement, credentialing, and

199-30

contracting if the services are within the licensed midwives’ area of professional competence as

199-31

defined by regulations promulgated pursuant to § 23-13-9 and are currently reimbursed when

199-32

rendered by any other licensed health care provider. No health maintenance organization may

199-33

require supervision, signature, or referral by any other health care provider as a condition of

199-34

reimbursement to a licensed midwife whose services are provided pursuant to § 27-41-5(a)(6)(ii),

200-1

except when the requirements are also applicable to other categories of health care providers.

200-2

Further, no health maintenance organization or patient may be required to pay for duplicate

200-3

services actually rendered by both a licensed midwife and any other health care provider. Direct

200-4

payment for licensed midwives will be contingent upon services rendered in a licensed health

200-5

care facility and for services rendered in accordance with rules and regulations promulgated by

200-6

the department of health; provided, however, that this provision shall not prohibit payment for

200-7

services pursuant to § 42-62-26 or for other services reimbursed by third party payors.

200-8

     27-41-38. Drug coverage. -- No health maintenance organization that provides coverage

200-9

for prescription drugs under a group plan master contract delivered, issued for delivery, or

200-10

renewed in this state on or after July 1, 1991, may require any person covered under the contract

200-11

to obtain prescription drugs from a mail order pharmacy as a condition of obtaining benefits for

200-12

the drugs.

200-13

     27-41-39. Certified registered nurse practitioners and psychiatric and mental health

200-14

nurse clinical specialists. -- (a) Every individual or group policy or contract delivered, issued for

200-15

delivery, or renewed by a health maintenance organization in this state on or after January 1,

200-16

1992, will shall provide coverage for the services of certified registered nurse practitioners and

200-17

psychiatric and mental health nurse clinical specialists to subscribers, if those services are within

200-18

the certified registered nurse practitioner’s or psychiatric and mental health nurse clinical

200-19

specialist’s area of professional competence as established by education and certification, and are

200-20

currently reimbursed when rendered by any other health care provider. No health maintenance

200-21

organization may be required to pay for duplicative services actually rendered by a certified nurse

200-22

practitioner and any other health care provider.

200-23

     (b) Nothing in this chapter shall preclude the conducting of managed care reviews and

200-24

medical necessity reviews by an insurer or hospital or medical service corporation or health

200-25

maintenance organization.

200-26

     27-41-40. Certified counselors in mental health and therapists in marriage and

200-27

family practice. -- (a) Every individual or group policy or contract delivered, issued for delivery

200-28

or renewed by a health maintenance organization in this state on or after January 1, 1994, will

200-29

shall, when deemed medically necessary by the health maintenance organization in accordance

200-30

with its standard medical management protocols as approved by the health department and within

200-31

the contractual benefit limits, provide coverage for the services of counselors in mental health

200-32

licensed pursuant to § 5-63.2-9 and therapists in marriage and family practice licensed pursuant to

200-33

§ 5-63.2-10.

201-1

     (b) It shall remain within the sole discretion of the health maintenance organization as to

201-2

which certified counselors in mental health and certified therapists in marriage and family

201-3

practice it shall contract with. Nothing contained herein in this section shall require the health

201-4

maintenance organization to provide coverage other than in conjunction with a related medical

201-5

illness.

201-6

     27-41-41. New cancer therapies — Under investigation. -- Every individual or group

201-7

hospital or medical expense insurance policy or individual or group hospital or medical service

201-8

plan contract delivered, issued for delivery or renewed in this state on or after January 1, 1995,

201-9

shall provide coverage for new cancer therapies still under investigation as outlined in this

201-10

chapter.

201-11

     27-41-43. Mastectomy treatment. -- (a) Every individual or group health insurance

201-12

contract, plan, or policy delivered, issued for delivery or renewed in this state on or after January

201-13

1, 1997, which provides medical coverage that includes coverage for physician services in a

201-14

physician’s office, and every policy which provides major medical or similar comprehensive-type

201-15

coverage, shall include coverage for prosthetic devices and or reconstructive surgery to restore

201-16

and achieve symmetry for the patient incident to a mastectomy. Coverage for prosthetic devices

201-17

and reconstructive surgery shall be subject to the deductible and coinsurance conditions applied

201-18

to the mastectomy and all other terms and conditions applicable to other benefits. Any

201-19

reconstructive surgery under this section must be performed within eighteen (18) months of the

201-20

original mastectomy. As used in this section, “mastectomy” means the removal of all or part of

201-21

the breast to treat a breast cancer, tumor, or mass.

201-22

     (b) Any provision in any contract issued, amended, delivered or renewed in this state on

201-23

or after January 1, 1997, which is in conflict with this section shall be of no force or effect.

201-24

     (c) As used in this section, “prosthetic devices” means and includes the provision of

201-25

initial and subsequent prosthetic devices pursuant to an order of the patient’s physician or

201-26

surgeon.

201-27

     (d)(1) Nothing in this section shall be construed to require an individual or group policy

201-28

to cover the surgical procedure known as mastectomy or to prevent application of deductible or

201-29

copayment provisions contained in the policy or plan, nor shall this section be construed to

201-30

require that coverage under an individual or group policy be extended to any other procedures.

201-31

     (2) Nothing in this section shall be construed to authorize an insured or plan member to

201-32

receive the coverage required by this section if that coverage is furnished by a nonparticipating

201-33

provider, unless the insured or plan member is referred to that provider by a participating

201-34

physician, nurse practitioner, or certified nurse midwife providing care.

202-1

     (3) Nothing in this section shall preclude the conducting of managed care reviews and

202-2

medical necessity reviews, by an insurer, hospital or medical service corporation or health

202-3

maintenance organization.

202-4

     27-41-43.1. Insurance coverage for mastectomy hospital stays. -- (a) The Rhode Island

202-5

general assembly recognizes that breast cancer is a unique illness with both a physical and

202-6

emotional impact on patients. Every individual or group hospital or medical services plan contract

202-7

delivered, issued for delivery, or renewed in this state on or after September 1, 1997, shall

202-8

provide coverage for a minimum forty-eight (48) hour time period in a hospital after the surgical

202-9

procedures known as a mastectomy, and a minimum twenty-four (24) hours after an axilary node

202-10

dissection. Any decision to shorten these minimum coverages shall be made by the attending

202-11

physician in consultation with and upon agreement by the patient. If the patient participates in an

202-12

early discharge, defined as in-patient care following a mastectomy that is less than forty-eight

202-13

(48) hours and in-patient care following an axilary node dissection that is less than twenty-four

202-14

(24) hours, coverage shall include a minimum of one home visit conducted by a physician or

202-15

registered nurse.

202-16

     (b) Any subscriber who is aggrieved by a denial of benefits to be provided under this

202-17

section may appeal the denial in accordance with regulations of the department of health, which

202-18

have been promulgated pursuant to chapter 17.12 of title 23. No policy or plan covered under this

202-19

chapter shall terminate the services, reduce capitation payment, or otherwise penalize an

202-20

attending physician or other health care provider who orders care consistent with the provisions

202-21

of this section.

202-22

     (c) Notice. All plans subject to this section shall provide notice to each enrollee:

202-23

     (1) In the next mass mailing made by the plan to the employee; or

202-24

     (2) As part of any informational packet sent to the enrollee.

202-25

     27-41-44. Diabetes treatment. -- (a) Every individual or group health insurance contract,

202-26

plan, or policy delivered, issued for delivery or renewed in this state on or after January 1, 1997,

202-27

which provides medical coverage that includes coverage for physician services in a physician’s

202-28

office and every policy which provides major medical or similar comprehensive-type coverage

202-29

shall include coverage for the following equipment and supplies for the treatment of insulin

202-30

treated diabetes, non-insulin treated diabetes, and gestational diabetes when medically appropriate

202-31

and prescribed by a physician blood glucose monitors and blood glucose monitors for the legally

202-32

blind, test strips for glucose monitors and visual reading, insulin, injection aids, cartridges for the

202-33

legally blind, syringes, insulin pumps and appurtenances thereto to them, insulin infusion devices,

202-34

oral agents for controlling blood sugar and therapeutic/molded shoes for the prevention of

203-1

amputation. Upon the approval of new or improved diabetes equipment and supplies by the Food

203-2

and Drug Administration, all policies governed by this chapter shall guarantee coverage of this

203-3

new diabetes equipment and supplies when medically appropriate and prescribed by a physician.

203-4

These policies shall also include coverage, when medically necessary, for diabetes self-

203-5

management education to ensure that persons with diabetes are instructed in the self-management

203-6

and treatment of their diabetes, including information on the nutritional management of diabetes.

203-7

This coverage for self-management education and education relating to medical nutrition therapy

203-8

shall be limited to medically necessary visits upon the diagnosis of diabetes, where a physician

203-9

diagnoses a significant change in the patient’s symptoms or conditions which necessitate changes

203-10

in a patient’s self-management, or where reeducation or refresher training is necessary. This

203-11

education, when medically necessary and prescribed by a physician, may be provided only by the

203-12

physician or, upon his/her referral to an appropriately licensed and certified health care provider

203-13

and may be conducted in group settings. Coverage for self-management education and education

203-14

relating to medical nutrition therapy shall also include home visits when medically necessary.

203-15

     (b) Benefit plans offered by a health maintenance organization may impose copayment

203-16

and/or deductibles for the benefits mandated by this chapter; however. However, in no instance

203-17

shall the copayment or deductible amount be greater than the copayment or deductible amount

203-18

imposed for other supplies, equipment, or physician office visits. Benefits for services under this

203-19

chapter shall be reimbursed in accordance with the respective principles and mechanisms of

203-20

reimbursement for each insurer, hospital, or medical service corporation, or health maintenance

203-21

organization.

203-22

     27-41-49. Third party reimbursement for services of certain health care workers. --

203-23

     (a) Every individual or group health insurance contract, plan or policy delivered, issued or

203-24

renewed by an insurer, health maintenance organization, nonprofit or for profit health service

203-25

corporation on or after January 1, 1998, which provides benefits to individual subscribers and

203-26

members within the state, or to all group members having a principal place of employment within

203-27

the state, shall provide benefits for services rendered by a certified registered nurse anesthetist

203-28

designated as a certified registered nurse anesthetist by the board of nurse registration and nursing

203-29

education; provided, however, that the following conditions are met:

203-30

     (1) The certified registered nurse anesthetist provides certain health care services under

203-31

the supervision of anesthesiologists, licensed physicians or licensed dentists in accordance with §

203-32

5-34.2-2(c), which requires substantial specialized knowledge, judgment and skill related to the

203-33

administration of anesthesia, including pre-operative and post-operative assessment of patients;

204-1

administering anesthetics; monitoring patients during anesthesia; management of fluids in

204-2

intravenous therapy and management of respiratory care; and

204-3

     (2) The policy or contract currently provides benefits for identical services rendered by a

204-4

provider of health care licensed by the state; and

204-5

     (3) The certified registered nurse anesthetist is not a salaried employee of the licensed

204-6

hospital or facility for which the health maintenance organization has an alternative contractual

204-7

relationship to fund the services of a certified registered nurse anesthetist.

204-8

     (b) It shall remain within the sole discretion of the health maintenance organization as to

204-9

which certified registered nurse anesthetists it shall contract with. Reimbursement shall be

204-10

provided according to the respective principles and policies of the health maintenance

204-11

organization; provided, however, that no health maintenance organization may be required to pay

204-12

for duplicative services actually rendered by a certified registered nurse anesthetist and any other

204-13

health care provider. Nothing contained herein in this section shall preclude the health

204-14

maintenance organization from conducting managed care, medical necessity or utilizaton

204-15

utilization review.

204-16

     27-41-49.1. Third party reimbursement for services of registered nurse first

204-17

assistants. -- (a) Every individual or group health insurance contract, plan or policy delivered,

204-18

issued or renewed by an insurer, health maintenance organization, nonprofit or for profit health

204-19

service corporation on or after January 1, 2000, which provides benefits to individual subscribers

204-20

and members within the state, or to all group members having a principal place of employment

204-21

within the state, shall provide benefits for services rendered by a registered nurse first assistant

204-22

designed as such;, provided, however, that the following conditions are met:

204-23

     (1) The registered nurse first assistant provides certain health care services under the

204-24

supervision of a licensed physician; is currently licensed as a registered nurse in Rhode Island;

204-25

has successfully completed a course in preparing the registered nurse as a first assistant in

204-26

accordance with the Association of Operating Room Nurses core curriculum guide for the

204-27

registered nurse first assistant and includes a minimum of one academic year in a college or

204-28

university with didactic instruction and clinical internship programs; and is certified in

204-29

perioperative nursing by the Certification Board of Perioperative Nursing (minimum of two years

204-30

perioperative experience);

204-31

     (2) The policy or contract, currently provides benefits for identical services rendered by a

204-32

provider of health care licensed by the state; and

205-1

     (3) The registered nurse first assistant is not a salaried employee of the licensed hospital

205-2

or facility for which the health maintenance organization has an alternative contractual

205-3

relationship to fund the services of a registered nurse first assistant.

205-4

     (b) It remains within the sole discretion of the health maintenance organization as to

205-5

which registered nurse first assistant it contracts with. Reimbursement provided according to the

205-6

respective principles and policies of the health maintenance organization; provided, however, that

205-7

no health maintenance organization is required to provide direct reimbursement, or pay for

205-8

duplicative services actually rendered by a registered nurse first assistant and any other health

205-9

care provider. Nothing contained in this section precludes the health maintenance organization

205-10

from conducting managed care, medical necessity or utilization review.

205-11

     27-41-50. Human leukocyte antigen testing. -- Every individual or group hospital or

205-12

medical services plan contract delivered or renewed in this state on or after March 19, 1998 shall

205-13

include coverage of the cost for human leukocyte antigen testing, also referred to as

205-14

histocompatibility locus antigen testing, for A, B and DR antigens for utilization in bone marrow

205-15

transplantation. The testing must be performed in a facility which is accredited by the American

205-16

Association of Blood Banks or its successors, and is licensed under the Clinical Laboratory

205-17

Improvement Act, 42 U.S.C. § 263a, as it may be from time to time amended. At the time of the

205-18

testing, the person being tested must complete and sign an informed consent form which also

205-19

authorizes the results of the test to be used for participation in the National Marrow Donor

205-20

Program. The group hospital or medical services plan contract may limit each subscriber to one of

205-21

these testings per lifetime.

205-22

     27-41-53.1. Genetic information. -- (a) Except as provided in chapter 37.3 of title 5,

205-23

insurance administrators, health plans and providers shall be prohibited from releasing genetic

205-24

information without prior written authorization of the individual. Written authorization shall be

205-25

required for each disclosure and include to whom the disclosure is being made. An exception

205-26

shall exist for those participating in research settings governed by the federal policy for the

205-27

protection of human research subjects (also known as “The Common Rule”). Tests conducted

205-28

purely for research are excluded from the definition, as are tests for somatic (as opposed to

205-29

heritable) mutations, and testing for forensic purposes.

205-30

     (b) No individual or group health insurance contract, plan, or policy delivered, issued for

205-31

delivery, or renewed in this state on or after January 1, 2002, which provides medical coverage

205-32

that includes coverage for physician services in a physician’s office, and every policy which

205-33

provides major medical or similar comprehensive-type coverage excluding disability income,

206-1

long term care and insurance supplemental policies which only provide coverage for specified

206-2

diseases or other supplemental policies, shall:

206-3

     (1) Use genetic information or request for genetic information or the results of genetic

206-4

information or other genetic information to reject, deny, limit, cancel, refuse to renew, increase

206-5

the rates of, affect the terms or conditions of, or otherwise affect a group or an individual’s health

206-6

insurance policy, contract, or plan;

206-7

     (2) Request or require genetic information for the purpose of determining whether or not

206-8

to issue or renew an individual’s health benefits coverage, to set reimbursement/co-pay levels or

206-9

determine covered benefits and services;

206-10

     (3) Release the results of genetic information without the prior written authorization of

206-11

the individual from whom the information was obtained, except in a format whereby by which

206-12

individual identifiers are removed, encrypted, or encoded so that the identity of the individual is

206-13

not disclosed. A recipient of information pursuant to this section may use or disclose the

206-14

information solely to carry out the purpose for which the information was disclosed.

206-15

Authorization shall be required for each re-disclosure. An exception shall exist for participation in

206-16

research settings governed by the federal policy for the protection of human research subjects

206-17

(also known as “The Common Rule”);

206-18

     (4) Request or require information as to whether an individual has genetic information, or

206-19

participated in genetic information of any kind, whether for clinical or research purposes.

206-20

     (c) For the purposes of this section, “genetic information” is information about genes,

206-21

gene product, or inherited characteristics that may derive from the individual or a family member.

206-22

     27-41-54. Disassociation prohibited. -- Notwithstanding any provision of the general or

206-23

public laws to the contrary, no individual or group health insurance contract, plan, or policy

206-24

delivered, issued for delivery, or renewed in this state on or after July 23, 1998, which provides

206-25

medical coverage for physician services in a physician’s office, and no policy which provides

206-26

major medical or similar comprehensive-type coverage for specified diseases or other

206-27

supplemental polices, shall prohibit a medical provider from ceasing an association with and

206-28

participation in one health maintenance organization and associating and participating with

206-29

another health maintenance organization doing business in this state.

206-30

     27-41-59. F.D.A. approved prescription contraceptive drugs and devices. -- (a) Every

206-31

individual or group health insurance contract, plan, or policy that provides prescription coverage

206-32

and is delivered, issued for delivery, or renewed in this state on or after January 1, 2001, shall

206-33

provide coverage for F.D.A. approved contraceptive drugs and devices requiring a prescription.

207-1

Provided, however, that nothing in this subsection shall be deemed to mandate or require

207-2

coverage for the prescription drug RU 486.

207-3

     (b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this section, any health maintenance

207-4

corporation may issue to a religious employer an individual or group health insurance contract,

207-5

plan, or policy that excludes coverage for prescription contraceptive methods which are contrary

207-6

to the religious employer’s bona fide religious tenets.

207-7

     (c) As used in this section, “religious employer” means an employer that is a “church or a

207-8

qualified church-controlled organization” as defined in 26 U.S.C. § 3121.

207-9

     (d) Every religious employer that invokes the exemption provided under this section shall

207-10

provide written notice to prospective enrollees prior to enrollment with the plan, listing the

207-11

contraceptive health care services the employer refuses to cover for religious reasons.

207-12

     27-41-64. Prompt processing of claims. -- (a) A health care entity or health plan

207-13

operating in the state shall pay all complete claims for covered health care services submitted to

207-14

the health care entity or health plan by a health care provider or by a policyholder within forty

207-15

(40) calendar days following the date of receipt of a complete written claim or within thirty (30)

207-16

calendar days following the date of receipt of a complete electronic claim. Each health plan shall

207-17

establish a written standard defining what constitutes a complete claim and shall distribute this

207-18

standard to all participating providers.

207-19

     (b) If the health care entity or health plan denies or pends a claim, the health care entity

207-20

or health plan shall have thirty (30) calendar days from receipt of the claim to notify in writing

207-21

the health care provider or policyholder of any and all reasons for denying or pending the claim

207-22

and what, if any, additional information is required to process the claim. No health care entity or

207-23

health plan may limit the time period in which additional information may be submitted to

207-24

complete a claim.

207-25

     (c) Any claim that is resubmitted by a health care provider or policyholder shall be

207-26

treated by the health care entity or health plan pursuant to the provisions of subsection (a) of this

207-27

section.

207-28

     (d) A health care entity or health plan which fails to reimburse the health care provider or

207-29

policyholder after receipt by the health care entity or health plan of a complete claim within the

207-30

required timeframes shall pay to the health care provider or the policyholder who submitted the

207-31

claim, in addition to any reimbursement for health care services provided, interest which shall

207-32

accrue at the rate of twelve percent (12%) per annum commencing on the thirty-first (31st) day

207-33

after receipt of a complete electronic claim or on the forty-first (41st) day after receipt of a

208-1

complete written claim, and ending on the date the payment is issued to the health care provider

208-2

or the policyholder.

208-3

     (e) Exceptions to the requirements of this section are as follows:

208-4

     (1) No health care entity or health plan operating in the state shall be in violation of this

208-5

section for a claim submitted by a health care provider or policyholder if:

208-6

     (i) Failure to comply is caused by a directive from a court or federal or state agency;

208-7

     (ii) The health care entity or health plan is in liquidation or rehabilitation or is operating

208-8

in compliance with a court-ordered plan of rehabilitation; or

208-9

     (iii) The health care entity or health plan’s compliance is rendered impossible due to

208-10

matters beyond its control which are not caused by it.

208-11

     (2) No health care entity or health plan operating in the state shall be in violation of this

208-12

section for any claim: (i) initially submitted more than ninety (90) days after the service is

208-13

rendered, or (ii) resubmitted more than ninety (90) days after the date the health care provider

208-14

received the notice provided for in § 27-18-61(b); provided, however, this exception shall not

208-15

apply in the event compliance is rendered impossible due to matters beyond the control of the

208-16

health care provider and were not caused by such the health care provider.

208-17

     (3) No health care entity or health plan operating in the state shall be in violation of this

208-18

section while the claim is pending due to a fraud investigation by a state or federal agency.

208-19

     (4) No health care entity or health plan operating in the state shall be obligated under this

208-20

section to pay interest to any health care provider or policyholder for any claim if the director of

208-21

the department of business regulation finds that such the entity or plan is in substantial

208-22

compliance with this section. A health care entity or health plan seeking such a that finding from

208-23

the director shall submit such any documentation as that the director shall require. A health care

208-24

entity or health plan which is found to be in substantial compliance with this section shall

208-25

thereafter submit such any documentation as the the director may require on an annual basis for

208-26

the director to assess ongoing compliance with this section.

208-27

     (5) A health care entity or health plan may petition the director for a waiver of the

208-28

provision of this section for a period not to exceed ninety (90) days in the event the health care

208-29

entity or health plan is converting or substantially modifying its claims processing systems.

208-30

     (f) For purposes of this section, the following definitions shall apply:

208-31

     (1) “Claim” means: (i) a bill or invoice for covered services; (ii) a line item of service; or

208-32

(iii) all services for one patient or subscriber within a bill or invoice.

208-33

     (2) “Date of receipt” means the date the health care entity or health plan receives the

208-34

claim whether via electronic submission or as a paper claim.

209-1

     (3) “Health care entity” means a licensed insurance company or nonprofit hospital or

209-2

medical or dental service corporation or plan or health maintenance organization, or a contractor

209-3

as described in § 23-17.13-2(2), that operates a health plan.

209-4

     (4) “Health care provider” means an individual clinician, either in practice independently

209-5

or in a group, who provides health care services, and otherwise referred to as a non-institutional

209-6

provider.

209-7

     (5) “Health care services” include, but are not limited to, medical, mental health,

209-8

substance abuse, dental and any other services covered under the terms of the specific health plan.

209-9

     (6) “Health plan” means a plan operated by a health care entity that provides for the

209-10

delivery of health care services to persons enrolled in such the plans through:

209-11

     (i) Arrangements with selected providers to furnish health care services; and/or

209-12

     (ii) Financial incentive for persons enrolled in the plan to use the participating providers

209-13

and procedures provided for by the health plan.

209-14

     (7) “Policyholder” means a person covered under a health plan or a representative

209-15

designated by such that person.

209-16

     (8) “Substantial compliance” means that the health care entity or health plan is processing

209-17

and paying ninety-five percent (95%) or more of all claims within the time frame provided for in

209-18

§ 27-18-61(a) and (b).

209-19

     (g) Any provision in a contract between a health care entity or a health plan and a health

209-20

care provider which is inconsistent with this section shall be void and of no force and effect.

209-21

     SECTION 86. Section 27-41-55 of the General Laws in Chapter 27-41 entitled “Health

209-22

Maintenance Organizations” is hereby repealed in its entirety.

209-23

     27-41-55. Conditions of coverage. – As provided in § 27-41-41, coverage is extended to

209-24

new cancer therapies still under investigation when the following circumstances are present:

209-25

     (a) Treatment is being provided pursuant to a phase II, III or IV clinical trial which has

209-26

been approved by the National Institutes of Health (NIH) in cooperation with the National Cancer

209-27

Institute (NCI), community clinical oncology programs; the Food and Drug Administration in the

209-28

form of an investigational new drug (IND) exemption; the Department of Veterans’ Affairs; or a

209-29

qualified nongovernmental research entity as identified in the guidelines for NCI cancer center

209-30

support grants;

209-31

     (b) The proposed therapy has been reviewed and approved by a qualified institutional

209-32

review board (IRB);

209-33

     (c) The facility and personnel providing the treatment are capable of doing so by virtue of

209-34

their experience, training, and volume of patients treated to maintain expertise;

210-1

     (d) The patients receiving the investigational treatment meet all protocol requirements;

210-2

     (e) There are no clearly superior, noninvestigational alternatives to the protocol

210-3

treatment;

210-4

     (f) The available clinical or preclinical data provide a reasonable expectation that the

210-5

protocol treatment will be at least as efficacious as the noninvestigational alternative; and

210-6

     (g) The coverage of new cancer therapy treatment provided pursuant to a phase II clinical

210-7

trial is not required for only the portion of that treatment as is provided as part of the phase II

210-8

clinical trial and is otherwise funded by a national agency, such as the National Cancer Institute,

210-9

the Veteran’s Administration, the Department of Defense, or funded by commercial organizations

210-10

such as the biotechnical and/or pharmaceutical industry or manufacturers of medical devices. Any

210-11

portions of a phase II trial which are customarily funded by government, biotechnical and/or

210-12

pharmaceutical and/or medical device industry sources in Rhode Island or in other states shall

210-13

continue to be funded in Rhode Island and coverage pursuant to this section supplements, does

210-14

not supplant, customary funding.

210-15

     SECTION 87. Section 27-43-2 of the General Laws in Chapter 27-43 entitled “Captive

210-16

Insurance Companies” is hereby amended to read as follows:

210-17

      27-43-2. Incorporation of captive insurance companies in this state. -- (a) A

210-18

subsidiary captive insurance company shall be incorporated as a stock insurance company with its

210-19

capital divided into shares and held by the stockholders.

210-20

     (b) An association captive insurance company or an industrial insured captive insurance

210-21

company may be:

210-22

     (1) Incorporated as a stock insurance company with its capital divided into shares and

210-23

held by the stockholders; or

210-24

     (2) Incorporated as a mutual insurance company without capital stock, the governing

210-25

body of which is elected by the member organizations of its association; or

210-26

     (3) Organized as a reciprocal insurer in accordance with chapter 17 of this title.

210-27

     (c) A captive insurance company which is formed as a corporation shall have not less

210-28

than three (3) incorporators of whom not less than two (2) shall be residents of this state.

210-29

     (d) (1) In the case of a captive insurance company formed as a corporation, before the

210-30

articles of association are transmitted to the secretary of state, the incorporators shall petition the

210-31

commissioner to issue a certificate setting forth his or her finding that the establishment and

210-32

maintenance of the proposed corporation will promote the general good of the state. In arriving at

210-33

the finding, the commissioner shall consider:

211-1

     (i) (A) The character, reputation, financial responsibility, insurance experience, and

211-2

business qualifications of the incorporators and the proposed officers and directors;

211-3

     (ii) (B) The sources and availability of its capital; and

211-4

     (iii) (C) Other financial and business matters that the commissioner deems advisable.

211-5

     (2) In the case of a captive insurance company formed as a reciprocal insurer, the

211-6

organizers shall petition the commissioner to issue a certificate setting forth the commissioner’s

211-7

finding that the establishment and maintenance of the proposed association will promote the

211-8

general good of the state. In arriving at such a that finding the commissioner shall consider:

211-9

     (i) The character, reputation, financial responsibility, insurance experience, and business

211-10

qualifications of the organizers and the attorney in fact;

211-11

     (ii) The sources and availability of its capital; and

211-12

     (iii) Other financial and business matters that the commissioner shall deem advisable.

211-13

     (e) The articles of association, the certificate, and the organization fee shall be

211-14

transmitted to the secretary of state, who shall thereupon then record both the articles of

211-15

incorporation and the certificate.

211-16

     (f) The capital stock of a captive insurance company incorporated as a stock insurance

211-17

company shall be issued at not less than par value, and all capital insurance companies shall have

211-18

the minimum capital provided in § 27-43-4.

211-19

     (g) (1) In the case of a captive insurance company formed as a corporation in this state,

211-20

at least one of the members of the board of directors of a captive insurance company incorporated

211-21

in this state shall be a resident of this state.

211-22

     (2) In the case of a captive insurance company formed as a reciprocal insurer in this state,

211-23

at least one of the members of the subscribers’ advisory committee shall be a resident of this

211-24

state.

211-25

     (h) Every captive insurance company referenced within this subsection has the powers

211-26

contained in this chapter, and is subject to the provisions of this chapter, chapter 1 of this title,

211-27

and chapter 1.1 of title 7; provided, that insofar as the provisions of this chapter are inconsistent

211-28

with the provisions of chapter 1 of this title or chapter 1.1 of title 7, the provisions of this chapter

211-29

are controlling.

211-30

     (i) Captive insurance companies formed as corporations under the provisions of this

211-31

chapter have the privileges and are subject to the provisions of the general corporation law and

211-32

the applicable provisions contained in this chapter. In the event of conflict between the provisions

211-33

of the general corporation law and the provisions of this chapter, this chapter controls.

212-1

     (j) Captive insurance companies formed as reciprocal insurers under the provisions of

212-2

this chapter have all the privileges and are subject to all the obligations imposed by chapter 17 of

212-3

this title in addition to the applicable provisions of this chapter. In the event of a conflict between

212-4

the provisions of chapter 17 and the provisions of this chapter, this chapter controls. However, to

212-5

the extent that chapter 17 also subjects a reciprocal insurer to the other provisions of this title,

212-6

these other provisions are not applicable to a reciprocal insurer formed under this chapter unless

212-7

these provisions are expressly made applicable to these captive insurance companies by this

212-8

chapter.

212-9

     (k) The articles of incorporation or bylaws of a captive insurance company formed as a

212-10

corporation may authorize a quorum of a board of directors to consist of no fewer than one third

212-11

(1/3) of the fixed or a majority of the prescribed number of directors as determined by the charter

212-12

or the bylaws of the corporation or by paragraph 34 of section 1.1 of title 7 § 7-1.1-34.

212-13

     (l) The subscribers’ agreement or other organizing document of a captive insurance

212-14

company formed as a reciprocal insurer may authorize a quorum of a subscriber’s advisory

212-15

committee to consist of no less than one third (1/3) of the number of its members.

212-16

     SECTION 88. Sections 27-46-4 and 27-46-8 of the General Laws in chapter 27-46

212-17

entitled “Risk Retention Act” are hereby amended to read as follows:

212-18

     27-46-4. Risk retention groups not chartered in this state. -- Risk retention groups

212-19

chartered and licensed in states other than this state and seeking to do business as a risk retention

212-20

group in this state shall comply with the laws of this state as follows:

212-21

     (1) Notice of operations and designation of commissioner as agent.

212-22

     (i) Before offering insurance in this state, a risk retention group shall submit to the

212-23

commissioner:

212-24

     (A) A statement identifying the state or states in which the risk retention group is

212-25

chartered and licensed as a liability insurance company, charter date, its principal place of

212-26

business, and such any other information, including information on its membership, as that the

212-27

commissioner of this state may require to verify that the risk retention group is qualified under §

212-28

27-46-2(11);

212-29

     (B) A copy of its plan of operations or feasibility study and revisions of the plan or study

212-30

submitted to the state in which the risk retention group is chartered and licensed; provided,

212-31

however, that the provision relating to the submission of a plan of operation or feasibility study

212-32

shall not apply with respect to any line or classification of liability insurance which:

212-33

     (I) Was defined in § 15 U.S.C. 3901 et seq. before October 27, 1986; and

213-1

     (II) Was offered before that date by any risk retention group which had been chartered

213-2

and operating for not less than three (3) years before that date;

213-3

     (ii) The risk retention group shall submit a copy of any revision to its plan of operation or

213-4

feasibility study required by § 27-46-3(b) at the same time that the revisions is submitted to the

213-5

commissioner of its chartering state; and

213-6

     (iii) The risk retention group shall submit a statement of registration which designates the

213-7

commissioner as its agents for the purpose of receiving service of legal documents or process;

213-8

     (2) Financial condition. Any risk retention group doing business in this state shall submit

213-9

to the commissioner:

213-10

     (i) A copy of the group’s financial statement submitted annually to the state in which the

213-11

risk retention group is chartered and licensed which shall be certified by an independent public

213-12

accountant and contain a statement of opinion on loss and loss adjustment expense reserves made

213-13

by a member of the American academy of actuaries or a qualified loss reserve specialist, under

213-14

criteria established by the national association of insurance commissioners;

213-15

     (ii) A copy of each examination of the risk retention group as certified by the

213-16

commissioner or public official conducting the examination;

213-17

     (iii) Upon request by the commissioner, a copy of any information or document

213-18

pertaining to any outside audit performed with respect to the risk retention group; and

213-19

     (iv) Such Any information as that may be required to verify its continuing qualification as

213-20

a risk retention group under § 27-46-2(11);

213-21

     (3) Taxation.

213-22

     (i) Each risk retention group shall be liable for the payment of premium taxes and taxes

213-23

on premiums of direct business for risks resident or located within this state, and shall report to

213-24

the commissioner the net premiums written for risks resident or located within this state. The risk

213-25

retention group shall be subject to taxation, and any applicable fines and penalties related thereto

213-26

to taxation, on the same basis as a foreign admitted insurer;

213-27

     (ii) To the extent licensed agents or brokers or insurance producers are utilized pursuant

213-28

to § 27-46-12, they shall report to the commissioner the premiums for direct business for risks

213-29

resident or located within this state which those licensees have placed with or on behalf of a risk

213-30

retention group not chartered in this state;

213-31

     (iii) To the extent that insurance agents or brokers or producers are utilized pursuant to §

213-32

27-46-12, the agent or broker or insurance producers shall keep a complete and separate record of

213-33

all policies procured from each risk retention group, which record shall be open to examination

213-34

by the commissioner. The total cost of the examinations shall be paid for in the same manner as

214-1

set forth in § 27-13-1. These records shall, for each policy and each kind of insurance provided

214-2

thereunder under them, include the following:

214-3

     (A) The limit of liability;

214-4

     (B) The time period covered;

214-5

     (C) The effective date;

214-6

     (D) The name of the risk retention group which issued the policy;

214-7

     (E) The gross premium charged; and

214-8

     (F) The amount of return premiums, if any;

214-9

     (4) Adherence to fair claims settlement practices. Any risk retention group, its agents,

214-10

and representatives shall comply with any law or regulations regarding claims settlement

214-11

practices;

214-12

     (5) Deceptive, false, or fraudulent practices. Any risk retention group shall comply with

214-13

and be subject to the laws of this state regarding deceptive, false, or fraudulent acts or practices;

214-14

     (6) Examination regarding financial condition. Any risk retention group must submit to

214-15

an examination by the commissioner to determine its financial condition if the commissioner of

214-16

the jurisdiction in which the group is chartered and licensed has not initiated an examination or

214-17

does not initiate an examination within sixty (60) days after a request by the commissioner of this

214-18

state. Any examination shall be coordinated to avoid unjustified repetition and conducted in an

214-19

expeditious matter and in accordance with the NAIC’s examiner handbook. The total cost of the

214-20

examination shall be paid for in the same manner as set forth in § 27-13-1;

214-21

      (7) Notice of purchasers. Every application form for insurance from a risk retention group,

214-22

and every policy, on its front and declaration pages, issued by a risk retention group, shall contain

214-23

in ten (10) point type the following notice:

214-24

     NOTICE

214-25

      THIS POLICY IS ISSUED BY YOUR RISK RETENTION GROUP. YOUR RISK

214-26

RETENTION GROUP MAY NOT BE SUBJECT TO ALL OF THE INSURANCE LAWS AND

214-27

REGULATIONS OF YOUR STATE. STATE INSURANCE INSOLVENCY GUARANTY

214-28

FUNDS ARE NOT AVAILABLE FOR YOUR RISK RETENTION GROUP.

214-29

     (8) Prohibited acts regarding solicitation or sale. The following acts by a risk retention

214-30

group are hereby prohibited:

214-31

     (i) The solicitation or sale of insurance by a risk retention group to any person who is not

214-32

eligible for membership in the group; and

214-33

     (ii) The solicitation or sale of insurance, by, or operation of, a risk retention group that is

214-34

in hazardous financial condition or financially impaired;

215-1

     (9) Prohibition on ownership by an insurance company. No risk retention group shall be

215-2

allowed to do business in this state if an insurance company is directly or indirectly a member or

215-3

owner of the risk retention group, other than in the case of a risk retention group all of whose

215-4

members are insurance companies;

215-5

     (10) Prohibited coverage. The terms of any insurance policy issued by any risk retention

215-6

group shall not provide, or be construed to provide, coverage prohibited generally by statute of

215-7

this state or declared unlawful by the highest court of this state whose law applies to the policy;

215-8

     (11) Delinquency proceedings. A risk retention group not chartered in this state and doing

215-9

business in this state shall comply with a lawful order issued in a voluntary dissolution

215-10

proceeding or in a delinquency or liquidation proceeding commenced by the state insurance

215-11

commissioner if there has been a finding of financial impairment after an examination under

215-12

subsection subdivision (6) of this section; and

215-13

     (12) Penalties. A risk retention group that violates any provision of this chapter will be

215-14

subject to fines and penalties including revocation of its right to do business in this state,

215-15

applicable to licensed insurers generally.; and

215-16

     (13) Operation prior to enactment of this chapter. In addition to complying with the requirements

215-17

of this section, any risk retention group operating in this state prior to enactment of this chapter

215-18

shall, within thirty (30) days after June 18, 1991, comply with the provision of subsection (1)(i).

215-19

     27-46-8. Notice and registration requirements of purchasing groups. -- (a) A

215-20

purchasing group which intends to do business in this state shall, prior to doing business, furnish

215-21

notice to the commissioner which shall:

215-22

     (1) Identify the state in which the group is domiciled;

215-23

     (2) Identify all other states in which the group intends to do business;

215-24

     (3) Specify the lines and classifications of liability insurance which the purchasing group

215-25

intends to purchase;

215-26

     (4) Identify the insurance company or companies from which the group intends to

215-27

purchase its insurance and the domicile of the company;

215-28

     (5) Specify the method by which, and the person or persons, if any, through whom

215-29

insurance will be offered to its members whose risks are resident or located in this state;

215-30

     (6) Identify the principal place of business of the group; and

215-31

      (7) Provide such any other information as that may be required by the commissioner to

215-32

verify that the purchasing group is qualified under § 27-46-2(10).

215-33

     (b) A purchasing group shall, within ten (10) days, notify the commissioner of any

215-34

changes in any of the items set forth in subsection (a) of this section.

216-1

     (c) The purchasing group shall register with and designate the commissioner as its agent

216-2

solely for the purpose of receiving service of legal documents or process, for which a filing fee

216-3

shall be determined by the commissioner, except that these requirements shall not apply in the

216-4

case of a purchasing group which only purchases insurance that was authorized under the federal

216-5

Products Liability Risk Retention Act of 1981, 15 U.S.C. § 3901 et seq., and:

216-6

     (1) Which in any state of the United States:

216-7

     (i) Was domiciled before April 1, 1986; and

216-8

     (ii) Is domiciled on and after October 27, 1986;

216-9

     (2) Which:

216-10

     (i) Before October 27, 1986 purchased insurance from an insurance carrier licensed in

216-11

any state; and

216-12

     (ii) Since October 27, 1986 purchased its insurance from an insurance carrier licensed in

216-13

any state; or

216-14

     (3) Which was a purchasing group under the requirements of 15 U.S.C. § 3901 et seq.

216-15

before October 27, 1986.

216-16

     (d) Each purchasing group that is required to give notice pursuant to subsection (a) shall

216-17

also furnish the information that may be required by the commissioner to:

216-18

     (1) Verify that the entity qualifies as a purchasing group;

216-19

     (2) Determine where the purchasing group is located; and

216-20

     (3) Determine appropriate tax treatment.

216-21

     (e) Any purchasing group which was doing business in this state prior to the enactment

216-22

of this chapter, within thirty (30) days after June 18, 1991, shall furnish notice to the

216-23

commissioner pursuant to the provisions of subsection (a) and furnish the information that may be

216-24

required pursuant to subsections (b) and (c).

216-25

     SECTION 89. Section 27-49-3.1 of the General Laws in chapter 27-49 entitled “Motor

216-26

Vehicle Theft and Motor Vehicle Insurance Fraud Reporting – Immunity Act” is hereby amended

216-27

to read as follows:

216-28

     27-49-3.1. Disclosure of personal information obtained in connection with motor

216-29

vehicle records. -- (a) Purpose. The purpose of this section is to implement the federal Driver’s

216-30

Privacy Protection Act of 1994 (“DPPA”), 18 U.S.C. § 2721.

216-31

     (b) Definitions. As defined in 18 U.S.C. § 2725, the following definitions apply to this

216-32

section:

217-1

     (1) “Motor vehicle record” means any record that pertains to a motor vehicle operator’s

217-2

permit, motor vehicle title, motor vehicle registration, or identification card issued by the

217-3

department of motor vehicles;

217-4

     (2) “Person” means an individual, organization, or entity, but does not include a state or

217-5

agency thereof of a state; and

217-6

     (3) “Personal information” means information that identifies an individual, including an

217-7

individual’s photograph, social security number, driver identification number, name, address (but

217-8

not the 5 digit zip code), telephone number, and medical or disability information, but does not

217-9

include information on vehicular accidents, driving violations, and driver’s status.

217-10

     (c) Prohibition on release and use of certain personal information from state motor

217-11

vehicle records.

217-12

     (1) In general. Except as provided in subsection (c) subdivision (2) of this section, the

217-13

department of motor vehicles, and any officer, employee, or contractor thereof of the department,

217-14

shall not knowingly disclose or otherwise make available to any person or entity personal

217-15

information about any individual obtained by the department in connection with a motor vehicle

217-16

record.

217-17

     (2) Permissible uses. Personal information referred to in subsection (c) subdivision (1) of

217-18

this section shall be disclosed for use in connection with matters of motor vehicle or driver safety

217-19

and theft, motor vehicle emissions, motor vehicle product alterations, recalls, or advisories,

217-20

performance monitoring of motor vehicles and dealers by motor vehicle manufacturers, and

217-21

removal of nonowner records from the original owner records of motor vehicles manufacturers to

217-22

carry out the purposes of the Automobile Information Disclosure Act, 15 U.S.C. § 1231 et seq.,

217-23

the Motor Vehicle Information and Cost Saving Act (see now 49 U.S.C. § 32101 et seq.), the

217-24

National Traffic and Motor Vehicle Safety Act of 1966 (see now 49 U.S.C. § 30101 et seq.), and

217-25

Anti-Car Theft Act of 1992 (see now 49 U.S.C. § 32101 et seq.), and the Clean Air Act, 42

217-26

U.S.C. § 7401 et seq., and may be disclosed as follows:

217-27

     (i) (a) For use by any government agency, including any court or law enforcement

217-28

agency, in carrying out its functions, or any private person or entity acting on behalf of a federal,

217-29

state, or local agency in carrying out its functions.

217-30

     (ii) (b) For use in connection with matters of motor vehicle or driver safety and theft;

217-31

motor vehicle emissions; motor vehicle product alterations, recalls or advisories; performance

217-32

monitoring of motor vehicles, motor vehicle parts and dealers; motor vehicle market research

217-33

activities, including survey research; and removal of nonowner records from the original owner

217-34

records of motor vehicle manufacturers.

218-1

     (iii) (c) For use in the normal course of business by a legitimate business or its agents,

218-2

employees, or contractors, but only:

218-3

     (A) (i) To verify the accuracy of personal information submitted by the individual to the

218-4

business of its agents, employees, or contractors, and

218-5

     (B) (ii) If the information as submitted is not correct or is no longer correct, to obtain the

218-6

correct information, but only for the purposes of preventing fraud by pursuing legal remedies

218-7

against, or recovering on a debt or security interest against, the individual.

218-8

     (iv) (d) For use in connection with any civil, criminal, administrative, or arbitral

218-9

proceeding in any federal, state, or local agency or before any self-regulatory body, including the

218-10

service of process, investigation in anticipation of litigation, and the execution or enforcement of

218-11

judgments and orders, or pursuant to an order of a federal, state, or local court.

218-12

     (v) (e) For use in research activities, and for use in producing statistical reports, so long

218-13

as the personal information is not published, redisclosed, or used to contact the individuals.

218-14

     (vi) (f) For use by any insurer or insurance support organization, or by a self-insured

218-15

entity, or its agents, employees, or contractors in connection with claims investigation activities,

218-16

anti-fraud activities, rating or underwriting.

218-17

     (vii) (g) For use in providing notice to the owners of towed or impounded vehicles.

218-18

     (viii) (h) For use by any licensed private investigative agency or licensed security service

218-19

for any purpose permitted under this subsection.

218-20

     (ix) (i) For use by an employer or its agent or insurer to obtain or verify information

218-21

relating to a holder of a commercial driver’s license that is required under the Commercial Motor

218-22

Vehicle Safety Act of 1986 (49 U.S.C. App. 2710 et seq. [ (see now 49 U.S.C. § 31301 et seq.).]).

218-23

     (x) (j) For use in connection with the operation of private toll transportation facilities.

218-24

     (xi) (k) For any other use in response to a request for individual motor vehicle records,

218-25

unless such that use is prohibited by the individual.

218-26

     (xii) (l) For bulk distribution for surveys, marketing or solicitations, provided that the

218-27

information will be used, rented or sold solely for bulk distribution for surveys, marketing, and

218-28

solicitations and that surveys, marketing, and solicitations will not be directed at those individuals

218-29

who have requested in a timely fashion that they not be directed at them.

218-30

     (3) Notice. The department of motor vehicles shall provide in a clear and conspicuous

218-31

manner on forms for issuance or renewal of operators permits, titles, registrations or identification

218-32

cards, notice that personal information collected by the department may be disclosed to any

218-33

business or person and provide in a clear and conspicuous manner on the forms an opportunity to

219-1

prohibit such the disclosures; provided, further, however, that social security numbers and

219-2

medical or disability information shall not be subject to disclosure under this chapter.

219-3

     SECTION 90. Sections 27-50-3, 27-50-4, and 27-50-7 of the General Laws in Chapter

219-4

27-50 entitled “Small Employer Health Insurance Availability Act” are hereby amended to read

219-5

as follows:

219-6

     27-50-3. Definitions. -- (a) “Actuarial certification” means a written statement signed

219-7

by a member of the American academy of actuaries or other individual acceptable to the director

219-8

that a small employer carrier is in compliance with the provisions of § 27-50-5, based upon the

219-9

person’s examination and including a review of the appropriate records and the actuarial

219-10

assumptions and methods used by the small employer carrier in establishing premium rates for

219-11

applicable health benefit plans.

219-12

     (b) “Adjusted community rating” means a method used to develop a carrier’s premium

219-13

which spreads financial risk across the carrier’s entire small group population in accordance with

219-14

the requirements in § 27-50-5.

219-15

     (c) “Affiliate” or “affiliated” means any entity or person who directly or indirectly

219-16

through one or more intermediaries controls or is controlled by, or is under common control with,

219-17

a specified entity or person.

219-18

     (d) “Affiliation period” means a period of time that must expire before health insurance

219-19

coverage provided by a carrier becomes effective, and during which the carrier is not required to

219-20

provide benefits.

219-21

     (e) “Basic health benefit plan” means the health benefit plan developed pursuant to the

219-22

provisions of § 27-50-10.

219-23

     (f) “Bona fide association” means, with respect to health benefit plans offered in this

219-24

state, an association which:

219-25

     (1) Has been actively in existence for at least five (5) years;

219-26

     (2) Has been formed and maintained in good faith for purposes other than obtaining

219-27

insurance;

219-28

     (3) Does not condition membership in the association on any health-status related factor

219-29

relating to an individual (including an employee of an employer or a dependent of an employee);

219-30

     (4) Makes health insurance coverage offered through the association available to all

219-31

members regardless of any health status-related factor relating to those members (or individuals

219-32

eligible for coverage through a member);

219-33

     (5) Does not make health insurance coverage offered through the association available

219-34

other than in connection with a member of the association;

220-1

     (6) Is composed of persons having a common interest or calling;

220-2

     (7) Has a constitution and bylaws; and

220-3

     (8) Meets any additional requirements that the director may prescribe by regulation.

220-4

     (g) “Carrier” or “small employer carrier” means all entities licensed, or required to be

220-5

licensed, in this state that offer health benefit plans covering eligible employees of one or more

220-6

small employers pursuant to this chapter. For the purposes of this chapter, carrier includes an

220-7

insurance company, a nonprofit hospital or medical service corporation, a fraternal benefit

220-8

society, a health maintenance organization as defined in chapter 41 of this title or as defined in

220-9

chapter 62 of title 42, or any other entity providing a plan of health insurance or health benefits

220-10

subject to state insurance regulation.

220-11

     (h) “Church plan” has the meaning given this term under section 3(33) of the Employee

220-12

Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 [29 U.S.C. § 1002(33)].

220-13

     (i) “Control” shall be defined in the same manner as in chapter 35 of this title.

220-14

     (j) (1) “Creditable coverage” means, with respect to an individual, health benefits or

220-15

coverage provided under any of the following:

220-16

     (i) A group health plan;

220-17

     (ii) A health benefit plan;

220-18

     (iii) Part A or part B of Title XVIII of the Social Security Act, [42 U.S.C. § 1395c et seq.

220-19

or 42 U.S.C. § 1395j et seq.] (Medicare);

220-20

     (iv) Title XIX of the Social Security Act, [42 U.S.C. § 1396 et seq.] (Medicaid), other

220-21

than coverage consisting solely of benefits under section 1928 [42 U.S.C. § 1396s] (the program

220-22

for distribution of pediatric vaccines);

220-23

     (v) Chapter 55 of title 10, United States Code [10 U.S.C. § 1071 et seq.] (medical and

220-24

dental care for members and certain former members of the uniformed services, and for their

220-25

dependents) (Civilian Health and Medical Program of the Uniformed Services) (CHAMPUS). For

220-26

purposes of title 10, chapter 55 10 U.S.C. § 1071 et seq., “uniformed services” means the armed

220-27

forces and the commissioned corps of the national oceanic and atmospheric administration and of

220-28

the public health service;

220-29

     (vi) A medical care program of the indian health service Indian Health Service or of a

220-30

tribal organization;

220-31

     (vii) A state health benefits risk pool;

220-32

     (viii) A health plan offered under chapter 89 of title 5, United States Code [5 U.S.C. §

220-33

8901 et seq.] (Federal Employees Health Benefits Program (FEHBP));

221-1

     (ix) A public health plan, which for purposes of this chapter, means a plan established or

221-2

maintained by a state, county, or other political subdivision of a state that provides health

221-3

insurance coverage to individuals enrolled in the plan; or

221-4

     (x) A health benefit plan under section 5(e) of the Peace Corps Act (22 U.S.C. 2504(e)).

221-5

     (2) A period of creditable coverage shall not be counted, with respect to enrollment of an

221-6

individual under a group health plan, if, after the period and before the enrollment date, the

221-7

individual experiences a significant break in coverage.

221-8

     (k) “Dependent” means a spouse, an unmarried child under the age of nineteen (19)

221-9

years, an unmarried child who is a full-time student under the age of twenty-five (25) years and

221-10

who is financially dependent upon the parent, and an unmarried child of any age who is medically

221-11

certified as disabled and dependent upon the parent.

221-12

     (l) “Director” means the director of the department of business regulation.

221-13

     (m) “Economy health plan” means a lower cost health benefit plan developed pursuant to

221-14

the provisions of § 27-50-10.

221-15

     (n) “Eligible employee” means an employee who works on a full-time basis with a

221-16

normal work week of thirty (30) or more hours, except that at the employer’s sole discretion, the

221-17

term shall also include an employee who works on a full-time basis with a normal work week of

221-18

anywhere between at least seventeen and one-half (17.5) and thirty (30) hours, so long as this

221-19

eligibility criterion is applied uniformly among all of the employer’s employees and without

221-20

regard to any health status-related factor. The term includes a self-employed individual, a sole

221-21

proprietor, a partner of a partnership, and may include an independent contractor, if the self-

221-22

employed individual, sole proprietor, partner, or independent contractor is included as an

221-23

employee under a health benefit plan of a small employer, but does not include an employee who

221-24

works on a temporary or substitute basis or who works less than seventeen and one-half (17.5)

221-25

hours per week. Persons covered under a health benefit plan pursuant to the Consolidated

221-26

Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1986 shall not be considered “eligible employees” for

221-27

purposes of minimum participation requirements pursuant to § 27- 50-7(d)(9).

221-28

     (o) “Enrollment date” means the first day of coverage or, if there is a waiting period, the

221-29

first day of the waiting period, whichever is earlier.

221-30

     (p) “Established geographic service area” means a geographic area, as approved by the

221-31

director and based on the carrier’s certificate of authority to transact insurance in this state, within

221-32

which the carrier is authorized to provide coverage.

221-33

     (q) “Family composition” means:

221-34

     (1) Enrollee;

222-1

     (2) Enrollee, spouse and children;

222-2

     (3) Enrollee and spouse; or

222-3

     (4) Enrollee and children.

222-4

     (r) “Genetic information” means information about genes, gene products, and inherited

222-5

characteristics that may derive from the individual or a family member. This includes information

222-6

regarding carrier status and information derived from laboratory tests that identify mutations in

222-7

specific genes or chromosomes, physical medical examinations, family histories, and direct

222-8

analysis of genes or chromosomes.

222-9

     (s) “Governmental plan” has the meaning given the term under section 3(32) of the

222-10

Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, [29 U.S.C. § 1002(32),] and any federal

222-11

governmental plan.

222-12

     (t) (1) “Group health plan” means an employee welfare benefit plan as defined in section

222-13

3(1) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, [29 U.S.C. § 1002(1),] to the

222-14

extent that the plan provides medical care, as defined in subsection (z), and including items and

222-15

services paid for as medical care to employees or their dependents as defined under the terms of

222-16

the plan directly or through insurance, reimbursement, or otherwise.

222-17

     (2) For purposes of this chapter:

222-18

     (i) Any plan, fund, or program that would not be, but for PHSA section 2721(e), [42

222-19

U.S.C. § 300gg(e),], as added by Pub. L. No. 104-191, an employee welfare benefit plan and that

222-20

is established or maintained by a partnership, to the extent that the plan, fund or program provides

222-21

medical care, including items and services paid for as medical care, to present or former partners

222-22

in the partnership, or to their dependents, as defined under the terms of the plan, fund or program,

222-23

directly or through insurance, reimbursement or otherwise, shall be treated, subject to

222-24

subparagraph paragraph (ii) of this subdivision, as an employee welfare benefit plan that is a

222-25

group health plan;

222-26

     (ii) In the case of a group health plan, the term “employer” also includes the partnership

222-27

in relation to any partner; and

222-28

     (iii) In the case of a group health plan, the term “participant” also includes an individual

222-29

who is, or may become, eligible to receive a benefit under the plan, or the individual’s beneficiary

222-30

who is, or may become, eligible to receive a benefit under the plan, if:

222-31

     (A) In connection with a group health plan maintained by a partnership, the individual is

222-32

a partner in relation to the partnership; or

223-1

     (B) In connection with a group health plan maintained by a self-employed individual,

223-2

under which one or more employees are participants, the individual is the self-employed

223-3

individual.

223-4

     (u) (1) “Health benefit plan” means any hospital or medical policy or certificate, major

223-5

medical expense insurance, hospital or medical service corporation subscriber contract, or health

223-6

maintenance organization subscriber contract. Health benefit plan includes short-term and

223-7

catastrophic health insurance policies, and a policy that pays on a cost-incurred basis, except as

223-8

otherwise specifically exempted in this definition.

223-9

     (2) “Health benefit plan” does not include one or more, or any combination of, the

223-10

following:

223-11

     (i) Coverage only for accident or disability income insurance, or any combination of

223-12

those;

223-13

     (ii) Coverage issued as a supplement to liability insurance;

223-14

     (iii) Liability insurance, including general liability insurance and automobile liability

223-15

insurance;

223-16

     (iv) Workers’ compensation or similar insurance;

223-17

     (v) Automobile medical payment insurance;

223-18

     (vi) Credit-only insurance;

223-19

     (vii) Coverage for on-site medical clinics; and

223-20

     (viii) Other similar insurance coverage, specified in federal regulations issued pursuant to

223-21

Pub. L. No. 104-191, under which benefits for medical care are secondary or incidental to other

223-22

insurance benefits.

223-23

     (3) “Health benefit plan” does not include the following benefits if they are provided

223-24

under a separate policy, certificate, or contract of insurance or are otherwise not an integral part

223-25

of the plan:

223-26

     (i) Limited scope dental or vision benefits;

223-27

     (ii) Benefits for long-term care, nursing home care, home health care, community-based

223-28

care, or any combination of those; or

223-29

     (iii) Other similar, limited benefits specified in federal regulations issued pursuant to Pub.

223-30

L. No. 104-191.

223-31

     (4) “Health benefit plan” does not include the following benefits if the benefits are

223-32

provided under a separate policy, certificate or contract of insurance, there is no

223-33

coordination between the provision of the benefits and any exclusion of benefits under

223-34

any group health plan maintained by the same plan sponsor, and the benefits are paid

224-1

with respect to an event without regard to whether benefits are provided with respect to

224-2

such an event under any group health plan maintained by the same plan sponsor:

224-3

(i) Coverage only for a specified disease or illness; or

224-4

     (ii) Hospital indemnity or other fixed indemnity insurance.

224-5

     (5) “Health benefit plan” does not include the following if offered as a separate policy,

224-6

certificate, or contract of insurance:

224-7

     (i) Medicare supplemental health insurance as defined under section 1882(g)(1) of the

224-8

Social Security Act, [42 U.S.C. § 1395ss(g)(1);];

224-9

     (ii) Coverage supplemental to the coverage provided under chapter 55 of title 10, United

224-10

States Code [10 U.S.C. § 1071 et seq.;]; or

224-11

     (iii) Similar supplemental coverage provided to coverage under a group health plan.

224-12

     (6) A carrier offering policies or certificates of specified disease, hospital confinement

224-13

indemnity, or limited benefit health insurance shall comply with the following:

224-14

     (i) The carrier files on or before March 1 of each year a certification with the director that

224-15

contains the statement and information described in subparagraph paragraph (ii) of this

224-16

subdivision;

224-17

     (ii) The certification required in subparagraph paragraph (i) of this subdivision shall

224-18

contain the following:

224-19

     (A) A statement from the carrier certifying that policies or certificates described in this

224-20

paragraph are being offered and marketed as supplemental health insurance and not as a substitute

224-21

for hospital or medical expense insurance or major medical expense insurance; and

224-22

     (B) A summary description of each policy or certificate described in this paragraph,

224-23

including the average annual premium rates (or range of premium rates in cases where premiums

224-24

vary by age or other factors) charged for those policies and certificates in this state; and

224-25

     (iii) In the case of a policy or certificate that is described in this paragraph and that is

224-26

offered for the first time in this state on or after the effective date of the chapter [July 13, 2000,],

224-27

the carrier files shall file with the director the information and statement required in subparagraph

224-28

paragraph (ii) of this subdivision at least thirty (30) days prior to the date the policy or certificate

224-29

is issued or delivered in this state.

224-30

     (v) “Health maintenance organization” or “HMO” means a health maintenance

224-31

organization licensed under chapter 41 of this title.

224-32

     (w) “Health status-related factor” means any of the following factors:

224-33

     (1) Health status;

224-34

     (2) Medical condition, including both physical and mental illnesses;

225-1

     (3) Claims experience;

225-2

     (4) Receipt of health care;

225-3

     (5) Medical history;

225-4

     (6) Genetic information;

225-5

     (7) Evidence of insurability, including conditions arising out of acts of domestic violence;

225-6

or

225-7

     (8) Disability.

225-8

     (x) (1) “Late enrollee” means an eligible employee or dependent who requests

225-9

enrollment in a health benefit plan of a small employer following the initial enrollment period

225-10

during which the individual is entitled to enroll under the terms of the health benefit plan,

225-11

provided that the initial enrollment period is a period of at least thirty (30) days.

225-12

     (2) “Late enrollee” does not mean an eligible employee or dependent:

225-13

     (i) Who meets each of the following:

225-14

     (A) The individual was covered under creditable coverage at the time of the initial

225-15

enrollment;

225-16

     (B) The individual lost creditable coverage as a result of cessation of employer

225-17

contribution, termination of employment or eligibility, reduction in the number of hours of

225-18

employment, involuntary termination of creditable coverage, or death of a spouse, divorce or

225-19

legal separation, or the individual and/or dependents are determined to be eligible for RIteCare

225-20

under chapter 5.1 of title 40 or chapter 12.3 of title 42 or for RIteShare under chapter 8.4 of title

225-21

40; and

225-22

     (C) The individual requests enrollment within thirty (30) days after termination of the

225-23

creditable coverage or the change in conditions that gave rise to the termination of coverage;

225-24

     (ii) If, where provided for in contract or where otherwise provided in state law, the

225-25

individual enrolls during the specified bona fide open enrollment period;

225-26

     (iii) If the individual is employed by an employer which offers multiple health benefit

225-27

plans and the individual elects a different plan during an open enrollment period;

225-28

     (iv) If a court has ordered coverage be provided for a spouse or minor or dependent child

225-29

under a covered employee’s health benefit plan and a request for enrollment is made within thirty

225-30

(30) days after issuance of the court order;

225-31

     (v) If the individual changes status from not being an eligible employee to becoming an

225-32

eligible employee and requests enrollment within thirty (30) days after the change in status;

225-33

     (vi) If the individual had coverage under a COBRA continuation provision and the

225-34

coverage under that provision has been exhausted; or

226-1

     (vii) Who meets the requirements for special enrollment pursuant to § 27-50-7 or 27-50-

226-2

8.

226-3

     (y) “Limited benefit health insurance” means that form of coverage that pays stated

226-4

predetermined amounts for specific services or treatments or pays a stated predetermined amount

226-5

per day or confinement for one or more named conditions, named diseases or accidental injury.

226-6

     (z) “Medical care” means amounts paid for:

226-7

     (1) The diagnosis, care, mitigation, treatment, or prevention of disease, or amounts paid

226-8

for the purpose of affecting any structure or function of the body;

226-9

     (2) Transportation primarily for and essential to medical care referred to in subdivision

226-10

(1); and

226-11

     (3) Insurance covering medical care referred to in subdivisions (1) and (2) of this

226-12

subsection.

226-13

     (aa) “Network plan” means a health benefit plan issued by a carrier under which the

226-14

financing and delivery of medical care, including items and services paid for as medical care, are

226-15

provided, in whole or in part, through a defined set of providers under contract with the carrier.

226-16

     (bb) “Person” means an individual, a corporation, a partnership, an association, a joint

226-17

venture, a joint stock company, a trust, an unincorporated organization, any similar entity, or any

226-18

combination of the foregoing.

226-19

     (cc) “Plan sponsor” has the meaning given this term under section 3(16)(B) of the

226-20

Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, [29 U.S.C. § 1002(16)(B).].

226-21

     (dd) (1) “Preexisting condition” means a condition, regardless of the cause of the

226-22

condition, for which medical advice, diagnosis, care, or treatment was recommended or received

226-23

during the six (6) months immediately preceding the enrollment date of the coverage.

226-24

     (2) “Preexisting condition” does not mean a condition for which medical advice,

226-25

diagnosis, care, or treatment was recommended or received for the first time while the covered

226-26

person held creditable coverage and that was a covered benefit under the health benefit plan,

226-27

provided that the prior creditable coverage was continuous to a date not more than ninety (90)

226-28

days prior to the enrollment date of the new coverage.

226-29

     (3) Genetic information shall not be treated as a condition under subdivision (1) of this

226-30

subsection for which a preexisting condition exclusion may be imposed in the absence of a

226-31

diagnosis of the condition related to the information.

226-32

     (ee) “Premium” means all moneys paid by a small employer and eligible employees as a

226-33

condition of receiving coverage from a small employer carrier, including any fees or other

226-34

contributions associated with the health benefit plan.

227-1

     (ff) “Producer” means any insurance producer licensed under chapter 2.4 of this title.

227-2

     (gg) “Rating period” means the calendar period for which premium rates established by a

227-3

small employer carrier are assumed to be in effect.

227-4

     (hh) “Restricted network provision” means any provision of a health benefit plan that

227-5

conditions the payment of benefits, in whole or in part, on the use of health care providers that

227-6

have entered into a contractual arrangement with the carrier pursuant to provide health care

227-7

services to covered individuals.

227-8

     (ii) “Risk adjustment mechanism” means the mechanism established pursuant to § 27-

227-9

50-16.

227-10

     (jj) “Self-employed individual” means an individual or sole proprietor who derives a

227-11

substantial portion of his or her income from a trade or business through which the individual or

227-12

sole proprietor has attempted to earn taxable income and for which he or she has filed the

227-13

appropriate Internal Revenue Service Form 1040, Schedule C or F, for the previous taxable year.

227-14

     (kk) “Significant break in coverage” means a period of ninety (90) consecutive days

227-15

during all of which the individual does not have any creditable coverage, except that neither a

227-16

waiting period nor an affiliation period is taken into account in determining a significant break in

227-17

coverage.

227-18

     (ll) “Small employer” means, except for its use in § 27-50-7, any person, firm,

227-19

corporation, partnership, association, political subdivision, or self-employed individual that is

227-20

actively engaged in business, including but not limited to a business or a corporation organized

227-21

under the Rhode Island Non-Profit Corporation Act, chapter 6 of title 7, or a similar act of

227-22

another state that, on at least fifty percent (50%) of its working days during the preceding

227-23

calendar quarter, employed no more than fifty (50) eligible employees, with a normal work week

227-24

of thirty (30) or more hours, the majority of whom were employed within this state, and is not

227-25

formed primarily for purposes of buying health insurance and in which a bona fide employer-

227-26

employee relationship exists. In determining the number of eligible employees, companies that

227-27

are affiliated companies, or that are eligible to file a combined tax return for purposes of taxation

227-28

by this state, shall be considered one employer. Subsequent to the issuance of a health benefit

227-29

plan to a small employer and for the purpose of determining continued eligibility, the size of a

227-30

small employer shall be determined annually. Except as otherwise specifically provided,

227-31

provisions of this chapter that apply to a small employer shall continue to apply at least until the

227-32

plan anniversary following the date the small employer no longer meets the requirements of this

227-33

definition. The term small employer includes a self-employed individual.

228-1

     (mm) “Standard health benefit plan” means a health benefit plan developed pursuant to

228-2

the provisions of § 27-50-10.

228-3

     (nn) “Waiting period” means, with respect to a group health plan and an individual who

228-4

is a potential enrollee in the plan, the period that must pass with respect to the individual before

228-5

the individual is eligible to be covered for benefits under the terms of the plan. For purposes of

228-6

calculating periods of creditable coverage pursuant to subsection (j)(2) of this section, a waiting

228-7

period shall not be considered a gap in coverage.

228-8

     27-50-5. Restrictions relating to premium rates. -- (a) Premium rates for health benefit

228-9

plans subject to this chapter are subject to the following provisions:

228-10

     (1) Subject to subdivision (2) of this subsection, a small employer carrier shall develop its

228-11

rates based on an adjusted community rate and may only vary the adjusted community rate for:

228-12

     (i) Age;

228-13

     (ii) Gender; and

228-14

     (iii) Family composition.

228-15

     (2) Until October 1, 2002, a small employer carrier who as of June 1, 2000, varied rates

228-16

by health status may vary the adjusted community rates for health status by ten percent (10%),

228-17

provided that the resulting rates comply with the other requirements of this section, including

228-18

subdivision (5) of this subsection. After October 1, 2002, no small employer carrier may vary the

228-19

adjusted community rate based on health status.

228-20

     (3) The adjustment for age in subparagraph paragraph (1)(i) of this subsection may not

228-21

use age brackets smaller than five year increments and these shall begin with age thirty (30) and

228-22

end with age sixty-five (65).

228-23

     (4) The small employer carriers are permitted to develop separate rates for individuals

228-24

age sixty-five (65) or older for coverage for which Medicare is the primary payer and coverage

228-25

for which Medicare is not the primary payer. Both rates are subject to the requirements of this

228-26

subsection.

228-27

     (5) For each health benefit plan offered by a carrier, the highest premium rate for each

228-28

family composition type shall not exceed two (2) times the premium rate that could be charged to

228-29

a small employer with the lowest premium rate for that family composition type, effective two (2)

228-30

years after enactment of this chapter [July 13, 2000.]. During the first two (2) years after

228-31

enactment of this chapter the highest premium rate for each family composition type shall not

228-32

exceed four (4) times the premium rate that could be charged to a small employer with the lowest

228-33

premium rate for that family composition.

229-1

     (6) [Effective until September 30, 2002.] Upon renewal of a health benefit plan, the

229-2

premium rate for each group shall not exceed the premium rate charged by that carrier to that

229-3

group during the prior rating period by more than: (i) cost and utilization trends for that carrier;

229-4

plus (ii) the sum of any premium changes due to changes in the size, age, gender or family

229-5

composition of the group; plus, (iii) ten percent (10%); plus (iv) the change in the actuarial value

229-6

of the benefits due to changes in the health benefit plan for that group. This subdivision expires

229-7

on September 30, 2002.

229-8

     (6) (7) Premium rates for bona fide associations shall comply with the requirements of §

229-9

27-50-5.

229-10

     (b) The premium charged for a health benefit plan may not be adjusted more frequently

229-11

than annually except that the rates may be changed to reflect:

229-12

     (1) Changes to the enrollment of the small employer;

229-13

     (2) Changes to the family composition of the employee; or

229-14

     (3) Changes to the health benefit plan requested by the small employer.

229-15

     (c) Premium rates for health benefit plans shall comply with the requirements of this

229-16

section.

229-17

     (d) Small employer carriers shall apply rating factors consistently with respect to all

229-18

small employers. Rating factors shall produce premiums for identical groups which differ only by

229-19

the amounts attributable to plan design and do not reflect differences due to the nature of the

229-20

groups assumed to select particular health benefit plans. However, nothing in this section shall be

229-21

construed to prevent a group health plan and a health insurance carrier offering health insurance

229-22

coverage from establishing premium discounts or rebates or modifying otherwise applicable

229-23

copayments or deductibles in return for adherence to programs of health promotion and disease

229-24

prevention, provided that the resulting rates comply with the other requirements of this section,

229-25

including subdivision (a)(5) of this section.

229-26

     (e) For the purposes of this section, a health benefit plan that contains a restricted

229-27

network provision shall not be considered similar coverage to a health benefit plan that does not

229-28

contain such a provision, provided that the restriction of benefits to network providers results in

229-29

substantial differences in claim costs.

229-30

     (f) The director may establish regulations to implement the provisions of this section and

229-31

to assure that rating practices used by small employer carriers are consistent with the purposes of

229-32

this chapter, including regulations that assure that differences in rates charged for health benefit

229-33

plans by small employer carriers are reasonable and reflect objective differences in plan design or

230-1

coverage (not including differences due to the nature of the groups assumed to select particular

230-2

health benefit plans or separate claim experience for individual health benefit plans).

230-3

     (g) In connection with the offering for sale of any health benefit plan to a small

230-4

employer, a small employer carrier shall make a reasonable disclosure, as part of its solicitation

230-5

and sales materials, of all of the following:

230-6

     (1) The provisions of the health benefit plan concerning the small employer carrier’s right

230-7

to change premium rates and the factors, other than claim experience, that affect changes in

230-8

premium rates;

230-9

     (2) The provisions relating to renewability of policies and contracts;

230-10

     (3) The provisions relating to any preexisting condition provision; and

230-11

     (4) A listing of and descriptive information, including benefits and premiums, about all

230-12

benefit plans for which the small employer is qualified.

230-13

     (h) (1) Each small employer carrier shall maintain at its principal place of business a

230-14

complete and detailed description of its rating practices and renewal underwriting practices,

230-15

including information and documentation that demonstrate that its rating methods and practices

230-16

are based upon commonly accepted actuarial assumptions and are in accordance with sound

230-17

actuarial principles.

230-18

     (2) Each small employer carrier shall file with the director annually on or before March

230-19

15 an actuarial certification certifying that the carrier is in compliance with this chapter and that

230-20

the rating methods of the small employer carrier are actuarially sound. The certification shall be

230-21

in a form and manner, and shall contain the information, specified by the director. A copy of the

230-22

certification shall be retained by the small employer carrier at its principal place of business.

230-23

     (3) A small employer carrier shall make the information and documentation described in

230-24

subdivision (h)(1) of this subsection available to the director upon request. Except in cases of

230-25

violations of this chapter, the information shall be considered proprietary and trade secret

230-26

information and shall not be subject to disclosure by the director to persons outside of the

230-27

department except as agreed to by the small employer carrier or as ordered by a court of

230-28

competent jurisdiction.

230-29

     (i) The requirements of this section apply to all health benefit plans issued or renewed on

230-30

or after October 1, 2000.

230-31

     27-50-7. Availability of coverage. -- (a) Until October 1, 2002, for purposes of this

230-32

section, “small employer” includes any person, firm, corporation, partnership, association, or

230-33

political subdivision that is actively engaged in business that on at least fifty percent (50%) of its

230-34

working days during the preceding calendar quarter, employed a combination of no more than

231-1

fifty (50) and no less than two (2) eligible employees and part-time employees, the majority of

231-2

whom were employed within this state, and is not formed primarily for purposes of buying health

231-3

insurance and in which a bona fide employer-employee relationship exists. After October 1, 2002,

231-4

For the purposes of this section, “small employer” has the meaning used in § 27-50-3(ll).

231-5

     (b) (1) Every small employer carrier shall, as a condition of transacting business in this

231-6

state with small employers, actively offer to small employers all health benefit plans it actively

231-7

markets to small employers in this state including at least three (3) health benefit plans. One

231-8

health benefit plan offered by each small employer carrier shall be a basic health benefit plan, one

231-9

plan shall be a standard health benefit plan, and one plan shall be an economy health benefit plan.

231-10

A small employer carrier shall be considered to be actively marketing a health benefit plan if it

231-11

offers that plan to any small employer not currently receiving a health benefit plan from the small

231-12

employer carrier.

231-13

     (2) Subject to subdivision (b)(1) of this subsection, a small employer carrier shall issue

231-14

any health benefit plan to any eligible small employer that applies for that plan and agrees to

231-15

make the required premium payments and to satisfy the other reasonable provisions of the health

231-16

benefit plan not inconsistent with this chapter. However, no carrier is required to issue a health

231-17

benefit plan to any self-employed individual who is covered by, or is eligible for coverage under,

231-18

a health benefit plan offered by an employer.

231-19

     (3) Notwithstanding any other provision in this section, between October 1, 2000, and

231-20

September 30, 2002, a carrier may choose to limit the time during which it will accept new

231-21

groups for coverage to a period of not less than ninety consecutive days during each consecutive

231-22

twelve month period.

231-23

     (c) (1) A small employer carrier shall file with the director, in a format and manner

231-24

prescribed by the director, the health benefit plans to be used by the carrier. A health benefit plan

231-25

filed pursuant to this subdivision may be used by a small employer carrier beginning thirty (30)

231-26

days after it is filed unless the director disapproves its use.

231-27

     (2) The director may at any time may, after providing notice and an opportunity for a

231-28

hearing to the small employer carrier, disapprove the continued use by a small employer carrier of

231-29

a health benefit plan on the grounds that the plan does not meet the requirements of this chapter.

231-30

     (d) Health benefit plans covering small employers shall comply with the following

231-31

provisions:

231-32

     (1) A health benefit plan shall not deny, exclude, or limit benefits for a covered

231-33

individual for losses incurred more than six (6) months following the enrollment date of the

231-34

individual’s coverage due to a preexisting condition, or the first date of the waiting period for

232-1

enrollment if that date is earlier than the enrollment date. A health benefit plan shall not define a

232-2

preexisting condition more restrictively than as defined in § 27-50-3.

232-3

     (2) (i) Except as provided in subdivision (d)(3) of this subsection, a small employer

232-4

carrier shall reduce the period of any preexisting condition exclusion by the aggregate of the

232-5

periods of creditable coverage without regard to the specific benefits covered during the period of

232-6

creditable coverage, provided that the last period of creditable coverage ended on a date not more

232-7

than ninety (90) days prior to the enrollment date of new coverage.

232-8

     (ii) The aggregate period of creditable coverage does not include any waiting period or

232-9

affiliation period for the effective date of the new coverage applied by the employer or the carrier,

232-10

or for the normal application and enrollment process following employment or other triggering

232-11

event for eligibility.

232-12

     (iii) A carrier that does not use preexisting condition limitations in any of its health

232-13

benefit plans may impose an affiliation period that:

232-14

     (A) Does not exceed sixty (60) days for new entrants and not to exceed ninety (90) days

232-15

for late enrollees;

232-16

     (B) During which the carrier charges no premiums and the coverage issued is not

232-17

effective; and

232-18

     (C) Is applied uniformly, without regard to any health status-related factor.

232-19

     (iv) This section does not preclude application of any waiting period applicable

232-20

to all new enrollees under the health benefit plan, provided that any carrier-imposed

232-21

waiting period be no longer than sixty (60) days.

232-22

     (3) (i) Instead of as provided in paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this subsection, a small employer

232-23

carrier may elect to reduce the period of any preexisting condition exclusion based on coverage of

232-24

benefits within each of several classes or categories of benefits specified in federal regulations.

232-25

     (ii) A small employer electing to reduce the period of any preexisting condition exclusion

232-26

using the alternative method described in paragraph (d)(3)(i) of this subdivision shall:

232-27

     (A) Make the election on a uniform basis for all enrollees; and

232-28

     (B) Count a period of creditable coverage with respect to any class or category of benefits

232-29

if any level of benefits is covered within the class or category.

232-30

     (iii) A small employer carrier electing to reduce the period of any preexisting condition

232-31

exclusion using the alternative method described under paragraph (d)(3)(i) of this subdivision

232-32

shall:

233-1

     (A) Prominently state that the election has been made in any disclosure statements

233-2

concerning coverage under the health benefit plan to each enrollee at the time of enrollment under

233-3

the plan and to each small employer at the time of the offer or sale of the coverage; and

233-4

     (B) Include in the disclosure statements the effect of the election.

233-5

     (4) (i) A health benefit plan shall accept late enrollees, but may exclude coverage for late

233-6

enrollees for preexisting conditions for a period not to exceed twelve (12) months.

233-7

     (ii) A small employer carrier shall reduce the period of any preexisting condition

233-8

exclusion pursuant to subdivision (d)(2) or (d)(3) of this subsection.

233-9

     (5) A small employer carrier shall not impose a preexisting condition exclusion:

233-10

     (i) Relating to pregnancy as a preexisting condition; or

233-11

     (ii) With regard to a child who is covered under any creditable coverage within thirty (30)

233-12

days of birth, adoption, or placement for adoption, provided that the child does not experience a

233-13

significant break in coverage, and provided that the child was adopted or placed for adoption

233-14

before attaining eighteen (18) years of age.

233-15

     (6) A small employer carrier shall not impose a preexisting condition exclusion in the

233-16

case of a condition for which medical advice, diagnosis, care or treatment was recommended or

233-17

received for the first time while the covered person held creditable coverage, and the medical

233-18

advice, diagnosis, care or treatment was a covered benefit under the plan, provided that the

233-19

creditable coverage was continuous to a date not more than ninety (90) days prior to the

233-20

enrollment date of the new coverage.

233-21

     (7) (i) A small employer carrier shall permit an employee or a dependent of the

233-22

employee, who is eligible, but not enrolled, to enroll for coverage under the terms of the group

233-23

health plan of the small employer during a special enrollment period if:

233-24

     (A) The employee or dependent was covered under a group health plan or had coverage

233-25

under a health benefit plan at the time coverage was previously offered to the employee or

233-26

dependent;

233-27

     (B) The employee stated in writing at the time coverage was previously offered that

233-28

coverage under a group health plan or other health benefit plan was the reason for declining

233-29

enrollment, but only if the plan sponsor or carrier, if applicable, required that statement at the

233-30

time coverage was previously offered and provided notice to the employee of the requirement and

233-31

the consequences of the requirement at that time;

233-32

     (C) The employee’s or dependent’s coverage described under subparagraph (d)(7)(i)(A)

233-33

of this paragraph:

234-1

     (I) Was under a COBRA continuation provision and the coverage under this provision

234-2

has been exhausted; or

234-3

     (II) Was not under a COBRA continuation provision and that other coverage has been

234-4

terminated as a result of loss of eligibility for coverage, including as a result of a legal separation,

234-5

divorce, death, termination of employment, or reduction in the number of hours of employment or

234-6

employer contributions towards that other coverage have been terminated; and

234-7

     (D) Under terms of the group health plan, the employee requests enrollment not later than

234-8

thirty (30) days after the date of exhaustion of coverage described in item (d)(7)(i)(C)(I) of this

234-9

paragraph or termination of coverage or employer contribution described in item (d)(7)(i)(C)(II)

234-10

of this paragraph.

234-11

     (ii) If an employee requests enrollment pursuant to subparagraph (d)(7)(i)(D) of this

234-12

subdivision, the enrollment is effective not later than the first day of the first calendar month

234-13

beginning after the date the completed request for enrollment is received.

234-14

     (8) (i) A small employer carrier that makes coverage available under a group health plan

234-15

with respect to a dependent of an individual shall provide for a dependent special enrollment

234-16

period described in paragraph (d)(8)(ii) of this subdivision during which the person or, if not

234-17

otherwise enrolled, the individual may be enrolled under the group health plan as a dependent of

234-18

the individual and, in the case of the birth or adoption of a child, the spouse of the individual may

234-19

be enrolled as a dependent of the individual if the spouse is otherwise eligible for coverage if:

234-20

     (A) The individual is a participant under the health benefit plan or has met any waiting

234-21

period applicable to becoming a participant under the plan and is eligible to be enrolled under the

234-22

plan, but for a failure to enroll during a previous enrollment period; and

234-23

     (B) A person becomes a dependent of the individual through marriage, birth, or adoption

234-24

or placement for adoption.

234-25

     (ii) The special enrollment period for individuals that meet the provisions of paragraph

234-26

(d)(8)(i) of this subdivision is a period of not less than thirty (30) days and begins on the later of:

234-27

     (A) The date dependent coverage is made available; or

234-28

     (B) The date of the marriage, birth, or adoption or placement for adoption described in

234-29

subparagraph (d)(8)(i)(B) of this subdivision.

234-30

     (iii) If an individual seeks to enroll a dependent during the first thirty (30) days of the

234-31

dependent special enrollment period described under paragraph (d)(8)(ii) of this subdivision, the

234-32

coverage of the dependent is effective:

234-33

     (A) In the case of marriage, not later than the first day of the first month beginning after

234-34

the date the completed request for enrollment is received;

235-1

     (B) In the case of a dependent’s birth, as of the date of birth; and

235-2

     (C) In the case of a dependent’s adoption or placement for adoption, the date of the

235-3

adoption or placement for adoption.

235-4

     (9) (i) Except as provided in this subdivision, requirements used by a small employer

235-5

carrier in determining whether to provide coverage to a small employer, including requirements

235-6

for minimum participation of eligible employees and minimum employer contributions, shall be

235-7

applied uniformly among all small employers applying for coverage or receiving coverage from

235-8

the small employer carrier.

235-9

     (ii) For health benefit plans issued or renewed on or after October 1, 2000, a small

235-10

employer carrier shall not require a minimum participation level greater than:

235-11

     (A) One hundred percent (100%) of eligible employees working for groups of ten (10) or

235-12

less employees; and

235-13

     (B) Seventy-five percent (75%) of eligible employees working for groups with more than

235-14

ten (10) employees.

235-15

     (iii) In applying minimum participation requirements with respect to a small employer, a

235-16

small employer carrier shall not consider employees or dependents who have creditable coverage

235-17

in determining whether the applicable percentage of participation is met.

235-18

     (iv) A small employer carrier shall not increase any requirement for minimum employee

235-19

participation or modify any requirement for minimum employer contribution applicable to a small

235-20

employer at any time after the small employer has been accepted for coverage.

235-21

     (10) (i) If a small employer carrier offers coverage to a small employer, the small

235-22

employer carrier shall offer coverage to all of the eligible employees of a small employer and

235-23

their dependents who apply for enrollment during the period in which the employee first becomes

235-24

eligible to enroll under the terms of the plan. A small employer carrier shall not offer coverage to

235-25

only certain individuals or dependents in a small employer group or to only part of the group.

235-26

     (ii) A small employer carrier shall not place any restriction in regard to any health status-

235-27

related factor on an eligible employee or dependent with respect to enrollment or plan

235-28

participation.

235-29

     (iii) Except as permitted under subdivision (d)(1) and (d)(4) of this subsection, a small

235-30

employer carrier shall not modify a health benefit plan with respect to a small employer or any

235-31

eligible employee or dependent, through riders, endorsements, or otherwise, to restrict or exclude

235-32

coverage or benefits for specific diseases, medical conditions, or services otherwise covered by

235-33

the plan.

236-1

     (e) (1) Subject to subdivision (e)(3) of this subsection, a small employer carrier is not

236-2

required to offer coverage or accept applications pursuant to subsection (b) of this section in the

236-3

case of the following:

236-4

     (i) To a small employer, where the small employer does not have eligible individuals who

236-5

live, work, or reside in the established geographic service area for the network plan;

236-6

     (ii) To an employee, when the employee does not live, work, or reside within the carrier’s

236-7

established geographic service area; or

236-8

     (iii) Within an area where the small employer carrier reasonably anticipates, and

236-9

demonstrates to the satisfaction of the director, that it will not have the capacity within its

236-10

established geographic service area to deliver services adequately to enrollees of any additional

236-11

groups because of its obligations to existing group policyholders and enrollees.

236-12

     (2) A small employer carrier that cannot offer coverage pursuant to paragraph (e)(1)(iii)

236-13

of this subsection may not offer coverage in the applicable area to new cases of employer groups

236-14

until the later of one hundred and eighty (180) days following each refusal or the date on which

236-15

the carrier notifies the director that it has regained capacity to deliver services to new employer

236-16

groups.

236-17

     (3) A small employer carrier shall apply the provisions of this subsection uniformly to all

236-18

small employers without regard to the claims experience of a small employer and its employees

236-19

and their dependents or any health status-related factor relating to the employees and their

236-20

dependents.

236-21

     (f) (1) A small employer carrier is not required to provide coverage to small employers

236-22

pursuant to subsection (b) of this section if:

236-23

     (i) For any period of time the director determines the small employer carrier does not

236-24

have the financial reserves necessary to underwrite additional coverage; and

236-25

     (ii) The small employer carrier is applying this subsection uniformly to all small

236-26

employers in the small group market in this state consistent with applicable state law and without

236-27

regard to the claims experience of a small employer and its employees and their dependents or

236-28

any health status-related factor relating to such the employees and their dependents.

236-29

     (2) A small employer carrier that denies coverage in accordance with subdivision (f)(1)

236-30

of this subsection may not offer coverage in the small group market for the later of:

236-31

     (i) A period of one hundred and eighty (180) days after the date the coverage is denied; or

236-32

     (ii) Until the small employer has demonstrated to the director that it has sufficient

236-33

financial reserves to underwrite additional coverage.

237-1

     (g) (1) A small employer carrier is not required to provide coverage to small employers

237-2

pursuant to subsection (b) of this section if the small employer carrier elects not to offer new

237-3

coverage to small employers in this state.

237-4

     (2) A small employer carrier that elects not to offer new coverage to small employers

237-5

under this subsection may be allowed, as determined by the director, to maintain its existing

237-6

policies in this state.

237-7

     (3) A small employer carrier that elects not to offer new coverage to small employers

237-8

under subdivision (g)(1) shall provide at least one hundred and twenty (120) days notice of its

237-9

election to the director and is prohibited from writing new business in the small employer market

237-10

in this state for a period of five (5) years beginning on the date the carrier ceased offering new

237-11

coverage in this state.

237-12

     SECTION 91. Section 27-51-1 of the General Laws in Chapter 27-51 entitled “Managing

237-13

General Agents Act” is hereby amended to read as follows:

237-14

     27-51-1. Short title. -- As used in this chapter, This chapter may be known as the

237-15

“Managing General Agents Act”.

237-16

     SECTION 92. Section 27-52-2 of the General Laws in Chapter 27-52 entitled

237-17

“Reinsurance Intermediaries” is hereby amended to read as follows:

237-18

     27-52-2. Definitions. -- As used in this chapter:

237-19

     (1) “Actuary” means a person who is a member in good standing of the American

237-20

academy of actuaries;

237-21

     (2) “Controlling person” means any person, firm, association, or corporation who directly

237-22

or indirectly has the power to direct or cause to be directed, the management, control, or activities

237-23

of the reinsurance intermediary;

237-24

     (3) “Insurer” means any person, firm, association, or corporation duly licensed in this

237-25

state pursuant to the applicable provisions of the insurance law as an insurer;

237-26

     (4) “Licensed producer” means an agent, broker, or reinsurance intermediary licensed

237-27

pursuant to the applicable provisions of this title.

237-28

     (5) “Qualified U.S. financial institutions”, for the purposes of this chapter, means an

237-29

institution that:

237-30

     (i) Is organized or in the case of a U.S. office of a foreign banking organization licensed,

237-31

under the laws of the United States or any state thereof of the United States;

237-32

     (ii) Is regulated, supervised, and examined by U.S. federal or state authorities having

237-33

regulatory authority over banks and trust companies; and

238-1

     (iii) Has been determined by either the commissioner, or the securities valuation office of

238-2

the national association of insurance commissioners, to meet such the standards of financial

238-3

condition and standing as that are considered necessary and appropriate to regulate the quality of

238-4

financial institutions whose letters of credit will be acceptable to the commissioner;

238-5

     (6) “Reinsurance intermediary” means a reinsurance intermediary broker or a reinsurance

238-6

intermediary manager as these terms are defined in subsections subdivisions (7) and (8) of this

238-7

section, but shall not mean an intermediary in an insurance securitization or reinsurance

238-8

transaction with a protected cell established by a protected cell company organized under the

238-9

Protected Cell Companies Act, chapter 64 of this title, as those terms are defined or utilized in

238-10

this act that Act;

238-11

     (7) “Reinsurance intermediary broker” (RB) means any person, other than an officer or

238-12

employee of the ceding insurer, firm, association, or corporation who solicits, negotiates, or

238-13

places reinsurance cessions or retrocessions on behalf of a ceding insurer without the authority or

238-14

power to bind reinsurance on behalf of the insurer;

238-15

     (8) “Reinsurance intermediary manager” (RM) means any person, firm, association, or

238-16

corporation who has authority to bind or manages all or part of the assumed reinsurance business

238-17

of a reinsurer, including the management of a separate division, department, or underwriting

238-18

office, and acts as an agent for the reinsurer which is known as a RM, manager, or other similar

238-19

term. Notwithstanding the above, the following persons shall not be considered a RM, with

238-20

respect to the reinsurer, for the purposes of this chapter:

238-21

     (i) Any employee of the reinsurer;

238-22

     (ii) A U.S. manager of the United States branch of an alien reinsurer;

238-23

     (iii) An underwriting manager which, pursuant to contract, manages all the reinsurance

238-24

operations of the reinsurer, is under common control with the reinsurer, subject to the Insurance

238-25

Holding Company Systems Act, chapter 35 of this title, and whose compensation is not based on

238-26

the volume of premiums written;

238-27

     (iv) The manager of a group, association, pool, or organization of insurers which engage

238-28

in joint underwriting or joint reinsurance and who are subject to examination by the insurance

238-29

commissioner of the state in which the manager’s principal business office is located;

238-30

     (9) “Reinsurer” means any person, firm, association, or corporation duly licensed in this

238-31

state pursuant to the applicable provisions of this title as an insurer with the authority to assume

238-32

reinsurance; and

239-1

     (10) “To be in violation” means that the reinsurance intermediary, insurer, or reinsurer

239-2

for whom the reinsurance intermediary was acting failed to substantially comply with the

239-3

provisions of this chapter.

239-4

     SECTION 93. Section 27-54-3 of the General Laws in Chapter 27-54 entitled “Insurance

239-5

Fraud Prevention Act” is hereby amended to read as follows:

239-6

     27-54-3. Investigations. -- (a) Pursuant to §§ 27-13-1 and 27-13.1-1, et seq. chapter 13.1

239-7

of this title, the director or the director’s designee may conduct investigations as he or she deems

239-8

necessary in order to ascertain whether any person has violated or is violating any provision of

239-9

this chapter.

239-10

     (b) Whenever the director or the director’s designee has reason to believe that a

239-11

provision of this chapter has been violated, he or she may report the violation of law to the

239-12

attorney general who may bring an action in the court of appropriate jurisdiction. Within one

239-13

hundred twenty (120) days of receipt of the director’s deport, the attorney general shall inform the

239-14

director or the director’s designee as to the status of the reported violations. Where the insurer

239-15

affected has become the subject of a court order for conservation, rehabilitation or liquidation, the

239-16

director or the director’s designee may also refer the matter to the receiver for action under § 27-

239-17

54-2.

239-18

     SECTION 94. Section 27-65-1 of the General Laws in Chapter 27-65 entitled

239-19

“Commercial Special Risks” is hereby amended to read as follows:

239-20

     27-65-1. Commercial special risks. -- (a) Commercial special risks.: Notwithstanding

239-21

any other provisions of this title to the contrary and except as below limited in subsection (b) of

239-22

this section, insurers shall not be required to file with, nor to receive approval from, the insurance

239-23

division of the department of business regulation for policy forms or rates used in the insurance of

239-24

commercial special risks located in this state. Commercial special risks are defined as:

239-25

     (1) Risks written as commercial lines insurance, as defined in section § 27-34-5(5), and

239-26

which are written on an excess or umbrella basis;

239-27

     (2) Those risks, or portions thereof of them, written as commercial lines insurance, as

239-28

defined in section § 27-34-5(5), and which are not rated according to manuals, rating plans, or

239-29

schedules including “A” rates;

239-30

     (3) Risks written as commercial lines insurance which employ or retain the services of a

239-31

“risk manager” and which also meet any one of the following criteria:

239-32

     (i) Net worth over fifty million dollars ($50,000,000);

239-33

     (ii) Net revenue/sales of over one hundred million dollars ($100,000,000);

240-1

     (iii) More than five hundred (500) employees per individual company or one thousand

240-2

(1000) employees per holding company in the aggregate;

240-3

     (iv) Aggregates premiums of over one hundred fifty thousand dollars ($150,000)

240-4

excluding group life, group health, workers’ compensation and professional liability

240-5

(including but not limited to errors and omissions and directors and officers liability);

240-6

(v) Is a not for profit, or public entity with an annual budget or assets of at least forty-five

240-7

million dollars ($45,000,000); or

240-8

     (vi) Is a municipality with a population of over fifty thousand (50,000);

240-9

     (4) Specifically designated commercial special risks including:

240-10

     (i) All risks classified as highly protected risks as defined in section 27-5-2.1(4) § 27-5-

240-11

2.1(a)(4);

240-12

     (ii) All commercial insurance aviation risks;

240-13

     (iii) All credit property insurance risks which are defined as: “insurance of personal

240-14

property of a commercial debtor against loss, with the creditor as sole beneficiary” or “insurance

240-15

of personal property of a commercial debtor, with the creditor as primary beneficiary and the

240-16

debtor as beneficiary of proceeds not paid to the creditor”. For the purposes of this definition,

240-17

“personal property” means furniture, fixtures, furnishings, appliances and equipment designed for

240-18

use in a business trade or profession and not used by a debtor for personal or household use;

240-19

     (iv) All boiler and machinery risks;

240-20

     (vi) All inland marine risks written as commercial lines insurance as defined in section §

240-21

27-34-5(5); and

240-22

     (vii) All fidelity and surety risks.

240-23

     (b) Nevertheless Notwithstanding subsection (a) of this section, the following lines of

240-24

business shall remain subject to all filing and approval requirements contained in this title even if

240-25

written for risks which otherwise qualify as commercial special risks:

240-26

     (1) Life insurance;

240-27

     (2) Annuities;

240-28

     (3) Accident and health insurance;

240-29

     (4) Automobile insurance which is mandated by statute;

240-30

     (5) Workers’ compensation and employers’ liability insurance; and

240-31

     (6) Issuance through residual market mechanisms.

240-32

     (c) Any insurer which provides coverage to a commercial special risk shall disclose to

240-33

the insured that forms used and rates charges are exempt from filing and approval requirements

240-34

by this subsection. Records of all such disclosures shall be maintained by the insurer.

241-1

     (d) Brokers for exempt commercial policyholders as defined in subdivision (a)(3) herein

241-2

of this section shall be exempt from the due diligence requirements of section § 27-3-38(b). of the

241-3

general laws.

241-4

     SECTION 95. Section 27-66-24 of the General Laws in Chapter 27-66 entitled “The

241-5

Health Insurance Conversion Act” is hereby amended to read as follows:

241-6

     27-66-24. Exceptions — Rehabilitation, liquidation or conservation. -- No proposed

241-7

conversion shall be subject to this chapter in the event that the health insurance corporation,

241-8

health maintenance corporation, a nonprofit hospital service corporation, nonprofit medical

241-9

service corporation or affiliate or subsidiary thereof of them is subject to an order from the

241-10

superior court directing the director to rehabilitate, liquidate or conserve, as provided in §§ 27-19-

241-11

28, 27-20-24, 27-41-18, 27-14.1-1 et seq., 27-14.2-1 et seq., 27-14.3-1 et seq. or 27-14.4-1 et seq

241-12

or chapter 14.1, 14.2 or 14.3 of this title.

241-13

     SECTION 96. Section 27-52-13 of the General Laws in Chapter 27-52 entitled

241-14

“Reinsurance Intermediaries” is hereby repealed in its entirety.

241-15

      27-52-13. Utilization of services. -- No insurer or reinsurer may continue to utilize the

241-16

services of a reinsurance intermediary on and after July 1, 1993, unless the utilization is in

241-17

compliance with this chapter.

241-18

     SECTION 97. Section 27-56-4 of the General Laws in Chapter 27-56 entitled

241-19

“Disclosure of Material Transactions Act” is hereby repealed in its entirety.

241-20

     27-56-4. Effective date. -- This chapter shall take effect June 30, 1995.

241-21

     SECTION 98. Section 5-40.1-13 of the General Laws in Chapter 5-40.1 entitled

241-22

“Occupational Therapy” is hereby amended to read as follows:

241-23

     5-40.1-13. Fees. -- When an application is submitted to the division of professional

241-24

regulation for a license to practice occupational therapy in Rhode Island, the applicant pays shall

241-25

pay a non-refundable fee of sixty-two dollars and fifty cents ($62.50) to the general treasurer. A

241-26

licensee shall submit a biennial renewal fee of sixty-two dollars and fifty cents ($62.50) is

241-27

submitted with a renewal application on or before the first thirty-first (31st) day of March of each

241-28

even year pursuant to the requirements of § 5-40.1-12(a)(3), and any person who allows his or her

241-29

license to lapse by failing to renew it in the manner prescribed pays shall pay an additional fee of

241-30

twenty-five dollars ($25.00) as referred to in § 5-40.1-12(a)(6).

241-31

     SECTION 99. Section 23-17-44 of the General Laws in Chapter 23-17 entitled

241-32

“Licensing of Health Care Facilities” is hereby amended to read as follows:

242-1

      23-17-44. Moratorium on new initial nursing facility licensed beds and on increases

242-2

to the licensed capacity of existing nursing facility licenses. -- (a) The licensing agency shall

242-3

issue no new initial licenses for nursing facilities prior to July 1, 2004; provided, however, that:

242-4

     (1) Any person holding a previously issued and valid certificate of need as of August 21,

242-5

1996 shall be permitted to effect a prior certificate from the licensing agency consistent with any

242-6

other statutory and regulatory provisions which may further apply;

242-7

     (2) Any person holding a nursing facility license may undertake activities to construct

242-8

and operate a replacement nursing facility with the same or lower bed capacity as is presently

242-9

licensed provided that the replacement facility may only be licensed upon the otherwise

242-10

unconditional cessation of operation of the previously licensed nursing facility;

242-11

     (3) Any certificate of need application under active review before the state agency as of

242-12

January 10, 1996, which application seeks approval of a proposal to establish a new nursing

242-13

facility or seeks to increase the licensed bed capacity of an existing nursing facility shall continue

242-14

to be reviewed under all the statutory and regulatory requirements in effect at the time the

242-15

application was accepted for review by the state agency; and

242-16

     (4) On July 1, 1999, if the statewide occupancy rate of licensed nursing facility beds

242-17

exceeds ninety-two percent (92%) for the preceding calendar year, as determined by the

242-18

department of human services, an assisted living residence licensed pursuant to chapter 17.4 of

242-19

this title may propose to seek nursing facility licensure by conversion of assisted living residence

242-20

rooms within its existing physical plant; provided however, that:

242-21

     (i) The number of nursing facility beds to be licensed does not exceed the lesser of twenty

242-22

(20) beds or ten percent (10%) of the licensed bed capacity of the assisted living residence;

242-23

     (ii) The capital expenditures associated with the implementation of the nursing facility

242-24

beds does not exceed five hundred thousand dollars ($500,000);

242-25

     (iii) The nursing facility shall be limited in taking residents to those persons who are

242-26

transferring from residency at the assisted living residence;

242-27

     (iv) The assisted living residence must participate in the Medicaid program;

242-28

     (v) The application must be submitted to the health services council on or before October

242-29

1, 1999;

242-30

     (vi) The facility must comply with all requirements of the Health Care Certificate of

242-31

Need Act, chapter 15 of title 23.

242-32

     (b) Prior to July 1, 2004, the licensing agency shall not increase the licensed bed capacity

242-33

of any existing licensed nursing facility, including any nursing facility approved for change in

242-34

ownership pursuant to § 23-17-14 §§ 23-17-14.3 and 23-17-14.4, except for the greater of ten

243-1

(10) beds or ten percent (10%) of the facility's licensed capacity. Any person holding a previously

243-2

issued and valid certificate of need as of the date of passage of this section or who shall

243-3

subsequently be granted a certificate of need pursuant to subsection (a) shall be permitted to

243-4

effect a prior certificate from the licensing agency consistent with any other statutory and

243-5

regulatory provisions which may further apply.

243-6

     SECTION 100. Section 40-18-2 of the General Laws in Chapter 40-18 entitled “Long

243-7

Term Home Health Care – Alternative to Placement in a Skilled Nursing or Intermediate Care

243-8

Facility” is hereby amended to read as follows:

243-9

     40-18-2. Definitions. -- As used in this chapter, the following words and phrases shall

243-10

have the following meanings unless the context otherwise requires:

243-11

     (1) 'Adult day care service' means a comprehensive supervised program on a regularly

243-12

scheduled basis to adults with disabilities for a substantial part of the day in a single physical

243-13

location for a specified number of participants daily. The adult day care center shall be reviewed

243-14

and approved by the department of elderly affairs or other appropriate state agency. Adult day

243-15

care services may include, but are not limited to, medical supervision, social and educational

243-16

activities, snacks and/or hot lunch, and transportation to and from the day care site. All adult day

243-17

care services must meet the conditions set forth in the rules and regulations of the department of

243-18

elderly affairs and must provide these services as an alternative to twenty-four (24) hour long

243-19

term institutional care.

243-20

     (2) 'Case management services' means the coordination of a plan of care and services

243-21

provided at home to persons with disabilities who are medically eligible for placement in a skilled

243-22

nursing facility or an intermediate care facility upon discharge from a hospital. Such programs

243-23

shall be provided in the person's home or in the home of a responsible relative or other

243-24

responsible adult, but not provided in a skilled nursing facility and/or an intermediate care

243-25

facility.

243-26

     (3) 'Certified home health' means a home care services agency which is licensed by the

243-27

state and which is qualified to participate as home health agency under the provisions of titles

243-28

XVII and XIX of the federal Social Security Act, 42 U.S.C. § 1395x, and shall provide, directly

243-29

or through contract arrangement, a minimum of the following services, which are of a

243-30

preventative, therapeutic, rehabilitative health guidance, and/or supportive nature to persons at

243-31

home: skilled nursing services, physical therapy, occupational therapy, speech therapy, and home

243-32

health aide services.

243-33

     (4) 'Director' means the director of the department of human services.

244-1

     (5) 'Emergency response system' means a twenty-four (24) hour per day monitoring

244-2

service designed for use by elderly adults in the community. The purpose of that system is to

244-3

provide contact between the elderly adult in the community and the appropriate emergency

244-4

response agency.

244-5

     (6) 'Government funds' means funds provided under the provisions of chapter 8 of title

244-6

40.

244-7

     (7) 'Home care services' means those services provided by (i) Medicare/Medicaid

244-8

certified and state licensed home health agency and (ii) state licensed home health

244-9

aide/homemaker agency.

244-10

     (8) 'Home health aide/homemaker agency', defined in § 23-17.7-2, means: (i) home

244-11

health aide services, at a minimum, includes assistance with personal hygiene, dressing, feeding,

244-12

and household tasks essential to the patient's health and (ii) homemaker services, at a minimum,

244-13

includes light work or household tasks such as cooking, cleaning, shopping, and laundry.

244-14

     (9) 'Hospital' means a hospital as defined in chapter 17 of title 23.

244-15

     SECTION 101. Section 42-66.4-2 of the General Laws in Chapter 42-66.4 entitled

244-16

“Long-Term Care – Removal From a Skilled Nursing and/or Intermediate Care Facility” is

244-17

hereby amended to read as follows:

244-18

     42-66.4-2. Definitions. -- As used in this chapter, unless the context otherwise requires:

244-19

     (1) 'Adult day care services' means a comprehensive supervised program on a regularly

244-20

scheduled basis to adults with disabilities for a substantial part of the day in a single physical

244-21

location for a specified number of participants daily. The adult day care center shall be reviewed

244-22

and approved by the department of elderly affairs or other appropriate state agency. Adult day

244-23

care services may include, but are not limited to, medical supervision, social and educational

244-24

activities, snacks and/or hot lunch, and transportation to and from the day care site. All adult day

244-25

care services must meet the conditions set forth in the rules and regulations of the department of

244-26

elderly affairs and must provide these services as an alternative to twenty-four (24) hour long

244-27

term institutional care.

244-28

     (2) 'Case management services' means the coordination of a plan of care and services

244-29

provided at home to persons with disabilities who are medically eligible for placement in a skilled

244-30

nursing facility or an intermediate care facility. These programs shall be provided in the person's

244-31

home or in the home of a responsible relative or other responsible adult, but not provided in a

244-32

skilled nursing facility and/or an intermediate care facility.

244-33

     (3) 'Certified home health' means a home care services agency which is licensed by the

244-34

state and which is qualified to participate as a home health agency under the provisions of 42

245-1

U.S.C. § 1395 et seq. and § 1396 et seq., and shall provide, directly or through contract

245-2

arrangement, a minimum of the following services which are of a preventative, therapeutic,

245-3

rehabilitative health guidance and/or supportive nature to persons at home: skilled nursing

245-4

services, physical therapy, occupational therapy, speech therapy, and home health aide services.

245-5

     (4) 'Director' means the director of the department of elderly affairs unless the context

245-6

clearly requires a different meaning.

245-7

     (5) 'Emergency response system' means a twenty-four (24) hour per day monitoring

245-8

service designed for use by elderly adults in the community. The purpose of the system is to

245-9

provide contact between the elderly adult in the community and the appropriate emergency

245-10

response agency.

245-11

     (6) 'Government funds' means funds provided under the provisions of chapter 8 of title

245-12

40.

245-13

     (7) 'Home care services' means those services provided by (a) medicare/medicaid

245-14

certified and state licensed home health agency and (b) state licensed home health

245-15

aide/homemaker agency.

245-16

     (8) 'Home health aide/homemaker agency', defined in § 23-17.7-2, means:

245-17

     (i) Home health aide services, at a minimum, includes assistance with personal hygiene,

245-18

dressing, feeding, and household tasks essential to the patient's health; and

245-19

     (ii) Homemaker services, at a minimum, includes light work or household tasks such as

245-20

cooking, cleaning, shopping, and laundry.

245-21

     (9) 'Skilled nursing facility' and 'intermediate care facility' shall have the same definition

245-22

as set forth in chapter 17 of title 23

245-23

     SECTION 102. Section 24-10-17 of the General Laws in Chapter 24-10 entitled

245-24

“Freeways” is hereby amended to read as follows:

245-25

     24-10-17. Soliciting rides in motor vehicles. -- (a) Any person who endeavors by

245-26

words, gestures, or otherwise to beg, invite, or secure transportation in any motor vehicle on any

245-27

freeway within the state, except in the case of a bona fide emergency or in the case of sickness,

245-28

shall be guilty of a misdemeanor and shall be punished by a fine of not more than fifteen dollars

245-29

($15.00) fifty dollars ($50.00.

245-30

      (b) Any person who endeavors to solicit a ride in a motor vehicle in the manner

245-31

described in this section on the travelled portion of any other public highway in this state shall be

245-32

guilty of a misdemeanor and shall be punished by a fine of not more than fifteen dollars ($15.00)

245-33

fifty dollars ($50.00).

246-1

      SECTION 103. Sections 31-3-12, 31-3-32, 31-3-34, 31-3-35 and 31-3-40 of the General

246-2

Laws in Chapter 31-3 entitled “Registration of Vehicles” are hereby amended to read as follows:

246-3

     31-3-12. Visibility of plates. -- Each registration plate and the required letters and

246-4

numerals printed on it, except the year number for which issued, shall be of sufficient size to be

246-5

plainly readable from a distance of one hundred feet (100') during daylight. Violations of this

246-6

section are subject to fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of the general laws.

246-7

     31-3-32. Expiration of registration. -- Every vehicle registration under chapters 3 - 9 of

246-8

this title and every registration card and registration plate issued under these chapters shall expire

246-9

at midnight on the thirty-first (31st) day of March of each year, except that the director of the

246-10

department of administration, division of motor vehicles shall implement a staggered registration

246-11

system and a staggered distribution system for fully reflective plates required to be on all vehicles

246-12

pursuant to § 31-3-10. Implementation of the staggered registration system and distribution

246-13

system shall be by rules and regulations promulgated by the director of administration, division of

246-14

motor vehicles. A fee for the initial issuance of fully reflective plates and each reissuance

246-15

thereafter shall be charged in accordance with § 31-6-1(22). The requirements for the reissuance

246-16

of fully reflective plates apply only to those standard plates described in § 31-3-11 and not to

246-17

plates authorized by any other section of the general or public laws. Violations of this section are

246-18

subject to fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of the general laws.

246-19

     31-3-34. Notice of change of address. -- A person who applies for or obtains registration

246-20

for a vehicle, and subsequently moves from the address given in the application or shown on a

246-21

registration card, must notify the division in writing of the old and new addresses within ten (10)

246-22

days. Violations of this section are subject to fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of the general laws.

246-23

     31-3-35. Notice of change of name. -- A person who applies for or obtains registration

246-24

for a vehicle, and subsequently changes his or her name because of marriage or otherwise, must

246-25

notify the division of the former and new names within ten (10) days. Violations of this section

246-26

are subject to fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of the general laws.

246-27

     31-3-40. Special use identification tags. -- (a) A new car dealer or used car dealer may

246-28

apply to the administrator for special use identification tags for display on vehicles that have been

246-29

sold by that dealer but for which registration is pending. All vehicles displaying special use tags

246-30

must conform to general safety standards. These tags shall be of a size and type determined by the

246-31

administrator, and shall be sold to dealers in packs of ten (10) plates per pack for two hundred

246-32

dollars ($200) per pack.

246-33

     (b) Special use certificates and special use identification tags may be used on a vehicle

246-34

sold by the dealer to a resident or nonresident. The special use certificate and tags are valid for no

247-1

more than twenty (20) days, including the date of delivery of the certificate and tags by the

247-2

dealer. No dealer or any other person may extend their expiration date, nor may any person other

247-3

than the administrator issue another similar certificate or tag. The special use certificate must be

247-4

carried in the vehicle bearing the special use identification tags whenever the vehicle is being

247-5

operated on a public highway. The tags will be displayed in the same manner as registration

247-6

plates. Upon the removal of special use identification tags from a vehicle, they must be destroyed

247-7

immediately by the person to whom issued or his or her agent.

247-8

     (c) Upon the issuance of a special use certificate and special use identification tags, the

247-9

dealer shall prepare the certificate in triplicate by printing or typing all of the information

247-10

required. The dealer shall imprint the date of the tag's expiration on the tag itself. This date will

247-11

be legible, printed in black ink with a rubber date stamp, in letters and numerals not less than one

247-12

inch (1') in height, nor less than one-fourth of an inch (1/4') in width. The tag must also contain

247-13

the vehicle identification number of the car on which it is displayed, and the dealer's

247-14

identification number. The original copy of the special use certificate shall be given to the person

247-15

named in the certificate. The duplicate copy serves as the notice required by subsection (d) of this

247-16

section. The third copy shall be held in the dealer's files and shall be exhibited upon demand of

247-17

the administrator or of any peace officer.

247-18

     (d) Notice of delivery of the special use certificate and special use identification tags

247-19

must be mailed to the administrator not later than the next business day.

247-20

     (e) In the event that a dealer goes out of business, or transfers his or her business to any

247-21

other person, firm, or corporation the dealer must return all special use certificates and special use

247-22

identification tags to the administrator within five (5) days.

247-23

     (f) No dealer may make any use of special use certificates or special use identification

247-24

tags except in accordance with the provisions of this section.

247-25

     (g) Violations of this section are subject to fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of

247-26

the general laws.

247-27

     SECTION 104. Section 31-4-3 of the General Laws in Chapter 31-4 entitled

247-28

“Transfer of Vehicles” is hereby amended to read as follows:

247-29

     31-4-3. Temporary registration - Invoice voucher issued by dealer. -- (a) Any person

247-30

who purchases a motor vehicle from a bona fide licensed dealer, and who already has a motor

247-31

vehicle registered in this state, may operate the newly acquired motor vehicle for a period of

247-32

twenty (20) days following the date of the original dated voucher. The new vehicle must be of the

247-33

same type as that already owned and registered vehicle. During this period any operator of the

247-34

new vehicle must carry the original dated bill of sale or invoice voucher, which must be

248-1

accompanied by a numbered state sales tax form. The voucher or bill of sale shall give the

248-2

registration number to be transferred from the previously registered to the newly acquired vehicle.

248-3

     (b) The bill of sale or invoice voucher shall be sequentially and numerically identified,

248-4

dated on the day of sale, and is valid for not more than twenty (20) days following the date of the

248-5

original voucher. No dealer or any other person may extend or alter the date, nor may a new bill

248-6

of sale be issued to the purchaser as a means to circumvent this section.

248-7

     (c) Every dealer shall keep a sequential record of each temporary certificate issued, and

248-8

those records shall be available during business hours for examination by any police officer or

248-9

inspector of the division as designated by the administrator of the division of motor vehicles.

248-10

     (d) Violations of this section are subject to fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of

248-11

the general laws.

248-12

      SECTION 105. Sections 31-10.1-4, 31-10.1-5, 31-10.1-6, and 31-10.1-7 of the

248-13

General Laws in Chapter 31-10.1 entitled “Special License for Motorcycles, Motor

248-14

Scooters, and Other Motor Driven Cycles” are hereby amended to read as follows:

248-15

     31-10.1-4. Required equipment. -- Operators of motorcycles, motor scooters, and

248-16

motor-driven cycles shall use eye protection of a type approved by the administrator when

248-17

operating their vehicles on streets and highways. Every motorcycle, motor scooter, and motor-

248-18

driven cycle shall be equipped with a rear view mirror. Any operator under the age of twenty-one

248-19

(21) shall wear a helmet of a type approved by the administrator. In addition, all new operators,

248-20

regardless of age, shall be required, for a period of one year from the date of issuance of the first

248-21

license pursuant to § 31-10.1-1, to wear a helmet of a type approved by the administrator. Any

248-22

person violating this provision shall be fined thirty-five dollars ($35.00) fifty dollars ($50.00)

248-23

which shall be paid in accordance with chapter 41.1 of this title. The administrator is authorized

248-24

to set forth rules and regulations governing the use of other equipment on these vehicles. All fines

248-25

collected under this section shall be deposited in a general restricted receipt account for the use of

248-26

the Rhode Island governor's office on highway safety in order to promote educational and

248-27

informational programs encouraging helmet use.

248-28

     31-10.1-5. Handlebars. -- No person shall operate on a highway or in any parking area

248-29

for ten (10) or more motor vehicles, any motorcycle, motor scooter, or motor-driven cycle

248-30

equipped with handlebars that are more than fifteen inches (15') in height above the uppermost

248-31

portion of the seat when depressed by the weight of the operator. Violations of this section are

248-32

subject to fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of the general laws.

248-33

     31-10.1-6. Passengers. -- Any passenger on a motorcycle, motor scooter, or motor-driven

248-34

cycle must be provided with a separate rear seat, a separate foot-rest, and an appropriate

249-1

handlebar or grip for his or her use, and must wear a properly fitting helmet of a type approved by

249-2

the administrator. No person shall operate a motorcycle, motor scooter, or motor-driven cycle

249-3

unless any passenger wears a helmet and also unless any passenger is able to rest his or her feet

249-4

upon a foot rest; provided further that any passenger on a motorcycle, motor scooter, or

249-5

motordriven cycle under twelve (12) years of age must have a properly secured back-rest or

249-6

equivalent and shall have his or her feet placed upon the foot-rest and shall be seated behind the

249-7

operator unless a side car is provided. When, however, a side car is provided this age requirement

249-8

shall not apply to passenger(s) in the side car. Violations of this section are subject to fines

249-9

enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of the general laws.

249-10

     31-10.1-7. Inspection -- Every motorcycle, motor scooter, or motor-driven cycle shall be

249-11

inspected in accordance with the law providing for inspection of motor vehicles, and shall display

249-12

a certificate of inspection as provided in chapter 38 of this title. Inspection standards for these

249-13

motor vehicles shall be established by the administrator. Inspection stations shall be specially

249-14

licensed to inspect motorcycles, motor scooters, and motor-driven cycles. Certificates of

249-15

inspection for these vehicles shall be clearly distinguishable from those issued to other motor

249-16

vehicles. Violations of this section are subject to fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of the general

249-17

laws.

249-18

     SECTION 106. Sections 31-10-10, 31-10-30, and 31-10-32 of the General Laws in

249-19

Chapter 31-10 entitled “Operators’ and Chauffeurs’ Licenses” are hereby amended to read as

249-20

follows:

249-21

     31-10-10. Rules as to armed forces license. -- The special license provided for in §§ 31-

249-22

10-8 and 31-10-9, shall be issued under the rules and in the form the administrator may prescribe.

249-23

Violations of this section are subject to fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of the general laws.

249-24

     31-10-30. Expiration and renewal of licenses. -- Every operator's and chauffeur's first

249-25

license to operate a motor vehicle shall be by the issuance of a temporary license for the period

249-26

beginning at the date of issuance and expiring on the birthday of the licensee in the second year

249-27

following the issuance of the temporary license. Every operator's and chauffeur's license issued

249-28

after expiration of the temporary license shall expire on the birthday of the licensee in the fifth

249-29

year following the issuance of the license, with the exception of any person seventy (70) years of

249-30

age or older whose license shall expire on the birthday of the licensee in the second year

249-31

following the issuance of the license, and shall be renewable on or before expiration upon

249-32

application and payment of the fee required by this chapter. The administrator of the division of

249-33

motor vehicles, having good cause to believe the applicant for renewal is incompetent or

249-34

otherwise not qualified, may require an examination of the applicant as upon an original

250-1

application. The administrator of the division of motor vehicles is authorized to adopt any

250-2

regulations necessary to carry out the purposes of this section. Violations of this section are

250-3

subject to fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of the general laws.

250-4

     31-10-32. Notice of change of address or name. -- If, after applying for or receiving an

250-5

operator's or chauffeur's license, a person moves from the address shown on the application or

250-6

license, or when the name of a licensee is changed by marriage or otherwise, that person within

250-7

ten (10) days shall notify the division in writing of both old and new addresses or of both former

250-8

and new names and of the designating number of any license then held. Violations of this section

250-9

are subject to fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of the general laws.

250-10

     SECTION 107. Section 31-12-12 of the General Laws in Chapter 31-12 entitled

250-11

“Applicability of Traffic Regulations” is hereby amended to read as follows:

250-12

     31-12-12. Powers of local authorities. -- Chapters 12 - 27 of this title shall not be

250-13

deemed to prevent local authorities with respect to streets and highways under their jurisdiction

250-14

and within the reasonable exercise of the police power from:

250-15

     (1) Regulating the standing or parking of vehicles;

250-16

     (2) Regulating traffic by means of police officers or traffic control signals;

250-17

     (3) Regulating or prohibiting processions or assemblages on the highways;

250-18

     (4) Designating particular highways as one-way highways and requiring that all vehicles

250-19

on them be moved in one specific direction;

250-20

     (5) Regulating the speed of vehicles in public parks;

250-21

     (6) Designating any highway as a through highway and requiring that all vehicles stop

250-22

before entering or crossing the same, or designating any intersection as a stop intersection and

250-23

requiring all vehicles to stop at one or more entrances to the stop intersection;

250-24

     (7) Restricting the use of highways as authorized in §§ 31-25-25 and 31-25-26;

250-25

     (8) Regulating the operation of bicycles and requiring the registration and licensing of the

250-26

these, including the requirement of a registration fee;

250-27

     (9) Regulating or prohibiting the turning of vehicles or specified types of vehicles at

250-28

intersections;

250-29

     (10) Altering the prima facie speed limits as authorized by these chapters;

250-30

     (11) Adopting any other traffic regulations specifically authorized by chapters 12 - 27 of

250-31

this title;

250-32

     (12) The city council of the city of Woonsocket is authorized and empowered to

250-33

enact ordinances providing that the chief of police, or the police officers that he or she

250-34

may from time to time designate, may impound, by means of a 'Denver boot,' so-called,

251-1

or other immobilization device, or cause to be impounded, through the agency of a person

251-2

or persons in the employ of the city of Woonsocket or the police department, or by

251-3

independent contractor, any vehicle parked or standing on any part of any way under the

251-4

control of the city, if in the calendar year in which the vehicle is impounded and in the

251-5

preceding calendar year, the aggregate of five or more notices of violation of any

251-6

ordinances adopted for the regulation of parking of motor vehicles (whether adopted prior

251-7

to or date on which the vehicle was impounded, the location at which it was impounded,

251-8

and a statement that it will be released on the payment of all fines and charges lawfully

251-9

imposed for the impoundment. If, after thirty (30) days of mailing of the notice to the

251-10

registered owner as provided for in this section, the owner has not paid all fines and

251-11

charges imposed for the impounding, the impounded vehicle shall be deemed to have

251-12

been abandoned and may be disposed of in accordance with §§ 31-22-14, 31-22-15, 31-

251-13

22-17 and 31-22-18, first applying the proceeds to pay all fines and charges imposed for

251-14

the impoundment. Vehicles owned by the state or a political subdivision of it or by the

251-15

United States or any instrumentality of it or registered by a member of a foreign

251-16

diplomatic corps or by a foreign consular officer who is a citizen of the United States and

251-17

bearing a distinctive number plate or otherwise conspicuously marked as, so owned or

251-18

registered, and vehicles and persons described in §§ 31-28-4, 31-28-6 and 31-28-7, shall

251-19

not, however, be subject to impoundment. Violations of this section are subject to

251-20

fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of the general laws.

251-21

     SECTION 108. sections 31-13-4, 31-13-6, 31-13-9, and 31-13-11 of the General

251-22

Laws in Chapter 31-13 entitled “Traffic Control Devices” are hereby amended to read as

251-23

follows:

251-24

     31-13-4. Obedience to devices. -- The driver of any vehicle shall obey the instructions of

251-25

any official traffic-control device applicable to him or her placed in accordance with chapters 12 -

251-26

27 of this title, unless otherwise directed by a traffic or police officer, subject to the exceptions

251-27

granted the driver of an authorized emergency vehicle in these chapters. Violations of this

251-28

section are subject to fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of the general laws.

251-29

      31-13-6. Specifications and meaning of traffic lights.-- Whenever traffic is controlled

251-30

by traffic control signals exhibiting the words 'go', 'caution', or 'stop', or exhibiting different

251-31

colored lights successively one at a time, or with arrows, the following colors only shall be used,

251-32

and the terms and lights shall indicate and apply to drivers of vehicles and pedestrians as follows:

252-1

     (1) Green alone or "go".

252-2

      (i) Vehicular traffic facing the signal may proceed straight through or turn right or left

252-3

unless a sign at the place prohibits either a right or left turn. But vehicular traffic, including

252-4

vehicles turning right or left, shall yield the right-of-way to other vehicles and to pedestrians

252-5

lawfully within the intersection or an adjacent crosswalk at the time the signal is exhibited.

252-6

     (ii) Pedestrians facing the signal may proceed across the roadway within any marked or

252-7

unmarked crosswalk.

252-8

     (2) Yellow alone or "caution" when shown following the green or "go" signal.

252-9

     (i) Vehicular traffic facing the signal is warned that the red or 'stop' signal will be

252-10

exhibited immediately after, and the vehicular traffic shall not enter or be crossing the

252-11

intersection when the red or 'stop' signal is exhibited.

252-12

     (ii) Pedestrians facing the signal are advised by it that there is insufficient time to cross

252-13

the roadway, and any pedestrian then starting to cross shall yield the right-of-way to all vehicles.

252-14

     (3) Red alone or "stop".

252-15

     (i) Vehicular traffic facing the signal shall stop before entering the crosswalk on

252-16

the near side of the intersection or, if none, then before entering the intersection, and shall

252-17

remain standing until the green or 'go' is shown alone, and shall not, prior to reaching the

252-18

intersection, make any turn over or through private property in order to avoid the signal,

252-19

provided, a right hand turn shall be permitted after vehicular traffic reaches a complete

252-20

stop, at intersections when safety would permit a turn and no sign forbids it. Violations

252-21

of this section are subject to fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of the general laws.

252-22

     (ii) No pedestrian facing the signal shall enter the roadway unless he or she can do so

252-23

safely and without interfering with any vehicular traffic.

252-24

     (4) Red with green arrow.

252-25

     (i) Vehicular traffic facing the signal may cautiously enter the intersection only to make

252-26

the movement indicated by the arrow, but shall yield the right-of-way to pedestrians lawfully

252-27

within a crosswalk and to other traffic lawfully using the intersection.

252-28

     (ii) No pedestrian facing the signal shall enter the roadway unless he or she can do so

252-29

safely and without interfering with any vehicular traffic.

252-30

     31-13-9. Flashing signals. -- Whenever an illuminated flashing red or yellow signal is

252-31

used in a traffic sign or signal it shall require obedience by vehicular traffic as follows:

252-32

     (1) Flashing red (stop signal). When a red lens is illuminated with rapid intermittent

252-33

flashes, drivers of vehicles shall stop before entering the nearest crosswalk at an intersection or at

253-1

a limit line when marked, or, if none, then before entering the intersection, and the right to

253-2

proceed shall be subject to the rules applicable after making a stop at a stop sign.

253-3

     (2) Flashing yellow (caution signal). When a yellow lens is illuminated with rapid

253-4

intermittent flashes, drivers of vehicles may proceed through the intersection or past the signal

253-5

only with caution.

253-6

     (3) Flashing green (pedestrian signal). When a green lens is illuminated with rapid

253-7

intermittent flashes, drivers of vehicles may proceed through the intersection or crosswalk past

253-8

the signal only with caution.

253-9

     Violations of this section are subject to fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of the

253-10

general laws.

253-11

     31-13-11. Injury to signs and devices prohibited. -- No person shall without lawful

253-12

authority attempt to or in fact alter, deface, injure, knock down, or remove any official traffic-

253-13

control device or any railroad sign or signal or any inscription, shield, or insignia on it, or any

253-14

other part of it. Violations of this section are subject to fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of the

253-15

general laws.

253-16

     SECTION 109. Sections 31-14-1, 31-14-3, 31-14-9, and 31-14-12 of the General Laws in

253-17

Chapter 31-14 entitled “Speed Restrictions” are hereby amended to read as follows:

253-18

     31-14-1. Reasonable and prudent speeds. -- No person shall drive a vehicle on a

253-19

highway at a speed greater than is reasonable and prudent under the conditions and having regard

253-20

to the actual and potential hazards then existing. In every event, speed shall be controlled as may

253-21

be necessary to avoid colliding with any person, vehicle, or other conveyance on or entering the

253-22

highway in compliance with legal requirements and the duty of all persons to use due care.

253-23

Violations of this section are subject to fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of the general laws.

253-24

      31-14-3. Conditions requiring reduced speed. -- The driver of every vehicle shall,

253-25

consistent with the requirements of § 31-14-1, drive at an appropriate reduced speed when

253-26

approaching and crossing an intersection or railroad-grade crossing, when approaching and going

253-27

around a curve, when approaching a hill crest, when traveling upon any narrow or winding

253-28

roadway, and when special hazard exists with respect to pedestrians or other traffic, or by reason

253-29

of weather or highway conditions. Violations of this section are subject to fines enumerated in

253-30

§31-41.1-4 of the general laws.

253-31

     31-14-9. Minimum speed. -- (a) No person shall drive a motor vehicle at such a slow

253-32

speed as to impede or block the normal and reasonable movement of traffic except when reduced

253-33

speed is necessary for safe operation or in compliance with law.

254-1

     (b) Police officers are authorized to enforce this provision by directions to

254-2

drivers, and in the event of apparent willful disobedience to this provision and refusal to

254-3

comply with direction of an officer in accordance herewith, the continued slow operation

254-4

by a driver shall be a civil violation and is subject to fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of

254-5

the general laws.

254-6

     31-14-12. Speed limits on bridges and structures. -- (a) No person shall drive a

254-7

vehicle over any bridge or other elevated structure constituting a part of a highway at a speed

254-8

which is greater than the maximum speed which can be maintained with safety to the bridge or

254-9

structure, when the structure is sign-posted as provided in this section.

254-10

     (b) The state traffic commission upon request from any local authority shall, or upon its

254-11

own initiative may, conduct an investigation of any bridge or other elevated structure constituting

254-12

a part of a highway. If it finds that the structure cannot with safety to itself withstand vehicles

254-13

traveling at the speed otherwise permissible under this chapter, the commission shall determine

254-14

and declare the maximum speed of vehicles which the structure can withstand, and shall cause or

254-15

permit suitable signs stating the maximum speed to be erected and maintained at a distance of one

254-16

hundred feet (100') before each end of the structure.

254-17

     (c) Upon the trial of any person charged with a violation of this section, proof of the

254-18

determination of the maximum speed by the commission and the existence of the signs shall

254-19

constitute conclusive evidence of the maximum speed which can be maintained with safety to the

254-20

bridge or structure.

254-21

     (d) Violations of this section are subject to fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of

254-22

the general laws.

254-23

     SECTION 110. Sections 31-15-1, 31-15-2, 31-15-3, 31-15-4, 31-15-5, 31-15-6,

254-24

31-15-7, 31-15-8, 31-15-9, 31-15-10, 31-15-11, 31-15-12, 31-15-12.1, 31-15-13, 31-15-

254-25

14, and 31-15-16 of the General Laws in Chapter 31-15 entitled “Passing, Use of Lanes,

254-26

and Rules of the Road” are hereby amended to read as follows:

254-27

     31-15-1. Right half of road. -- Upon all roadways of sufficient width a vehicle shall be

254-28

driven upon the right half of the roadway, except as follows:

254-29

     (1) When overtaking and passing another vehicle proceeding in the same direction under the rules

254-30

governing this movement;

254-31

     (2) When the right half of a roadway is closed to traffic while under construction or repair;

254-32

     (3) Upon a roadway divided into three (3) marked lanes for traffic under the rules applicable

254-33

thereon; or

255-1

     (4) Upon a roadway designated and sign-posted for one-way traffic.

255-2

     Violations of this section are subject to fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of the general

255-3

laws.

255-4

     31-15-2. Slow traffic to right. -- Upon all roadways, any vehicle proceeding at less than

255-5

the normal speed of traffic at the time and place and under the conditions then existing shall be

255-6

driven in the right-hand lane then available for traffic, or as close as practicable to the right-hand

255-7

curb or edge of the roadway, except when overtaking and passing another vehicle proceeding in

255-8

the same direction or when preparing for a left turn at an intersection or into a private road or

255-9

driveway. Violations of this section are subject to fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of the general

255-10

laws.

255-11

     31-15-3. Passing of vehicles proceeding in opposite directions. -- Drivers of vehicles

255-12

proceeding in opposite directions shall pass each other to the right, and upon roadways having a

255-13

width for not more than one line of traffic in each direction, each driver shall give to the other as

255-14

nearly as possible at least one-half of the main traveled portion of the roadway. Violations of this

255-15

section are subject to fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of the general laws.

255-16

     31-15-4. Overtaking on left. -- The following rules shall govern the overtaking and

255-17

passing of vehicles proceeding in the same direction, subject to those limitations, exceptions, and

255-18

special rules stated in this section:

255-19

     (1) The driver of a vehicle overtaking another vehicle proceeding in the same direction

255-20

shall give a timely, audible signal and shall pass to the left at a safe distance and shall not again

255-21

drive to the right side of the roadway until safely clear of the overtaken vehicle.

255-22

     (2) Except when overtaking and passing on the right is permitted, the driver of the

255-23

front vehicle on the audible signal of the overtaking vehicle shall give way to the right,

255-24

and shall not increase speed until completely passed by the overtaking vehicle.

255-25

Violations of this section are subject to fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of the general

255-26

laws.

255-27

     31-15-5. Overtaking on the right. -- (a) The driver of a vehicle may overtake and pass

255-28

upon the right of another vehicle only under the following conditions:

255-29

     (1) When the vehicle overtaken is making or about to make a left turn;

255-30

     (2) Upon a one-way street, or upon any roadway on which traffic is restricted to

255-31

one direction of movement, where the roadway is free from obstructions and of sufficient

255-32

width for two (2) or more lines of moving vehicles. Violations of this section are

255-33

subject to fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of the general laws.

256-1

      (b) The driver of a vehicle may overtake and pass another vehicle upon the right only

256-2

under conditions permitting this movement in safety. In no event shall this movement be made by

256-3

driving off the pavement or main-traveled portion of the roadway.

256-4

     31-15-6. Clearance for overtaking. -- No vehicle shall be driven to the left side of the

256-5

center of the roadway in overtaking and passing another vehicle proceeding in the same direction,

256-6

unless the left side is clearly visible and is free of oncoming traffic for a sufficient distance ahead

256-7

to permit the overtaking and passing to be completely made without interfering with the safe

256-8

operation of any vehicle approaching from the opposite direction or any vehicle overtaken. In

256-9

every event the overtaking vehicle must return to the right-hand side of the roadway before

256-10

coming within one hundred feet (100') of any vehicle approaching from the opposite direction.

256-11

Violations of this section are subject to fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of the general laws.

256-12

      31-15-7. Places where overtaking prohibited. -- (a) No vehicle shall at any time be

256-13

driven to the left side of the roadway under the following conditions:

256-14

     (1) When approaching the crest of a grade or upon a curve in the highway where the

256-15

driver's view is obstructed within such distance as to create a hazard in the event another vehicle

256-16

might approach from the opposite direction;

256-17

     (2) When approaching within one hundred feet (100') of or traversing any intersection or

256-18

railroad grade crossing;

256-19

     (3) When the view is obstructed upon approaching within one hundred feet (100') of any

256-20

bridge, viaduct, or tunnel.

256-21

     (b) These limitations shall not apply upon a one-way roadway.

256-22

     Violations of this section are subject to fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of the general

256-23

laws.

256-24

     31-15-8. Posting of no passing zones. -- The state traffic commission is authorized to

256-25

determine those portions of any highway where overtaking and passing or driving to the left of

256-26

the roadway would be especially hazardous, and may by appropriate signs or markings on the

256-27

roadway indicate the beginning and end of the zones. When the signs or markings are in place

256-28

and clearly visible to an ordinarily observant person, every driver of a vehicle shall obey the

256-29

directions given by them. Violations of this section are subject to fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4

256-30

of the general laws.

256-31

     31-15-9. One way highways. -- (a) The state traffic commission may designate any

256-32

highway or any separate roadway under its jurisdiction for one-way traffic, and shall erect

256-33

appropriate signs giving notice of that designation.

257-1

     (b) Upon a roadway designated and sign-posted for one-way traffic a vehicle shall be

257-2

driven only in the direction designated.

257-3

     Violations of this section are subject to fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of the

257-4

general laws.

257-5

     31-15-10. Rotary traffic islands. -- A vehicle passing around a rotary traffic island shall

257-6

be driven only to the right of the island. Violations of this section are subject to fines enumerated

257-7

in §31-41.1-4 of the general laws.

257-8

     31-15-11. Laned roadways. -- Whenever any roadway has been divided into two (2) or

257-9

more clearly marked lanes for traffic, the following rules in addition to all others consistent with

257-10

them shall apply:

257-11

     (1) A vehicle shall be driven as nearly as practical entirely within a single lane and shall

257-12

not be moved from the lane until the driver has first ascertained that the movement can be made

257-13

with safety.

257-14

     (2) Upon a roadway which is divided into three (3) lanes, a vehicle shall not be driven in

257-15

the center lane except when overtaking and passing another vehicle where the roadway is clearly

257-16

visible and the center lane is clear of traffic within a safe distance, or in preparation for a left turn

257-17

or where the center lane is at the time allocated exclusively to traffic moving in the direction the

257-18

vehicle is proceeding and is sign-posted to give notice of the allocation.

257-19

     (3) Official signs may be erected directing slow-moving traffic to use a designated lane or

257-20

designating those lanes to be used by traffic moving in a particular direction regardless of the

257-21

center of the roadway, and drivers of vehicles shall obey the directions of the sign.

257-22

     Violations of this section are subject to fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of the

257-23

general laws.

257-24

     31-15-12. Interval between vehicles. -- The driver of a motor vehicle shall not follow

257-25

another vehicle more closely than is reasonable and prudent, having due regard for the speed of

257-26

the vehicles and the traffic upon and the condition of the highway, and shall, whenever traveling

257-27

through a business or residential district, and whenever traffic permits, leave sufficient space so

257-28

that an overtaking vehicle may enter and occupy the space without danger. This provision does

257-29

not apply to a caravan under police escort or a funeral procession. Violations of this section are

257-30

subject to fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of the general laws.

257-31

     31-15-12.1. Entering intersections. -- The driver of a motor vehicle shall not enter an

257-32

intersection whether or not any traffic signal is green unless there is sufficient space in the

257-33

roadway he or she is about to enter beyond the intersection to receive that vehicle without

258-1

blocking the intersection. Violations of this section are subject to fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4

258-2

of the general laws.

258-3

      31-15-13. Divided highways. -- Whenever any highway has been divided into two (2)

258-4

roadways by leaving an intervening space or by a physical barrier or clearly indicated dividing

258-5

section so constructed as to impede vehicular traffic, every vehicle shall be driven only upon the

258-6

right-hand roadway and no vehicle shall be driven over, across, or within a dividing space,

258-7

barrier, or section, except through an opening in the physical barrier or dividing section or space

258-8

or at a crossover or intersection established and permitted by public authority. Violations of this

258-9

section are subject to fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of the general laws.

258-10

      31-15-14. Entry or leaving of limited-access roadways. -- No person shall drive a

258-11

vehicle onto or from any limited-access roadway except at those entrances and exits established

258-12

by public authority. Violations of this section are subject to fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of the

258-13

general laws.

258-14

     31-15-16. Use of emergency break-down lane for travel. -- No person shall operate a

258-15

motor vehicle for travel in the emergency break-down lane of any highway. Violations of this

258-16

section are subject to fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of the general laws.

258-17

      SECTION 111. Sections 31-16-1, 31-16-2, 31-16-3, 31-16-4, 31-16-5, 31-16-6, 31-16-7

258-18

and 31-16-8 of the General Laws in Chapter 31-16 entitled “Starting, Stopping, and Turns” are

258-19

hereby amended to read as follows:

258-20

     31-16-1. Care in starting from stop. -- No person shall start a vehicle which is stopped,

258-21

standing, or parked unless and until this movement can be made with reasonable safety.

258-22

Violations of this section are subject to fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of the general laws.

258-23

     31-16-2. Manner of turning at intersection; pedestrian right-of-way with turning

258-24

vehicles. --(a) The driver of a vehicle intending to turn at an intersection shall do so as follows:

258-25

     (1) Right turns. Both the approach for a right turn and a right turn shall be made as close

258-26

as practicable to the right-hand curb or edge of the roadway.

258-27

     (2) Left turns on two-way roadways. At any intersection where traffic is permitted to

258-28

move in both directions on each roadway entering the intersections, an approach for a left turn

258-29

shall be made in that portion of the right half of the roadway nearest the center line and by

258-30

passing to the right of the center line where it enters the intersection, and, after entering the

258-31

intersection, the left turn shall be made so as to leave the intersection to the right of the center line

258-32

of the roadway being entered. Whenever practicable the left turn shall be made in that portion of

258-33

the intersection to the left of the center of the intersection.

259-1

     (3) Left turns on other than two-way roadways. At any intersection where traffic is

259-2

restrictd to one direction on one or more of the roadways, the driver of a vehicle intending to turn

259-3

left at an intersection shall approach the intersection in the extreme left-hand lane lawfully

259-4

availabe to traffic moving in the direction of travel of the vehicle, and, after entering the

259-5

intersection, the left turn shall be made so as to leave the interection, as nearly as practicable, in

259-6

the left-hand lane lawfuly aailable to traffic moving in the direction upon the roadway being

259-7

entered.

259-8

     (b) Pedestrians intending to cross a lane of traffic which is required to stop or yield by a

259-9

red traffic light, stop or yield sign or other traffic-control device shall be granted the right-of-way.

259-10

     (c) Violations of this section are subject to fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of

259-11

the general laws.

259-12

      31-16-3. Marking of turn-paths at particular intersections. -- (a) Local authorities in

259-13

their respective jurisdictions may cause markers, buttons, or signs to be placed within or adjacent

259-14

to intersections, and require and direct that a different course from that specified in § 31-16-2 be

259-15

traveled by vehicles turning at an intersection, and when markers, buttons, or signs are placed, no

259-16

driver of a vehicle shall turn a vehicle at an intersection other than as directed and required by the

259-17

markers, buttons, or signs.

259-18

     (b) In view of the fact that there are many intersections, including T-intersections, where

259-19

large numbers of vehicles turn left, local authorities and traffic officers should permit and direct

259-20

vehicles to turn left in two (2) lines at these intersections.

259-21

     (c) Violations of this section are subject to fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of

259-22

the general laws.

259-23

     31-16-4. Places where U-turns prohibited. -- No vehicle shall be turned so as to

259-24

proceed in the opposite direction upon any curve or upon the approach to, or near the crest of a

259-25

grade, where the vehicle cannot be seen by the driver of any other vehicle approaching from

259-26

either direction within five hundred feet (500'). Violations of this section are subject to fines

259-27

enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of the general laws.

259-28

     31-16-5. Turn signal required. -- No person shall turn a vehicle at an intersection unless

259-29

the vehicle is in proper position upon the roadway as required in §§ 31-16-2 and 31-16-3, or turn

259-30

a vehicle to enter a private road or driveway, or otherwise turn a vehicle from a direct course or

259-31

move right or left upon a roadway, unless and until the movement can be made with reasonable

259-32

safety. No person shall so turn any vehicle without giving an appropriate signal in the manner

259-33

described in this chapter in the event any other traffic may be affected by the movement.

259-34

Violations of this section are subject to fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of the general laws.

260-1

     31-16-6. Time of signaling turn. -- A signal of intention to turn right or left when

260-2

required shall be given continuously during not less than the last one hundred feet (100') traveled

260-3

by the vehicle before turning. Violations of this section are subject to fines enumerated in §31-

260-4

41.1-4 of the general laws.

260-5

      31-16-7. Signaling of stops. -- No person shall stop or suddenly decrease the speed of a

260-6

vehicle without first giving an appropriate signal in the manner described in this chapter to the

260-7

driver of any vehicle immediately to the rear when there is opportunity to give the signal.

260-8

Violations of this section are subject to fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of the general laws.

260-9

31-16-8. Method of giving signals. -- Any stop or turn signal when required in this

260-10

chapter shall be given either by means of the hand and arm or by a signal-lamp or lamps or

260-11

mechanical signal device, except as otherwise provided in § 31-16-9. Violations of this section

260-12

are subject to fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of the general laws.

260-13

      SECTION 112. Section 31-17-8 of the General Laws in Chapter 31-17 entitled “Right-of-

260-14

Way” is hereby amended to read as follows:

260-15

     31-17-8. Right-of-way at rotary. -- In the absence of any traffic-control device or sign,

260-16

the driver of a vehicle about to enter a rotary, regardless of the direction from which the vehicle is

260-17

approaching, shall yield the right-of-way to all vehicles already in the rotary. The state traffic

260-18

commission shall determine the location of yield signs at rotaries. Violations of this section are

260-19

subject to fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of the general laws.

260-20

     SECTION 113. Sections 31-18-3, 31-18-5, 31-18-8, 31-18-12, and 31-18-18 of the

260-21

General Laws in Chapter 31-18 entitled “Pedestrians” are hereby amended to read as follows:

260-22

     31-18-3. Right-of-way in crosswalk. -- (a) When traffic-control signals are not in place

260-23

or not in operation the driver of a vehicle shall yield the right-of-way, slowing down or stopping

260-24

if need be to yield, to a pedestrian crossing the roadway within a crosswalk when the pedestrian is

260-25

upon the half of the roadway upon which the vehicle is traveling, or when the pedestrian is

260-26

approaching so closely from the opposite half of the roadway as to be in danger, but no pedestrian

260-27

shall suddenly leave a curb or other place of safety and walk or run into the path of a vehicle

260-28

which is so close that it is impossible for the driver to yield. This provision shall not apply under

260-29

the conditions stated in § 31-18-6.

260-30

     (b) Violations of this section are subject to fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of

260-31

the general laws and In in addition to any other penalty provided by law, a judge or

260-32

magistrate shall impose a mandatory fine of one hundred dollars ($100) for a second or

260-33

any subsequent violation of this section.

261-1

     31-18-5. Crossing other than at crosswalks. -- Every pedestrian crossing a

261-2

roadway at any point other than within a marked crosswalk or within an unmarked

261-3

crosswalk at an intersection shall yield the right-of-way to all vehicles upon the roadway.

261-4

Violations of this section are subject to fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of the general

261-5

laws.

261-6

     31-18-8. Due care by drivers. -- Notwithstanding other provisions of this chapter

261-7

or the provisions of any local ordinance, every driver of a vehicle shall exercise due care

261-8

to avoid colliding with any pedestrian or any person propelling a human-powered vehicle

261-9

upon any roadway, shall give an audible signal when necessary, and shall exercise proper

261-10

precaution upon observing any child or any obviously confused, intoxicated, or

261-11

incapacitated person. Violations of this section are subject to fines enumerated in §31-

261-12

41.1-4 of the general laws.

261-13

      31-18-12. Hitchhiking in road. -- No person shall stand in a roadway for the purpose of

261-14

soliciting a ride from the driver of any vehicle. Violations of this section are subject to fines

261-15

enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of the general laws.

261-16

      31-18-18. Right-of-way on sidewalks. -- The driver of a vehicle crossing a sidewalk

261-17

shall yield the right-of-way to all traffic proceeding along and upon the sidewalk. Violations of

261-18

this section are subject to fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of the general laws.

261-19

      SECTION 114. Section 31-19.1-2 of the General Laws in Chapter 31-19.1 entitled

261-20

“Motorized Bicycles” is hereby amended to read as follows:

261-21

     31-19.1-2. Driving on interstate highways prohibited. -- No person shall

261-22

operate a motorized bicycle upon an interstate highway within this state. Violations of

261-23

this section are subject to fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of the general laws.

261-24

     SECTION 115. section 31-19.2-2 of the General Laws in Chapter 31-19.2 entitled

261-25

“Motorized Tricycles” is hereby amended to read as follows:

261-26

     31-19.2-2. Driving on interstate highways prohibited. -- No person shall

261-27

operate a motorized tricycle upon an interstate highway within this state. Violations of

261-28

this section are subject to fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of the general laws.

261-29

     SECTION 116. Sections 31-19-3, 31-19-20, and 31-19-21 of the General Laws in

261-30

Chapter 31-19 entitled “Operation of Bicycles” are hereby amended to read as follows:

261-31

     31-19-3. Applicability of traffic laws. -- Every person propelling a vehicle by

261-32

human power shall be granted all of the rights and shall be subject to all of the duties

262-1

applicable to the driver of any other vehicle by chapters 12 - 27 of this title, except as to

262-2

special regulations in this chapter and except as to those provisions of chapters 12 - 27

262-3

which by their nature can have no application. This section shall not forbid a bicyclist

262-4

from traveling upon the shoulders of the highway except for those highways which

262-5

prohibit bicyclists. Violations of this section are subject to fines enumerated in §31-

262-6

41.1-4 of the general laws.

262-7

     31-19-20. Sale of new bicycles. -- In every sale of a new bicycle, the seller shall

262-8

issue a bill of sale which shall contain on it the date of sale, the seller's and buyer's name

262-9

and address, the manufacturer's name, model, and serial number of the bicycle.

262-10

Violations of this section are subject to fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of the general

262-11

laws.

262-12

     31-19-21. Sale of used bicycles. -- In every sale of a used bicycle, the seller shall

262-13

issue a bill of sale which shall contain on it the date of sale, the seller's and buyer's names

262-14

and addresses, the manufacturer's name, model, and serial numbers where this

262-15

information is available on the bicycle. Where any of this information is missing, the

262-16

seller must obtain a registration number from the local police. Violations of this section

262-17

are subject to fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of the general laws.

262-18

     SECTION 117. Sections 31-20-1, 31-20-2, and 31-20-9 of the General Laws in

262-19

Chapter 31-20 entitled “Special Stops Required” are hereby amended to read as follows:

262-20

     31-20-1. When railroad crossing stops required of all vehicles. -- Whenever

262-21

any person driving a vehicle approaches a railroad grade crossing under any of the

262-22

circumstances stated in this section the driver of the vehicle must stop within fifty feet

262-23

(50') but not less than fifteen feet (15') from the nearest rail of the railroad, and may not

262-24

proceed until he or she can do so safely. These requirements apply when:

262-25

     (1) A clearly visible electric or mechanical signal device gives warning of the

262-26

immediate approach of a railroad train;

262-27

     (2) A crossing gate is lowered, or when a human flagperson gives or continues to

262-28

give a signal of the approach or passage of a railroad train;

262-29

     (3) A railroad train approaching within approximately one thousand five hundred

262-30

feet (1,500') of the highway crossing emits a signal audible from that distance, and the

262-31

railroad train, because of its speed or nearness to the crossing, is an immediate hazard;

263-1

     (4) An approaching railroad train is plainly visible and is in hazardous proximity

263-2

to the crossing.

263-3

     Violations of this section are subject to fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of the

263-4

general laws.

263-5

     31-20-2. Driving through railroad gate or barrier. -- No person may drive any

263-6

vehicle through, around, or under any crossing gate or barrier at a railroad grade crossing

263-7

while the gate or barrier is closed or is being opened or closed.

263-8

     Violations of this section are subject to fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of the

263-9

general laws.

263-10

     31-20-9. Obedience to stop signs. -- Every driver of a vehicle approaching a stop

263-11

sign must stop before the crosswalk on the near side of the intersection. If there is no

263-12

crosswalk, the driver must stop at the stop line. If there is no crosswalk and no stop line,

263-13

the driver must stop before entering the intersection at the point nearest the intersecting

263-14

highway where the driver has a view of all approaching traffic, except when directed to

263-15

proceed by a police officer. Violations of this section are subject to fines enumerated

263-16

in §31-41.1-4 of the general laws.

263-17

     SECTION 118. sections 31-21-4 and 31-21-14 of the General Laws in Chapter

263-18

31-21 entitled “Stopping, Standing, and Parking Restrictions” are hereby amended to

263-19

read as follows:

263-20

     31-21-4. Places where parking or stopping prohibited. -- No person may stop,

263-21

stand, or park a vehicle, except when necessary to avoid conflict with other traffic or in

263-22

compliance with law or the directions of a police officer or traffic control device, in any

263-23

of the following places:

263-24

     (1) On a sidewalk;

263-25

     (2) In front of a public or private driveway;

263-26

     (3) Within an intersection;

263-27

     (4) Within eight feet (8') of a fire hydrant;

263-28

     (5) On a crosswalk;

263-29

     (6) Within twenty feet (20') of a crosswalk at an intersection;

263-30

     (7) Within thirty feet (30') upon the approach to any flashing beacon, stop sign, or

263-31

traffic control signal located at the side of a roadway;

264-1

     (8) Between a safety zone and the adjacent curb, or within thirty feet (30') of

264-2

points on the curb immediately opposite the ends of a safety zone, unless the (traffic

264-3

authority) indicates a different length by signs or markings;

264-4

     (9) Within fifty feet (50') of the nearest rail of a railroad crossing;

264-5

     (10) Within twenty feet (20') of the driveway entrance to any fire station, and on

264-6

the side of a street opposite the entrance to any fire station within seventy-five feet (75')

264-7

of the entrance (when properly sign-posted);

264-8

     (11) Alongside or opposite any street excavation or obstruction when stopping,

264-9

standing, or parking would obstruct traffic;

264-10

     (12) On the roadway side of any vehicle stopped or parked at the edge or curb of a

264-11

street;

264-12

     (13) Upon any bridge or other elevated structure upon a highway or within a

264-13

highway tunnel;

264-14

     (14) At any place where official signs prohibit stopping;

264-15

     (15) At any curb cut or ramp for persons with disabilities.

264-16

     Violations of this section are subject to fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of the

264-17

general laws.

264-18

      31-21-14. Opening vehicle doors. -- No person may open the door of a motor vehicle on

264-19

the roadways, streets, or highways of this state unless and until it is reasonably safe to do so, and

264-20

can be done without interfering with the movement of other traffic. No person may leave a door

264-21

open on the side of a vehicle on the roadways, streets, or highways of this state for a period of

264-22

time longer than necessary to load or unload passengers. Any person violating the provisions of

264-23

this section upon conviction shall be fined twenty dollars ($20.00) fifty dollars ($50.00).

264-24

      SECTION 119. Sections 31-22-2, 31-22-4, 31-22-4, 31-22-6, 31-22-7, 31-22-8, 31-22-9,

264-25

and 31-22-24 of the General Laws in Chapter 31-22 entitled “Miscellaneous Rules” are hereby

264-26

amended to read as follows:

264-27

     31-22-2. Restrictions on backing. -- The driver of a vehicle may not move in

264-28

reverse unless that movement can be made with reasonable safety and without interfering

264-29

with other traffic. Violations of this section are subject to fines enumerated in §31-

264-30

41.1-4 of the general laws.

264-31

      31-22-4. Overloading of vehicles. -- (a) No person shall drive a vehicle when it is

264-32

overloaded, or when there are more than three (3) persons in the front seat and the view of the

265-1

driver to the front or sides of the vehicle is obstructed, or the driver's control over the driving

265-2

mechanism of the vehicle is impeded.

265-3

     (b) No passenger in a vehicle shall ride in any position that interferes with the

265-4

driver's view ahead or to the sides, or that interferes with the driver's control over the

265-5

driving mechanism of the vehicle.

265-6

     (c) Violations of this section are subject to fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of

265-7

the general laws.

265-8

      31-22-5. Safety zones. -- No vehicle shall at any time be driven through or within a

265-9

safety zone. Violations of this section are subject to fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of the

265-10

general laws.

265-11

     31-22-6. Coasting prohibited. -- (a) When traveling down a grade, the driver of

265-12

any motor vehicle shall not coast with the vehicle in neutral gear.

265-13

     (b) When traveling down a grade, the driver of a commercial motor vehicle shall

265-14

not coast with the clutch applied in order to disengage the drive gears.

265-15

     (c) Violations of this section are subject to fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of

265-16

the general laws.

265-17

      31-22-7. Following fire apparatus. -- The driver of any vehicle not on official business,

265-18

shall not follow any fire apparatus traveling in response to a fire alarm closer than five hundred

265-19

feet (500'), or drive into or park the vehicle within the block where fire apparatus has stopped in

265-20

answer to a fire alarm. Violations of this section are subject to fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of

265-21

the general laws.

265-22

      31-22-8. Crossing fire hose. -- No vehicle shall be driven over any unprotected fire

265-23

department hose, when it is laid down on any street or private driveway to be used at any fire or

265-24

alarm of fire, without the consent of the fire department official in command. Violations of this

265-25

section are subject to fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of the general laws.

265-26

      31-22-9. Throwing debris on highway - Snow removal. -- (a) No person shall throw or

265-27

deposit upon any highway any glass bottle, glass, nails, tacks, wire, cans, or any other substance

265-28

likely to injure any person, animal, or vehicle upon the highway, or likely to deface the beauty or

265-29

cleanliness of the highway. No person, in removing snow from any public or private driveway,

265-30

shall leave the snow in any condition so as to constitute a hazard on the highway.

265-31

     (b) The director of administration shall post signs advising the public of penalties

265-32

for throwing debris on the highways.

266-1

     (c) Violations of this section are subject to fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of

266-2

the general laws.

266-3

     31-22-24. Interior lights to be operated before dawn and after dusk during

266-4

police stop. --The operator of any vehicle upon a highway within this state, when stopped

266-5

by a law enforcement or police officer between a half-hour after sunset to a half-hour

266-6

before sunrise, must operate the vehicle's interior lights until the officer allows the

266-7

vehicle to proceed. Violations of this section are subject to fines enumerated in §31-

266-8

41.1-4 of the general laws.

266-9

     SECTION 120. Sections 31-23-4, 31-23-8, 31-23-10, 31-23-13, 31-23-13.1, 31-

266-10

23-14, 31-23-15, 31-23-16, 31-23-17, 31-23-19, 31-23-20, 31-23-26, 31-23-27, 31-23-29,

266-11

31-23-40, 31-23-42.1, 31-23-43, 31-23-45 and 31-23-47 of the General Laws in Chapter

266-12

31-23 entitled “Equipment and Accessories Generally” are hereby amended to read as

266-13

follows:

266-14

     31-23-4. Brake equipment required. -- (a) Every motor vehicle, other than a

266-15

motorcycle or motor-driven cycle, when operated upon a highway, shall be equipped with

266-16

brakes adequate to slow, stop, and hold the vehicle, including two (2) separate means of

266-17

applying the brakes, each of which means shall be effective to apply the brakes to at least

266-18

two (2) wheels. These two means of applying the brakes must be constructed so that

266-19

failure of any one part of the operating mechanism does not leave the motor vehicle

266-20

without brakes on at least two (2) wheels.

266-21

     (b) Every motorcycle and motor-driven cycle, when operated upon a highway,

266-22

shall be equipped with at least one brake, which may be operated by hand or foot, and

266-23

which is adequate to slow and stop the vehicle.

266-24

     (c) Every trailer or semitrailer of a gross weight of four thousand pounds (4,000

266-25

lbs.) or more, when operated upon a highway, shall be equipped with brakes adequate to

266-26

slow, stop, and to hold the vehicle. These brakes must be designed to be applied from the

266-27

normal operating position by the driver of the towing motor vehicle. The brakes shall be

266-28

so designed and connected that in case of an accidental breakaway of the towed vehicle,

266-29

the brakes shall be automatically applied.

266-30

     (d) Every new motor vehicle, trailer, or semitrailer sold in this state and operated

266-31

upon the highways shall be equipped with service brakes upon all wheels. Motorcycles,

267-1

motor-driven cycles, and semitrailers of less than four thousand pounds (4,000 lbs.) gross

267-2

weight need not be equipped with service brakes.

267-3

     (e) In any combination of motor-drawn vehicles means shall be provided for

267-4

applying the rearmost trailer brakes of any trailer equipped with brakes, in approximate

267-5

synchronism with the brakes on the towing vehicle and developing the required braking

267-6

effort on the rearmost wheels at the fastest rate; or means shall be provided for applying

267-7

braking effort first on the rearmost trailer equipped with brakes; or both of the above

267-8

means capable of being used alternatively may be employed.

267-9

     (f) Every motor vehicle, trailer, semitrailer, and pole trailer, and any combination

267-10

of those vehicles, except motorcycles and motor-driven cycles, shall be equipped with

267-11

parking brakes adequate to hold the vehicle on any grade on which it is operated, under

267-12

all conditions of loading on a surface free from snow, ice, or loose material. The parking

267-13

brakes shall be capable of being applied in conformance with the foregoing requirements

267-14

by the driver's muscular effort, by spring action, or by equivalent means. The operation

267-15

may be assisted by the service brakes or other source of power, provided that failure of

267-16

the service brake actuation system or other power assisting mechanism will not prevent

267-17

the parking brakes from being applied in conformance with the foregoing requirements.

267-18

The parking brakes shall be so designed that when once applied they shall remain applied

267-19

with the required effectiveness, despite exhaustion of any source of energy or leakage of

267-20

any kind. The same brake drums, brake shoes and lining assemblies, brake shoe anchors,

267-21

and mechanical brake shoe actuation mechanism normally associated with the wheel

267-22

brake assemblies may be used for both the service brakes and the parking brakes. If the

267-23

means of applying the parking brakes and the service brakes are connected in any way,

267-24

they shall be so constructed that failure of any one part shall not leave the vehicle without

267-25

operative brakes.

267-26

     (g) The brake shoes operating within or upon the drums on the vehicle wheels of

267-27

any motor vehicle may be used for both service and hand operation.

267-28

     (h) It is unlawful to sell, offer for sale, or distribute brake linings for use on motor

267-29

vehicles, unless they meet specifications promulgated by the administrator of motor vehicles. The

267-30

administrator is authorized and empowered to adopt and amend regulations governing types and

267-31

to promulgate specifications of brake linings which comply with the standards established by the

267-32

vehicle equipment safety commission. The administrator shall establish and maintain an approved

268-1

list of brake linings meeting those specifications. Any person who violates the provisions of this

268-2

section is guilty of a civil violation and is subject to a fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of the

268-3

general laws.

268-4

     31-23-8. Horn required. -- Every motor vehicle when operated upon a highway

268-5

shall be equipped with a horn in good working order and capable of emitting sound

268-6

audible under normal conditions from a distance of not less than two hundred feet (200').

268-7

No horn or other warning device shall emit an unreasonably loud or harsh sound or a

268-8

whistle. The driver of a motor vehicle shall when reasonably necessary to insure safe

268-9

operation give audible warning with his or her horn but shall not otherwise use the horn

268-10

when upon a highway. Violations of this section are subject to fines enumerated in

268-11

§31-41.1-4 of the general laws.

268-12

     31-23-10. Sirens, bells, and whistles prohibited. -- No vehicle may be equipped

268-13

with nor may any person use upon a vehicle any siren, whistle, or bell, except as

268-14

permitted in §§ 31-23-9, 31-23-11, and 31-23-12. Violations of this section are subject

268-15

to fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of the general laws.

268-16

     31-23-13. Muffler. -- Every motor vehicle shall at all times be equipped with a

268-17

muffler in good working order and in constant operation to prevent excessive or unusual

268-18

noise and annoying smoke. No person shall use a muffler cutout, bypass, or similar

268-19

device upon a motor vehicle on a highway. Any exhaust system is defective if any

268-20

changes, modifications, alterations, deletions, or adjustments have been made which

268-21

would cause the exhaust system to generate a higher or louder sound level than would be

268-22

generated by the exhaust system customarily installed by the manufacturer as original

268-23

equipment. The defective exhaust system shall be replaced or repaired to restore the

268-24

exhaust system to the performance specifications of the original equipment. Failure to

268-25

replace or restore the exhaust system within five (5) days is a civil violation and

268-26

violators are subject to fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of the general laws.

268-27

     31-23-13.1. Altering height of or operating a motor vehicle with an altered

268-28

height prohibited. -- No person may alter the height of or operate a motor vehicle with

268-29

an altered height that has an original manufacturer's gross vehicle weight rating of up to

268-30

and including ten thousand pounds (10,000 lbs.), by elevating or lowering the chassis or

268-31

body by more than four inches (4') from the original manufacturers' specified height by

268-32

use of so called 'shackle lift kits' for leaf springs or by use of lift kits for coil springs,

269-1

tires, or any other means or device. The administrator shall establish rules and regulations

269-2

for motor vehicle heights including exceptions for vehicles used for farming or forestry.

269-3

No motor vehicle that has been so altered, modified, or changed beyond the limits set

269-4

forth in this section or the rules and regulations established by the administrator, shall be

269-5

operated on any highway. Violations of this section are subject to fines enumerated in

269-6

§31-41.1-4 of the general laws.

269-7

     31-23-14. Prevention of excessive fumes or smoke. -- The engine and power

269-8

mechanism of every motor vehicle shall be so equipped and adjusted as to prevent the

269-9

escape of excessive fumes or smoke. Violations of this section are subject to fines

269-10

enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of the general laws.

269-11

      31-23-15. Rear-view mirror.-- (a) Every motor vehicle which is so constructed or

269-12

loaded as to obstruct the driver's view to the rear shall be equipped with a mirror located so it

269-13

reflects to the driver a view of the highway for a distance of at least two hundred feet (200') to the

269-14

rear of the vehicle.

269-15

     (b) Every motor vehicle, the primary function of which is the carrying of

269-16

passengers, shall be equipped with a rear-view mirror on the left front door or fender, so

269-17

located as to reflect a view of the highway for at least two hundred feet (200') to the rear

269-18

of the vehicle.

269-19

     (c) Violations of this section are subject to fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of

269-20

the general laws.

269-21

     31-23-16. Windshield and window stickers - Obstructions to clear view. -- No

269-22

person shall drive any motor vehicle with any sign, poster, or other nontransparent

269-23

material, dirt, snow, or ice upon the front windshield, side wings, or side or rear windows

269-24

of the vehicle which obstructs the driver's clear view of the highway or any intersecting

269-25

highway. However, provided, that the administrator may permit, and specify the manner

269-26

of placing, special stickers upon the windshield or any of the windows of a motor vehicle.

269-27

Furthermore, no person shall drive any motor vehicle with any significant amounts of

269-28

snow or ice upon the vehicle; the term 'significant' shall be construed as any amount of

269-29

accumulation which might reasonably be expected, when blowing off the vehicle while

269-30

driving, to obscure the vision of an operator of another vehicle. The natural accumulation

269-31

of snow while driving during adverse weather conditions shall not constitute a violation

270-1

of this section. Violations of this section are subject to fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4

270-2

of the general laws.

270-3

     31-23-17. Windshield wipers. -- (a) The windshield on every motor vehicle shall

270-4

be equipped with a device for cleaning rain, snow, or other moisture from the windshield,

270-5

this device shall be constructed to be controlled or operated by the driver of the vehicle.

270-6

     (b) Every windshield wiper upon a motor vehicle shall be maintained in good

270-7

working order.

270-8

     (c) Violations of this section are subject to fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of

270-9

the general laws.

270-10

     31-23-19. Metal tires prohibited. -- No person may operate or move on any

270-11

highway any motor vehicle, trailer, or semi trailer having any metal tire in contact with

270-12

the roadway. Violations of this section are subject to fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4

270-13

of the general laws.

270-14

     31-23-20. Protuberances on tires. -- No tire on a vehicle moved on a highway

270-15

shall have on its periphery any block, flange, cleat, or pointed spike or other protuberance

270-16

of any material other than rubber which projects beyond the tread of the traction surface

270-17

of the tire, except that:

270-18

     (1) It is permissible to use tires with flat-headed studs projecting one-sixteenth

270-19

inch (1/16') or less beyond the tread of the traction surface, but only from the fifteenth

270-20

day of November to the first day of April;

270-21

     (2) It is permissible to use farm machinery with tires having protuberances which

270-22

will not injure the highway; and

270-23

     (3) It is permissible to use tire chains of reasonable proportions upon any vehicle

270-24

when required for safety because of snow, ice, or other conditions tending to cause a

270-25

vehicle to skid.

270-26

     (4) Violations of this section are subject to fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of

270-27

the general laws.

270-28

     31-23-26. Fenders and wheel flaps required. -- No person shall operate any

270-29

motor vehicle on any public highway of this state unless the vehicle is equipped with

270-30

fenders covering the front wheels of the motor vehicle. No person shall operate any

270-31

passenger motor vehicle on any public highway equipped with tires which extend beyond

271-1

the fenders or body of the vehicle unless it is also equipped with flaps or suitable guards

271-2

to reduce spray or splash to the rear and sides. Violations of this section are subject to

271-3

fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of the general laws.

271-4

      31-23-27. Rear wheel flaps on buses, trucks, and trailers. -- No person shall

271-5

operate or cause to be operated any bus, truck, full trailer, or semitrailer, of registered

271-6

gross weight exceeding three (3) tons on any public highway in this state unless it is

271-7

equipped with suitable metal protectors or substantial flexible flaps behind the rearmost

271-8

wheels. If the rear wheels are not covered at the top and rear by fender, body, or other

271-9

parts of the vehicle, the rear wheels shall be covered at the top and rear by protective

271-10

means of a standard type or design, and installed so as to reduce, as far as practicable, the

271-11

wheels from throwing dirt, water, or other materials on the windshields of following

271-12

vehicles. This provision does not apply when the motor vehicle is designed and

271-13

constructed to attain this end through other fender or body construction, or by other

271-14

means of enclosure. However, §§ 31-23-26 - 31-23-28 do not apply to vehicles that

271-15

require complete freedom around the wheel area in order to serve the end for which they

271-16

were designed. Violations of this section are subject to fines enumerated in §31-41.1-

271-17

4 of the general laws.

271-18

     31-23-29. Flares and warning devices. -- (a) No person shall operate any truck,

271-19

truck/tractor, or passenger bus upon any highway unless that vehicle is equipped with

271-20

flares and/or warning devices for stopped and/or disabled vehicles.

271-21

     (b) These flares and/or warning devices shall conform and be displayed

271-22

according to regulations set forth in 49 CFR parts 390 - 399, as amended.

271-23

     (c) Violations of this section are subject to fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of

271-24

the general laws.

271-25

     31-23-40. Approved types of seat belts - Enforcement of requirements. -- All

271-26

safety belts must be of a type and must be installed in a manner approved by the division

271-27

of motor vehicles. The division shall establish specifications and requirements for

271-28

approved types of safety belts and attachments to them. The division will accept, as

271-29

approved, all seat belt installations and the belt and anchor meeting the society of

271-30

automotive engineers' specifications. No new passenger motor vehicle shall be registered

271-31

unless it is equipped with an approved type of safety seat belt. The administrator shall

272-1

suspend the registration of any motor vehicle not so equipped until it is made to conform

272-2

to the requirements of this section. Violations of this section are subject to fines

272-3

enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of the general laws.

272-4

     31-23-42.1. Special mirrors on school buses. -- Every school bus as defined in §

272-5

31-1-3(r) shall be equipped with a system of mirrors that will give the seated driver a

272-6

view of the roadway to each side of the bus, and the area immediately in front of the front

272-7

bumper, in accordance with the following specifications:

272-8

     (1) At least seven and one-half inches (71/2') of a thirty-inch (30') long rod shall

272-9

be visible to the driver, either by direct view or by means of an indirect visibility system,

272-10

when the rod is placed upright on the ground at any point along a traverse line extending

272-11

one foot from the forward-most point of the bus and one foot from the length and width

272-12

and rear of the bus.

272-13

     (2) Every school bus owner shall maintain a measuring rod thirty inches (30') in

272-14

length with distinctive identification marks located at seven and one-half inch (71/2')

272-15

intervals for purposes of adjusting the system of mirrors required by this section in

272-16

accordance with these specifications.

272-17

     (3) Other mirrors shall be located and adjustable so as to meet their intended

272-18

minimum requirements, and may be incorporated in the system of mirrors required by

272-19

this section.

272-20

     (4) Each school bus shall be equipped with at least two (2) flat-surfaced

272-21

rectangular exterior mirrors, one situated on each side of the bus forward of the operator

272-22

and any entrance door. The reflecting surface shall not be obscured and shall have a

272-23

minimum reflective surface of fifty square inches (50' sq.). The mirrors shall be firmly

272-24

supported and adjustable, and shall afford the driver a clear, stable, reflected view of the

272-25

road surface at each side of the vehicle for a continual distance beginning at a point not

272-26

greater than two hundred feet (200') to the rear and continuing to the horizon when

272-27

measured on a straight and level road.

272-28

     (5) Exterior mirror mounts shall include a wide angle adjustable convex mirror to

272-29

provide a close-in field of vision to the operator. Each school bus shall be equipped with

272-30

convex mirrors that shall be mounted at the left front corner and the right front corner of

273-1

the vehicle, sufficiently adjustable to enable a seated operator to observe a reflection of

273-2

the area in front of the bus where children might stand or pass.

273-3

     (6) Each school bus shall be equipped with interior mirrors that shall afford the

273-4

driver a view of the bus interior, emergency door, and the roadway to the immediate rear

273-5

of the bus. Every school bus with a seating capacity of sixteen (16) passengers or fewer

273-6

shall have a convex rear view mirror located near the right front corner, so as to provide

273-7

the operator with a view of the ground area at the entrance door when the door is not

273-8

equipped with safety glass in the lower portion of the door.

273-9

     Violations of this section are subject to fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of the

273-10

general laws.

273-11

     31-23-43. Wheel safety chocks. -- (a) Every bus having a seat capacity of more

273-12

than seven (7) passengers, every truck with a gross weight of more than seven thousand

273-13

pounds (7,000 lbs.), and every tractor or trailer, or combination, operated upon the public

273-14

highways shall be equipped with one pair of approved wheel safety chock blocks.

273-15

Whenever the motor vehicle shall be parked on a highway on a grade sufficient to cause

273-16

the vehicle to move of its own momentum, and is left unattended by the operator, the

273-17

safety chock blocks shall be securely placed around the rear wheel of the vehicle so as to

273-18

prevent its movement.

273-19

     (b) Whenever the motor vehicle is equipped with positive spring-loaded air

273-20

parking brakes, the vehicle need not be equipped with the safety wheel chocks.

273-21

     (c) Violations of this section are subject to fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of

273-22

the general laws.

273-23

     31-23-45. Tire treads. -- No tire on a vehicle moved on a highway shall have on

273-24

its periphery less than two thirty-seconds of an inch (2/32') of tread depth. The

273-25

administrator is authorized to remove from a highway any vehicle not conforming to this

273-26

requirement, and shall suspend the registration of the motor vehicle until it conforms to

273-27

the requirements of this section.

273-28

     Violations of this section are subject to fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of the

273-29

general laws.

273-30

     31-23-47. Slow moving vehicle emblems-- Except where otherwise provided in

273-31

this section, every motor vehicle designed for operation at speeds of twenty-five miles

274-1

per hour (25 mph) or less shall at all times be equipped with a slow moving vehicle

274-2

emblem mounted on the rear of it. This emblem shall comply with the current standards

274-3

and specifications approved by the administrator. It is further required that:

274-4

     (1) If a towed unit is sufficiently large to obscure any slow moving emblem on the

274-5

rear of a motor vehicle, only the towed unit need be equipped with the emblem; and

274-6

     (2) If the slow moving vehicle emblem on the motor vehicle would not be

274-7

obscured by the towed unit, then either or both may be equipped with the required

274-8

emblem but it shall be sufficient if either has it.

274-9

     (3) Violations of this section are subject to fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of

274-10

the general laws.

274-11

     SECTION 121. Sections 31-24-1, 31-24-4, 31-24-5, 31-24-6, 31-24-7, 31-24-8,

274-12

31-24-9, 31-24-10, 31-24-11, 31-24-12, 31-24-13, 31-24-14, 31-24-15, 31-24-16, 31-24-

274-13

17, 31-24-18, 31-24-19, 31-24-20, 31-24-21, 31-24-22, 31-24-23, 31-24-24, 31-24-25,

274-14

31-24-26, 31-24-27, 31-24-28, 31-24-29, 31-24-30, 31-24-31, 31-24-32, 31-24-33, 31-24-

274-15

34, 31-24-35, 31-24-36, 31-24-37, 31-24-38, 31-24-39, 31-24-40, 31-24-41, 31-24-42,

274-16

31-24-43, 31-24-44, 31-24-45, 31-24-46, 31-24-47, 31-24-48, 31-24-49, 31-24-50, 31-24-

274-17

51, 31-24-52, 31-24-53 and 31-24-54 of the General Laws in Chapter 31-24 entitled

274-18

“Lighting Equipment and Reflectors” are hereby amended to read as follows:

274-19

     31-24-1. Times when lights required. -- Every vehicle upon a highway within

274-20

this state at any time from sunset to sunrise and at any other time when windshield wipers

274-21

are in use, as a result of rain, sleet, snow, hail, or other unfavorable atmospheric

274-22

condition, or at any other time when there is not sufficient light or visibility, because of

274-23

severe rain or any other condition, to clearly see persons and vehicles on the highway at a

274-24

distance of five hundred feet (500') ahead, shall display lighted lamps and illuminating

274-25

devices as required under this chapter for different classes of vehicles, subject to the

274-26

exceptions given in this chapter with respect to parked vehicles.

274-27

     Violations of this section are subject to fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of the

274-28

general laws.

274-29

     31-24-4. Head lamps on vehicles other than cycles. -- Every motor vehicle other

274-30

than a motorcycle or motor-driven cycle shall be equipped with at least two (2) head

274-31

lamps with at least one on each side of the front of the motor vehicle, and the head lamps

275-1

shall comply with the requirements and limitations of this chapter. Violations of this

275-2

section are subject to fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of the general laws.

275-3

     31-24-5. Head lamps on motorcycles and motor-driven cycles. -- Every motor

275-4

cycle and every motor-driven cycle shall be equipped with at least one and not more than

275-5

two (2) head lamps which shall comply with the requirements and limitations of this

275-6

chapter. Violations of this section are subject to fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of

275-7

the general laws.

275-8

     31-24-6. Height of head lamps.-- Every head lamp, upon every motor vehicle,

275-9

including every motorcycle and motor-driven cycle shall be located at a height of not

275-10

more than fifty-four inches (54') nor less than twenty-four inches (24'), to be measured as

275-11

set forth in § 31-24-3. Violations of this section are subject to fines enumerated in

275-12

§31-41.1-4 of the general laws.

275-13

     31-24-7. Tail lamps required. -- Every motor vehicle, trailer, semitrailer, and

275-14

pole trailer, and any other vehicle which is being drawn at the end of a train of vehicles,

275-15

shall be equipped with at least one tail lamp mounted on the rear which, when lighted as

275-16

required in this chapter, emits a red light plainly visible from a distance of five hundred

275-17

feet (500') to the rear, provided that in the case of a train of vehicles only the tail lamp on

275-18

the rearmost vehicle need actually be seen from the distance specified. Violations of this

275-19

section are subject to fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of the general laws.

275-20

     31-24-8. Height of tail lamps -- Every tail lamp upon every vehicle shall be

275-21

located at a height of not more than seventy-two inches (72') nor less than twenty inches

275-22

(20'), to be measured as set forth in § 31-24-3. Violations of this section are subject to

275-23

fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of the general laws.

275-24

     31-24-9. Illumination of rear registration plate - Wiring of rear lights in

275-25

connection with head lamps. -- Either a tail lamp or a separate lamp shall be constructed

275-26

and placed as to illuminate with a white light the rear registration plate and render it

275-27

clearly legible from a distance of sixty feet (60') to the rear. Any tail lamp or tail lamps,

275-28

together with any separate lamp for illuminating the rear registration plate, shall be so

275-29

wired as to be lighted whenever the head lamps or auxiliary driving lamps are lighted.

275-30

Violations of this section are subject to fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of the general

275-31

laws.

276-1

     31-24-10. Rear reflectors required. -- Every new motor vehicle sold and

276-2

operated upon a highway, other than a truck tractor, shall carry on the rear, either as a

276-3

part of the tail lamps or separately, two (2) red reflectors, except that every motorcycle

276-4

and every motor-driven cycle shall carry at least one reflector, meeting the requirements

276-5

of § 31-24-11, and except that vehicles of the type mentioned in § 31-24-37 shall be

276-6

equipped with reflectors. Violations of this section are subject to fines enumerated in

276-7

§31-41.1-4 of the general laws.

276-8

     31-24-11. Specifications for reflectors. -- Reflectors shall be mounted on the

276-9

vehicle at a height not less than twenty inches (20') nor more than sixty inches (60')

276-10

measured as set forth in § 31-24-3, and shall be of size, characteristics, and so mounted as

276-11

to be visible at night from all distances within three hundred feet and fifty feet (350')

276-12

from the vehicle when directly in front of lawful upper beams of head lamps, except for

276-13

on those vehicles for which reflector visibility from a greater distance is required by this

276-14

chapter. Violations of this section are subject to fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of

276-15

the general laws.

276-16

     31-24-12. Stop lamps required. -- All motor vehicles shall be equipped with stop

276-17

lamps. It is unlawful for any person to sell in this state any new motor vehicle, including

276-18

any motorcycle or motor-driven cycle, or for any person to drive a vehicle on the

276-19

highways unless it is equipped with a stop lamp meeting the requirements of §§ 31-24-13

276-20

and 31-24-14. Violations of this section are subject to fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4

276-21

of the general laws.

276-22

     31-24-13. Stop and turn lamps authorized. --Any motor vehicle may be

276-23

equipped with, and when required under this chapter shall be equipped with, the

276-24

following signal lamps or devices:

276-25

     (1) A stop lamp on the rear which emits a red or yellow light, and which is

276-26

actuated by applying the service (foot) brake and which may but need not be incorporated

276-27

with a tail lamp;

276-28

     (2) A lamp or lamps or mechanical signal device capable of clearly indicating the

276-29

intention to turn either to the right or to the left and which shall be visible both from the

276-30

front and rear.

277-1

     (3) Violations of this section are subject to fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of

277-2

the general laws.

277-3

     31-24-14. Specifications for stop or signal lamps. -- A stop lamp, when lit, shall

277-4

be plainly visible from a distance of one hundred feet (100') to the rear, day or night. A

277-5

turn signal lamp, when lit, shall be visible from a distance of one hundred feet (100') both

277-6

to the front and rear, day or night. When a vehicle is equipped with a stop lamp or signal

277-7

lamps, the lamp or lamps shall at all times be maintained in good working condition. No

277-8

stop lamp or signal lamp shall project a glaring or dazzling light. Violations of this

277-9

section are subject to fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of the general laws.

277-10

     31-24-15. Mechanical signal devices self-illuminated. -- All mechanical signal

277-11

devices shall be self-illuminated when in use at the times mentioned in § 31-24-1.

277-12

Violations of this section are subject to fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of the general

277-13

laws.

277-14

     31-24-16. Spot lamps. -- Any motor vehicle may be equipped with not to exceed

277-15

two (2) spot lamps and every lighted spot lamp shall be aimed and used upon

277-16

approaching another vehicle so that no part of the high-intensity portion of the beam will

277-17

be directed to the left of the prolongation of the extreme left side of the vehicle nor more

277-18

than one hundred feet (100') ahead of the vehicle. Violations of this section are subject

277-19

to fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of the general laws.

277-20

     31-24-17. Road lamps and fog lamps. -- Any motor vehicle may be equipped

277-21

with not more than two (2) road lamps or fog lamps which shall be rigidly affixed to the

277-22

motor vehicle below the level of the head lamps, and shall be so aimed and used that no

277-23

part of the high-intensity portion of the light beam shall rise more than eighteen inches

277-24

(18') above the ground at a distance of seventy-five feet (75') or more in front of the

277-25

vehicle or be directed left of the prolongation of the extreme left side of the vehicle. Fog

277-26

lamps and road lamps shall not be used in lieu of head lamps. Violations of this section

277-27

are subject to fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of the general laws.

277-28

     31-24-18. Side cowl and fender lamps. -- Any motor vehicle may be equipped

277-29

with not more than two (2) side cowl or fender lamps which shall emit an amber or white

277-30

light without glare. Violations of this section are subject to fines enumerated in §31-

277-31

41.1-4 of the general laws.

278-1

     31-24-19. Running board courtesy lamps. -- Any motor vehicle may be

278-2

equipped on each side of its running board with not more than one courtesy lamp which

278-3

shall emit a white or amber light without glare. Violations of this section are subject to

278-4

fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of the general laws.

278-5

     31-24-20. Back up lamps. -- Any motor vehicle may be equipped with not more

278-6

than two (2) back up lamps either separately or in combination with other lamps, but no

278-7

back up lamp shall be lighted when the motor vehicle is in forward motion. Violations

278-8

of this section are subject to fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of the general laws.

278-9

     31-24-21. Lighting of farm tractors -- Every farm tractor equipped with an

278-10

electric lighting system shall, at all times mentioned in § 31-24-1, display a red tail lamp

278-11

and either multiple beam or single beam head lamp equipment meeting respectively the

278-12

requirements of §§ 31-24-7 - 31-24-9, 31-24-22, and 31-24-24. Violations of this

278-13

section are subject to fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of the general laws.

278-14

     31-24-22. Multiple beam lamps required. -- Except as provided in this chapter,

278-15

the head lamps, the auxiliary driving lamps, or combinations of these on motor vehicles,

278-16

other than a motorcycle or a motor-driven cycle, shall be arranged so that selection may

278-17

be made between distributions of light projected to different elevations, subject to the

278-18

following requirements and limitations:

278-19

     (1) There shall be an uppermost distribution of light, or composite beam, aimed

278-20

and of an intensity to reveal persons and vehicles at a distance of at least three hundred

278-21

fifty feet (350') ahead for all conditions of loading.

278-22

     (2) There shall be a lowermost distribution of light, or composite beam so aimed

278-23

and of sufficient intensity to reveal persons and vehicles at a distance of at least one

278-24

hundred feet (100') ahead under any condition of loading. None of the high-intensity

278-25

portion of the beam shall be directed to strike the eyes of an approaching driver.

278-26

     (3) Other than a motorcycle or motor-driven cycle, every new motor vehicle

278-27

registered in this state, and which has multiple beam road lighting equipment, shall be

278-28

equipped with a beam indicator, which shall be lighted only whenever the uppermost

278-29

distribution of light from the head lamps is in use. The indicator shall be designed and

278-30

located so that when lighted it will be readily visible without glare to the driver of that

278-31

vehicle.

279-1

     (4) Violations of this section are subject to fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of

279-2

the general laws.

279-3

     31-24-23. Use of multiple beam lamps. -- Whenever a motor vehicle is being

279-4

operated on a roadway or on its shoulder during the times specified in § 31-24-1, the

279-5

driver shall use a distribution of light, or composite beam, directed high enough and of

279-6

sufficient intensity to reveal persons and vehicles at a safe distance in advance, subject to

279-7

the following requirements and limitations:

279-8

     (1) Whenever the driver of a vehicle approaches an oncoming vehicle within five

279-9

hundred feet (500'), the driver shall use a distribution of light, or composite beam, aimed

279-10

so that the glaring rays are not projected into the eyes of the oncoming driver. The

279-11

lowermost distribution of light, or composite beam, specified in subdivision (2) of § 31-

279-12

24-22, shall be deemed to avoid glare at all times, regardless of road contour and loading.

279-13

     (2) Whenever the driver of a vehicle follows another vehicle within two hundred

279-14

feet (200') to the rear, except when engaged in the act of overtaking and passing, the

279-15

driver shall use a distribution of light permissible under this chapter other than the

279-16

uppermost distribution of light specified in subdivision (1) of § 31-24-22.

279-17

     (3) Violations of this section are subject to fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of

279-18

the general laws.

279-19

      31-24-24. Single beam lamps. -- Motor vehicles manufactured and sold prior to

279-20

November 1, 1951, are permitted to employ head lamps arranged to provide a single

279-21

distribution of light in lieu of multiple beam road lighting equipment as described in this

279-22

chapter. These lamps providing a single distribution of light must comply with the

279-23

following requirements and limitations:

279-24

     (1) The head lamps shall be aimed so that when the vehicle is not loaded none of

279-25

the high-intensity portion of the light shall, at a distance of twenty-five feet (25') ahead,

279-26

project higher than a level of five inches (5') below the level of the center of the lamp

279-27

from which it comes, and in no case higher than forty-two inches (42') above the level on

279-28

which the vehicle stands at a distance of seventy-five feet (75') ahead.

279-29

     (2) The intensity shall be sufficient to reveal persons and vehicles at a distance of

279-30

at least two hundred feet (200').

280-1

     (3) Violations of this section are subject to fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of

280-2

the general laws.

280-3

     31-24-25. Specifications for head lamps on motor-driven cycles. -- The head or

280-4

head lamps upon every motor-driven cycle may be of the single beam or multiple beam

280-5

type but in either event shall comply with the requirements and limitations as follows:

280-6

     (1) Every head lamp or head lamps on a motor-driven cycle shall be of sufficient

280-7

intensity to reveal a person or a vehicle at a distance of not less than one hundred feet

280-8

(100') when the motor driven cycle is operated at any speed less than twenty-five miles

280-9

per hour (25 m.p.h.), and at a distance of not less than two hundred feet (200') when the

280-10

motor-driven cycle is operated at a speed of twenty-five (25) or more miles per hour, and

280-11

the motor-driven cycle shall be subject to the speed limitations in § 31-14-10.

280-12

     (2) In the event the motor-driven cycle is equipped with multiple beam head lamp

280-13

or head lamps, the upper beam shall meet the minimum requirements set forth above and

280-14

shall not exceed the limitations set forth in subdivision (1) of § 31-24-22, and the

280-15

lowermost beam shall meet the requirements applicable to a lowermost distribution of

280-16

light as set forth in subdivision (2) of § 31-24-22.

280-17

     (3) In the event the motor-driven cycle is equipped with a single beam lamp or

280-18

lamps, the lamp or lamps shall be aimed so that when the vehicle is loaded, none of the

280-19

high-intensity portion of light, at a distance of twenty-five feet (25') ahead, shall project

280-20

higher than the level of the center of the lamp from which it comes.

280-21

     (4) Violations of this section are subject to fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of

280-22

the general laws.

280-23

     31-24-26. Head lamps of slow vehicles. -- Any slow moving motor vehicle may

280-24

be operated under the conditions specified in § 31-24-1 when equipped with two (2)

280-25

lighted lamps upon the front capable of revealing persons and objects seventy-five feet

280-26

(75') ahead. These lamps may be used in place of the lamps required in § 31-24-22 or 31-

280-27

24-24, so long as the vehicle at no time travels in excess of twenty miles per hour (20

280-28

mph). Violations of this section are subject to fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of the

280-29

general laws.

280-30

     31-24-27. Display of lighted lamps required. -- At all times specified in § 31-

280-31

24-1, at least two (2) lighted lamps shall be displayed one on each side at the front of

281-1

every motor vehicle other than a motorcycle or motor-driven cycle. This section does not

281-2

apply when the vehicle is parked, and is subject to the regulations governing lights on

281-3

parked vehicles. Violations of this section are subject to fines enumerated in §31-

281-4

41.1-4 of the general laws.

281-5

     31-24-28. Maximum number of lamps lighted. -- Whenever a motor vehicle

281-6

equipped with head lamps, as required by this chapter, is also equipped with any auxiliary

281-7

lamps, a spot lamp, or any other lamp on the front that projects a beam of an intensity

281-8

greater than three hundred (300) candle power, not more than a total of four of the lamps

281-9

on the front of a vehicle shall be lighted at any one time when the vehicle is on a

281-10

highway. Violations of this section are subject to fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of

281-11

the general laws.

281-12

     31-24-29. Maximum intensity of lights. -- Any lighted lamp or illuminating

281-13

device upon a motor vehicle other than head lamps, spot lamps, auxiliary lamps, or

281-14

flashing front direction signals which projects a beam of light of an intensity greater than

281-15

three hundred (300) candle power, shall be directed so that no part of the beam will strike

281-16

the level of the roadway on which the vehicle stands at a distance of more than seventy-

281-17

five feet (75') from the vehicle. Violations of this section are subject to fines

281-18

enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of the general laws.

281-19

     31-24-30. Red lights in front prohibited. -- No person shall drive or move any

281-20

vehicle or equipment upon any highway with any lamp or device on it displaying a red

281-21

light visible from directly in front of the center of the vehicle. This section does not apply

281-22

to any vehicle upon which a red light visible from the front is expressly authorized or

281-23

required by chapters 1 - 27 of this title. Violations of this section are subject to fines

281-24

enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of the general laws.

281-25

     31-24-31. Flashing lights - Forward viewing or rotary beam lights. -- (a)

281-26

Flashing lights are prohibited, except on an authorized emergency vehicle, school bus,

281-27

snow removal equipment, any vehicle as a means for indicating a right or left turn, or as

281-28

required by § 31-24-33 for a vehicle stopped on an unlighted highway; provided,

281-29

however, that the requirements of § 31-24-33 shall be deemed to be satisfied if the

281-30

vehicle is equipped with lamps at the front mounted at the same level, displaying

281-31

simultaneously flashing white or amber lights, and at the rear mounted at the same level,

282-1

and displaying simultaneously flashing red lights, all of which lights shall be visible from

282-2

distance of not less than five hundred feet (500').

282-3

     (b) Forward viewing or rotating beam lights may be installed on and shall be

282-4

restricted to the following categories of emergency vehicles; these lights shall be of a

282-5

color designated:

282-6

     (1) Emergency response vehicles of any fire, rescue, or ambulance department;

282-7

emergency response vehicles of fire chiefs, assistant fire chiefs, deputy chiefs, and

282-8

captains; any privately owned vehicle of any authorized volunteer member of a fire,

282-9

rescue, or ambulance department; any privately owned vehicle of emergency

282-10

management agency directors and assistant directors, assistant medical examiners and/or

282-11

forensic pathologists of the office of state medical examiners; rescue vehicles; emergency

282-12

response vehicles of the department of environmental management and the division of

282-13

state fire marshal; school buses; and two (2) American Red Cross disaster vehicles. Red,

282-14

white, and/or alternating flashing white;

282-15

     (2) Wrecker trucks, service station trucks, state and town safety and maintenance

282-16

vehicles; snowplows and tractors; light company trucks, telephone company trucks, water

282-17

company trucks, oil company trucks, and other utilities' trucks; vehicles of television,

282-18

radio and press photographers, rural mail carriers; all motor-propelled vehicles owned by

282-19

the Northern Rhode Island REACT (radio emergency associated citizens team); and all

282-20

motor-propelled vehicles owned by or under contract to the Rhode Island department of

282-21

administration when on official state business. Amber;

282-22

     (3) Police units, state and local. Center rotating beam lights: blue or red. Outboard

282-23

mounted lights: Blue or red.

282-24

     (4) Violations of this section are subject to fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of

282-25

the general laws.

282-26

     31-24-32. Vehicles parked on lighted highways. -- Whenever a vehicle is

282-27

lawfully parked upon a street or highway during the hours between one-half (1/2) hour

282-28

after sunset and one-half (1/2) hour before sunrise, and so long as there is sufficient light

282-29

to reveal any person or object within a distance of five hundred feet (500') upon that

282-30

street or highway, no lights need to be displayed upon the parked vehicle. Violations of

282-31

this section are subject to fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of the general laws.

283-1

     31-24-33. Vehicles stopped on unlighted highways. -- (a) Whenever an

283-2

attended or unattended vehicle is parked or stopped upon a roadway or its shoulder

283-3

during the hours between one-half (1/2) hour after sunset and one-half (1/2) hour before

283-4

sunrise, and there is not sufficient light to reveal any person or object within a distance of

283-5

five hundred feet (500') upon the highway, that vehicle shall be equipped with one or

283-6

more lamps meeting the following requirements:

283-7

     (1) At least one lamp shall display a white or amber light visible from a distance

283-8

of five hundred feet (500') to the front of the vehicle;

283-9

     (2) The same lamp or at least one other lamp shall display a red light visible from

283-10

a distance of five hundred feet (500') to the rear of the vehicle;

283-11

     (3) The location of the lamp or lamps shall always be such that at least one lamp

283-12

or combination of lamps meeting the requirements of this section is installed as near as

283-13

practicable to the side of the vehicle which is closest to passing traffic.

283-14

     (b) Subsection (a) of this section does not apply to a motor-driven cycle.

283-15

     (c) Violations of this section are subject to fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of

283-16

the general laws.

283-17

     31-24-34. Dimming of head lamps on parked vehicles. -- Any lighted head

283-18

lamps upon a parked vehicle shall be depressed or dimmed. Violations of this section

283-19

are subject to fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of the general laws.

283-20

     31-24-35. Lamps on animal-drawn, farm, and road vehicles. -- All vehicles,

283-21

including animal-drawn vehicles and those referred to in § 31-23-3 but not specifically

283-22

required in preceding sections of this chapter to be equipped with lamps, shall at the

283-23

times specified in § 31-24-1 be equipped with at least one lighted lamp or lantern

283-24

exhibiting a white light visible from a distance of five hundred feet (500') to the front of

283-25

the vehicle and with a lamp or lantern exhibiting a red light visible from a distance of five

283-26

hundred feet (500') to the rear. Violations of this section are subject to fines

283-27

enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of the general laws.

283-28

     31-24-36. Vehicles requiring special lights and reflectors - Time of lighting. --

283-29

The following sections of this chapter, including §§ 31-24-37 - 31-24-44, relating to

283-30

clearance and marker lamps, reflectors, and stop lights apply as stated in the above

283-31

sections to vehicles of the type enumerated in those sections, namely passenger buses,

284-1

trucks, truck tractors, and certain trailers, semi trailers, and pole trailers, respectively,

284-2

when operated upon any highway. These vehicles shall be equipped as required, and all

284-3

lamp equipment required shall be lighted at the times mentioned in § 31-24-1, except that

284-4

clearance and side marker lamps need not be lighted on the vehicle when operated within

284-5

any municipality where there is sufficient light to render clearly discernible persons and

284-6

vehicles on the highway at a distance of five hundred feet (500'). Violations of this

284-7

section are subject to fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of the general laws.

284-8

     31-24-37. Clearance and marker lamps and reflectors. -- In addition to other

284-9

equipment required in chapters 1 - 27 of this title, the following vehicles shall be

284-10

equipped as follows under the conditions stated in § 31-24-36.

284-11

     (1) On every bus or truck, whatever its size, there shall be the following:

284-12

     (i) On the rear, two (2) reflectors, one at each side; and

284-13

     (ii) On the rear, one stop light.

284-14

     (2) On every bus or truck eighty inches (80') or more in overall width, in addition

284-15

to the requirements in subdivision (1) of this section:

284-16

     (i) On the front, two (2) clearance lamps, one at each side;

284-17

     (ii) On the rear, two (2) clearance lamps, one at each side;

284-18

     (iii) On each side, two (2) side marker lamps, one at or near the front and one at or

284-19

near the rear;

284-20

     (iv) On each side, two (2) reflectors, one at or near the front and one at or near the

284-21

rear.

284-22

     (3) On every truck tractor:

284-23

     (i) On the front, two (2) clearance lamps, one at each side;

284-24

     (ii) On the rear, one stop light.

284-25

     (4) On every trailer or semitrailer having a gross weight in excess of three

284-26

thousand pounds (3,000 lbs.):

284-27

     (i) On the front, two (2) clearance lamps, one at each side;

284-28

     (ii) On each side, two (2) side marker lamps, one at or near the front and one at or

284-29

near the rear;

284-30

     (iii) On each side, two (2) reflectors, one at or near the front and one at or near the

284-31

rear;

285-1

     (iv) On the rear, two (2) clearance lamps, one at each side;

285-2

     (v) On the rear, two (2) reflectors, one at each side; and

285-3

     (vi) On the rear, one stop light.

285-4

     (5) On every pole trailer in excess of three thousand pounds (3,000 lbs.) gross

285-5

weight:

285-6

     (i) On each side, one side marker lamp and one clearance lamp which may be in

285-7

combination, to show to the front, side, and rear.

285-8

     (ii) On the rear of the pole trailer or load, two (2) reflectors, one at each side.

285-9

     (6) On every trailer, semitrailer, or pole trailer weighing three thousand pounds

285-10

(3,000 lbs.) gross or less:

285-11

     (i) On the rear, two (2) reflectors, one on each side.

285-12

     (ii) If any trailer or semitrailer is so loaded or is of such dimensions as to obscure

285-13

the stop light on the towing vehicle, then the vehicle shall also be equipped with one stop

285-14

light.

285-15

     Violations of this section are subject to fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of the

285-16

general laws.

285-17

     31-24-38. Color of clearance and marker lamps and reflectors. -- (a) Front

285-18

clearance lamps and those marker lamps and reflectors mounted on the front or on the

285-19

side near the front of a vehicle shall display or reflect an amber color.

285-20

     (b) Rear clearance lamps and those marker lamps and reflectors mounted on the

285-21

rear or on the sides near the rear of a vehicle shall display or reflect a red color.

285-22

     (c) All lighting devices and reflectors mounted on the rear of any vehicle shall

285-23

display or reflect a red color, except the stop light or other signal device, which may be

285-24

red, amber, or yellow, and except that the light illuminating the license plate or the light

285-25

emitted by a back up lamp shall be white.

285-26

     (d) Violations of this section are subject to fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of

285-27

the general laws.

285-28

      31-24-39. Mounting of reflectors. -- (a) When required by § 31-24-37, reflectors

285-29

shall be mounted on a vehicle at a height not less than twenty-four inches (24') and not

285-30

higher than sixty inches (60') above the ground. If the highest part of the permanent

286-1

structure of the vehicle is less than twenty-four inches (24'), the reflector at that point

286-2

shall be mounted as high as that part of the permanent structure will permit.

286-3

     (b) The rear reflectors on a pole trailer may be mounted on each side of the

286-4

bolster or load.

286-5

     (c) Any required red reflector on the rear of a vehicle may be incorporated with

286-6

the tail lamp, but the reflector shall meet all the other reflector requirements of this

286-7

chapter.

286-8

     (d) Violations of this section are subject to fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of

286-9

the general laws.

286-10

     31-24-40. Mounting of clearance and side marker lamps. -- Clearance lamps

286-11

shall be mounted on the permanent structure of the vehicle in a way that will indicate the

286-12

furthest extents of its width, and will be as near the top of the vehicle as practicable.

286-13

Clearance lamps and side marker lamps may be mounted in combination, provided

286-14

illumination is given as required in this section with reference to both. Violations of this

286-15

section are subject to fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of the general laws.

286-16

     31-24-41. Visibility of reflectors. -- Every reflector upon any vehicle referred to

286-17

in § 31-24-37 shall be of a size, possess such characteristics, and be maintained as to be

286-18

readily visible at night from distances between fifty feet (50') and five hundred feet (500')

286-19

from the vehicle when directly in front of lawful upper beams of head lamps. Reflectors

286-20

required to be mounted on the sides of the vehicle shall reflect the required color of light

286-21

to the sides, and those mounted on the rear shall reflect a red color to the rear. Violations

286-22

of this section are subject to fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of the general laws.

286-23

     31-24-42. Visibility of front and rear clearance lamps. -- When they are

286-24

required, front and rear clearance lamps shall be capable of being seen and distinguished

286-25

under normal atmospheric conditions at a distance of five hundred feet (500') from the

286-26

front and rear of the vehicle. Violations of this section are subject to fines enumerated

286-27

in §31-41.1-4 of the general laws.

286-28

     31-24-43. Visibility of side marker lamps. -- When they are required, side

286-29

marker lamps shall be capable of being seen and distinguished under normal atmospheric

286-30

conditions at a distance of five hundred feet (500') from the side of the vehicle on which

287-1

they are mounted. Violations of this section are subject to fines enumerated in §31-

287-2

41.1-4 of the general laws.

287-3

     31-24-44. Obstructed lights not required. -- During the time that lights are

287-4

required, whenever motor and other vehicles are operated in combination, those lights on

287-5

the one vehicle (except tail lamps) that are obscured from view by the other vehicle need

287-6

not be lighted. This does not affect the requirement that lighted clearance lamps be

287-7

displayed on the front of the foremost vehicle required to have clearance lamps, nor that

287-8

all lights required on the rear of the rearmost vehicle of any combination shall be lighted.

287-9

Violations of this section are subject to fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of the general

287-10

laws.

287-11

     31-24-45. Projecting loads. -- Whenever the load upon any vehicle extends to the

287-12

rear or front four feet (4') or more beyond the bed or body of the vehicle, there shall be

287-13

displayed at the extreme rear end or front of the load, at the time specified in § 31-24-1, a

287-14

red light or lantern plainly visible from a distance of at least five hundred feet (500') to

287-15

the sides, rear, and front. The red light or lantern required under this section shall be in

287-16

addition to the red rear light required upon every vehicle. At any other time there shall be

287-17

displayed at the extreme rear or front end of such load a red flag or cloth not less than

287-18

twelve inches (12') square and so hung that the entire area is visible to the driver of a

287-19

vehicle approaching from either direction. Violations of this section are subject to

287-20

fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of the general laws.

287-21

     31-24-46. Lights on snow removal equipment. -- (a) The state traffic

287-22

commission shall adopt standards and specifications applicable to head lamps, clearance

287-23

lamps, identification, and other lamps to be used on snow removal equipment in lieu of

287-24

the lamps otherwise required on motor vehicles. The standards and specifications may

287-25

permit the use of flashing lights for purposes of identification of the snow removal

287-26

equipment.

287-27

     (b) It is unlawful to operate any snow removal equipment on any highway unless

287-28

the design and use of its lamps comply with the standards and specifications adopted

287-29

pursuant to this section.

287-30

     (c) Violations of this section are subject to fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of

287-31

the general laws.

288-1

     31-24-47. Regulation and certification of lighting devices. -- (a) The

288-2

administrator is authorized to approve or disapprove lighting devices and to issue and

288-3

enforce regulations establishing standards and specifications for the approval of such

288-4

lighting devices, their installation, and aiming. The regulations shall correlate with, and

288-5

so far as possible conform to, the current standards and specifications of the society of

288-6

automotive engineers applicable to the equipment.

288-7

     (b) The administrator is required to approve or disapprove any lighting device, of

288-8

a type on which approval is specifically required in this chapter, within a reasonable time

288-9

after the device has been submitted.

288-10

     (c) The administrator is further authorized to set up the procedure to be followed

288-11

when any device is submitted for approval.

288-12

     (d) The administrator upon approving a lamp or device shall issue to the

288-13

applicant a certificate of approval together with any instructions determined by him or

288-14

her.

288-15

     (e) The administrator shall publish lists of all lamps and devices by name and

288-16

type which have been approved by him or her.

288-17

     (f) Violations of this section are subject to fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of

288-18

the general laws.

288-19

     31-24-48. Revocation of certification of lighting equipment. -- (a) With reason

288-20

to believe that an approved device as being sold commercially does not comply with the

288-21

requirements of this chapter, and after giving thirty (30) days' notice to the holder of the

288-22

certificate of approval for the device, the administrator may conduct a hearing upon the

288-23

question of the device's compliance. After the hearing, the administrator shall determine

288-24

whether the device meets the requirements. If the device does not, the administrator shall

288-25

give notice to the holder of the certificate of approval.

288-26

     (b) If, after ninety (90) days after this notice, the holder of the certificate of

288-27

approval has failed to satisfy the administrator that the device as it would then be sold

288-28

meets the requirements of this chapter, the administrator shall suspend or revoke the

288-29

approval. This revocation or suspension will stand until or unless the device is

288-30

resubmitted to and retested by an authorized testing agency and is found to meet this

288-31

chapter's requirements. The administrator may require that all the devices sold since the

289-1

post-hearing notification be replaced with devices that are in compliance. The

289-2

administrator may at the time of the retest purchase in the open market and submit to the

289-3

testing agency one or more sets of the approved devices. If the device then fails to

289-4

comply, the administrator may refuse to renew the certificate of approval of the device.

289-5

     (c) Violations of this section are subject to fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of

289-6

the general laws.

289-7

     31-24-49. Approval of lighting equipment required. -- No person shall sell or

289-8

offer for sale, equipment for use on a motor vehicle, trailer, semi trailer, any head lamp,

289-9

auxiliary or fog lamp, rear lamp, signal lamp, or reflector as required by this chapter, or

289-10

parts of any of these which tend to change the original design or performance, unless of a

289-11

type which has been submitted to and approved by the administrator. Violations of this

289-12

section are subject to fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of the general laws.

289-13

     31-24-50. Trade-mark or name shown on equipment. -- No person shall sell or

289-14

offer for sale for use on a motor vehicle, trailer, or semitrailer, any lamp or device

289-15

mentioned in § 31-24-49 which has been approved by the administrator unless the lamp

289-16

or device bears on it the trademark or name under which it is approved so as to be legible

289-17

when installed. Violations of this section are subject to fines enumerated in §31-41.1-

289-18

4 of the general laws.

289-19

     31-24-51. Mounting and adjustment of lamps -- No person shall use upon any

289-20

motor vehicle, trailer, or semitrailer any lamps mentioned in § 31-24-49 unless the lamps

289-21

are mounted and adjusted as to focus and aim in accordance with instructions of the

289-22

administrator. Violations of this section are subject to fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4

289-23

of the general laws.

289-24

     31-24-52. Hazard switch for flashing lights. -- (a) All new automobiles and

289-25

automobiles for hire sold in this state shall be provided with a hazard switch that

289-26

produces a flashing light that will flash as long as the switch is activated. The switch shall

289-27

be activated by the operator whenever any vehicle becomes disabled on any street or

289-28

highway. The switch may be attached to the directional signal apparatus.

289-29

     (b) Nothing in this section shall affect regulations of the interstate commerce

289-30

commission.

290-1

     (c) Violations of this section are subject to fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of

290-2

the general laws.

290-3

     31-24-53. Safety lights required on food vending vehicles. -- No person may be

290-4

engaged as an itinerant vendor of food items from a motor vehicle operated, or caused to

290-5

be operated, upon the public streets or highways unless the motor vehicle is equipped

290-6

with two (2) flashing lights: one yellow located on the front bumper, and one red on the

290-7

rear bumper. This provision does not apply to those vehicles having flashing warning

290-8

lights as standard equipment. When these vehicles stop for intended itinerary business,

290-9

they shall continue to flash their lights as a warning of their position to all approaching

290-10

vehicular traffic. Violations of this section are subject to fines enumerated in §31-

290-11

41.1-4 of the general laws.

290-12

     31-24-54. Strobe lights on school buses. -- All new school buses, as defined in §

290-13

31-1-3, shall at all times be equipped with a rear-viewing, rear-mounted white flashing

290-14

strobe light, meeting the following requirements:

290-15

     (1) A white flashing strobe light will be installed on the roof of a school bus at a

290-16

point not to exceed one-third (1/3) the body length forward from the rear of the roof edge.

290-17

The strobe light will have a single clear lens emitting light three hundred sixty degrees

290-18

(360ø) around its vertical axis and may not extend above the roof more than maximum

290-19

legal height. The light will not exceed nine inches (9') in height or nine inches (9') in

290-20

diameter. A manual switch and a pilot light will be included to indicate when light is in

290-21

operation.

290-22

     (2) The strobe light will be wired to activate with the amber alternately flashing

290-23

signal lamps, continuing through the full loading or unloading cycle, with an override

290-24

switch to allow activation of the strobe at any time for use in inclement weather.

290-25

     (3) Violations of this section are subject to fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of

290-26

the general laws.

290-27

     SECTION 122. Sections 31-25-3, 31-25-4, 31-25-6, 31-25-7, 31-25-9, 31-25-11,

290-28

31-25-12, 31-25-12.1, 31-25-13, and 31-25-24 of the General Laws in Chapter 31-25

290-29

entitled “Size, Weight and Load Limits” are hereby amended to read as follows:

291-1

     31-25-3. Maximum width -- The total outside width of any vehicle or its load

291-2

shall not exceed one hundred two inches (102'). Violations of this section are subject

291-3

to fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of the general laws.

291-4

     31-25-4. Maximum height. -- No vehicle or its load shall exceed a height of one

291-5

hundred sixty-two inches (162'). Violations of this section are subject to fines

291-6

enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of the general laws.

291-7

     31-25-6. Maximum number and length of coupled vehicles.-- (a) No

291-8

combination of vehicles coupled together shall consist of more than three (3) units, a

291-9

truck-tractor, semitrailer, and trailer, and combination of vehicles shall not be restricted

291-10

in overall length, except that when a truck-tractor, semitrailer, and a trailer are used in

291-11

combination, the trailer or semitrailer each shall not exceed twenty-eight and one-half

291-12

feet (28', 6'), excluding bumpers and accessories; provided, that combinations of vehicles

291-13

consisting of three (3) units shall be permitted to operate only on the interstate highway

291-14

system and on those highways, streets, and roads designated by the director of the Rhode

291-15

Island department of administration.

291-16

     (b) Combinations of vehicles consisting of truck-tractor and semitrailer coupled

291-17

together shall not be restricted in overall length, and semitrailers shall not exceed fifty-

291-18

three feet (53') in length, excluding bumpers and accessories. Semitrailers exceeding

291-19

forty-eight and one-half feet (48', 6') shall be permitted to operate only on the interstate

291-20

highway system and on those highways, streets and roads designated by the director of

291-21

the Rhode Island department of administration. Exceptions to the requirements of this

291-22

section include the use of a pole trailer and combinations designed to transport motor

291-23

vehicles and/or automobiles as authorized in §§ 31-25-7 and 31-25-8 of this chapter. The

291-24

provision that no combination of vehicles coupled together shall consist of more than

291-25

three (3) units shall not apply to vehicles coupled together by a saddle mount device used

291-26

to transport motor vehicles in a drive-away service when no more than three (3) saddle

291-27

mounts are used, and equipment used in the combination is approved by part 393.71 of

291-28

the federal motor carrier safety regulations (49 CFR 393.71), and safety regulations of the

291-29

division of motor vehicles of the department of administration of the state of Rhode

291-30

Island. Any owner or operator found deviating from the approval permitted routes shall

292-1

be fined a minimum mandatory fine of five hundred dollars ($500), but not more than one

292-2

thousand dollars ($1,000).

292-3

     (c) The distance from the kingpin of the trailer to the center of the rear axle may

292-4

not exceed forty-one feet (41').

292-5

     (d) Fifty-three foot (53') trailers shall be equipped with a rear end protection

292-6

device of substantial construction consisting of a continuous lateral beam extending to

292-7

within four inches (4') of the lateral extremities of the trailer, and located not more than

292-8

twenty-two inches (22') from the surface of the road as measured with the vehicle empty

292-9

and on level surface.

292-10

     (e) [Deleted by P.L. 2001, ch. 86, § 86.]

292-11

     (e) Violations of this section are subject to fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of

292-12

the general laws.

292-13

     31-25-7. Front and rear extensions of load. -- Subject to the provisions of this

292-14

chapter limiting the length of vehicles and loads, the load upon any vehicle operated

292-15

alone or the load upon the front vehicle of a combination of vehicles, shall not extend

292-16

more than three feet (3') beyond the foremost part of the vehicle, and the load upon any

292-17

vehicle operated alone or the load upon the rear vehicle of a combination of vehicles,

292-18

shall not extend more than six feet (6') beyond the rear of the bed or body of the vehicle.

292-19

Violations of this section are subject to fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of the general

292-20

laws.

292-21

     31-25-9. Prevention of leakage of load. -- No vehicles shall be driven or moved

292-22

on any highway unless the vehicle is so constructed or loaded as to prevent any of its load

292-23

from dropping, sifting, leaking, or escaping from it. However, sand may be deliberately

292-24

dropped for the purpose of securing traction, or water or another substance may be

292-25

sprinkled on a roadway in cleaning or maintaining the roadway. Violations of this

292-26

section are subject to fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of the general laws.

292-27

     31-25-11. Connections between coupled vehicles. -- When one vehicle is towing

292-28

another the draw-bar or other connection shall be of sufficient strength to pull the weight

292-29

towed, and shall not exceed fifteen feet (15') in its span from one vehicle to the other. The

292-30

connection may be longer when spanning two (2) vehicles transporting poles, pipe,

293-1

machinery, or other objects which cannot readily be dismantled. Violations of this

293-2

section are subject to fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of the general laws.

293-3

     31-25-12. Flags on tow chains. -- When one vehicle is towing another and the

293-4

connection consists of a chain, rope, or cable, there shall be displayed upon the

293-5

connection a white flag or cloth not less than twelve inches (12') square. Violations of

293-6

this section are subject to fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of the general laws.

293-7

     31-25-12.1. Vehicles to be towed in right lane. -- (a) A tow truck or other

293-8

vehicle towing another vehicle, except those vehicles designed to be in combination,

293-9

when upon any public highway divided into multiple lanes for travel in the same

293-10

direction, may travel only in the right lane of a two (2) lane highway, or in the two (2)

293-11

right lanes of a three (3) or more lane highway.

293-12

     (b) Any person who violates the provisions of this section, upon conviction, shall

293-13

be fined: (1) twenty-five dollars ($25.00) fifty dollars ($50.00) for the first offense, ; (2)

293-14

fifty dollars ($50.00) seventy five dollars ($75.00) for the second offense; and (3) one

293-15

hundred dollars ($100) for the third and each subsequent offense.

293-16

     31-25-13. Axle load limit. -- (a) The gross weight imposed on the highway by

293-17

the wheels of any one axle of a vehicle shall not exceed twenty-two thousand four

293-18

hundred pounds (22,400 lbs.).

293-19

     (b) For the purposes of this chapter, an axle load shall be defined as the total load

293-20

transmitted to the road by all wheels whose centers are included between two (2) parallel

293-21

transverse vertical planes forty inches (40') apart, extending across the full width of the

293-22

vehicle.

293-23

     (c) [Deleted by P.L. 2001, ch. 86, § 86.] Violations of this section are subject

293-24

to fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of the general laws.

293-25

     31-25-24. Carrying and inspection of excess load permits. -- Every permit

293-26

issued under §§ 31-25-21 - 31-25-23 shall be carried in the vehicle to which it refers and

293-27

shall be open to inspection by any proper officer or authorized agent of the authority

293-28

granting the permit. No person shall violate any of the terms or conditions of the special

293-29

permit. Violations of this section are subject to fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of the

293-30

general laws.

294-1

     SECTION 123. Section 31-27-2.3 of the General Laws in Chapter 31-27 entitled

294-2

“Motor Vehicle Offenses” is hereby amended to read as follows:

294-3

     31-27-2.3. Revocation of license upon refusal to submit to preliminary breath

294-4

test. -- -- (a) When a law enforcement officer has reason to believe that a person is

294-5

driving or in actual physical control of any motor vehicle in this state while under the

294-6

influence of alcohol, the law enforcement officer may require the person to submit to a

294-7

preliminary breath analysis for the purpose of determining the person's blood alcohol

294-8

content. The breath analysis must be administered immediately upon the law enforcement

294-9

officer's formulation of a reasonable belief that the person is driving or in actual control

294-10

of a motor vehicle while under the influence of alcohol, or immediately upon the stop of

294-11

the person, whichever is later in time. Any chemical breath analysis required under this

294-12

section must be administered with a device and in a manner approved by the director of

294-13

the department of health for that purpose. The result of a preliminary chemical breath

294-14

analysis may be used for the purpose of guiding the officer in deciding whether an arrest

294-15

should be made. When a driver is arrested following a preliminary breath analysis, other

294-16

tests may be taken pursuant to § 31-27-2.1. The results of a preliminary breath test may

294-17

not be used as evidence in any administrative or court proceeding involving driving while

294-18

intoxicated or refusing to take a breathalyzer test, except as evidence of probable cause in

294-19

making the initial arrest.

294-20

     (b) If a person refuses, upon a lawful request of a law enforcement officer, to

294-21

submit to a test under subsection (a) of this section, that person shall be guilty of an

294-22

infraction and shall be subject to the penalty provided in § 31-41-4 31-41.1-4 . However,

294-23

it shall be a defense to a charge of refusing a validly requested preliminary breath

294-24

analysis that the medical condition of a person precluded the giving of that test.

294-25

     SECTION 124. section 31-33-2 of the General laws in Chapter 31-33 entitled

294-26

“Safety Responsibility Violations” is hereby amended to read as follows:

294-27

     31-33-2. Failure to file accident report. -- Failure to report an accident as

294-28

required in § 31-33-1 shall be punished by a fine not in excess of twenty-five dollars

294-29

($25.00) of fifty dollars ($50.00), and the division shall suspend the license or the

294-30

nonresident's operating privilege of the person failing to make report until a report has

295-1

been filed, and for any further period not to exceed thirty (30) days that the division may

295-2

fixes.

295-3

     SECTION 125. Sections 31-38-3 and 31-38-4 of the General Laws in Chapter 31-

295-4

38 entitled “Inspection of Motor Vehicles” are hereby amended to read as follows:

295-5

     31-38-3. Owners and drivers to comply with inspection laws. -- (a) No seller

295-6

at retail or person driving a vehicle shall refuse to submit a vehicle to an inspection and

295-7

test when required by § 31-38-2.

295-8

     (b) Every seller at retail, owner, or driver shall comply upon receipt with any

295-9

notice issued under § 31-38-2, shall approve that notice, and shall forward it within five

295-10

(5) days to the department of administration. In the event of noncompliance with this

295-11

subsection, the vehicle shall not be operated on any highways of this state.

295-12

     (c) Any vehicle which is found to be too hazardous to permit it to be sold, or to

295-13

be driven from the place of inspection, owing to the unsafe condition of its brakes,

295-14

steering, or other equipment shall not be permitted to be operated under its own power. In

295-15

this case the registration shall be immediately suspended by the department of

295-16

administration, and the plates and certificates shall be returned immediately to the

295-17

department of administration.

295-18

     (d) The seller at retail or owner of a vehicle may choose any place at which to

295-19

obtain repairs or adjustments that inspection indicates are necessary, but the vehicle shall

295-20

not be operated upon the highways of this state unless approval is obtained.

295-21

     (e) Violations of this section are subject to fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of

295-22

the general laws.

295-23

     31-38-4. Director of department of administration to require periodic

295-24

inspection. -- (a) (1) At least once but not more than twice each year, or on the schedule

295-25

defined in chapter 47.1 of this title, the director of administration shall require that every

295-26

vehicle, trailer, semitrailer, and pole trailer registered in this state, or upon a retail seller's

295-27

premise, be inspected and that an official certificate of inspection and approval be

295-28

obtained for the vehicle. The director of administration further shall require that the first

295-29

inspection of any new motor vehicle occur within two (2) years from the date of purchase

295-30

or before the vehicle accumulates twenty-four thousand (24,000) miles whichever occurs

295-31

first.

296-1

     (2) The inspections shall be made and the certificates obtained as to the

296-2

mechanism, brakes, and equipment of the vehicle as is designated by the director of

296-3

department of administration.

296-4

     (3) The director of the department of administration is authorized to make any

296-5

rules and regulations necessary for the administration and enforcement of this chapter.

296-6

These may include, but are not limited to, upgraded standards of operation and upgraded

296-7

standards for mechanical testing equipment. The director may also designate a period or

296-8

periods of time during which sellers at retail and owners of any vehicles shall display

296-9

upon their vehicles certificates of inspection and approval, or shall produce those

296-10

certificates upon the demand of any proper officer or employee of the department of

296-11

administration designated by the director of the department of administration.

296-12

     (b) The director of the department of administration may authorize the

296-13

acceptance in this state of a certificate of inspection and approval issued in another state

296-14

having an inspection law similar to this chapter, and may extend the time within which a

296-15

certificate is obtainable.

296-16

     (c) The director of the department of administration, or the director's designee,

296-17

may suspend the registration of any vehicle determined to be in a condition that would

296-18

make it a menace to safety, which after notice and demand is not equipped as required by

296-19

this chapter, or for which a required certificate of inspection and approval has not been

296-20

obtained.

296-21

     (d) The director of the department of administration shall provide by regulations

296-22

for a staggered inspection system.

296-23

     (e) Violations of this section are subject to fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of

296-24

the general laws.

296-25

     SECTION 126. sections 31-45-1 and 31-45-5 of the General Laws in Chapter 31-

296-26

45 entitled “Noise Limits for Motor Vehicles” are hereby amended to read as follows:

296-27

     31-45-1. Noise limits. -- (a) 'dbA' means, as used in this section, decibels

296-28

measured with a calibrated sound level meter weighted to the 'A' scale.

296-29

     (b) The noise limit is based on a distance of fifty feet (50') from the center of the

296-30

lane of travel within the speed limit. In speed zones of thirty-five miles per hour (35 mph)

297-1

or less, it shall not be more than eighty-six (86) dbA. In speed zones of more than thirty-

297-2

five miles per hour (35 mph), it shall not be more than ninety (90) dbA.

297-3

     (c) No person shall operate or allow to be operated a motor vehicle, at any time,

297-4

or under any condition of grade, load, acceleration, or deceleration, in a manner that

297-5

exceeds the noise limit.

297-6

     (d) Violations of this section are subject to fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of

297-7

the general laws.

297-8

     31-45-5. Motor vehicle radios, stereos and audio systems. -- It is unlawful for

297-9

any motor vehicle with a radio, stereo, or audio system to produce sound which exceeds

297-10

those limits specified in this chapter. Police cars, ambulances, and fire engines are not

297-11

subject to this section. Local cities and towns may, at their discretion, issue temporary

297-12

exemption by special permit upon a showing of good cause. Violations of this section

297-13

are subject to fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of the general laws.

297-14

     SECTION 127. Section 31-23-51 of the General Laws in Chapter 31-23 entitled

297-15

“Equipment and Accessories Generally” is hereby amended to read as follows:

297-16

     31-23-51. Earphones and headsets prohibited. -- A person shall not drive a

297-17

bicycle or motor vehicle upon any highway while wearing earphones or a headset. Any

297-18

person who violates this section shall be fined: (1) the sum of thirty-five dollars ($35.00)

297-19

fifty dollars ($50.00) for the first offense, ; (2) seventy dollars ($70.00) for the second

297-20

offense; and (3) one hundred forty dollars ($140) for the third and each subsequent

297-21

offense.

297-22

      SECTION 128. Section 37-15-7 of the General Laws in Chapter 37-15 entitled “Litter

297-23

Control and Recycling” is hereby amended to read as follows:

297-24

      37-15-7. Penalties. -- (a) Any person convicted of a first violation of this chapter

297-25

shall, except where a penalty is specifically set forth, be subject to a fine of not less than

297-26

thirty dollars ($30) fifty dollars ($50.00) nor more than five hundred dollars ($500). In

297-27

addition to or in lieu of the fine imposed hereunder, the person so convicted may be

297-28

ordered to pick up litter for not less than two (2), nor more than twenty-five (25) hours.

297-29

     (b) Any person convicted of a second or subsequent violation of this chapter

297-30

shall, except where a penalty is specifically set forth, be subject to a fine of not less than

297-31

three hundred dollars ($300) nor more than five hundred dollars ($500). In addition to or

298-1

in lieu of the fine imposed upon a second or subsequent violation of this chapter, the

298-2

person so convicted may be ordered to pick up litter for not less than four (4), nor more

298-3

than fifty (50) hours.

298-4

     (c) Jurisdiction to punish violators of the provisions of this chapter is conferred

298-5

on the traffic tribunal.

298-6

     (d) Any person convicted of a violation of this chapter shall, in addition to all

298-7

other penalties, be liable for the removal or cost of removal of all litter illegally disposed

298-8

of by that person. The court of administrative adjudication traffic tribunal may hold the

298-9

registration of any vehicle owned by the violator and used in the act of littering until the

298-10

aforementioned liability is satisfied.

298-11

     (e) The funds received by a state law enforcement agency shall be deposited as

298-12

general revenues.

298-13

     (f) Penalties of thirty dollars ($30.00) fifty dollars ($50.00) for violations of § 37-

298-14

15-7 may be disposed of without the necessity of personally appearing before the traffic

298-15

tribunal. Said penalty may be handled administratively by mailing a check or money

298-16

order, together with properly executed form provided to the appropriate address as set

298-17

forth in the summons issued by the enforcing agent.

298-18

     SECTIO129. Section 39-12-26 of the General Laws in Chapter 39-26 entitled

298-19

“Motor Carriers of Property” is hereby amended to read as follows:

298-20

     39-12-26. Registration and identification of vehicles. -- Every interstate motor

298-21

carrier engaged in the transportation of property for compensation over the highways of

298-22

this state, subject to the provisions of this chapter, shall apply to the administrator for the

298-23

issuance of a vehicle identification device for the registration and identification of

298-24

vehicles. The application shall be accompanied by a filing fee in the amount of eight

298-25

dollars ($8.00) for each identification device for which an application is made. All

298-26

intrastate carriers shall be assessed twenty dollars ($20.00) for each identification device

298-27

for which an application is made. All revenues received shall be deposited as general

298-28

revenues. The identification device shall be furnished annually to every carrier whose

298-29

duty it shall be to apply therefor. It shall be unlawful for any motor vehicle to be engaged

298-30

in transporting property for compensation in either intrastate or interstate commerce

298-31

without the owner thereof having applied for and received the required identification

299-1

device, unless the vehicle is exempted from the provisions of this chapter. Each

299-2

identification device shall be accompanied by a registration card issued by the

299-3

administrator which shall be in the possession of the vehicle's driver, when the vehicle is

299-4

operating. Transfers of the identification device from one vehicle to another are hereby

299-5

prohibited unless authorized by the administrator. The administrator, in his or her

299-6

discretion, may refuse to reissue the identification device to the holder of any certificate,

299-7

permit, or permit of registration, pending any complaint or hearing upon the question of

299-8

revocation or suspension or in which such question is involved. The administrator shall

299-9

prescribe reasonable rules and regulations governing the registration and identification of

299-10

motor vehicles authorized for operation under this chapter. Violations of this section are

299-11

subject to fines enumerated in §31-41.1-4 of the general laws.

299-12

     SECTION 130. Section 22-2-5 of the General Laws in Chapter 22-5 entitled

299-13

“Composition of House of Representatives” is hereby repealed in its entirety.

299-14

      22-2-5. Construction of chapter. — This chapter shall be liberally construed to

299-15

effectuate the purposes thereof and to apportion the state into representative districts in

299-16

compliance with the requirements of the United States Constitution. It is intended that the

299-17

representative districts described herein completely encompass all the area within the state and

299-18

contain all the citizens resident in the state. It is further intended that the apportionment and

299-19

districting provided for in this chapter result in the creation of districts containing substantially

299-20

equal population. It is also intended that no representative district shall include any of the area

299-21

included within the description of any other representative district. If the districts described in this

299-22

chapter do not carry out the purposes thereof because of patent unintentional omissions,

299-23

duplications, overlapping area, erroneous nomenclature, faulty description of boundary lines,

299-24

street closings, changes in names of streets or of public places, alteration of the courses of rivers

299-25

or streams, the filling in of lands under water or changes in shore lines due to accretion, the

299-26

secretary of state is hereby authorized and empowered to correct such omissions, overlaps,

299-27

erroneous nomenclature, or other defects in the description of districts so as to accomplish the

299-28

purposes and objectives of this chapter. In making such corrections, the secretary of state shall be

299-29

guided by the following standards:

299-30

      (a) gaps in the description of any district shall be completed in a manner which results in

299-31

a total description of adjacent districts.

299-32

      (b) areas included within the descriptions of more that one district shall be allocated in

299-33

the district having the lowest population.

300-1

      (c) areas not included within the descriptions of any district shall be allocated to the

300-2

adjacent district having the lowest population.

300-3

     SECTION 131. Section 22-4-3 of the general laws as enacted in P.L 1971, Chapter 3,

300-4

Section 1 is hereby repealed in its entirety:

300-5

      22-4-3. Exemption from attendance at court. — Every member of the general

300-6

assembly, shall, during the session of the general assembly, be exempt from attendance at the trial

300-7

of any action, civil or criminal, in any of the courts of this state, either as attorneys or as witnesses

300-8

or parties; and all process served contrary hereto shall be void.

300-9

      SECTION 132. Section 27-20-21 of the General Laws in Chapter 27-20 entitled

300-10

“Nonprofit Medical Service Corporations” is hereby amended to read as follows:

300-11

     27-20-21. Nonprofit medical service corporation assessment. -- (a) Notwithstanding

300-12

any other provisions of law, each domestic nonprofit medical service corporation shall be charged

300-13

an assessment to partially support the activities of the division of insurance in the department of

300-14

business regulations.

300-15

     (b) The assessment referred to in subsection (a) shall be calculated in the same manner as

300-16

set forth in § 27-1-41 [Repealed.].

300-17

     (c) (b) The minimum assessment charged shall be the greater of the sum determined by

300-18

subsection (b) or one thousand dollars ($1,000).

300-19

      SECTION 133. Section 27-20.1-10 of the General Laws in Chapter 27-20.1 entitled

300-20

“Nonprofit Dental Service Corporations” is hereby amended to read as follows:

300-21

     27-20.1-10. Nonprofit dental service corporation assessment. -- (a)

300-22

Notwithstanding any other provisions of law, each domestic nonprofit dental service

300-23

corporation shall be charged an assessment to partially support the activities of the

300-24

division of insurance in the department of business regulation.

300-25

     (b) The assessment referred to in subsection (a) of this section shall be calculated in the

300-26

same manner as set forth in § 27-1-41 [Repealed.].

300-27

     (c) (b) The minimum assessment charged shall be the greater of the sum determined by

300-28

subsection (b) or one thousand dollars ($1,000).

300-29

     SECTION 134. Section 27-20.2-10 of the General Laws in Chapter 27-20.2 entitled

300-30

“Nonprofit Optometric Service Corporations” is hereby amended to read as follows:

300-31

     27-20.2-10. Nonprofit optometric service corporation assessment. -- (a)

300-32

Notwithstanding any other provisions of law, each domestic nonprofit optometric service

301-1

corporation shall be charged an assessment to partially support the activities of the

301-2

division of insurance in the department of business regulation.

301-3

     (b) The assessment referred to in subsection (a) of this section shall be calculated in the

301-4

same manner as set forth in § 27-1-41 [Repealed.].

301-5

     (c) (b) The minimum assessment charged shall be the greater of the sum determined by

301-6

subsection (b) or one thousand dollars ($1,000).

301-7

     SECTION 135. Section 27-20.3-10 of the General Laws in Chapter 27-20.3 entitled

301-8

“Nonprofit Legal Service Corporations” is hereby amended to read as follows:

301-9

     27-20.3-10. Nonprofit legal service corporation assessment. -- (a)

301-10

Notwithstanding any other provisions of law, each domestic nonprofit legal service

301-11

corporation shall be charged an assessment to partially support the activities of the

301-12

division of insurance in the department of business regulation.

301-13

     (b) The assessment referred to in subsection (a) of this section shall be calculated in the

301-14

same manner as set forth in § 27-1-41 [Repealed.].

301-15

     (c) (b) The minimum assessment charged shall be the greater of the sum determined by

301-16

subsection (b) or one thousand dollars ($1,000).

301-17

      SECTION 136. This act shall take effect upon its passage; provided, however, that the

301-18

provisions in Sections 20 and 21 shall first be effective in connection with elections to be held on

301-19

or subsequent to the first day of September, 2002, and for the purpose of greater clarity, the first

301-20

election under the provisions of this act for congress, senator and representative from each of the

301-21

senatorial, congressional or representative districts hereby created, shall be held on the Tuesday

301-22

next after the first Monday in November, 2002, and the first primary election under the provisions

301-23

of this act for nomination of candidates for congress, senator and for representative from each of

301-24

said representative districts shall be held on the second Tuesday after the first Monday in

301-25

September, 2002. Any primary or special election held prior to the first day of September, 2002,

301-26

shall be conducted under the laws as they existed prior to the passage of this act.

301-27

     

301-28

     

     

=======

LC01782/SUB A

=======

EXPLANATION

BY THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL

OF

AN ACT

RELATING TO STATUTES AND STATUTORY CONSTRUCTION

***

302-1

     This act would make a variety of technical changes to various general laws, as

302-2

recommended by the Office of Law Revision.

302-3

     This act would take effect upon passage.

     

=======

LC01782/SUB A

=======

H7725A